st Arse saws} aa roree presemeses of estat’ is eee x en ee ite al a PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER ROW. ut ST OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1880. ra COUNCIL. Proressor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., President. Masor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABINGER, C.B.- Epwarp R. Atston, Esq. Proressor Georce Busx, F.R.S., Vice-President. Masor-Gen. Henry Crerx, R.A., E.R.S. Rosert Drumnonn, Esq., T'rea- surer. Sir JosrpH Farrer, K.C.S.L., E.R.S. Joun P. Gasstot, Esq. Rear-Apmirat Tue Count Guricuen, R.N. F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq. Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-AvstEn, F.R.S. Artur Grote, Esq., Vice-Pre- sident. Dr. Epwarp Hamttron, Vice- President. E. W. H. Horpsworra, Esq. Rozrrt Hupson, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President. Proressor Huxtey, F.R.S., Vice- President. Proressor Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice- President. Henry Portock, Esq. Lievt.-Cot. Str Cuartes Rus- sELL, Bart., M.P. Paruire Luriry Scrater, Esq., M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Tur Lorp WAtsIneHAM. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. W. A. Forsss, Esq., B.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Warternouse, Librarian. Mr. W. J. WiritaMs, Chief Clerk. ff / oo ny ey G ) ¥ LIST OF THE CON TREE UT O-R S, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page AGassiz, ALEXANDER, F.M.Z.S. Note on some Points in the History of the Synonymy of RUAN ee cee Sears! tee Bib aly opie a a BG Aaa ew nek ya oe 33 Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of Tapirus OWE. cose Ses MIP bs 6 Heels aus aid cee she bara ee OO 187 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a remarkable and little- known Australian Marsupial (Antechinomys lanigera) .... 187 On Antechinomys and its Allies. (Plate XLV.)........ 454 Aston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Danrorp, Cuar.rs G., F.Z.S. On the Mammals of Asia Minor. Part II. (Plate V.).. 50 Aneas, GrorGe Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &c. Further Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Australia, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plate XL.).. 415 Descriptions of three Species of Marine Shells from Port Darwin, Torres Straits, discovered by Mr. W. T. Bednall, and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island, South Australia. QU late sos a ware a oes Sie. 1/ SM LAER Shot anil Sie een elo iv P Page Brppomr, Col. R.A., C.M.Z.8. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Plectrurus from Malabar .)..23..5'=» Seon a aeae eo a ae ieee aa Bett, F. Jerrrey, B.A., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. On Paleolampas, a new Genus of the Echinoidea. (Plate TY.) cc: cesa €8 olden ss a> pce eee JE ARE 43 On the Names to be applied to certain Echinoidea...... 220 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an immature specimen of an Kehinbid ~ Se: enkie ee yrardg TPs 0d00m > Kod ao Ae: = ‘ae aie LOR ‘ es. Ee . a+ me ve Ballin th. ox, Show ay ere. “> are he Aa 4 > he LISLE. OF «PLATES, 1880. Plate Page f.~ Mytophonets castameus, «9... « 5. 0% ps0 «sini 8 pithy yn 13 DR SRBOUSEUON YEAR UTE) coe oa gh eno neces ee SLR ARBUS NIV ELGUIGTIS: rn esate es soe rane tn wah «loheyeyele' sds 28 Pate EabGIMUBTE CT OSEO Wein Wp ss base alud ng +3. syyoip iors 43 Viper uICOL AR UENULETEN ee acts incl te ats ha enh ohe -staihs leg es 50 VI. Megalurus interscapularis ead rat ore heat Vil. Fig. 1. Pwcilodryas wthiops. Fig. 2. Munia melena> 65 PRAHA SERGREN [ho ia) ue aS eke eset aes bnsy aks IX. Fig. 1. Chrysotis celigena. Fig.2. C.dufresniana.. 68 Moy Tetegon Penalicus’. wy es eee mre 0 Spo csi be 70 vy }New Species at Minelaneda + suishiithathdanes ekalse a — 2E area Land-Shells, from Mentonran.\.e\ nian a... .0 fil. 94 Vee New Liidian’ Du tteriiesy «a. pias siaeteekos «choc fs. ye tevors 147 MVIEO Palockiorss buekley?, ad. etvpull. oo... s.. -e wcls «© 155 NOVIM Ee AG TAIL OMA CUGMOSSITN Oi seciere tie cis\cas syo'esthays) clols pea e4s,* XVIII. New Phytophagous Coleoptera .......... 0.00008 166 XIX. East-African Rhopalocera ... 1.2.0. sseesemecnes 182 LONG LUN UST ITE NONE CUS mE Me ce rcteraiars e nieilel chat ne ates] nfs 189 MOR COnothraupts, SHCCUNGERM naw snc vsreacicle seein ss ws XXII. New Shelis from Nossi-Bé Island and East Africa .. 215 RAM -Ziphius nove-cealandia® Gre cca se cess vnrss cee. 232 XXIV. = The Land-Mollusean genera Girasia and Austenia 289 XXVI , te i XXVII XXVIII XXIX.} Spiders of the genus Argyrodes ....... cece eee 320 XXX. XXXI1. Shells from Ujiji and Lake Tanganyika ............ 344 ROM AmatOmycOl SPirUlar se wars saeh yo wien ey hese eie or aye take 352 Plate XXXIII. XXXIV, XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVI. XXXVIII. XXXIX. XLIX. xviii Page Details of Australian Species of Perga....... . 359 Australian Species of Perga ...2 c's cse)s,xs\soieeiee ae 46] Fig. 1. Vidua splendens| _ 476 Fig. 2. Pytelia wieneri | New Species of Shells from various Localities ...... 478 FAMOUS OUCKLEY Bs ‘x e/sre olaheie isi ape) sis er ‘ antieats os areal pote sooN | i ois wave zea’, Viele bier sy biskias Gch sand intes aiid sult Kidpil bs Per ald wns 3 mere t) (tere Pty Rat 4 aan C. She teat §. oat) iy. dia S Srudh ngiedes eyes us hated of beer saggy! sYoks int th ad ort bait ue ahs satay ia Nal eles ee ‘Mhady To Palka A - Donita > ibe it 10s PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON January 6, 1880. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Prof. Newton, M.A., F.R.S.,V.-P., drew the attention of the meeting to a specimen of Chetura caudacuta (the ‘ Needle-tailed Swallow ”’ of Latham, Synops. Suppl. ii. p. 259), which had been intrusted to him for exhibition by Mr. G. B. Corbin, of Ringwood, near which place it had been shot on the 26th or 27th of July last. About the middle of that month Mr. Corbin saw one evening two strange birds flying over the river Avon in company with Swifts, and in the course of the following week had better opportunities of observing at least one ofthem. A few days after Mr. Corbin held in his hand the bird now exhibited, which had been shot in the meantime, and was, he had no doubt, one of those he had previously watched. Prof. Newton stated that this example was the second of the species known to have been obtained in this country—the first having been shot in July 1846, near Colchester (Zool. p. 1492), and examined, before it was skinned, by the late Mr. Yarrell and other naturalists of authority. The species was described by Latham from a specimen procured in New South Wales; and for a long time Australia was thought to be its habitat. By degrees ornithologists learned that it was only a regular visitant to that country from its real home in Eastern Siberia, where it was first discovered by Steller, while Pallas, not knowing it was identical with Latham’s Hirundo cau- dacuta, redescribed it (Zoogr. R.-As. i. p. 541) under the name of H. ciris. It has since been recorded from Nepaul, Sikkim, and Proc. Zoox, Soc.—1880, No. I. l 2 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [Jan. 6, Bhotan, and is said to breed in the Himalayas; but the examples which have reached England have most likely made their way hither from Siberia. It isno Swallow, but a Swift, belonging to the genus of Cypselide, to which, in 1826, the name Acanthylis (pro- perly Acanthyllis) was applied by Boie, and Chetura by Stephens— a genus which differs from Cypselus in the structure of its foot and in the spine-like tips of its rectrices. Dr. Mulvany, R.N., exhibited a specimen of a Penguin of the genus Eudyptes, and read some remarks on it which tended, in his opinion, to show that a moulting of the horny sheath of the beak took place in this species. The following papers were read :— 1. Preliminary Notes on Individual Variation in Hquus asinus. By Joun Henry Steer, M.R.C.V.S., F.Z.S., Demon- strator of Anatomy at the Royal Veterinary College. [Received December 8, 1879.] The remarkable uniformity in external characteristics which ages of neglect and degradation have conferred upon the Ass of this country contrasts so forcibly with the amount of variation presented by certain of our domesticated animals that some have based upon it conclusions of a general nature tending to the admission of essential differences be- tween the effects of natural selection and those resulting from arti- ficial influences. For proof that these views are untenable we need simply refer to the fact that on the Continent, in the East, and even through quite recent artificial selection in America external variation in the Ass is very marked. With regard to modification of internal structures, we believe the following are worthy of note as the out- come of the large number of dissections made by ourselves and ‘by students under our supervision. We were hardly prepared to observe so much variation, and were struck by many Ruminant affini- ties of Hguus asinus. Our observations are not arranged in a statis- tical form ; nor have we occupied our time with minute variations in bulk, length, and capacity ; we have selected those characters which are most striking and at the same time most instructive. OsTEOLOGY. Pertebre, Cervical. Atlas and Dentata: imperfect condition of foramina for spinal nerves, due to arrested development. Seventh vertebra, Prominens: vertebral foramen may occur in one or both transverse processes. Transverse process with costiform prolongation. This condition is remarkable as showing a tendency to increase in the number of the ribs. The process is invariably autogenous, and not unfrequently sends a styloid prolongation downwards in the adult; but this is 1880. } VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS. 3 generally short, although we have seen it long and connected with the first rib below the upper head of scalenus by an elastic band; and in a specimen now before us the transverse processes are asym- metrical, several inches in length, prolonged by well-marked elastic bands to cartilaginous nodules appended to the prosternum in front of the first sterno-costal articulations. Dorsal and Lumbar.—The dorsal intervertebral gaps are some- times truly intervertebral ; often each is wholly pierced through the pedicle of one vertebra. The degree of separation of the costo-trans- verse articulation from that for the head of the rib varies much in the posterior dorsal vertebra of different individuals. The last ribs also vary much in length, size, and degree of curvature. The pre- sence of a so-called “floating rib,” making the series nineteen in number, is frequently observable. This “floating rib” is generally present only on one side. It is not a vertebral rib, but a sternal rib ; for it is appended to the extremity of one or two lumbar transverse processes, the homotypes of the vertebral coste of the dorsal region. Often, when not represented by bone, it occurs as a portion of cartilage or a band of white fibrous tissue, embedded in the abdominal mus- cles in such a manner as to remind us of the homotypical concor- dance of the intercostals and the abdominal muscles. In the sacral region it is often difficult to define the extent of the “false sacrum” backwards ; for coccygeal vertebrae become appended by ankylosis, increasing apparently the ordinary number of five sacral bones. The last lumbar, too, sometimes assists in the sup- port of os innominatum; and in other respects the “true sacral bones”’ are not always the same. Coceygeal.—Vary in number, especially with age. The peculiar modifications which we have noted in the seventh cervical, the uncertainty observable in the anterior and posterior parts of the lumbar and sacral regions, and the variation in the number of ribs prominently bring to our mind the question “How is the vertebral column becoming modified in the present day?” and also, ‘© Will an examination of these points throw any light on the remarkable preponderance of dorso-lumbar vertebra and coste in Perissodactyla ungulata ?” Skull.—Exhibits many minor variations, most of them probably sexual or due to age. Limbs, Fore-—Scapula: differences in figure, thickness ete. Often, instead of the gradual disappearance of the spine inferiorly, it terminates in a slightly prolonged process, a rudimentary acromion similar to that seen in the Ox, but smaller. Medullary foramen varies in position ; also glenoid cavity rownded or oval. Humerus: synovial fossettes vary in size and form, as do those in upper part of radius and ulna.. The ulna generally extends down- wards only two-thirds of the length of the radius; but in the foetus it is much longer in proportion, and in the adult we occasionally find it passing downwards to the supero-external part of the knee to arti- culate with os cuneiforme. If we examine the inferior extremity of the radius of the foetal colt, we may note that at its external part is 1* 4 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [Jan. 6, a small ossific centre. Our cases of variation show us that we must describe this as the inferior extremity of the ulna. The value of this observation as illustrating the similarity of the forearm of the Ass to that of the Ox is evident. Carpus: os trapezium v. pisiforme generally present, but some- times absent. Metacarpus and Phalanges : major variations do not come under our notice (in the Ass). Hind.—QOs innominatum: form, size, and relations of auricular facet of ilium vary. Fibula varies similarly to ulna in fore limb. Often extends to tarsus, occupying whole length of outer part of tibia. In other cases, and generally, consists superiorly of a small button-shaped appen- dage externally placed to upper part of tibia, tapering to a point inferiorly, from which a white fibrous band extends downwards, be- coming continuous with the inferior extremity of the tibia, the exter- nal part of which is developed from a distinct ossific centre, the re- presentative of the tarsal fibula of Ruminants. Tibia and astragalus: synovial fossettes vary in development. Smaller tarsal bones very frequently united by ankylosis into a single mass, without any external indication of disease. This is the condition known to veterinary surgeons as “occult spavin.”” We are not yet prepared to attribute to it any morphological importance. Cuneiforme parvum composed of one or of two portions. SPLANCHNOSKELETON. Ossification or calcification of the posterior portion of the sclerotic occurs in old Asses. ; Os hyoides presents between cerato- and stylo-hyal on each side a bony nodule representing the epibyals, which are well deve- loped in the Ox. An os cordis has been observed in the Ass ; it is always present in the Ox. Myo.toey. Head.—We generally observe muscular fibres which run from the antero-external angle of orbicularis palpebrans beneath zygomaticus to the outer surface of buccinator. These represent lachrymo- labialis of the Ox, and are seldom seen in the Horse. They are deficient in some Asses. Retractor labii superioris sometimes has a supplementary por- tion which runs from the common point of origin of the muscle to the tendon of the nasalis longus labii superioris, which it draws downwards, and also to spread out by some of its fibres over the superior part of the “false nostril.” The “false nostril,” the peculiar nasal pouch of Equide, undergoes considerable variation at its extremity, sometimes presenting a slight tendency to bifidity of its cul-de-sac. In the Ass it is seldom used ; for the animals are never driven to such extremes of rapid progres- sion as the horse. Hence we often find these sacs distended with ~ 1880. ] VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS. 5 masses of laminz of epithelial débris. The dilatatores naris vary in their arrangement in relation to this pouch ; thus, ordinarily a con- tinuous series of fibres extends to it from above, behind, and below, being the superior and inferior dilators. But we have seen excessive development of the band against the cul-de-sac of the pouch and deficiency of the other parts of the series. The posterior extremity of retractor labii superioris has sometimes a muscular addendum connecting it with the zygomatic ridge. Mylchyoideus varies somewhat in being divided generally at its anterior part into two distinct planes. Geniohyoideus sometimes sends a small distinct band to genioglossus at about the centre of the intermaxillary space. Hyopharyngeus, in addition to its usual attachment to the inferior part of internal surface of superior third of stylohyal, has often another one, quite distinct from the inferior third. ‘We more fre- quently see the latter in the Horse. Hyoideus parvus sometimes absent. Hyoglossus brevis sometimes attached to stylohyoid, generally not. Arytenopharyngeus is occasionally well marked. Retractor oculi may form a complete investment of the optic nerve, or consist of four bands corresponding with the recti. The middle oblique muscle of the eye, as described by Strangeways, occasionally occurs in the Ass. The inferior opening of the lachrymal ductus ad nasum varies in position ; generally it opens at the upper part of the anterior naris, thus differing remarkably from the same structure in the Horse. Neck.—Levator humeri never shows the fibrous band indicative of the seat of the clavicle, which this muscle has in the Ox, Pig, and other Ungulates ; but this information is conveyed in some subjects, in which we have seen a small muscle running from levator humeri around the anterior part of pectoralis anticus to the inner side of that muscle, where it disappears. Serratus magnus has sometimes a distinct rudimentary division passing to second cervical transverse process, generally only extends as far forwards as the third (see arrangement in Ox), Scalenus : instead of terminating by each head at the first rib as iu the Horse, the superior division may be prolonged to the third rib or even further back (see arrangement in Ox) over serratus magnus. Longus colli we have seen attached only beneath the five an- terior instead of the six anterior dorsal vertebrze, Back.—Transversalis costarum posteriorly in some cases is large and muscular and blended with longissimus dorsi in the lumbar re- gion ; in others it is tendinous and inserted into first lumbar transverse process. Serratus posticus minor varies considerably in its development and attachments. Latissimus dorsi just before its insertion into the humerus varies in its relations with scapulo-ulnaris. Sometimes serial muscular 6 MR. J. H. STEEL ON INDIVIDUAL [ Jan. bands beneath the arches of the ribs run from one rib to another, crossing two or three; these swbcostales vary in number, are some- times continuous posteriorly with the psoze, and are covered by the pleuro-costalis, Transversalis abdominis varies in the degree of extension of its tendon towards the internal abdominal ring. The rectus abdominis has a variable number of transverse tendinous markings. LiImBs. Hind.—Sartorius superiorly is attached to the tendon of psoas parvus, to the os innominatum with psoas parvus, or only to the lumbar fascia, sometimes to two or even three of these points. Flexor pedis perforans sometimes presents a distinct muscular belly and tendon, probably a representative of the flexor longus hallucis found in man. Variations of pedal muscles less marked than in fore limb. Fore.—Scapulo-humeralis posticus sometimes almost obsolete. Teres externus sometimes divisible into teres proper and acromio- humeralis, as in Ox. Flexor brachii.—Superior tendon has a remarkable piece of red muscular structure on its anterior part, which varies considerably in size. Also the band which runs from this muscle to extensor me- tacarpi magnus may often be separated nearly to the knee; careful dissection shows that the inferier extremity of this muscle is some- what divided into two parts similar to those seen in Dog &e. Pronator teres is of frequent occurrence inside the elbow-joint, arising from the internal inferior prominence of humerus, inserted just below internal lateral ligament, crosses radial artery, vein, and nerve. Generally this muscle is represented only by a small white fibrous band. Extensor pedis.—Thiernesse’s and Phillip’s muscles sometimes distinct, ofteu imperceptible. Lumbrici vary in number and size. The interossei of the large metacarpal, which in the Equidee form the superior sesamoideal liga- ment, vary in their amount of muscular structure and in their bulk. NEUROLOGY. Nerves remarkably uniform; sometimes the transverse metacarpal branch is not immediately subcutaneous, but separated from the skin by a longitudinal band of fibrous tissue. SPLANCHNOLOGY. Sometimes a third rudimentary circumyallate papilla a little behind the two usually present. Position of parotid opening varies to a slight degree. Teeth.—Incisors: sometimes only four present in each series, corner permanent incisors having never appeared. Occasionally the upper incisor series has quite become lost—either a result of wear or fracture. ‘The superficial resemblances of this condition to that which occurs in the Ox is, of course, of no morphological value. 1880. } VARIATION IN EQUUS ASINUS. “NI Canines long or short, sexual variation. Premolars : small ‘‘ Wolves’ teeth” occasionally present in front of four anterior molars. Stomach often presents a very marked central transverse constric- tion where cuticular mucous joins the villous. Cecum sometimes retains the form it presents in eight months’ foetus ; its apex sometimes very elongated and pointed. Colon.—Longitudinal muscular bands vary in size and in number at different parts of the bowel. Liver.—Lobes vary in form and much in size. Ligaments differ in degree of development, especially falciform ligament, which some- times runs as far backwards as umbilicus, containing a pervious vein in its thin free margin. Parovarium.—On outer surface of broad uterine ligament, some- times large, often obsolete. Male mamme often extremely large. Thyroid body varies much in form, especially in the size of the band connecting its lateral masses. Conchial cartilages prolonged downwards by small rounded band to lateral part of guttural pouch and to posterior angle of stylohyal. A remarkable peritoneal band sometimes runs from the cecum to the omentum major, reminding us of a condition we have noted in one form of Macacus. ANGIOLOGY. Anterior aorta often entirely absent. Sometimes a large anterior mediastinal branch passes downwards from this vessel. ‘The dorsal and posterior cervical vary in their relations to each other. Generally these vessels are united on the right side and distinct on the left ; but this condition may be reversed. The cervical may become united by a well developed subcostal with the sixth costal as given off from the posterior aorta ; but this is not constant. The vertebral passes through or below the seventh cervical transverse process. The. submaxillary may arise directly from the carotid instead of from the external carotid. External pectoral arises from internal pectoral, or axillary. Posterior aorta—Bronchial and cesophageal often arise by common root, or are distinct. Renal may supply suprarenal capsules and kidney ; or the former may be supplied directly by a branch from the posterior aorta. Spermatics—one scmetimes considerably more an- teriorly placed than the other, even given off by posterior mesenteric. Between internal iliacs occasionally a small middle sacral arises. The obturator, epigastric, and inguinal sometimes arise from external iliac. The origins of the profunda and of the artery of the cord often vary. The medullary artery of the femur is sometimes given off through the foramen at the anterior part of the bone instead of at the inter- nal surface of the bone. The artery of the humerus is similarly variable. The circumflex of the toe is variously formed in different cases. Thus from these examples we see the arteries are the most fre- 8 MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. [Jan. 6, quent subjects of variation. The veins also are not regular. These differences are as numerous and as marked as those in man. Our observations point to important affinities, and, we have reason to believe, may direct attention to conclusions by no means as. yet generally received. So we are in hopes that we have not over- estimated the importance of our subject. Investigation of varietal modification of domesticated animals should teach us the general laws and methods of modification, and thus bear fruit in advancement of the science of anthropology, in promoting the scientific manage- ment of our animal servants, and in rendering our knowledge more exact with regard to those forms which inhabited the earth in by- gone ages. 2. Notes on Chlamydophorus truncatus. By E. W. Wuite, F.Z.S. Lond., and F.Z.S. Reip. Arg. [Received Dec. 9, 1879.] During my recent travels through the western provinces of the Argentine Republic, this beautiful little plantigrade aberrant member of the Armadillo family enticed me, in the month of August 1879, to undertake a ride of forty leagues from Mendoza and a diligent search for six days in company with a large number of men, in order to obtain a better knowledge of its habits. The range of Chlamydophorus truncatus extends in latitude from the valley of Sonda, province of San Juan, 31° S. lat., down to San Rafael, seventy leagues S. of Mendoza, 34° S. lat., and in longitude from San Luis to the Andes. In the same neighbourhood are found three species of true Dasypodide. I was fortunate enough to secure one living specimen of the Chla- mydophorus, which, in spite of the utmost attention, survived capture only three days; in fact, no instance has occurred of a longer sur- vival than eight days in captivity. The usual drawings of this animal in zoological works are erroneous in more than one particular ; for instance :— (a) The tail is represented as flexible and terminating in a some- what flattened though, on the whole, solid pointed paddle—whereas it is almost perfectly inflexible, the paddle at the extremity being completely flattened and rounded at the vertex. (2) The fringe attached to the inferior edge of the scute is de- picted as continuous, and drooping from the outer margin of one eye completely round to the outer margin of the other: the fact is, whilst the silky fringe from the lateral surface of the scute is drooping and inclined towards the tail, that issuing from the ultimate enlarged ring of the dorsal carapace, uniting with that from the exterior ring of the truncated extremity, forms a double somewhat bristly fringe standing out pretty well at right angles to that truncated extremity. 1880.] MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 9 (y) The lateral edges of the dorsal chitinous shield are represented as though forming a continuous wave-line, whereas these lateral edges are sharply serrated. (6) In some drawings the body is figured as almost nude, or at most covered only with scanty short hair; the truth is, the body is covered throughout, even down to the extremities of the humerus and femur, and beneath the dermo-skeleton to the dorsal ridge, with a thick silky downy mantle. (e) In all drawings that have come under my observation the eye is delineated as distinctly visible—whereas, in nature it is rudi- mentary, besides being completely covered by the intermingling of the fringe and mantle. (Z) In all published representations there is a general deficiency of apparent solidity aud roundness towards the truncated portion; the body is too much fiattened. The fact is, the basal rings of the dorsal coat-of-mail increase in circumference until they coincide with the outer edge of the truncated extremity, the sections gradually rising from an elliptic to a circular form; further, the projection of this slightly convex truncated extremity is very exactly a sector of a circle, the centre of which is in the point whence issues the tail, the whole of this truncated armour-plate forming a very hard, solid, bone- like structure, which at once suggests the use to which, in my opinion, it is devoted, viz. to act as a rammer to consolidate the sand and fill up the entrance to its burrow from the inside and thus prevent the ingress of its enemies. (n) The nature of the ground frequented is generally represented as rocky; nowa Chlamydophorus on a rocky eminence is an anomaly, as it is only found on and in médanos (sand-dunes), or in their proximity, the characteristic vegetation of which is low thorny brushwood and cacti. When walking, the Chlamydophorus plants both the fore and hind feet on the soles, and not on the contracted claws, as is the case with the Ant-eater, carrying its inflexible tail, which it has no power to raise, trailing along the ground and much inclined downwards from the body. As it commences to excavate, the fore feet are first employed ; and immediately afterwards, supporting its body on the tripod formed of these and of the extremity of the tail, both hind feet are set to work simultaneously, discharging the sand with incredible swiftness. The burrows, which are never left open, usually have but slight, if any, inclination to the horizon. Although analogy and form would seem to indicate it, I never could detect the tail aiding in the operation of excavation ; in fact, its inflexibility precludes this idea: the only use of the flattened ex- tremity appears to me to be, to furnish it with a more secure point of support in the shifting sand. Sluggish in all its movements except as a fodient, in which capacity it perhaps excels all other burrowing animals, the Chlamydophorus performs the operation of excavation with such celerity that a man 10 MR. E. W. WHITE ON CHLAMYDOPHORUs TRUNCATUS. [Jan. 6, has scarcely time to dismount from his horse before the creature has buried itself to the depth of its own body. With regard to its movements within the burrow, these, as well as the structure of the tunnel, seem to me to be governed by the general timidity of its character. The tunnel is scooped out of the exact size of the trun- cated extremity, so that whenever the animal feels inclined to quit its subterranean dwelling, this must be accomplished in one of three ways—either (a) by a retrograde motion, using the ram to burst through a consolidated wall of sand, or (3) by turning its body round and emerging from the entry head first, or (y) by tunnelling in advance and emerging from a different hole. The third, in my opinion, is the course followed by the Chlamydophorus; for, although when put into a box, under suitable conditions, I observed that by first inclining itself on one side, bringing the snout into close proximity to the body and directed towards the tail, with a screw-like motion the animal was able to wriggle itself round and effect a complete turn, notwithstanding that at first sight the rigid tail would appear to be fatal to such a movement; yet such a procedure is unnatural, and must be productive of inconvenience, and would, of course, be altogether impossible were it not that the dorsal scute, which is only attached longitudinally along the dorsal ridge, is extremely flexible—so much so, indeed, that it can be easily bent slightly up- wards on the merest pressure from the fingers ; a further illustration of this great flexibility is furnished by the fact that when laid on its back, the animal quickly recovers itself. The only sound I heard it utter was that of distinctly sniffing like a dog; and this it always does when in search of a spot for excavating. So extremely sensitive is this delicate little burrower to cold that my living example, after passing a night in a box of earth covered with flannels, was found the following morning in a very exhausted con- dition. Wrapped in warm clothing and placed near a fire it soon revived. On taking it into my hand under a Mendozan midday sun it shivered violently ; but whether through fear or chill it is impossible to say. Its normal paradise seems to be when the temperature of its residence is such as is produced by sand so hot as almost to scorch the hand; and yet, if cold be unfriendly, no less so is wet; for although its winter is spent beneath the earth, a fall of rain quickly drives it from its retreat. During summer it leaves its burrow at dusk to search for food ; and being truly nocturnal, moonlight nights are very favourable for discovering it. I placed my solitary specimen on the ground, first on brick and then on wooden flooring ; but knowing that it could not excavate, it merely walked round in circles—a further evidence that it cannot see, or only very imperfectly at any rate, by daylight; but far different was its behaviour on being transported to the soil, where after a preliminary sniffle or two, indicating keen scent, it set to work immediately to delve at a very rapid pace. In the specimen I studied, the translucent dermo-skeleton and all the exposed parts were, during life, of a delicate pink tint, the hair 1880. | MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW MUS. Hy a glistening snow-white and of silky consistency. The use of the fringe surrounding the shield is, in my opinion, solely to prevent the introduction of sand beneath it during excavation. The light fine sand in which the Chlamydophorus truncatus burrows proclaims unmistakably its presence, as well as that of even the minutest animals, by the tracks left ; the fox, the beetle and the spider are thus equally betrayed. The natives are apt observers of these, and even from the saddle will decipher and distinguish at a glance the various foot-prints, and unerringly detail the animals that have passed any assigned spot during the night. With regard to our elegant little friend there is no mistake ; besides the impressions of the four feet, the inclined stiff tail leaves its deep central indented line. Of course, after rain, which falls but seldom, the track is accentuated ; and the only sure way of effecting a capture is to follow it, as it leads directly to a small hillock of sand, by removing which, the entrance to the tunnel is exposed to view ; and if the tracks were numerous, the animal would no longer be rare; but it is a fact that a year or more sometimes elapses without any trace of its existence. In a few instances specimens have been unhoused by the plough. I could not succeed in discovering the nature of the food from the solitary live specimens I obtained ; but I fed it on milk, which it lapped like a cat. I then endeavoured unsuccessfully to entice it with chopped meat, and only by artifice introduced some pieces into its mouth, which it swallowed. There are authentic cases of the Chlamydophorus being preyed upon by other animals, especially by Foxes and Cats. 3. Description of a new Species of Mus from the Fiji Islands. By Oxprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S. Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. The subject of this description was obtained in October 1878, near the village of Waitovu in the island of Ovalau, by Baron A. vonHiigel, who resided for some years in the Fiji Islands, and who has pre- sented his small collection of Fijian Mammalia to the British Museum. This collection consists of specimens of Pteropus samoensis, Peale, Notopteris macdonaldi, Gray, Emballonura semicaudata, Peale, Mus decumanus, Pall., Mus exulans, Peale, and the specimen here described. The most noticeable point about this species is the character of the fur, which is extremely long, soft, and silky. The only other Rodent at all resembling it in this respect is the Hesperomys pana- mensis of Gray’, which has a similar character of the tur, though in a lesser degree. 1 Neomys panamensis, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. p. 417. 12 MR. O. THOMAS ON A NEW MUS. [Jan. 6, The muzzle is distinctly grooved from between the nostrils to the upper lip. The ear is rounded, nearly as broad as long, and is covered on both sides with short silvery hairs, which form a very narrow fringe round the edge. The dorsal surfaces of the feet are also covered with similar, but longer, hairs. The length of the tail is rather less than that of the head and body combined ; and it is sparsely covered with short brown hairs, not Hiding the scales. The palm-pads of the hind feet are six in number, arranged as shown as in the accompanying drawing. The fore feet are too much dried up in the type specimen for the shape of their pads to be distinguishable. The colour of the fur all over the body is of a light slate-colour for seven eighths of its length. The terminal eighth is brown along the centre of the back, becoming lighter towards the sides. On the Right pes of Mus huegeli, enlarged. belly the tips are quite white, and there is also a white ring round the hairs at about halfway from the roots. The head is coloured like the body. The skull is that of a typical Mus, and presents no characters worthy of special remark. In the type specimen the posterior molars both above and below have not quite grown up into their places ; so that it is not fully adult. Measurements, in inches and tenths :— Length of the head and body........ ......... 5°0 Ee seta, SOR AS ee Bete eae ie ees 4°3 5b) ae oi, a ONe 1OOte WiLhout Glaws omer cet. ZED Ssh ye Sik OO e Se oeashe Mint © ose 11 ay es ccyes Sys ae kay (is Skull’, from hinder edge of parietals to end of nasals 1°1 Nasal bones, length whey abit slags aims x 6 8 os 0-44 Breadth of hrain=Case see eerie. ke okscs as tess eee W263) as between vorbitsisaS.gcs Saccrcc ween cle Bore = pO moes Length of palate, from behind incisors...... pa ae 0°6 - lower jaw, from condyles to anterior end of sytmplivetsyons ccs «seat s< 6s oan tise ot cece, SOE The only other indigenous Fijian Mice hitherto described are the The occipital portion of the skull and the zygomata have been unfortu- nately broken away ; so that the full length and breadth cannot be given. Hanhart imp Js ANE ys am ‘oil CA a keg TEU TOI 10 f MYIOPI 1880.] MR. RAMSAY ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. 13 Mus exulans and Mus vitiensis of Peale':—the former about six inches long, with hair like a Norway Rat ; the latter a house-mouse, about three inches long. I propose to name this species Mus Auegeli, after its discoverer, who informs me that it does not frequent the houses of the natives, but is found in long grass among rocks and sand in the mountains. It is very probably the Rat which Mr. H. N. Moseley in his ‘ Notes by a Naturalist on the ‘ Challenger,’’ mentions (p. 308) as having been chased unsuccessfully among the undergrowth on the mountains, when his party were at Levuka, Ovalau, in 1874. 4. Contributions to the Ornithology of Sumatra.—Report on a Collection from the neighbourhood of Padang. By R. G. Warvtaw Ramsay, F.Z.S., 67th Regiment. [Received December 30, 1879.] (Plate I.) On the 9th August, 1878, Mr. Carl Bock, a Swedish naturalist, arrived at Padang, on the west coast of Sumatra, with the intention of penetrating into the mountains of the interior to investigate their fauna for the late Marquis of Tweeddale, who had secured his services for that purpose. Mr. Bock (in epist.) says that he was consider- ably delayed by having to go to Batavia, in order to obtain passports from the Governor-General of the Netherlands, India, and a permit to import his guns and ammunition into Sumatra. Losing as little time as possible, Mr. Bock started towards the mountains, and spent three days at Ayer-mantcior with Dr. Beccari ’, who had been collecting for several months in the neighbourhood ; he then proceeded vid Tamar-datar and Boca to Mount Sago, which is about seventy miles to the north-east of Padang. The summit of Mount Sago is described as being about 8000 feet above the sea- level, and clad with virgin forest ; but the highest point reached by Mr. Bock was 5000 feet. He collected in three weeks about one hundred specimens, although the weather was wet and unfavourable. The bad weather having rendered a longer stay on this mountain unadvisable, he moved southward to Sidjoendjoeng, where, after collecting for some time, he proceeded by a tedious route to Paio in heavy rain. In this locality Mr. Bock collected for about a month, and then, towards the close of the year, again moved southwards a distance of about 100 miles to Mocara-labo and Ayer-angat, near the frontier of Korintzi territory. At Ayer-angat he was much disappointed at the scarcity of birds, 1 U.S. Explor. Exped. viii. pp. 47-49, 1848. 2 The results of Dr. Beccari’s labours have been laid before the public in a paper by Count T. Salvadori, Ann. Mus, Civ. Gen. 1879, pp. 169-253. 14 MR. R. G. WARDLAW-RAMSAY ON [Jan. 6, having heard so good a report from the natives; but nevertheless he obtained several species which had not been previously procured by him. He was encamped in the midst of a virgin forest, where, as he describes it, no human being was living. Here all his servants got fever, and then he himself was seized ; and so he was obliged to strike his camp and retire to a place called Lolo, at 3500 feet. This latter place he made his headquarters for the remainder of his sojourn in the island, and here formed a considerable portion of his collections. Mr. Bock, in his letters to Lord Tweeddale, much regretted not having provided himself with small shot, as without it he was not able to obtain good specimens of the smaller species. The absence of small birds from the collection is remarkable, the interesting family of the Timeliidz being, with the exception of the larger genera Garrulax, Trochalopteron, &c., entirely unrepresented. As I hope, when sufficient leisure is at my command, to treat the subject more fully, I abstain from publishing at the present time a full list of Mr. Bock’s collection, but take the opportunity of making a few remarks upon it, and also of bringing to notice three apparently undescribed species. The collection forwarded by Mr. Bock was made between the months of August 1878 and January 1879, in the same part of Sumatra as that in which Dr. Beccari was working in the months of June to September in the former year. One of its chief points of interest is that it contains examples of several migratory species, such as Turdus sibiricus, Pallas, and Phylloscopus borealis, Blasius, which would only occur in the winter season, and would not, there- fore, have been met with by Dr. Beccari. Mr. Bock’s collection contains about 800 specimens, which are referable to 166 species. Of these 32 are not included in the lists of the Marquis of Tweeddale (Ibis, 1877, pp. 283-323) or of Count T. Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1879, pp. 169-253); they are as follows :— 1. Neopus malayensis, Temm. ex Reinwardt. . Accipiter stevensoni, Gurney. . Milvus govinda, Sykes. . Caloramphus hayi, J. E. Gray. . Anthracoceros malayanus (Raffles). . Hydrocissa conveva (Temm.). . Merops philippinus, Linn. . Cypselus subfurcatus, Blyth. . Collocalia francica (Gmelin). 10. Eurylemus javanicus, Horsfield. *11. Niltava grandis (Blyth). *12. Xanthopygia cyanomelena (Temm.). 13. Bhringa remifer (Temm.). 14. Phyllornis media, Bonap. ex Miller MS. 15. Criniger gutturalis (Miiller). 16. Ividia squamata (Temm.). * * oon aoo ss 03 bt 1880. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. 15 17. Ividia leuecogrammica (Miiller). *18. Turdus sibiricus, Pallas. obscurus, Gmelin. 20. Lanthocinela lugubris (Miller). 21. Phylloscopus borealis (Blasius). 22. Erythrura prasina (Sparrm.). 23. Limonidromus indicus (Gmelin). 24. Analcipus cruentus (Wagler). 25. Carpophaga enea (Linn.). 26. Euplocamus vieilloti, G. R. Gray. *27. Turnix pugnax (Temm.). 28. Rhynchea capensis (Linn.). 29. Hypotenidia striata (Linn.). 30. Bubulcus coromandus (Bodd.). 31. Ardetta cinnamomea (Gmel.). 32. Dendrocygna arcuata (Horsf.). Out of this list seven species, to the names of which an asterisk is prefixed, have, as far as I know, not been before recorded as oc- curring in Sumatra. In addition to the above-named species are three which appear to be new, viz. :— DicRURUS SUMATRANUS, Sp. n. This species seems to find its nearest ally in Dicrurus bimaensis, Wallace!, from Lombock, Sumbawa, and Flores. It, however, differs in having the plumage of the back pure black, without any metallic gloss. It also resembles that species in the form of the feathers springing from the base of the maxilla and covering the nostrils ; but in the present bird these feathers are much lengthened, reaching over nearly two thirds of the length of the bill. The rictal bristles are also much exaggerated, projecting nearly as far as the point of the bill. The Sumatran bird is also larger than D. b:- maensis, having a wing of 5:9 inches length against 5°5 in British- Museum examples of the latter species (Wallace gives 5°25, J. c.). The tail is nearly square, one specimen only exhibiting a slight ten- dency in the outer tail-feathers to curl at the tip. The collection contains ten specimens of this Drongo, collected at Ayer-angat, Paio, and Mount Sago. Tris vermilion (Boch). TurRDINUS MARMORATUS, Sp. Nl. Reddish chocolate-brown, brightest on the flanks and belly, the feathers of the head and back margined with black, giving those parts a scale-like appearance. Beneath, the chin and throat and upper breast white, each feather with a black terminal bar, which becomes wider towards the breast; the lower part of the breast and centre of abdomen as far as the crissum black, with a terminal or subterminal bar of white across each feather; ear-coverts dark 1 PZ. 8. 1863, p. 492. 16 MR. RAMSAY ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF SUMATRA. ([Jan. 6, rufous-brown, shading into bright chestnut on the hinder part, and widening into a broad patch on either side of the neck. Length about 7°5 inches, wing 3°6, bill +95, tarsus 1°25. One specimen only of this new species is in the collection. MYIOPHONEUS CASTANEUS, sp. n. (Plate I.) Bright chestnut-brown, except on the head, face, throat, and breast, which are dull purplish blue, and the forehead and lesser wing-coverts bright cobalt. Mount Sago, 3 September, 1878. Iris grey-blue (Bock). In the British Museum I found an example of this bird, labelled ** Malacca,” but without a name. The locality is probably erroneous. This specimen differs considerably from mine, both in dimensions and colour, the purplish-blue head being overlaid with a tinge of chestnut, and the lores and forehead being dusky chestnut-brown. The dimensions of the two specimens are— Wing. Bill fr. gape. Tail. Tarsus. Sumatra (Bock) .... 57D : 3:8 yA ? Malacca (Mus. Brit.) 5°] 1:82 4 1-7 Of the 24 species described as new by Count Salvadori (J. c.), only 8 were obtained by Mr. Bock, viz. :— Chrysophlegma mystacalis. Pteruthius cameranoi. Rhipidura atrata. Myjiophoneus dicrorhynchus. Hemipus intermedius. Arrenga melanura. Heterophasia simillima. Peloperdix rubrirostris. Two of these I cannot admit as good species—Hemipus inter- medius and Pteruthius cameranoi. ‘The former, of which I have one good specimen, appears to me to be inseparable from examples in the British Museum of Hemipus picatus (Sykes), collected at Mahabaleshwar. The latter I have compared with a specimen in the same museum of P. @ralatus, Tickell, from the Kachyen hills in Western Yunnan, aud found to be identical. Yet another of the species contained in the above list is, I should say, of somewhat doubtful validity. Ahipidura atrata is very close to, if not identical with R. albicollis (Vieill.) = R. fusciventris (Franklin), of India. It differs, no doubt, in the shade of slaty black of its plumage; but I have found specimens in the British Museum of R. albicollis which nearly match the Sumatran examples, although I am bound to say not quite. The difference, however, is so very trifling that the Sumatran bird can, I think, be hardly regarded as belonging to a distinct species. 1 Bill broken. 1880. j ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. 17 5. Description of two new Species of Dwarf Antelope (Neotragus). By Dr. A. Gtnruer, F.Z.S. [Received November 21, 1879.] A Dwarf Antelope obtained by Dr. Kirk near Brava, in the South Somali country, proves to be allied to, and the southern representative of, Neotragus saltianus from Abyssinia. Dr. Kirk has sent the skin of a female not quite adult and the head of an adult male; perfect skulls have been extracted from both. I propose for the new species the name of Neotragus kirkii. With regard to size there seems to be no great difference between the two species ; but N. Air/ii is somewhat smaller, and its coloration is very distinct. In the first place I have to draw attention to the peculiar form of Fig. h. WS SS\\ Head of Neotragus kirkii. the muzzle, which is much elongated, protruding beyond the mouth, swollen along its upper profile, and very distensible, resembling in some measure that of the Saiga Antelope. This peculiarity it has most probably in common with the Abyssinian species, though, as far as we can judge from dried skins, it is less developed in this latter ; nor do I find it mentioned by any previous writer. I am ignorant of the function in the animal’s economy to which it Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. II. 2; 18 DR. A. GUNTHER ON TWO [Jan. 6, relates, unless it be the organ by which peculiar sounds are produced, as mentioned by Brehm. It is not peculiar to the male, though more developed in that sex than in the female. The hairs on the crown of the head are prolonged, stiff, pointing backwards to between the ears, forming a flat depressed crest, as in Neotragus saltianus. The colour of the body of the animal is a brownish yellow, finely grizzled with brown—this colour being produced by each hair having two or three broad brown rings, the terminal ring forming sometimes the tip of the hair, sometimes being somewhat remote from it. The grizzly appearance gradually changes into a uniform light reddish- brown, which occupies the whole of the fore and hind legs. The upper part of the throat, the abdomen, and the inner side of the fore legs and thighs are dirty whitish; lower part of the throat tinged with brownish; the long hairs of the head brown, with broad yellowish rings; snout and outer side of the ears brown; a white streak above the eye. The horns are very similar to those of Neotragus saltianus. They are almost parallel, marked by strong, but rather irregular, sub- reticulated annulations, which completely surround the horn ; these disappear towards the middle of the length of the horn. The annu- lated portion is also longitudinally rugose, the terminal third only being smooth. The following are the measurements of the female :— in. Length of. the head. s%3sctn aetna ante 43 3 99 CARS a ieee tres foreis 24 = oe body andmneeke eerie oes 13 i » fore leg (from the elbow-joint) 7+ 3 » hind leg (from the knee).... 10 5 » hind foot (from the heel) .. 64 Measurements of the male :— Lengtioh Cae Bete ge ee. oak were es 53 F, Seth, WHIRA(RMERUDAIG )° 25°. 500 'stateters os tats 24 I may add that the opening of the lacrymal gland is very distinct, that the tail is very short, apparently composed of a few vertebrz only, and that the spurious claws are as small as in the Abyssinian species. Any doubts which might have been entertained with regard to the distinctness of this species disappear on comparison of the skulls of the two animals. The lacrymal groove, which in Neotragus saltianus is rather shallow, is so much deepened in the Somali species as to receive easily the end of a man’s thumb. Secondly, the lateral ramus of the intermaxillary is singularly curved in the shape of an 8, very slender, and separated from the lacrymal bone by a broad ascending process of the maxillary, which, therefore, touches the side of the nasal bone (see fig. 2, p. 19). In the Abyssinian species the intermaxillary is straighter and stouter, extending to the lacrymal, with which it forms a suture (see fig. 4, pty). 1880. ] NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. 19 Thirdly, the nasal bones, the shortness of which is characteristic of the genus, are still shorter than in Neotragus saltianus; and their posterior margins form an almost straight transverse line, whilst in Neotragus saltianus they form an acute angle (see figs. 5 & 6, p. 20). Fig. 2. Skull of Neotragus kirkii ; side view. Fig. 4. Skull of Neotragus saltianus. Fourthly, the infero-posterior angle of the mandible (fig. 2) is produced backwards, forming a projection beyond the hind margin of the mandible; whilst in Meotragus saltianus (fig. 3) the hind margin is only slightly excised. It must be remarked, however, that this peculiarity is much less developed in the young female than in the adult male. Fifthly, the hindmost molar of the lower jaw has a small third lobe developed behind with a single enamel fold, as in the species from Damara Land (see fig. 12, p. 22); this lobe is entirely absent in N. saltianus (see fig. 11, p. 22). 9* 20 DR. A. GUNTHER ON TWO [Jan. 6, The peculiar conformation of the facial bones is clearly in relation to the developed distensible nasal cavity of this animal. The roof of the nasal cavity is supported by cartilage rather than by bone, to admit of greater flexibility; hence the reduction of the nasal Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 5. Skull of Neotragus kirkii ; upper view. Fig. 6. Upper view of facial bone of Neotragus saltianus. bones in Neotragus is perfectly analogous to a similar structure in the Saiga Antelope and in the Tapirs. Since I wrote the preceding remarks Mr. Sclater has kindly placed in my hands a specimen which he had received from Mr. R. Trimen, Curator of the South-African Museum. It had been obtained in Damara Land, and proves to be a third species of this genus, for which I propose the name of Neotragus damarensis. The specimen is the skin of an adult female, from which I have had the skull extracted. Externally this species resembles so much the Abyssinian NV. saltianus that it might be taken for a variation of colour. The crest of long cranial hairs is more decidedly black behind than I have seen it in Abyssinian specimens, the majority of the cranial hairs being broadly annulated with black and yellow. The back of the trunk is finely grizzled with black and brownish yellow, the latter colour being replaced behind by grey. The black rings of all 1880. ]} NEW SPECIES OF NEOTRAGUS. rl the hairs are most distinct ; and the predominant grey colour of the rump and of the outer side of the thighs may be regarded as a pecu- liarity by which this species is distinguished externally from the other two species. Its size is the same as that of N. saltianus. The skin of the knees of the fore legs is bare of hairs and callous, which I have not observed in any of the specimens of the two other species. The cranial characters prove unmistakably the specific distinctness of the Damara-Land specimen. 1. As in WN. saltianus, the intermaxillary and lacrymal bones form a suture together. But the lateral branches of the inter- maxillary are much narrower than in that species, and altogether of Fig. 7. Fore part of skull of Neotragus damarensis ; side view(reduced). the same shape as in NV. kirkii; and the entire prelacrymal part of the snout is narrower than in N. saltianus, which is especially striking in the lower view of the snout (figs. 9 and 10). Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 8. Upper view of snout of N. damarensis. Fig. 9. Lower view of scout of NW. damarensis, Fig. 10. Lower view of snout of WV. savtianus. 2. Also with regard to the form and size of the nasal bones the new species 1s in some measure intermediate between the two other species. The suture, by which the nasals are united with the 22 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. (Jan. 20, frontals, forms a much more obtuse angle than in WN. saltianus, but is not a straight transverse line as in N. kirkii. The size of these bones is the same as in the Abyssinian species. 3. The hindmost molar of the lower jaw has a third lobe deve- loped behind with a single enamel fold as in N. kirkii. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. es AS Fig. 11. Posterior mandibulary molar of WN. saltianus. Fig. 12. Posterior mandibulary molar of NV. damarensis. The nasal cavity seems to be as distensible as in the Abyssinian species. I add the following extract from a letter addressed by Mr. Trimen to Mr. Sclater regarding this animal (d. 20 Oct. 1879) :— ‘It was sent to me in March last from Damara Land by Mr. Eriksson, who has lately presented to us a male specimen. The Museum previously possessed a young male, also a Damara-Land specimen, presented by the late Mr. James Chapman . . . The colouring of the male and female is the same; but the adult male has straight horns 23 inches long, with prominent irregular ridges (seven in one example) circling their basal half. In the young male that we have the horns are 1 inch shorter, and there are only three undeveloped basal ridges. « Mr. Eriksson informs me that this antelope frequents rocky hills in the vicinity of Omaruru (about a degree north of Walvisch Bay), but is not easily procured, owing to its great agility among its stony haunts.” The typical specimen has been presented by Mr. Sclater to the British Museum. January 20th, 1880. Prof. Flower, LUL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena-~ gerie during the month of December 1879 was read by the Secretary :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December 1879 was 54, of which 2 were by birth, 24 by presentation, 19 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 8 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 138. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. A young pair of Pronghorn Antelopes (Antilocapra ameri- cana), purchased December 4, being the first pair of this interesting ruminant that we have had together in the Gardens. PZ5.1880 PI 1] ISmit delet lth Hanhart imp HRYSOTIS ERYTHRURA ‘al ~ il 1880.] CoOL. HEYSHAM ON THE BREEDING OF ELEPHANTS. 23 These animals are in good health and in fine condition, and perfectly tame. The female is hornless. The male has apparently lately shed his horns, as the pair which he bears were quite soft when he arrived. 2. Examples of two rare species of Parrots of the genus Chrysotis, namely Bodinus’s Amazon (C. bodini) and the Red-tailed Amazon C. erythrura), purchased December 18, 1879. Both these species are new to the collection. Chrysotis bodini was first described in the Society’s Proceedings for 1873 (p. 569, pl. xlix.) by Dr. Finsch, from an example formerly living in the Zoological Gardens of Berlin. In May last year I met with the first example I had ever seen of this species in the Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam (see P. Z.S. 1879, p. 438). Since then I have been fortunate enough to secure a specimen of this Parrot for my collection, which I now exhibit. From the make of this skin, it is probable that its patria is the Orinoco district of Venezuela, which is rather singular, as the closely allied C. festiva likewise occurs in the same country. Chrysotis erythrura (Plate I1.), of which I likewise exhibit an example, was described by Kuhl in 1821, from a specimen in the French national collection, but is so rare that Dr. Finsch was unable to examine an example when preparing his celebrated Monograph. The first examples of it I ever saw were also at Amsterdam last year (see P. Z.S. 1879, p.438). One of the pair there noticed happening to- die, Mr. Westerman kindly sent its skin to me for my own collection. The exact habitat of this CArysotis is still unknown. Dr. Giinther exhibited the drawing of a fish, Holacanthus tricolor, obtained on the coast of the island of Lewes, and communicated to him by the Rev. George Gordon, who examined the specimen whilst in a fresh state. Dr. Giinther stated that this was the first instance ~ of this fish (which is common in the West Indies) having reached the British coast. An extract was read from a letter addressed to the President by Col. Heysham of the Madras Commissariat Staff, giving particulars of two cases of Elephants breeding in captivity in which the period of gestation was observed. ‘he first case was described by Col. Heysham as follows :— Towards the middle of December 1863, when at Thyetmyo, in Bur- mah, it was reported to me that three wild Elephants (a male and two females) were doing a great deal of damage near Muadung ; and on the 18th of the month, having made all necessary arrangements, I sent some of our Mahouts and Elephants across the river, to try and effect a capture. The following day (the 19th December) I received a report from the Jemadar, that the wild Elephants had joined ours immediately they got near -them, and that the male Elephant had covered the four females named in Serjeant Heron’s letter. We several times succeeded in fastening ropes 24 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. (Jan. 20, round the male Elephant’s legs; but on each occasion he snapped them like so much thread, but did not attempt to leave the place until the 8th January 1864. On that date we got a very stout rope fastened round his hind legs, and although he succeeded in snapping it as he had done the others, he began to think he was in danger, and made off for the jungles. He covered the four females on several occasions between the 18th December 1863 and the day on which he bolted (the 8th January, 1864). The female (Rowell Kutlee) calved on the 3rd of August 1865, which gives nineteen months as the period of gestation. I very carefully watched these Elephants (knowing them to have been covered), and for the first twelve months saw no such increase of size or alteration of shape as would indicate pregnancy ; but in the thirteenth month, 18th January 1865, Serjeant Heron reported to me that two of the Elephants had milk in their breasts, and requested that I would go and see them, as the Mahouts thought they must be going to calve soon. I went and saw the Mahouts draw milk from the two Elephants; and this was the first reason we had to think they were pregnant ; but it seems to me to be extraordinary and worthy of remark that the secretion of milk should have com- menced so many as seven months prior to calving. The second case took place at Bellary, in India, and was under the observation of Col. Ostrichsen, when the period of gestation was noted to be the same, viz. nineteen months. Mr. H. N. Moseley, F.R.S., exhibited some specimens of sections of Corals received from Dr. G. von Koch of Darmstadt, and prepared by a method devised by him, and made the following remarks con- cerning them and the results attained by them :— “There has always been great difficulty in determining under the microscope the exact relation of the various components in the cases of animal structures which are composed partly of hard and partly of soft tissues. We can easily prepare fine sections of the hard structures alone by grinding, and we can also, in all cases where these structures are rendered hard by carbonate of lime, decalcify the tissues with acids, and, thus having removed the hard parts, prepare sections with a razor of the soft tissue alone ; but we have not hitherto been able to obtain sections in which both hard and soft structures are preserved together in situ. The want of some method which should enable such sections as these latter to be made is most strongly felt by any one who is engaged in the investigation of the anatomy of corals. Corals are so completely penetrated by an extremely hard calcareous skeleton that it has hitherto been impossible to obtain sections in which the exact relation of the soft tissues to the skeleton could be made out. Dr. von Koch, who has devoted himself for some years past to the study of coral-structures, has succeeded in devising a method which, though somewhat laborious and tedious, yields exactly what was desired. ‘His method was first described in 1874, in a dissertation on the anatomy of the Organ Coral (Zubipora hemprichii), published at 1880. | MR, H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. 25 Jena’; but it is only lately that he has succeeded in preparing sections of corals so perfect as.those exhibited. “ The method is as follows :—-The corals with all their soft parts a situ having been hardened in absolute alcohol, are placed in a solution of Canada balsam in ether, or in gum-sandarach in alcohol, or, better still, of copal in chloroform. After they have become thoroughly permeated by the resinous solutions, they are taken out and dried slowly until the masses become perfectly hard. The hard masses cau now be cut into sections with a fine saw, and then rubbed down in the usual manner on a whetstone. The sections can be stained with carmine after being thus prepared, even without the removal of the resin ; but usually the tissues are stained in mass before being placed in the resinous solutions. All the soft parts thus become deeply tinged, and stand out in well-marked relief. The sections can then be mounted in fresh Canada balsam’. The sections received from Dr. von Koch certainly show a good deal which could not have been exhi- bited before; and they are interesting, not only as illustrating a new point in the anatomy of corals, but because the method by which they are prepared seems to me to be likely to yield valuable results in the case of many other questions of microscopic investigation. It will be quite easy, for instance, by this means to prepare microscopic sections of injected bone in which the injected capillaries will be shown in their relations to the Haversian systems. Sections also could thus be pre- pared of the internal ear in which the hard and soft tissues will be pre- served together, and the latter would not have been subjected to the deleterious action of the acids which are usually employed to decalcify the cochlea before it can be sliced with a razor. Sections through the undecalcified arms of starfish or crinoids prepared by this method could not but yield most interesting results, and similarly in the case of those Bryozoa which have a calcareous and opaque skeleton. I have sent specimens of MiJlepora and other hydroid corals to Dr. von Koch, and await with great interest the sections which he has promised to cut from these. It is even possible that by this means instructive sections for museum purposes of whole starfish or other animals might be cut and mounted on glass. “Tt has hitherto been supposed that the wall of all Madreporarian coralla is developed within the mesodermal layer of the wall of soft tissue of the animal. If this were the case, it would be expected that a simple layer of mesoderm and ectoderm would be found lying externally to the wall of hard tissue in transverse sections of a com- plete simple coral. Dr. von Koch, however, in his sections finds that this is not the case, but that there exist externally to the calca- reous wall what he believes to be the continuation of the mesenteries, and also a series of cavities which are the continuation of the interme- senterial spaces. He thus comes to the conclusion that the wall of the coral-cup is not developed, as supposed, by calcification of the middle 1 Anatomie der Orgel-Koralle (Zubipora hemprichii). Dissertation zur Erlan- gung der venta docendi. Von Dr. G. yon Koch. Jena, 1874. ? For a detailed account of Dr. von Koch’s process see the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ Jahrg. 1, p. 36. 26 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON SOME CORALS. [ Jan. 20, layer of the body-wall of the animal, but that it is a secondary struc- ture formed within the body-cavity by the gradual coalescence of the outer extremities of the calcareous septa. In this conclusion he is supported by the fact that in transverse sections of the coral-wall of many species of corals suture-like lines are to be made out, separating the calcareous tissue composing it into a series of masses which are apparently nothing else than the swollen peripheral portions of the septa themselves. ‘Dr. Koch, in a paper on the skeleton of corals, lately published in ‘the Morphologisehes Jahrbuch’, exhibits his results in three diagrams. The diagrams represent sections of the same coral, a Caryo- phyliia, at various heights, and are believed by the author to exhibit also the process by which the actual development of the hard skeleton or corallum takes place. In the first the septa are seen quite separate from one another and occupying the centres of the inter- mesenterial spaces. In the second, the septa have coalesced by means of lateral outgrowths, and a complete calcareous wall is formed with the continuations of the mesenteries and intermesenterial spaces be- yond it, these being shown much larger than in nature for the sake of clearness. In the third section, taken towards the bottom of the cups, the tissues external to the calcareous wall have perished and dis- appeared—this perishing of the lower parts of the soft tissues on the outside of the coral’s cup at its base as growth proceeds at the sum- mit being a normal process in the case of many corals, but not by any means in all. “The calcareous parts are covered everywhere, both according to Dr. von Koch’s observations and my own and those of other inves- tigators, with a layer of mesodermal tissue, within the substance of which doubtless they are deposited. ‘It will be seen that the outer chambers and mesenteries are found by Dr. von Koch to exist only in the upper part of the coral. In his first diagram there is nothing to be seen but what would have been expected: the exsert calcareous septa rise above the wall of the coral-cup ; and thence they only are cut across in a superficial section. In order to explain what is seen in the second section, it may possibly not be necessary to assume that the soft tissues in which the calca- reous wall is embedded do not belong to the wall of the animal. What seems to be the case is that the intermesenterial cavities lap over a short distance beyond the edge of the coral-cup, and are thus exposed in section beyond it when the entire coral is cut across. The soft tissues of the disk are to be seen in a living expanded Caryophyllia rising far above the summit of the corallum. No doubt, in specimens preserved in alcohol, the tissues are drawn down to a certain abnor- mal extent on the outside of the corallum as well as into its interior by contraction. The soft tissues in which the calcareous wall is deve- loped may perhaps still be regarded as derived from the body-wall, although they do not quite coincide with the outer portion of it to- wards the summit of full-grown corals. In many simple corals the ' “Bemerkungen iiber das Skelet der Korallen,” Morph. Jahrbuch, Bd. y. p- 316. 1880. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE INDIAN OPHIDERINA. 27 outer layer of the body-wall persists as a covering all over the outer surface of the fully grown coral. I have decalcified many such, and never found any trace of mesenteries or intermesenterial canals on the inner surface of this layer. “The question is to acertain extent one of nomenclature. At all events Dr. Koch’s results are very interesting ; and further research by use of his method in the case of other corals must lead to valuable results. “‘With regard to the development of the coral-wall from out- growths of the ends of the septa, it must be noted that Prof. Lacaze- Duthiersfound, in the case of the Mediterranean coral Astroides cali- cularis, that the wall is developed in the young coral from calcareous spicules quite distinct from those composing the septa. Dr. Koch, however, considers that the mode of development may be quite different in the case of the Perforate Corals, to which group Astrozdes belongs, from that occurring in Imperforata. Further, however, many very young corals of the genus Flabellum were dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Chal- lenger.’ In these the wall appears as very distinct from the septa, and there can be little doubt that both the horizontal wall at the base and the lateral wall are structures developed apart from the comparatively insignificant septa. In F/abel/um the sutures in transverse sections of the coral appear to correspond with the centres of the septa them- selves, and 1iot with the intervals between them as in Caryophyllia ; and in the young corallum the wall is seen to be doubled in as it were opposite the lines of attachment of the septa to it. ** Corals are so difficult as subjects of investigation that our know- ledge of them is as yet very imperfect indeed, and it becomes more and more evident that the careful investigation of a few forms will not suffice to elucidate the others ; they must all become the objects of much patient research.” The Secretary exhibited an egg of the Mooruk (Casuarius bennetti) from the island of New Britain, sent to him for examination by Capt. F. J. Evans. The egg was obtained by Admiral Hoskins, late Commodore on the Australian Station. A communication was read from Mr. F. Moore, F.Z.S., contain- ing an account of the Indian genera and species of the Lepidopterous subfamily Ophiderine. This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 28 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS TYRANNUS. [Jan. 20, 1. Remarks on some Species of the Genus Tyrannus. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate IIT.) Mr. Ridgway has lately contributed to the ‘Proceedings of the United-States National Museum’ an excellent paper on the genus Tyrannus’. As I have a good series of examples of the species of this genus in my collection, and have paid some attention to the subject I beg leave to offer the following remarks on Mr. Ridgway’s paper. Mr. Ridgway’s views as to the limits of the genus Tyrannus coincide very nearly with mine as expressed in my ‘Catalogue of American Birds’ and in the ‘ Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.’ Mr. Ridgway allows 13 species of the genus Tyrannus, while Mr. Salvin and I in the last-named work only recognized 11. Mr. Ridg- way’s two additional species are Tyrannus apolites (Cab. et Heine) and a supposed new species which he proposes to call Tyrannus lug- geri. As regards the first of these, it was omitted from our list, because it seemed probable that it might have been founded ona young individual of one of the races of 7’, melancholicus. And after again studying the original descriptions, I have no other reasonable conjecture to offer on the subject. Concerning Z'yrannus luggeri, however, I can give some more certain information, Mr. Salvin having received from Mr. Ridgway in exchange an example of this species, which I now exhibit. As will be seen, Tyrannus luggeri of Demerara is identical with the bird called in my collection Myzo- zetetes sulphureus (Spix)*, and is, I think, better referred to the genus Myiozetetes, though a somewhat aberrant member of it, than to Tyrannus. There remain, then, 11 species of Tyrannus, which both Mr. Ridgway and I acknowledge as veritable species of the genus ; and, moreover, our names for them are fortunately the same, except as regards Mr. Ridgway’s T. carolinensis and 7’. dominicensis, which in conformity with the Stricklandian Code I call 7’. pipiri and 7’. gri- seus. But Iam more fortunate than Mr. Ridgway in having in my collection examples of 7’. albigularis and T. niveigularis, two species which are unknown to him. A few words upon these some- what rare birds may be useful to Mr. Ridgway and to other ornitho- logists. Tyrannus albigularis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 465, though most nearly related to 7’. melancholicus, is, I think, quite a distinct spe- cies. My example of it is an adult male, obtained by Natterer near Goyaz in Brazil, in July 1823. At first sight the pure white throat and want of any greenish tinge on the yellow breast render it easily distinguishable from 7. melancholicus. Above the plumages of the two birds are more nearly similar, although the back of 7’. albigularis is decidedly of a more yellowish olive. The tail (fig. 1), is also ‘ «Descriptions of new Species and Races of American Birds, including a Syn- opsis of the Genus Tyrannus, Cuvier. By Robert Ridgway,” Proc. U.s. Nat. Mus. i. p. 166 (1879). 2 Cat. Am. Birds, p. 220. JSinit litk TYRANNUS NIVEIGULARIS e a 4 a 1e) 1880. P11 Hanhart imp 1880.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS TYRANNUS, 29 more deeply forked than in 7’. melancholicus. The primaries are acuminated, much as in 7’. melancholicus (see fig. 2); but the sixth Pies tT. Tail-end of T. albigularis, from above. Fig. 2. \\\ t Ie i \ | \ Wing-end of 7. albigularis, from below. primary is not quite so sharply pointed, and is shorter. The bill is also smaller in 7’. albigularis. As that most accurate observer Natterer designated this species by a MS. name in his Catalogue!, I think there can be little doubt of the validity of T. albigularis?. Tyrannus niveigularis, mihi (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 281), of which I 1 See Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 118. 2 Cf. Finsch, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 572. 30 MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. [Jan. 20, exhibit the typical specimen (Plate III.), is not very nearly allied to any other species of the genus, and must be pronounced to bea most . distinct and well-marked member of the group of true Tyrannus. I cannot much improve upon my published diagnosis of this bird, but may add, in reply to Mr. Ridgway’s remark, that the tail-end is nearly Fig. 3. Wing-end of 7. nivetgularis, from below. square, the two outermost rectrices being not more than ‘l inch shorter than the middle ones. The cinereous plumage above is tinged with olive. The tail is uniform black, with only very narrow light margins at the extremities. The five outer primaries (fig. 3) are slightly attenuated at their extremities, but not any thing like to the extent that prevails in 7’. melancholicus and its allies. Besides the single example of 7. niveigularis in my own collection (obtained by Fraser at Babahoyo, Ecuador), I have only seen two other skins. These are both in the collection of Messrs. Salvin and Godman. One of them was procured by Mr. C. Buckley at Intaj in Ecuador ; the other was purchased from a dealer, out of a collection coming from the same country. 2. On a new Species of Roller (Coracias) from the Zambesi. By Rotanp Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town. [Received January 9, 1880.] _ Dr. B. F. Bradshaw, who has lately returned to Cape Town after six years’ travel in the interior, formed a considerable collection of bird-skins, chiefly in the neighbourhood of the Zambesi at the junction of the Tschobe, and succeeded in bringing it down in good condition. As he proposed to dispose of the collection, he permitted 1880. ] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. 31 me to select for the museum a small series of the rarer species represented ; and amongst these is a single specimen of a Roller which appears to be very distinct from any of the described species. I give the following description of this interesting new form, and will append to it the notes on the bird which have been kindly furnished to me by the discoverer. CoRACIAS SPATULATUS, sp. nov. g. Forehead and superciliary stripe rather broadly white ; top of head, neck, and back dull pale greyish-green mixed with cinnamon- brown, the latter colour predominating on the scapulars and lower part of the back ; rump and upper tail-coverts ultramarine-blue, the coverts richer and deeper in colour; chin and a spot at base of lower mandible whitish; throat, breast, belly, thighs, and under wing- and tail-coverts pale bright verditer-blue, varied on the lower throat and breast by lilacine cinnamon-brown webs, leaving the shaft- stripes of the blue; cheeks and ear-coverts mixed lilac and verditer- blue; sides of neck coloured like the back; sides of breast dull sandy-brownish with bluish-white shaft-stripes ; upper wing-coverts ultramarine, except a short central band of cinnamon-brown lesser coverts, which is edged on both sides by a few ferruginous-violaceous feathers; primaries black on inner webs, ultramarine-blue on outer webs, their basal portion on both webs (but only on the inner web of the first primary) pale bright verditer-blue ; secondaries coloured like the primaries, except the last three, which are cinnamon-brown. Tail forked, the feathers increasing in length from the two middle ones, which are the shortest ; the two outermost feathers are pro- longed (their inner web being abruptly much narrowed) 23 inches beyond the next feathers, and their extremity is rather broadly spatulated by the gradual widening of the inner and abrupt widening of the outer web; these spatulate feathers are light verditer-blue as far as their sudden narrowing, and thence wholly black (including the terminal expansion); the next feather on each side is verditer- blue, broadly tipped with blue-glossed black, which extends a good way along the inner web; the next is similarly coloured, but the dark portion extends much further towards the base ; the following feather is dark-blue throughout, except that its base and a very thin edging of its outer web are verditer-blue; and the two middle feathers are wholly black except for a slight gloss of blue on each side of the shaft; on the underside of the tail the colouring is paler, and the dark parts of the feathers are shot with bluish- green. ‘Bill black; feet greenish-yellow; iris yellowish-brown” (B. F. Bradshaw). Total length in inches (including long tail-feathers) 153; length of culmen 13, of folded wing 64, of central tail-feathers 54, of outermost tail-feathers 83. This fine Roller is in some respects intermediate between its two nearest allies, C. caudatus, L., and C. abyssinicus, Bodd., but is at once distinguished from them both by the spatulate form of the elongated outermost tail-feathers. Apart from this peculiar character, 32 MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW ROLLER. [Jan. 20, the tail differs markedly in form from those of the two species named, being forked and having its two middle feathers the shortest, while that of C. caudatus has the feathers generally of about equal length, and in that of C. abyssinicus the two middle feathers are the longest. This furcate shape of the tail makes the produced outermost feathers of C. spatulatus look shorter than those of C. caudatus; but in fact they are just about the same length. (The corresponding feathers in C. abyssinicus are 24 inches longer.) The bill and feet are A ee VV [ ; /) \ y Wis ke, \ Usa) Terminal portion of tail of Coracias spatulatus, nat. size. comparatively slender, the former being rather shorter than in C. caudatus. The upper-surface colouring much resembles that of C. caudatus; but the head and neck are not nearly so green, being almost uniform with the upper back ; the wing-coverts are ultramarine-blue throughout except for a narrow cinnamon-brown bar, instead of 1889.] PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 33 ultramarine-blue at the top succeeded by verditer-blue ; the last three secondaries are uniform sandy-brown instead of fuscous and sandy- brown shot with greenish; in the tail the two middle feathers are black instead of dusky bronze-grey, and the feathers next to them on each side ultramarine glossed black instead of verditer-blue clouded with blue-grey ; and the white forehead and eyebrows are very much broader and more conspicuous. The under surface colouring is deficient in the rich lilacine-purple which adorns the throat and entire breast of C. caudatus, though it exhibits traces of a similar hue on the sides. In comparison with C. abyssinicus, the upper surface differs more markedly than it does from that of C. caudatus, for in C. abyssinicus the head and neck are greenish-blue sharply separated from the uniform rufous-brown back; but on the under surface the coloration is the same, except that C. abyssinicus does not present either the lilacine or brownish which vary the sides of the face, throat, and breast in ©. spatulatus. The tail-feathers (with the exception of the two middle and two outermost) have their colours just reversed in relative position, C. abyssinicus presenting pale-blue feathers with dark-blue bases, and C. spatulatus feathers pale blue at the base, but blue-black at their extremities. Dr. Bradshaw informs me that C. spatulatus was not seen far from the Zambesi except once or twice, when he noticed it at about 80 miles distance to the south of the river. The species chiefly frequents the so-called “ Sand-veldt,’’ a tract of heavy sand-ridges, keeping about the tallest timber. In the winter months it makes its appearance in small companies of from four to ten or a dozen, but is out of plumage and very scarce during the rainy season, wz. from November to April. In flight and action these birds resemble the other Rollers, and are usually difficult to approach. They have a most peculiar harsh cry, which differs from that of the other species, and when once heard is easily recognized on repetition. The male specimen brought down was shot on the 23rd May, 1878, on the western boundary of the Leshumo valley, through the whole length of which water only runs during heavy rains. All the specimens seen had the extremities of the long tail-feathers expanded into the battledore form. I have never before seen any example of this Coracias in the numerous collections made in the interior. The species is probably limited in its range and may thus have escaped notice ; while it is not unlikely that the less observant collectors may have passed it by as C. caudatus. 3. Note on some Points in the History of the Synonymy of Echini. By Atexanper Acassiz, F.M.Z.S. [Received January 10, 1880.] The ‘Proceedings’ of the Society for March, May, and June, 1879, contain three short articles on Echini, by Mr. F. J. Bell, of the British Museum (see pp. 249, 436, and 655). As these articles are Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. III. 3 34 PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. ([Jan. 20, evidently the forerunners of others, it would be premature to enter here into any discussion of the criticisms of Mr. Bell on the characters of this or that species; yet the tone adopted by Mr. Bell from the outset towards me calls for some counterstatement on my part, not on matters involving difference of opinion, but on questions which underlie the method I have adopted in the ‘ Revision of the Echini.’ In the first of the two articles (pp. 249 and 655) which alone concern us at present, it seems unnecessary to notice such quibbling as occurs on p. 252 in reference to the synonymy of Eehinus and Brissus. When we come, however, to the omission of a synonym, this is of course, as Mr. Bell says, a more serious matter. I am ac- cused (p. 252) of omitting in the synonymy of Brissus unicolor the name £. unicolor, Gmel., which I quote in the Chronological List, while I introduce in the synonymy #. ovatus, Gmel. This charge I will answer by quotations from the ‘ Revision’ (pp. 28 and 87) :— “In giving the synonymy of species which have become historical, ..... it becomes a necessity to cull the long list of quotations misnamed synonyms, and to separate what is merely bibliographical from what constitutes the history of the name and the history of the SPCCICSss ah astene ““Not to introduce too many doubtful synonyms, a general con- cordance of all the names given to Echini, including MS. names mentioned, is added, where doubtful synonyms will be found re- corded by referring them to some species of this Revision.” if Mr. Bell will read the first page (p. 87) of the synonymy of the ‘Revision,’ and then look in the Synonymic Index (p. 157) under Echinus unicolor, he will find the very reference to the synonymy of Brissus unicolor on p. 97, which he states I have omitted. He next says, p. 252, “the date of the specific term wnicolor being then 1788, whatis the date of curinatus?”’ Butthe date of unicolor is not 1788; itis 1734. Mr. Bell will find in the Chronological List, on p. 36, under “1734 Klein (continued),”’ Brissus unicolor ! This means, as Mr. Bell can ascertain from the Revision (p. 87), that I had seen the original specimen of Klein’s Brissus unicolor ! [see Introd. Revision Echini, p. ix]. On one side therefore we have the statement of Mr. Bell that the date of wnicolor is 1788, and on the other Klein’s original of B. unicolor dating back to 1734, which leaves no choice of date. I have throughout the Revision recognized the same principle with regard to original or authentic specimens, and quote again from it [‘ Revision,’ p. 13]:—“‘As far as the question of priority of the specific name goes, the only guide I shall take is an original or authentic specimen .... . the oldest name shall be preserved to the ex- clusion of all others, if the change is based upon authentic specimens, and not simply upon a figure, a guess, which may or may not be true.” Carrying out the above views, I ascribed carinatus, of which I had seen an authentic specimen, to Lamarck, and placed Echinus carinatus, Gmel., in the Synonymic Index (p. 183), referring it to Brissus carinatus, Gray (p. 96). 1880.] | PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 35 As regards the name carinatus, neither Mr. Bell nor any one else can do more than make happy guesses until the original collection of Leske, upon which Gmelin based his name, is found and iden- tified. Passing now to p. 655, Mr. Bell himself quotes the reasons which have induced me to adopt Hipponoé, Gray, in place of Tripneustes, Agass. I will only state again as my reason a part of what he quotes on p. 656 :—‘‘ When specimens are accessible which have served as basis for any systematic work, their results should be accepted, when correct, even when they upset a nomenclature generally recognized’’ (‘Revision of the Echini,’ p. 301). The questions of spelling and of sense or nonsense in generic names it is useless to discuss anew. Professor Louis Agassiz himself suspected the identity of Hipponoé and Tripneustes, and says that Gray’s name in that case should be preferred to his. While at the British Museum I endeavoured to trace the specimens on which Gray based his name Hipponoé. Dr. Gray himself was kind enough to show me what he called Hipponoé in 1840, the same species named by him Hipponoé sardica in 1855" On the same page (656) Mr. Bell further says :— In the Biblio- graphical List ..... the only references: appended to the name Lripneustes are ‘Int. Monog. Scut.’ (sic) and ‘C. R, Aun. Se. Nat. vi’? He is quite astonished so easily to recognize the last refe- rence, and, having assigned the first to the ‘ Monographie des Seu- telles,’ concludes by saying that he has searched the pages of the Introduction in vain for such a name. This statement he subse- quently modifies by giving a bit of history about the second livraison of the ‘ Monographies d’Echinodermes’ [Scutelles|, in which he says there was published a “short essay ” entitled ‘Observations sur les progrés récens de Vhistoire naturelle des Echinodermes.’ Mr. Bell does not state in what part of the second livraison this so-called ‘short essay’ is placed, but leaves the reader to infer that the second livraison was composed of a series of monographs, of which the ‘ Monographie des Scutelles’ made one, instead of being, as it actually was, the only one. In this introductory “ essay ’’ he finds T'ripneustes, which antedates (July) its publication by Agassiz, in the preface to the ‘ Anatomie du genre Zchinus’ (December); he then goes on to say (p. 657):—‘“ I do not think that there is any need to particularize such a methed of detailing the history of a name in a work which is entitled a Revision; but I have thought it right, while giving an account of Professor Alex. Agassiz’s method of working out his subject, to give all the material necessary for other naturalists who desire to investigate for themselves the matter in question.” ; It may not have occurred to Mr. Bell that I probably know as well as any one what Professor Louis Agassiz himself thought of this “short essay.’”’ As is well known to all students of Echinoderms, the Monographies were issued in livraisons, each livraison having a printed cover stating its contents; the general titlepage was issued 3% 36 PROF, AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. [Jan. 20, with the first livraison, containing the Salénies (1838). The special titlepage of this first monograph was preceded by a Preface, with separate paging in roman numerals. The cover of the second livraison (1841) says “contenant les Scutelles ;” and nothing else relating to the contents is printed on it. The special titlepage of this second monograph (Scutelles) is, like that of the first livraison, preceded by an Introduction, the “short essay ”’ in question, headed “ Observations ....’’; this has, like the Preface of the first monograph, a separate paging, but in arabic numerals. The contents of this so-called essay, in spite of the heading, show plainly enough that it was not considered at the time as a special essay, but that it was simply an Introduction to the livraison!. It was always so regarded by Professor Louis Agassiz ; he invariably spoke of it as ‘I’Introduction de la Monographie des Scutelles.’ Nor was he alone in so regarding it; all writers on Echinoderms who have quoted these independent monographs (as I have done in the Revision) without reference to the number of the livraison, but entirely from the contents as printed on the cover, always quote this “essay”? as ‘Monographie des Scutelles (Intro- duction).’ I have only followed their example and"that of Professor Agassiz himself. It is, perhaps, unfortunate that this part of the ‘ Monographie des Scuielles’ should be quoted in that way, on account of the Intro- duction following the special titlepage and dealing with the group of Scutella in general. But it does not justify Mr. Bell in assuming that he corrects a grave error and gives information not to be found in the Revision. Mr. Bell states on p. 656 that he discovered only accidentally the history of this ‘‘essay,’’ because he was fortunate enough to obtain an unbound copy of the four parts of the ‘Monographies a’ Echinodermes’ as originally published. It is rather strange that so exacting a critic as Mr. Bell should be dependent for his infor- mation (which is after all incomplete) upon a bookbinder. Notwithstanding all Mr. Bell has said or may say, the fact still remains that in July 1841 the name Tripneustes first appears, as is stated in the Chronological List of the Revision, and that it did not appear for the first time, as Mr. Bell maintains, in the Preface to Valentin’s ‘ Anatomie du genre Echinus,’ published in the following December. Mr. Bell will perhaps learn as he goes on that Professor Louis Agassiz omitted to recognize several of the genera first named by him in this same Introduction to the ‘ Monographie des Scutelles,’ and 1 Separate copies of the Preface of the first livraison of the ‘ Monographies d’Echinodermes’ were distributed as a prospectus, to obtain subscribers for the work; the heading on the titlepage being ‘‘ Monographies d’Echinodermes (Extrait de la premiére livraison de cet ouyrage, qui renferme une Mono- graphie des Salénies vivantes et fossiles).” In a like manner and for the same purpose separate copies of the “short essay” (Observations ....) were also distributed with a corresponding head- ing :—‘‘ (Extrait de la seconde livraison de cet ouyrage, qui renferme une Monographie des Scutelles yivantes et fossiles).” 1880.] PROF. AGASSIZ ON THE SYNONYMY OF ECHINI. 37 that considerable confusion has arisen in the generic synonymy from their omission at the time of the publication of the Catalogue raisonné of Agassiz and Desor. Mr. Bell’s reference to the ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ March(1842), in support of his position that Professor Agassiz believed he first used the name Tripneustes in the Preface of the ‘Anatomie du genre Echinus,’ only proves that it was not correctly quoted in the ‘Nomen- clator.’ Of the genera mentioned for the first time in the Introduc- tion to the Monographie des Scutelles we find Temnopleurus, Pleur- echinus, Amb/ypneustes, Tetrapygus, and Agarites referred correctly in the ‘Nomenclator’ to the 2nd livr. Monogr. d’Echinod. ; while Mycrocyphus, Tripneustes, Toxopneustes, and Stomopneustes, which accompany them and are designated in precisely the same manner by reference to a well-known species, are all quoted in the Nom. Zool. as 4th livraison, where they also occur as well as Sa/macis and Holopneustes. The last two genera appear in the 4th livr. for the first time ; yet Salmacis alone is correctly quoted in the ‘Nomen- clator,’ while Holopneustes is omitted and is not found in the ‘ No- menclator ’ at all. On p. 657, Mr, Bell further says ‘the name variegatus is never used by any writer on the genus Tripneustes subsequent to Leske and prior to Alex. Agassiz.” I must again refer Mr. Bell to p. 35 of Chronological List ; there he will find that I had seen the original of Klein’s Cidaris variegata, and naturally retained that name in preference to angulosus. It is therefore obvious that, on the principles which have guided me in the ‘Revision,’ the name which | must use is variegata and not angu- losus. I am perfectly aware that many and very annoying mistakes (of omission and commission) have crept into the ‘ Revision ’—which by the way was published in 1872-74, and not in 1872-73 as is stated by Mr. Bell on p. 249; no one will be more pleased to see them corrected than myself, even when shown up so pointedly as is done by Mr. Bell. I fail to see that Mr. Bell has by his criticisms of the nomencla- ture of the ‘ Revision’ established a single one of his points or supplied any material not already there, though evidently it is not in a form suited to his wishes. I wish therefore once for all to protest against any further misrepresentations of the facts on his part. As the Synonymy of the ‘ Revision’ is based upon specimens and not upon names, I have endeavoured so to arrange the Chronological Lists, Synonymy, and Synonymic Index as to leave Echinologists free to adopt any name suited to their views of nomenclature and not to force upon them my peculiar views. I have also attempted to supply the materials necessary for independent investigation with a minimum waste of time. Judging from the criticisms I have thus far received from other naturalists, I have no cause to complain of the time spent on the ‘Revision,’ although itis plain that I cannot hope the*Revision’ will be of any use to one who, like Mr. Bell, is of opinion that “for the 38 CAPT. W. V. LEGGE ON LITTLE RINGED PLOVERS. (Feb. 3, British naturalist, unfortunately Professor Agassiz’s method of no- menclature prevents this desirable result.” Having now examined at length these first articles of Mr. Bell, I shall in future leave like criticisms from him to seek their own answer, and close here, as far as 1 am concerned, this unprofitable discussion. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass:, Dec. 30, 1879. February 3, 1880. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Captain W. V. Legge, R.A., exhibited a series of specimens of Little Ringed Plovers from Ceylon and Central India; and remarked that it had been a moot point as to whether there really were two species of Little Ringed Plover in India, some writers referring all the birds found in that country to one form—the Lesser Ringed Plover of Europe, Zgialitis curonica. This, however (the larger form), was a winter visitant, for the most part, both to the Peninsula and to Ceylon, whereas the smaller form of Ringed Plover was, as far as he could judge, a resident in the latter island, as he had found it breeding there on the shores of the tanks in the northern forests. -Jerdon had recognized two species of Ringed Plovers in his ‘ Birds of India,’ the smaller of which (the one now exhibited) he had called 4. minuta (Pallas). Jerdon had pointed out most of the distinguishing characters of this species, viz. its smaller size, the greater amount of yellow on the bill, and its smaller legs and feet, as well as some other features which did not appear to hold good. In addition to the smaller wing, which did not attain a greater length than 4°3 inches, Captain Legge pointed out the black loral band was narrower, and in many specimens did not extend across the base of the bill at all, leaving the whole of the forehead white; the black pectoral band was likewise narrower ; and, in addition to these characters, the naked eyelid was very broad, tumid and protuberant, and deeply corrugated, which did not appear to be the case with the larger species, 2. curonica. Blyth also had remarked, in a paper published in the ‘ Field’ of 28th May, 1870, that the smaller Ringed Plover of Southern India was characterized by its very much broader naked orbital ring; so there could be no doubt that this was a peculiar feature of the bird in question. The note of the species, as observed at its breeding-haunts in Ceylon, was also different from that of the larger form. Pallas’s title Charadrius minutus, had been given by that author in the 2nd volume of his ‘ Zoographia,’ p. 145, to a bird found on the lakes of the Barabinski steppes in Western Siberia; and the de- scription was that of the young of Aigialitis curonica, which is found in that region. ,Horsfield had applied the name of Charadrius pu- sillus to a small Ringed Plover from Java ; but Mr. Harting had seen 1880. | DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW HERON. 39 the type specimens, and was able to assert that it was the young of Aigialitis curonica; and had in his possession a specimen from Formosa, measuring 4°4 in the wing, which was the facsimile of Horsfield’s type. As the smaller Indian Ringed Plover was without aname, Captain Legge proposed that one should be given it, and, after some discussion on the matter, agreed that it should be styled 4. jerdoni, in compliment to Dr. Jerdon, who had pointed out its specific characters, although he had applied an erroneous title to it. The following papers were read :— 1. On a new Species of Heron from Mohambo, in Northern Madagascar. By Dr. G. Harriavs. [Received January 20, 1880.] ARDEA RUTENBERGI, 0. sp. Pileo et nucha cristata nigro-eneis ; fascia postoculari rufe- scenti-fulva, alteraque inferiore latiore et breviore pileo conco- lori; collo postico et laterali, pectoris lateribus abdomineque medio obscure cinerascentibus, nonnihil fulvo-brunnescenti lavatis ; mento et gula albidis, maculis nonnullis rufescentibus longitudi- naliter notatis ; collo antico superiore in fundo rufescenti-fulvo, maculis obscurioribus irregulariter vario; inferiore, pectore et epigastrio mediis ex aurantiaco fulvescentibus ; abdomine imo, crisso et subcaudalibus eodem colore lavatis ; dorso, tergo, uropygio scapularibusque (subelongatis et sublanceolatis) nitide e@neo-viridibus, his strictissime et vix conspicue rufescenti mar- ginatis ; alarum tectricibus omnibus eneo-virescentibus, dilute rufescenti marginatis ; remigibus obsolete virescentibus, limbo apicali strictissimo albido ; subalaribus albo et rufescenti variis ; cauda virescente ; pedibus fuscis ; maxilla fusco-nigricante, man- dibula flavido-pallida, tomiis obscuris. Long. rostr. a fr. 62 millim., ale 190, tarsi 57, dig. med. c. ung. 53. This new Heron is a typical member of the Butorides group (A. virescens, scapularis, javanica, etc.), and will take its systematic position next to its nearest ally, Ardea atricapilla. The differential characters of this new bird are very striking ones, and such that to confound it with any of the congeneric species seems out of the question. The neck and sides of the head, which are of a pure and light bluish grey in A. atricapilla, are of a dull brownish grey with an indistinct rufous ‘hue in our new species. The marginal linings of the wing-coverts, whitish in A. atricapilla, are of a fine light fulvous- red in d. rutenbergi. ‘The underparts, pale bluish grey in A. atri- capilla, are of a darker brownish grey with a conspicuous shade of ochraceous, and the foreneck and middle of breast are rather of a 40 DR. O. THOMAS ON MYOXUS ELEGANS. [Feb. 3, clear fulvous-orange; the same colour reappears in the hind part of the abdomen and the under tail-coverts. But the greatest difference between our new species and A. aéri- capilla is to be seen in the structure and colour of the back-feathers and the scapulars, these being very narrow, elongate and lanceolate, and of a peculiar sea-green colour, with hoary margins, in A. atrica- pilla; they are broader, shorter, much less lanceolate, and of a pure and uniform bronze-green in A. rutenbergi. The measurements in both birds are nearly the same. The fine adult type specimen of A. rutenbergi, from which this description is taken, is in the Hamburg Museum of Natural History. I have named the species after my much-lamented young countryman, Mr. Christian Rutenberg, who was murdered by the savage tribes of the west coast of Madagascar. I see from his diary, that he had been eager in collecting and preparing birds ; and it is certainly much to be regretted that in all probability his collections are lost. Dr. Rgichenow, of the Berlin Museum, to whose experienced eye I have submitted this little Heron, fully participates in my opinion of its being different from any of the congeneric species. 2. On the Myoxus elegans of Temminck. By OuprreLp Tuomas, F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. [Received January 20, 1880.] The British Museum has lately received a specimen of a small Dormouse obtained by Mr. H. Pryer near Yokohama, which agrees in every respect with Temminck’s Myorus elegans, described and figured in the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ (1842). This name had, however, been unfortunately preoccupied by Ogilby for a South-African species', and now stands as one of the synonyms of Graphiurus capensis, F. Cuv.2, I am therefore under the necessity of renaming the Japanese form; and I would propose for it the name of Myowus lasiotis, the tufts of hair at the base of its ears being its most noticeable external character. This animal by its external form appears to be, as Temminck re- marks, very closely allied to the common European Muscardinus avellanarius, agreeing more or less with that species both in size, colour, and proportions; but on examining its viscera, I find that there is no trace whatever of that extraordinary complication of the stomach, unique among Mammalia, which has led to the retention, by most recent zoologists, of Kaup’s genus Muscardinus, formed for the reception of the common Dormouse, The absence of this complication proves that Myorus lasiotis is not so nearly allied to M. avellanarius as Temminck supposed, a'P. ZS. 1838, p- 5. 2 Cf. Alston, P.Z. S. 1875, p. 317. 1880. ] MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON A NEW CORAL. 41 because it therefore belongs to the restricted genus Myowus, charac- terized by a simple stomach and a bushy distichous tail. Its nearest ally is M. dryas, Schreb., found in South-eastern Europe, Asia Minor, and Persia. Myvzus lasiotis is, according to Temminck, very rare in Japan: his original specimens were obtained from the province of Awa, in the island of Sikok; and I ean find no others recorded until the arrival of this one from Yokohama. Note.—Since writing the above I have discovered that this species has been renamed M. javanicus by Schinz, in the appendix to his ‘Synopsis Mammalium.’ As this name is incorrect and misleading, the species still requires a new name, in accordance with rule xi. of the Stricklandian code. 3. Description of a new Species of Simple Coral. By H. N. Mosetey, F.R.S. [Received January 22, 1880.] DrEsMOPHYLLUM LAMPROTICHUM, Sp. nov. Corallum straight, conical, the upper third expanding much more rapidly than the lower two thirds, moderately compressed. Wall both externally and internally tinged with a madder-red colour, ex- cepting at the base and close to the margin of the calicle. Probably fixed by a narrow base (specimen broken at the base). External surface of the wall covered entirely with a very glistening and trans- parent epitheca, which is seen where broken towards the base to be present in several successive Jayers investing one another. Coste marked as fine strize over the entire outer surface; the primaries, secondaries, and tertiaries equally developed and more marked than those of lower order. Undulating accretion-lines present on the upper part of the wall. Calicle oval in outline, ratio of the axes about 86 to 100. Summits of the longer axis slightly higher than those of the shorter. Margin of the calicle nearly even, very slightly excavated opposite the intervals between the septa of the first three orders, and minutely denticulate in correspondence with those of lower order. Septa regular, in six systems and five complete cycles. Primary and secondary septa equal, far exsert, with evenly rounded upper margins ; tertiaries much less exsert, with straighter free margins ; quaternaries and quinaries proportionally very small, the quinaries not extending to the margin of the calicle, the quaternaries reaching thus far only occasionally. Septa white, thin and delicate, slightly sinuous at the inner margins, with lines of granules on their faces. Fossa deep, gradually narrowing inferiorly, bounded by the margins of the pri- mary and secoudary septa. 42 MR. H. N. MOSELEY ON A NEW CORAL. [Feb. 3, Extreme height of the corallum 35 millims.; extreme length of the calicle 35 millims. ; extreme breadth of the calicle 26 millims. The single specimen on which the species is founded was purchased from a dealer, Mr. Cutter ; and its locality is unknown. It will be placed in the British Museum. Its nearest ally is Desmophyllum cailleti, Duch. & Mich., which was obtained during the United- States deep-sea dredging operations from 100 fathoms off Barbadoes, and also off Double-Headed Shot Keys from 615 fathoms’. From its appearance the species might be supposed to come from rather deep water; but its having found its way into the hands of a dealer is against this hypothesis. From D. cailleti the present species differs markedly in its colour, Desmophyllum lamprotichum, of the natural size. Fig. 1. View looking directly into the mouth of the calicle. Fig. 2. The corallum viewed from the side. its larger size, and in its rapidly expanding form, also in the very smooth and glistening appearance of its epitheca. The fact that the entire outer surface of the coral is covered with this shining epitheca would seem to show that this entire surface of the corallum re- mained covered with living tissue during the whole growth of the animal. It will probably be necessary to form a special genus for those corals at present included in the genus Desmophyllum which are straight and delicate in structure, have a shining epitheca, and never form roots, like Desmophyllum crista-galli. 1 See Il. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, “ Deep-Sea Corals,” by L. F. de Pourtales (Cambridge, Mass. 1871), p. 16. 1880.) MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 43 4. On Paleolampas, a new Genus of the Echinoidea. By F. Jerrrey Bett, B.A., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Com- parative Anatomy in King’s College, London. [Received January 27, 1880.] (Plate IV.) There is, perhaps, no experience which is more full of instruction to the zoologist than the discovery of forms as recent that have been previously regarded as extinct. In no group of the animal king- dom have the explorations of the last few years reaped so large a harvest as among the Echinoidea, as Salenia and Conoclypeus' would suffice to bear witness, were not such forms as Phormosoma and Asthenosoma still more remarkable. But there is yet another possi- bility—possible, indeed, in the case of terrestrial animals, but infinitely more probable in the case of deep-sea forms; it is this : we may at times be fortunate enough to find examples of genera which, though hitherto not registered as fossil, yet proclaim by their general aspect, structure, and relations their archaic characters and the great length of time during which they must have existed as distinct forms. Prime among such creatures stands the remarkable Brisinga, which, though “the most primitive and therefore the oldest of all Echinoderms,’’’ has not yet been known to naturalists for a quarter of a century’. Very far from being either as important or as interesting as this ancient Starfish, the irregular Echinid which I now propose to de- scribe to the Society is of interest as filling a gap in our series of forms. Nearly every naturalist who has seen it has at first thought that he had seen it before; but further investigation has, in all cases, led to the view that the form is different from any yet observed. To this statement there is but one exception: Dr. R. H. Traquair, F.R.S.E., of the Museum of Science and Art in Edinburgh, informed me some months ago that he had a specimen generically, if not specifically identical, which had come into his hands when the collection of the late Dr. S. P. Woodward was dispersed. Dr. Traquair most kindly and generously offered to send me notes and drawings of this speci- men ; but the arduous duties of his post at Edinburgh have been hitherto an obstacle in his way; and while I regret that I have to describe the specimen in the collection of the British Museum without giving an account of the Edinburgh example, I have felt too much sympathy with my friend and colleague to have pressed him too hardly to add to hislabours. Some day, perhaps, in the future Dr. Traquair will himself give an account of the form under his care. The specimen now to be described came into the possession of the Trustees of the British Museum so long ago as January 1852; but it 1 A, Agassiz, Bull. M. C. Z. v. no. 9, p. 190. 2 G. O. Sars, ‘Researches on the Structure and Affinity of the genus Brisinga’ (1875), p. 94. 3 «Fauna littoralis Norvegie,’ ii. (1856) p. 95. 44 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3, w as not mentioned or described by the late Dr. Gray in his ‘ Cata- lo gue of the Recent Echinida,’ published in 1855. It is much worn and has much the appearance of a fossil specimen ; in the opinions of Prof. Morris and of Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., however, the spe- cimen is recent. It was bought at Stevens’s sale-rooms, and is, with a doubt, reported to have come from India. To the accomplished paleontologist just named I have to express my thanks for instructed guidance through the cabinets under his charge ; and while I take on myself all responsibility in describing this form, I would say at once that it is the fact that it was unknown to Dr. Woodward which has chiefly led me to regard it as new. As we pass in review the edentulous forms of the Irregular Echi- noidea, we are led irresistibly to the conclusion that the shortening of the ambulacra and the arrangement of the pores in the mode which has led Prof. Hickel to give to the group the name of Petalosticha’, are structural changes which have gone hand in hand ; and, just as we may say of the ungulate Mammalia that their limbs tend to become modified by the reduction of the outer digits, and that, where success is attained, this reduction is accompanied by concomitant changes in the relations of the metacarpal or metatarsal bones to the carpus or tarsus’, or of the Araneina that they have tended to limit their stig- mata to two*, so may we say of the Petalosticha that the arrangement of the ambulacral pores in straight parallel rows is more ancient than that in which the greater number are set in petaloid fashion. So far the generalization is borne out by the evidence of the paleontological succession, while some of the observations of Alex. Agassiz seem to support it on the embryological side. Perhaps we may go a step further and say, with safety, that the longer, the more regular, and the straighter are, step for step, older arrangements than rows of pores less long, less regular, or less straight. It is obvious that all kinds of stages may be found in this series if the regular and orderly modification of the Echinoderm structure has taken place in the non- saltatory fashion which it is now the mode to ascribe to the process of Evolution ; but there is another possible process which it is, after all, not so much more difficult to present distinctly to the imagination ; and that is progression by leaps of varying breadth*. Prof. Agassiz has drawn attention to the sudden transitions which he has observed in the growth of an individual, and to the apparently sudden ap- pearance of genera in their geological succession. Let us test these two conflicting views by the evidence afforded by the new genus; but before doing so, let us point out that, even if we shall find evidence in favour of the sudden or, as we may call it, saltatory character of the transitions, it is just what we seem to find also in the develop- mental history of the individual; so that it affords us, just as well as any more steady succession, quite as complete a demonstration of the 1 Gener. Morphologie, ii. p, Ixxiv. 2 Kowaleysky, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1873, p. 153. 3 Cf. Bertkau, Archiy fur Naturg. 1878, pp. 351 e¢ seq. 4 In the sense, of course, that the intermediate forms were so rapidly passed oyer that the chance of their being preserved is practically nil. 1880.] MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 45 aphorism ‘The “development of the individual is a compressed epitome of the development of the race ;” and we may further look for an explanation of the suddenness of the changes in the supposition that between definite points in organization neither the larval form nor the adult are enabled to maintain that equilibrium in the presence of external forces which is necessary to the maintenance of existence’. Whether this be so or not, neither the doctrine of Descent nor the “fundamental principle of biogenetic development” has its truth in any way affected thereby. It is with considerations of this kind in our mind that we must, as I think, address ourselves to the consideration of intermediate forms ; for, in our times at least, it is only when observation is kindled by the light of the doctrine of the Descent that the full value of **inosculant forms” can be justly estimated. Description of the Specimen. Ambulacral system.—The paired arrangement of the ambulacral pores does not extend beyond the ambitus, which is very nearly reached by all the five sets, but most completely by the two postero- lateral; the two rows of each are, in the case of the postero-lateral and of the anterior ambulacrum, altogether equal; but in the antero- lateral ambulacra the anterior row of pairs of pores is a little shorter than the posterior, and this difference is best marked on the left side ; the strictest parallelism is observed between the paired rows, which incline so slightly towards one another that the diminution in breadth of the intraambulacral space cannot be detected by the eye until the pores come close to the central or apical system; here the pores diminish considerably in size, but there is no bare space separating the perforated ambulacral plates from the azygos radial plate, ordinarily known as the ocular. The pores of the inner row in each pair are still fairly circular ; those of the outer are more slit-like or comma- shaped; and it is evident, so soon as several different pores have been examined, that the specimen in question exhibits a commence- ment of that union of the two pores by means of a connecting furrow which is very much more, and quite distinctly, marked in Echinolampas, and is even to be seen in Conoclypeus leskii, Goldfuss *. The spacing-out of the ambulacral pores as they approach the point at which the paired arrangement ceases to obtain is here but barely marked ; and, indeed, it would be impossible to detect it at all, were we not led to look for it from the marked degree which it reaches in Echinolampas; so, again, while it is in some cases possible to see that the terminal pores of the outer row of the ambulacra are as completely circular as those of the inner row, and so far to find an analogy with the much more marked simi- larity in Echinolampas, yet in the cases of other rows on the same 1 The probability of sports leading to very considerable and remarkable changes in organization has, comparatively lately, received support from the observations of Mr. Bullar on the hermaphroditism of certain parasitic Isopoda (Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xi. pp. 118-124). 3 * Petrefacta Cormancite? tab. xlii. figs. 1, a-c, 46 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3, specimen the difference between the outer and inner pore can still be observed, just as well as in the upper portion of the rows. What, however, is more remarkable now remains to be noted: the outer row of pores may be traced from the point where they cease to be accompanied by the inner row as far as the actinal region, and that with complete regularity of spacing, and in lines which only here and there diverge from being completely straight ; when they reach the phyllode they of course exhibit some modi- cation ; but that is of no importance for the moment. What we have here is the regular repartition of one row of pores from the apical to the oral pole. In this, as in several other points, the specimen under description approaches the genus Conoclypeus, the existence of which in the present epoch has been lately signalized by Prof. Alex. Agassiz’: in Conoclypeus sigsbei the paired arrange- ment of the ambulacral pores does not extend over more than two thirds of the abactinal surface, while C. anachoreta, Agassiz (L.), is seen to retain the paired arrangement from the apical to the oral area (see Desor, Echinides fossiles,. pl. xxxiil. figs. 5-7). We may find, then: the following series :— Conoclypeus enachoreta: pores in pairs extend over the whole of the ambulacral area. Palgolampas, nov. gen.: pores in pairs extend to the ambitus; outer row extend to the peristome regularly. Conoclypeus sigsbei: pores in pairs extend over part only of the abactinal area; outer rows as in Pal@olampas. Echinolampas: pores of corresponding paired rows unequal. E. depressa: pores of outer rows extend regularly to actino- stome. E. oviformis: pores of outer row not regularly distributed on the plates between ambitus and actinostome. Neolampas: pores in single row (paired arrangement altogether lost). Whether the mass of their characters is not such as to justify the union of C. anachoreta and C. sigsbei in a single genus, and the generic separation of the new form (Paleolampas), is a point which I will discuss later on. The table as here arranged, seems to throw discredit on the union of EHehinolampas depressa and E. oviformis in the same genus; but there are other points of importance in the structure of the Echinoderm than the characters of the ambulacral system, and these must have their due weight. The bourrelets of the actinal system are distinct, but they do not project into the buccal cavity ; they are well rounded, not pointed at all, and may be said to be due rather to the development of the phyllodes, which mark off the interambulacral periphery of the actinostome, than to any modification in the interambulacral plates themselves ; judging from the photograph of C. sigsbez, they are less developed than in that new form, while they have no such sharp projection as in Echinolampas oviformis ; the outer row of pores bends slightly outwards, and then inwards so as to approach its fellow; 1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, y. no. 9, p. 190. 1880.] MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 47 between these there are a few pores not very regularly or definitely arranged, but apparently not so extensive as in C. siysbei. The ocular plates are very distinct; but two of the pores, the anterior median (which is almost obliterated), and the left postero- lateral, are smaller than the rest ; those of the right side are both interesting as exhibiting indications of their primitively double character—a point to which Prof. Lovén has called attention in his invaluable ‘ Etudes’ *, and which, as is well known, is so distinetly marked in Pal@echinus among older forms ?. Interambulacral system.—The interambulacral areze are composed of large broad plates and are considerably wider than the ambulacral, but there are no points of especial importance to be noted with regard to them; the odd posterior genital plate has disappeared, and the madreporic plate occupies the whole of the central portion of the apical area. The two postero-lateral pores are a very little more widely separated from one another than are the more anterior pair; but the divergence is not in any way so marked as it is either in Echinolampas or in Conoclypeus sigsbei (ef. fig. 2, p. 190, ¢. c.): this may be taken as an expression of the greater equality of the several genital ocular plates, and as, pro tanto, an indication of a more archaic arrangement. The anus is elongated from side to side, is of some size, and is placed just below the margin of the test: in C. leskii the anus is rounded; in C. sigsbei it would appear to be elongated transversely ; but in the greater number of the members of the genus Conoclypeus it would appear, from the definition of Agassiz and Desor—< anus infra-marginal, allongé dans le sens du diamétre antéro-postérieur ”’ —to be elongated along the axis at right angles to that in which it is elongated in our specimen. The whole test is covered regularly by primary tubercles, all equal in and of some size; the only region in which there is the very slightest irregularity is in the intraambulacral region just in front of the mouth, where the tubercles are a little less closely packed ; this arrangement is exceedingly interesting when compared with what obtains in Echinolampas. We have already had some examples of the archaic characters presented by E. depressa; and when we compare it on this point with Z. oviformis, we find that in the former the tubercles are evenly distributed over the whole test, and that there are no bare bands, while in the latter a tract free from tubercles extends both forwards and backwards from the region of the actinostome. Coming now to the final consideration, we have to inquire into the position of the apical system and of the actinostome. They have both left their central position, but have proceeded a very slight distance forwards ; and the distance from the centre of the test is by no means so great as it is in the genera Echinolampas or Rhyn- chopygus, though it seems to be greater than in Conoclypeus sigsbei. 1 Lovén, “ Etudes sur les Echinoidées,” Kongl. Syens. Vetensk. Handlingar, Bd. ii. no. 7, p. 67. * Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science, y. (1865), plate vii. fig. B. 48 MR. F. J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. [Feb. 3, The actinal surface of the test is completely plane; the abactinal sur- face is obtusely pyramidal, the area around the ocular and genital pores being flattened out to form what may be called an apical plateau. I propose to call the genus to which this specimen belongs Palzolampas, and to define it thus :— A petalostichous Echinid in which the completely parallel ambu- lacral pores remain paired as far as the ambitus, and in which the tendency to the shortening of one of the two sets is only very slightly indicated in the antero-lateral pair; the outer row of each pair of pores is regularly distributed from the apical area to the actinostome. Bourrelets feebly developed. Anus elongated transversely, infra- marginal. Four genital pores ; ocular pores large. Tubercles all primary, and equally distributed over the test. Test not very high. Apical system and actinostome a little in front of the true centre of the test. PALHOLAMPAS CRASSA, noy. sp. (Plate IV.) Test very thick, with a flattened apical plateau, pores of phyllodes not very regularly arranged ; anus looks almost as much backwards as downwards; in the antero-lateral ambulacra the anterior row of pores shorter by three or four pairs than the posterior. Hab. ? India. The following are the more important measurements of the speci- men described :— millim. Greatest length ....2. 60-6002 02 00s eee beaees 102 Aare berit ipyICLEED Siz teesine eisai ive le 12lb"~! « “alin lay for PiByeMale a webb Mie 96 Greatest height. 0.5.2.0 6. eee cee ete ee eee eens 46 Length of anterior ambulacra .......-.. 00.2 -+ +50 46 Length of antero-lateral ambulacra (right side) ...... 46:49 x we a. Geftisiie) ms neh 44:50 Length of postero-lateral ambulacra (right ride) ...... 62 ze (left side)ii. =...) v 63 3 ” Distance from anterior edge of actinostome to edge of test 44 Distance from posterior edge of actinostome to posterior edge of test. 22.6. eee eee et eee eee eeweee 50 Greatest antero-posterior axis of actinostome ........ 8 Greatest transverse axis of actinostome .............. 12 Greatest transverse axis of anus........ 5 A a eget Greatest antero-posterior axis of anus .............. "a Greatest antero-posterior axis of madreporic plate .... 7 Greatest transverse axis of madreporic plate.......... 7 Greatest intraambulacral width (from inner pores) .... 10 5 ~ 5, (from outer pores).... 14°5 It now remains only to discuss the systematic position of this interesting form. It obviously falls into the edentulous division of the Petalosticha, or into the Petalosticha as defined and limited by Alex. Agassiz. From the highly modified Spatangide it is at once distinguished by the absence of the plastron and of the semitee ; [on 0 9G » OD G08 [0086 2657500 SOo PALA. OLAM. Edwin Wilson, delet. lith Pe: O26, PL IV. OS OO GO "O° a 269G OD o@,0? Gy ~ © Soe @ a © secoo @ imek: DOBde @ OO©@S8 Soe Pooeegat 3 522.8) MinternBro® imp. 1880.] MR. F.J. BELL ON A NEW GENUS OF ECHINOIDS. 49 from Hehinoneus it is distinguished by the fact that the paired pores do not extend from apex to actinostome ; with the remainder of the Cassidulids, however, it has considerable affinity. In several points it presents resemblances to Rhynchopygus ; but this curious genus is sharply distinguished by the position of its anus ; Weolampas has but a double row of simpie pores’ in each ambulacral area; Echinolampas has one of its two paired rows of pores considerably shorter than the other in each ambulacrum; and Conoclypeus, with which Paleolampas presents the greatest affinity, differs from it in having retained the primitive position of the mouth, and in nevertheless having obtained large bourrelets, as well as having the pairs of pores united by grooves’; Conoclypeus also has the apical system specially modified into a pro- jecting button-like piece, and has the ocular plates very small. On the whole, then, Palgolampas seems still to retain in its organization points of structure which show that it either diverged from the Cassidulid stem rather earlier than Conoelypeus, or that it stands in the direct line which connects this genus, first seen in the Cretaceous epoch, with a still more generalized ancestor. As it presents, therefore, a grade in development, we can only justly recognize the value of the characters which it presents by forming for it a special genus; and the name which is proposed seems to be one that it is justified by the characteristics herein detailed. Returning to the question with which we started, we find, I think, that the existence of an intermediate form of this kind, continued on for so long a period of the world’s history, as it is almost certain it has been, must make us very careful as to accepting any statements which seem to throw discredit on that principle of most modern evolutionists, which ascribes the origin of species to the effects of variations, not always seen by the unobservant eye. And while the explanation suggested as to the instability of certain combinations of anatomical characters may throw light on some of our difficulties, it is hardly yet time for us to cease giving the proper weight to our limited opportunities, and the imperfections of the records of the past, or, on the other hand, to forget how species best adapted for investigation are not always those that have most completely retained an uneffaced record of their past changes. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Palgolampas crassa: view of the abactinal surface, to show the dis- position of the rows of pores, and the character of the plates of the corona. Natural size. 2. P. crassa: view of actinal surface, to show the characters of the bour- relets and phyllodes in the distribution of the ambulacral pores. Nat. size. 3. P. crassa: profile view. Nat. size. 4. Abactinal system, enlarged, to show the size of the ocular and genital plates, the characters of the ocular pores, and the position of the madreporie plate. ’ See Wyville Thomson, ‘ Phil. Trans,’ vol. clxiy. pt. 2, p. 745. 2 In C. leskii the actinostome is some way in front of the centre; but it is a question whether this species truly belongs to the genus Conoclypeus. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1880, No. LV. 4 50 MESSRS, DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3, 5. On the Mammals of Asia Minor.—Part II. By Cuartus G. Danrorp, F.Z.S., and Epwarp R. Atston, F.L.S., F.Z.S. [Received February 2, 1880.] (Plate V.) Three years ago we gave an account of the species of Mammals observed and collected by Danford during a visit to Asia Minor in the winter and spring of 1875-76, incorporating the statements of the few previous writers on the fauna of that country!. The fol- lowing pages contain the additional information which he obtained during another visit in the winter of 1878-79. On this second expedition Danford spent most of his time in the extreme south-eastern provinces of Asia Minor. The principal stations where he collected were :—the island of Rhodes ; the eastern Taurus Mountains near Marash ; the valley of the river Pyramus or Jihan, in the provinces of Marash and Adana; the Giaour- Dagh, a northern continuation of the Lebanon range; and the valley of the river Euphrates, at Biledjik. Thence his route took him through part of the Palanga Plain near Albistan, and the Anti- Taurus Mountains, over the central tableland of Asia Minor by Kaisariyeh, Angora, Sivre-Hissar and Kski-Shehir, to Broussa, near the Sea of Marmora’. Although, as on his former trip, the time spent by Danford in the country was limited to the colder months, still we are able to add eleven species to our previous list, of which one appears to be new to science. We believe, on the other hand, that ¢hree species of our first catalogue were wrongly identified ; and we now recognize forty- six species as being certainly represented in the fauna of Asia Minor, besides nine or ten others of which the occurrence, though recorded, is not fully authenticated. Much still remains to be done by future explorers, especially among the Bats, Insectivores, and Rodents. As in our previous communication, the species of which specimens were brought home by Danford are marked with an asterisk; while those of which the evidence of occurrence seems doubtful are not numbered and are enclosed in brackets. References are given to our former paper, and the species which were not included in it are indicated by a dagger mark. The same authorities have been consulted as to distribution of the species in the adjoining countries. We must express our thanks to our friends Dr. Giinther and Mr. Thomas of the British Museum, where most of the specimens described have been deposited, and to Professor Alphonse Milne- Edwards of Paris for assistance; also to Dr. Strauch of St. Peters- burgh, who has kindly given us much information as to the Wild Sheep of South-western Asia. 1. *VesPERUGO sEROTINUS (Schreb.). Danf. & Alst., no. 1. 1 P. Z.8. 1877, pp. 270-281, pl. xxxi. ? A map, showing Danford’s routes in his two expeditions, is given in his “ Further Contribution to the Ornithology of Asia Minor,” Ibis, 1880, p. 81, pl. ii. P.Z.5.1880.P1 V. Smit lith Hanhart imp ARVICOLA GUENTHERI, y ts SS Ce a ee 4) mas 1 ¢ = ss it ~ i> 1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 51 2. *+VESPERUGO KUHLI (Natt.). Specimens of Kuhl’s Bat were taken at Marash from the wood- work of a house, and others were shot at Room Kaleh on the Euphrates. The species appeared to be common in both localities. 3. *CRocIDURA LEUCODON (Herm.). D.& A., no. 2. 4. ERINACEUS EUROP#US, Linn. D. & A., no. 3. As on his former visit, Danford failed to obtain specimens of the Asia-~Minor Hedgehog in a fit state for preservation ; but he found one or two decomposing carcasses which were evidently referable to this species. [Feuis uncer, Schreb. D. & A., no. 4. We introduced the Ounce into our first list on the authority of our friend Mr. D. G. Elliot, who informed us that the type of Valenciennes’s Felis ¢ulliana, now in the Paris Museum, was not separable from F’, uncia, an opinion which had been already ex- pressed by Blyth' and by Gray*. Mr. Elliot has since maintained this identification in his magnificent work on this family *, whereas Prof. A. Milne-Edwards regards F. tudliana as a distinct species *. We regret that we did not ourselves examine the specimen when we were last in Paris; but on finding that the Leopards obtained by Danford on his second expedition were undoubtedly referable to F. pardus, we have been led to a more careful comparison of M. Milne- Edwards’s detailed description with M. de Tchihatcheff’s plate *. This examination leaves no doubt on our minds that Valenciennes’s specimen is perfectly distinct from F. uncia; and we believe that it is really nothing but an unusually pale and long-haired variety of I’. pardus, somewhat similar to the remarkable Persian Leopards now living in the Society’s Gardens®. We therefore greatly regret that we should have been led to endorse the existence in Asia Minor of the true Ounce—an animal whose range is probably entirely confined to the most elevated regions of Central Asia?.] 5. *?Fexis parpus, Linn. Kaplan. As already stated the only Leopards obtained by Danford belonged to this species; the specimens he preserved present considerable variety in coloration and in proportional length of tail, but not greater than has been observed in other localities. Though nowhere common, the Kaplan appears to be generally distributed throughout 1 P. Z.8. 1863, p. 183. 2 Op. ett. 1867, p. 262, 3 Monogr. Felid, pt. 2. * Recherches Hist. Nat, Mamm. p. 214. ® Asie Mineure, 2"° partie, Zool, pl. i. ® Cf. P. ZS. 1878, p. 289. ‘ Since the above went to press we have received a letter from M. Milne- Edwards, in which he says “ Le Felis tulliana, par les proportions de ses membres, se rapproche beaucoup plus des Panthéres véritables que des Onces; les taches de la robe sont plus grandes et plus annulaires, mais elles sont plus nombreuses que chez Once. Je suis persuadé que le Felis ¢ulliana est une espeéce, ou an moins une race fortement caractérisée, du Panthére.” Impressed as we are with the great variability shown by many other of the Asia-Minor Mammals, we are still of the opinion expressed above. 4* 52 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3. the south and south-western mountains near the coast. An adult female specimen, the skeleton of which is now in the British Museum, was procured in the Giaour Dagh near Osmanieh on the 20th Jan. ; it measured in the flesh :— inches. Length of head and body .............. 59 Dencthivor tail o. ges 5 «035-45 oen eee oe sates 37 ete Rt Ae SUOUIOET 4. sis ge sents oye = akep Ns vs ae 26 6. *Fruis carus, Linn. Yaban-kedi. D. & A., no. 5. A Wild Cat from the mountains near Marash is strikingly dif- ferent from the Zebil specimens described in our previous paper. Instead of being of an unusually clear grey ground-colour, marked with distinct dark spots, the present example is very tawny in general tint, faintly but regularly brindled with a darker rufous- grey. There is a distinct black stripe along the upper surface of the tail, the rings of which are imperfect and interrupted, excepting those near the tip. The Asia-Minor Wild Cats would thus appear to be much more variable in coloration than any European speci- mens which we have examined. 7. *?Fewis cuavus, Giild. This species appears to be tolerably common near Marash, where it inhabits the marshy districts known as the Plain of Bazardjik ; skins from this locality do not appear to differ in any way from North-African specimens. The Booted Cat is also found in Southern Persia and in Palestine. 8. *FeLis LyNx, Linn. D. & A., p. 272. In our first paper we introduced the F. dyna doubtfully, on the strength of a skin purchased in Constantinople. Last year Danford obtained a very fine specimen from the mountains near Albistan, thus proving that the ranges of the Northern and South-European Lynxes meet in Asia Minor. The Albistan skin differs much from the Constantinople one, which was only obscurely spotted. Its ground-colour above is a beautiful silvery rufous, the longer hairs being largely tipped with white; and it is marked with numerous. jet-black spots, which are linear in shape on the back and rounded on the flanks ; on the thighs the spots show an inclination to group themselves into rosettes, like those of the Leopard. 9, *FEeLIs PARDINA, Temm. shek. D. & A., no. 6. 10. *Feuis carAcaL, Linn. Kara-koulak. D. & A., no. 7. [*+Fexis suBaTA, Schreb. A skin of the Cheetah was presented to Danford at Biledjik, on the Euphrates, by his host Sheik Mustapha, who stated that the animal had been killed among the rocks near Sevi, a small village about five hours down the river on the Mesopotamian side ; it was the only specimen which he had ever seen. This Society has received 1880. ] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 53 more than one specimen from Syria, and it is not improbable that the species may be found in some parts of Asia Minor proper. Sheik Mustapha also informed him that five years ago a Lion appeared near Biledjik, and after destroying many horses was done to death.] 11. *Hyana striata, Zimm. Zyrtlan. D. & A., no. 8. Not rare in the Euphrates valley, near Biledjik, where the natives assert that it understands Arabic and may be taken in the following way :—A man crawls into its den with a noosed rope, and stroking the Hyzna, caressingly says, “ You are very nice and pretty and quite like a Lion, indeed you are a Lion.” This so flatters the Hyena that he allows the rope to be put round his neck, and is forthwith dragged out. [GrneTTA vuLearis, Less. D. & A., p. 273. No further evidence of the supposed occurrence of the Gennet was obtained. | 12. *HERPESTES ICHNEUMON (Linn.). Yer kiopek. D.& A., no. 9. Ichneumons were very common in the Pyramus valley. 13. *Canis Lupus, Linn. Kurt, Yanovar. D. & A., no. 10. Wolves were seen in the Anti-Taurus. 14. *Canis aureus, Linn. Schakal. D. & A., no. 11. Jackals were very abundant at Adana. 15. *Canis vupes, Linn. Zelki. D. & A., no. 12. In our previous communication we doubtfully identified an im- perfect skin of a Fox as representing a pale long-haired race of C. vulpes. A second specimen, from Marash, is darker, and redder above and rather whiter below; the brush has a rudimentary white “tag; and the fore legs are blackish, with hardly a trace of rufous. The size is small ; but, the skull and long bones being unfortunately wanting, we cannot give measurements. After careful comparison we can find no characters by which it can be separated from some South-European specimens of C. vulpes. 16. *Mruxs Taxus (Schreb.). Porsook. D. & A., no. 13. [Icronyx zoritua (Thunb.). D. & A., p. 274. As on his former expedition, Danford did not meet with the Zorille.] 17. *Marres Frorna (Erxl.). Samsar. D. & A., no. 14. Appears to be very common on the hills near Marash, as a great number of fine skins are exposed in the bazaar. Among these no examples of M. sylvatica were observed. 18. *Musreta vuuearis, Erxl, D. & A., no. 15. 19. tMusreva sarMAmTica, Pall. D, & A., Disc Aoe Of this species, which we formerly introduced doubtfully on the 54 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Feb. 3, authorities of Ainsworth and Kotschy, skins were seen in the bazaar at Marash which came from Zeitoun, where they are said to be nu- merous and very destructive to the orchards. 20. *Lurra vutearis, Erxl. Su-itti, Kundush. D. & A., no. 16. 21. *Ursus arcros, Linn. Aiyee. D. & A., no. 17. 22. Ursus syriacus, Ehrenb. Aiyee. D. & A., no. 18. [Pxoca,sp.? D.& A. p.275.] _ 23. *Susscrora, Linn. Domooz, Yaban-domooz. D. & A., no. 19. 24. *Cervus evapuus, Linn. Siyiin. D. & A., no. 20. We are inclined to think that the Red Deer does not now exist in the Taurus proper; but it still lingers in the Anti-Taurus, where, however, it is fast dying out, perhaps owing to the advent of great numbers of Circassians. Large heads of recently-killed animals were brought to Danford, and he was well assured of their present existence. These wild and thinly-populated mountains, abounding in high grassy meadows and forests of juniper and other trees, are well fitted to be the last refuge of the Red Deer of these regions. In the northern districts of Asia Minor C. elaphus is much com- moner ; and we believe that it is found throughout the whole range of wooded hills bordering the Black Sea and the west coast at least as far as Broussa, where Danford was shown skins which indicated the great size which this animal attains in the forests of Olympus. All the heads which we have seen from the Anti-Taurus are peculiar in having the brow and bay tines united at the base, and appearing like the bifurcation of one branch, [At the village of Jarpuz, at the foot of the Bimboghas Moun- tains near Albistan, Dantord obtained from a peasant a very remark- able Deer’s antler, in either a subfossil or a greatly weathered con- dition; and he saw another similar specimen in the same locality. When he exhibited this antler at a meeting of the Society last year’ there was some difference of opinion as to whether it was or was not an abnormal specimen of Cervus elaphus; but as we are ourselves strongly of opinion that it cannot be referred to any known recent Deer, we reserve its description for another opportunity. | 25. *Cervus DAMA, Linn. Yamoorcha. D. & A., no. 21. In the central pine-wooded districts of Rhodes wild Fallow Deer are not uncommon; but the animals appear to be rather small, as might be expected from their insulated range. The following are the measurements of a buck, of about four years old, killed at Laerma in Rhodes on the 22nd December, 1878 :— inches. Length of head and body ............ 48-00 i tail, with hair ............ 14-00 a caudal vertebre............ 9:00 1 P.Z.8, 1879, p. 552. 1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASTA MINOR. 55 inches. Length, Of ReaG tiie acre o'k sac aeewsa pho UO Fe GAT A rei yds once ours suite o O00): Re of antlers along curve ...... 18°50 span of antlers: ?. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 266 (1842, deser. orig.). ® Cf. Blanford, East. Persia, ii. p.'70. 7 P.Z.S8. 1839, p. 122. 1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. : 61 it is referable to the next species; and there appears to be no other evidence of the occurrence of C. accedula in Asia Minor. | 36. *?CriceTus pHa&uSs, Pall. Kara-guz. Abundant in houses at Kaisariyeh. Those caught generally had their pouches stuffed with dry pigeon-droppings. It was remark- able that none of these Hamsters ventured into Danford’s traps until the house had been cleared of Mice ; apparently the latter, in spite of their smaller size, have the upper hand in the murine polity. [Mus rattus, Linn. D. & A., p. 279.] 37. Mus pecumanus, Pall. D. & A., no. 29. [Mus asporti, Waterh. Under this name Mr. Waterhouse described a Mouse sent many years ago to this Society from Trebizond by Mr. Keith E. Abbott’. His type is not to be found in that portion of the Society’s collec- tion which passed to the British Museum ; and we can only direct the attention of collectors to his original description. The animal is stated to have been smaller than a Harvest- Mouse (length of head and body 1 inch 3 lines, of tail 1 inch 11 lines), and of a deeper colour than Aus musculus. Had the description been given by any less trustworthy writer, we should have had little hesitation in regard- ing it as having been founded on a young individual of that species. } 38. *Mus muscutus, Linn. Sytchan. D. & A., no. 30. Specimens of the common House-Mouse were olstained in various towns and villages, including Oroul, near the Euphrates, where the range of this species overlaps that of IZ. bactrianus. These vary considerably in size and in intensity of colour—some, like the ex- ample mentioned in our first paper, being very pale in tint, while others are small and usually dark. Two House- Mice from a village in the Giaour-Dagh are so peculiar in coloration that at first sight they appear to belong to quite a distinct species, their upper parts being of a light fawn which passes insensibly into the still paler and more yellowish fawn of the belly. But we can find no structural differences whatever ; and an English variety of JZ. musculus almost identical in tint is preserved in the British Museum. 39. *+Mus pacrrianus, Blyth. Of this species, which is probably, as Mr. Blanford remarks, “ the House-Mouse of the extreme north-west of India, Kashmir, Afghanis- tan, Baluchistan, and Southern Persia,” specimens were trapped at Oroul, on the Euphrates, along with JZ. musculus, thus showing that its range extends considerably further west than has hitherto been supposed. Two examples which were preserved agree well with Mr. Blanford’s excellent description and figure’, and with his Per- sian specimens in the British Museum, only differing in having slightly shorter tails. Measurements (in spirits) :— P34: 8. 183iap iy. ? East. Persia, ii. pp. 56, 57, pl. v. fig. 2. 62 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Feb. 3, inches. inches, Length of head and body .... 3°50 3°00 4 atl eet chetrchete ae 2720) 2°63 a earoe. Dive *50 “45 ae hind) foot.diecmaeed 240 64 Dr. Severtzoff named the House-Mouse of Turkestan “Mus wag- nert 2. major (M. tomak?, n. sp.?)”' without describing it; and Mr. Blanford has separated the form found in the east of the same country as MW. pachycercus*; both of these, if distinct, are certainly closely allied to WZ. bactrianus. 40. *Mus syuvaticus, Linn. Yaban-sytchan. D. & A., no. 3l. 41. *Mus mystacinus, Danf. & Alst. Dagh-sytchan. D. & A., no. 32. Danford did not meet with this Mouse on his last expedition, not having been able to collect in any suitable localities. 42. TARVICOLA SOCIALIS, Pall. To this species we are inclined to refer two small Voles which were sent by Messrs. Dickson and Ross from Erzeroom to this Society, and which are now in the British Museum: they agree well both in dentition and proportions with Keyserling and Blasius’s subge- neric and specific diagnoses*, and fairly with Schreber’s description’, although their tails can hardly be said to be white. The Arvicole of Western Asia and Eastern Europe are so little known, either from well-preserved specimens or accurate descriptions, that it is at present impossible to clear up the relationship between 4. soeialis and some other nominal species, such as A. micrurus (S. G. Gm.), A. mystacinus, Ménétriés, and A. syriacus (Licht.). But when we remember the variability of the better-known European and American Voles, it appears not unlikely that these will prove to be merely races or varieties of Pallas’s species. 43. *fARVICOLA GUENTHERI, sp. n. (Plate V.) ?Arvicola leucura, Severtzoff, Turkest. Jeyotnie, p. 82 (1873, descr. orig., nec Gerbe). It is not with a light heart that we venture to add to the long list of described species of Arvicola ; but two specimens of a Vole, which Danford found abundantly in the marshes below Marash, present such striking characters that no choice is left tous. The following is a detailed description of the animal, which belongs to Blasius’s subgenus -Arvicola proper, characterized by the first lower molar having nine and the second upper molar four cemental prisms ®. 1 Turkestanskie Jevotnie, pp. 61, 82; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4th ser.) xvill. p. 53. DM. wagneri, Eversmann (Bull. Soe. Imp. Moscou, xxi. 1'* partie, p. 191), is usually considered to be a synonym of M. minutus, Pall. 2 J. As. Soc. Beng. xliv. pt. 2, p. 108; 2nd Yarkand Mission, Mamm. p. 53, pl. ix. fig. 2, pl. x.d. fig. 4. 3 Wirbelth, Hur. pp. 33, 34. * Saugth. iy. p. 682. 5 Saugeth. Deutschl. p.374. 1880. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 63 Ears moderate, well haired towards their margin, showing distinctly above the fur. Tail hardly longer than the hind foot, and a little more than one fifth the length of the head and body. Soles densely haired almost to the roots of the toes; fore feet with five tubercles, arranged three and two, besides the very small rudimentary thumb, which has no nail; hind feet with five tubercles closely set, and ar- ranged two, two, and one (fig. 7, ¢). ALamme 8. Birqucd + Aerot , Fig. 7. nee Arvicola guentheri. «, upper molars; 4, lower molars (magnified six diameters) ; ce, sole of hind foot (natural size). Teeth very similar to those of A. arvalis, the molar pattern being :— Upper I. 5 prisms, 6 angles. Lower I. 9 prisms, 9 angles. ” 118 4 ” i) 9 +) Il. 4) +” 6 29 rove 1 SM ee ae ae $x UE ihe sg Be xe But the posterior prisms of the first and second upper molars are dilated behind, and that of the third is produced behind its inter- nal projection. The first three prisms of the first lower molar are imperfectly separated (fig. 7, a, 5). Upper parts yellowish mouse-grey, the tips of the hairs being either light fawn or black; on the flanks this colour passes insen- sibly into the greyish white of the lower parts, which is slightly washed with yellow on the belly. Feet greyish white. Tail rather thinly clad with short white hairs; these are mixed on its upper surface with dusky hairs, which are most conspicuous near the point. Measurements (in spirits) :— inehes. inches, Length of head and body .... 4:00 4°25 ee GAT eysts poe Srna eee 82 oi i CAL EN Me oes es ne “40 "42 % Hind foot: sc. sf oa “TD “7D 64 ON THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. [Feb. 3, This Vole differs from all others with which we are acquainted in the extreme shortness and peculiar colouring of the tail, and in the density of the hairiness of the soles. It would appear to be most nearly allied to A. arvalis, from which it is at once distinguish- able by its proportions and by the number of plantar tubercules. In general appearance it bears a stroug resemblance to A. stoliczkanus, Blanford, from Yarkand; but that animal has not only a wholly yellowish-white tail, but belongs probably to the subgenus Paludicola, Blasius, the first lower molar having only seven cemental prisms". It seems not at all improbable, on the other hand, that our animal may be identical with the A. leucura of Dr. Severtzoff; his diagnosis is not impertinent, although he says that the tail is one fourth the length of the body, and white with a black tip*. But im any case his name cannot stand, being preoccupied by the A. leucurus of Gerbe *, which Blasius and Fatio have united with the A. nivalis of Martins. We therefore propose to name our species in honour of our friend Dr. Giinther. 44. *SpaLax TYPHLUS, Pall. Avor-sytchan. D. & A., no. 36. [AuacraGa pecumaNa (Licht.). D.& A., p. 281. The “Jerboa”? of Herr Kotschy and Mr. Curzon, which we thought probably referable to this species, may have been Gerbillus erythrurus. | 45. *Hysrrix cristatus, Linn. Kipri. D. & A., no. 37. [Lepus syriacus, Hemp. & Ehrenb. D. & A., no. 38. As will be seen below, we believe we were in error in the determi- nation of the Asia-Minor Hare}. ‘ 46. *+Lepus EvRoP&vS, Pall. Zauochan. In our former notes we somewhat doubtfully identified two Hares shot in the Taurus with the Z. syriacus of Hemprich and Ebren- berg ; but on examining more specimens, we find them to agree best with the East-European form named L. caspicus by the same writers. We cannot find any characters, however, which would justify the specific separation of that race from the Common Hare; and we therefore follow Blasius in regarding it as a climatic variety of LL, europeus. 1 Blanford, J. As. Soc. Beng. xliv. pt. 2, p. 107 (1875, descr. orig.) ; Second Yarkand Mission, Mamm. p. 42, pl. vii. fig. 1, pl. x. B. fig. 2. 2 Turk. Jevot. p. 82; Ann. & Mag. N. H. (ser. 4), xviii. p. 52. 3 Rey. Zool. 1852, p. 260 (deser. orig.). Se nee eee eee ee ———————— — ‘ SILV Tihcivit SEL AD SiS ee yy dun y2eyquey “Wary? pap pag pf bk. PA CILOUDRYAS A THIOPS 2 MUNIA MELANA. PZ.5. 1880) Pivig Hanhart imp Gdn ite SaTlN ih Le ab Ps tr vil ‘G re ii Aan ae iT hy PNAS thee ay " c Le ) P.Z.8.1880. Pl. Vig 2 Hanhart amp (a JSnat del et hth RALLUS INSIGNIS. | 1880. } ON BIRDS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, 65 6. On a Fifth Collection of Birds made by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island and in its Vicinity. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.RB.S., Secretary to the Society *. [Received January 30, 1880.] (Plates VI.-VITI.) I have again the pleasure of laying before the Society a collection of bird-skins formed by the Rev. G. Brown, our Corresponding Member at Duke-of-York Island. ‘The series on this occasion is not large, but there are several specimens of interest in it. The following is a list of the species represented in it. They are all from Kabakadai, on the coast of New Britain. 1. Megalurus interscapularis, sp. nov. 2. Pecilodryas ethiops, sp. nov. 3. Myzomela cineracea, Sclater. 4. Munia melena, sp. nov. 5. Corvus orru, Bp. 6. Dendrochelidon mystacea (Less.). 7. Halcyon sancta, Vig. et Horsf. 8. Eelectus polychlorus (Scop.). 9. Falco severus, Horsf. 10. Rallus pectoralis, Less. 11. Rallus insignis, sp. nov. 12. Amaurornis moluccana (Wallace). 13. Nycticorax caledonicus (Gm.). The new species may be described as follows :— 1. MEGALURUS INTERSCAPULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate VI.) Supra terreno-brunneus, pileo antico rufescente ; interscapulio nigro flammulato ; alis intis nigricantibus, remigum marginibus externis pallidé rufescentibus et fusco obsolete transfasciolatis ; subtus albus, lateribus et crisso in fuscum transeuntibus ; caudd pallide fusca, e rectricibus rigidis et valde graduatis compositd, harum scapis nigricantibus ; rostro corneo, ad basin albicante ; pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 8, ale 2°8, caude rectr. ext. 1:9, med. 4°3, tarsi 1. Hab. in ins. Nova Britannia (Brown). This bird belongs apparently to the genus Megalurus, and is allied to M. galactodes of Australia’; but is distinguishable by its larger size, the want of superciliary stripes, and the body being white below. I can only detect eght tail-feathers; but it is quite probable that two external ones may have been lost. + See report on the first collection, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 96, second collection, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 289, third collection, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 670, and fourth collection, B. Z.S. 1879, p. 446. ? Spheneacus galactodes, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pl. xxxv. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. V. 5 66 ON BIRDS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 3, 2. PacrLopryas £THIOPs, sp. nov. (Plate VII. fig. 1.) Nigerrima ; maculd scapularium utrinque, uropygio et crisso albis : rostro et pedibus nigris ; caudd longiusculd, paululum rotundaté ; remigibus tertio et quarto equalibus. Long. tota 5°2, ale 2°9, caude 2°2. Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown). This bird, which is quite new to me, is very recognizable by its uniform black plumage only broken by the white patch on the scapulars, and the white upper and under tail-coverts, and reminds one of Pratincola caprata. Count T. Salvadori, to whom I sent it for inspection, reminds me that it comes nearest to his P. bimacu- lata of New Guinea. 4. MuNIA MEL&ENA, sp. nov. (Plate VII. fig. 2.) Niger ; uropygio, caude tectricibus superioribus et rectricum marginibus externis castaneis ; caudd acuminatd, rectricibus dua- bus mediis quam catere longioribus ; ventre medio rufo, hypo- chondriis nigro variegatis, crisso nigro ; alis extts et dorso postico Suscescenti-nigris, subalaribus rufescentibus ; rostro crasso et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 4°3, ale 2, caude 1°3. Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown). This species is remarkable for its general black colouring varied only by the chestnut upper tail-coverts and the broad rufous patch on the belly. Its bill is stronger even than in M. forbesi. 11. Rauxus insi@nis, sp. nov. (Plate VIIT.) Supra saturate fuscescenti-oleagineus ; pileo, capitis lateribus et cer- vice posticd rufo perfusis ; subtus niger, fasciis angustis albis usque ad medium ventrem instructus ; alis nigricantibus, albo intus transfasciatis, secundariis externis dorso concoloribus ; rostro nigro, pedibus carneis. Long. tota 12, ale 5°4, caude 1:3, rostri a rictu 1°8, tarsi 2°7. Hab. in Nova Britannia (Brown). This fine large Rail is a southern form of K. (sive Hypotenidia) celebensis, from which it differs in the want of any white markings on the sides of the head, the rufous cap, the longer stronger bill, and the want of any bars on the under tail-coverts. “I have compared it with the types of R. sulcirostris, Wallace, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 345 (from the Sula Islands); but that is also a perfectly distinct species. The tail is unfortunately imperfect. Besides the skins, Mr. Brown sends a small collection of birds in spirit, of which the exact localities are not stated. It contains a second example of Munia hemimelena, also specimens of Donacicola spectabilis and Cisticola rujiceps, and of several other species. The skin of Eelectus polychlorus is of much interest, as it is that of a nestling bird, and in the green plumage, and shows that as regards this much vexed species the male is green from the nest. I assume that the specimen is a male, although the sex has unfortunately not been determined. 1880. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW CHRYSOTIS. 67 As regards the Collocalia left undetermined in my account of Mr. Brown’s last collection (see P.Z.S8. 1879, p. 447, sp. 12), Count Salvadori has kindly examined the specimen and favoured me with the subjoined remarks :— “Through the kindness of Mr. Tristram I have been able to exa- mine the specimen from the Solomon Islands, attributed by him to C. linchi (Ibis, 1879, p. 438); and I find that it belongs to the group containing C. francisca (Gm.), with the upper parts dark, almost black, and with the underparts uniformly grey. Therefore most probably it does not belong to C. linchi, Horsf., which appertains to the Collocalia esculenta group. It seems to me that the Solomon- Island specimen belongs to C. fuciphaga (Thunb.)'. I can only notice that it has the upper parts blacker, and the underparts of a lighter and purer grey than Javan, Bornean, Amboina, and Kei-Islands specimens of C. fuciphaga. “A specimen from the Duke-of-York Island submitted to my examination by Mr. Sclater (Collocalia sp. inc., P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 447), belongs to the same species as Mr. Tristram’s specimen.” February 17, 1880. Prof. W. H. Flower, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during January 1880 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January was 89, of which 57 were by presentation, 28 by purchase, 1 was received in exchange, and 3 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 84. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. A Japanese Hawk-Eagle (Spizaetus orientalis), from Japan, being the first individual of this scarce bird of prey we have re- ceived. It was presented to us by our Corresponding Member, Harry Pryer, Esq., of Yokohama, and arrived, under the kind care of Mr. Maries, on January 6. 2. Two Blue-eyed Cockatoos (Cacatua ophthalmica), presented by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., of Duke-of-York Island. This acquisition is of much interest, as the species was hitherto believed to be peculiar to the Solomon Islands. Mr. Brown, who transmitted these birds to Mr. Ramsay’s care in Sydney in Sep- tember 1877, along with a pair of the Eclectus (which unfortunately died at Sydney), tells me that this Cockatoo is found in New Britain, but not in New Ireland. I take this opportunity of exhibiting a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate 1 “T cannot agree with Lord Walden, who (Ibis, 1874, p. 135) considers C. linchi, Horsf., to be the same as C. Suciphaga, Thunb.” * Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japonica, Aves, p. 7, pl. iii. Mr. Sharpe (Cat. B. i. p. 267) identifies this species with S. nipalensis of India; but I am not quite sure that this identification is correct, he 68 A LETTER FROM MR. W. B. PRYER. [Feb. 17, IX.) of a Parrot of the genus CAérysotis, now living in the Society’s Gardens, which appears to belong to an undescribed species. It was purchased of one of the London dealers in February 1879, and was originally considered an immature example of Chrysotis dufres- niana, to which species it is most nearly allied. But it has remained without material change since its arrival, and a closer examination leads me to believe that it is mot an immature bird. I therefore propose to describe it as follows :— CHRYSOTIS C@HLIGENA. (Plate IX.) Clare viridis, fronte flavida, facie tota utrinque cyaneo lavata ; speculo alari aurantiaco; caude apice flavicante; crassitie paulo minore quam in C. dufresniana. In Vivario Soc. Zool. Lond. Obs. Similis C. dufresniane, sed genis ceeruleis, fronte non rubra, speculo alari flavo et cauda nullo modo rubra distinguenda. The bird described by Dr. Finsch (Papag. ii. p. 532) as the young of OC. dufresniana is probably this species. Singularly enough I have just received (this morning, Feb. 17th) a box of skins for examination from Mr. G. N. Lawrence of New York, amongst which is a single example of this Parrot, obtained “on the Essequibo river in the winter of 1875-76, by Mr. A. H. Alexander, of West Hoboken, New Jersey.”” Mr. Lawrence gives to it the name “caligena”’ in his paper (to be published in ‘The Ibis’), which I adopt with pleasure instead of the name I had in- tended to propose for it. Mr. Sclater called attention to the fact that Colobus palliatus, Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1868, p. 637 (recently figured, Monatsb. 1879, p. 830, tab. iv. a), of which he exhibited a specimen, seemed to be identical with Colobus angolensis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 246. Mr. Sclater had compared the type of his C. angolensis, a flat skin now in the British Museum, with a fine adult specimen from the Pangani river-valley on the Zanzibar coast, in the same collection lately received from Dr. Kirk, which was doubtless Colobus palliatus of Peters, and had found them to agree in nearly every respect, except that the Zanzibar example showed rather more white on the throat. The skin of Colobus angolensis, which was brought by Mr. Monteiro from Angola, might have travelled a long way from the interior of the continent; but it was certainly singular to find it identical with a species of the eastern coast. The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to him by Mr. W. B. Pryer, dated Elopura, Bay of Sandakan, Borneo, 27th October, 1879 :— “T nearly always have some half dozen different birds and animals about the house, and should be glad to send them to Singapore, on account of the Society, if you have any one there to receive and forward them. Amongst the specimens Monkeys take a leading place; but I presume these are not particularly required; the two species of C@LIGENA 7 fae RY SO HRY SOTIS ; INTTANA LNA JFRE SNIANA a ‘ 4 ‘ - ' ¥ “ wt é a, i ¥ 1880.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE SKULL OF A RHINOCEROS. 69 Gibbons (Hylobates) might be interesting, and also, if it could be managed, a Proboscis-Monkey (Semnopithecus nasalis). Adults of this, however, invariably die within a few hours after capture; and young ones, though tame enough, are too delicate, as, with every care, they rarely survive for a week. Young bears also seem delicate, and a change of diet from sugar and milk to boiled rice killed my last in a day. Tangalungas (a sort of Civet), Gymnuras, Argus Pheasants, Nicobar Pigeons, Brush-Turkeys (Megapodius), and Hawks are among the specimens brought in; and I have had several Pittas as well. Snakes, Tortoises, Crocodiles up to 16 or 17 feet in length, and Moni- tors may always be had ; and Orang Utangs (young) would come if I offered a reward for them. The full-grown Orang it is, of course, impossible to catch. I could send any of these things free to Singa- pore if you had any one there to receive and forward them on account of the Society. I have a young Svoloo Deer, a very pretty spotted animal, given me by the Sultan of Sooloo ; but I hardly feel inclined to part with it. The ordinary large Banian Red Deer also some- times comes to me; the last time I was at sea we gave chase to one in the steamer, and caught it and hauled it on board alive! “You may be interested to hear that I am sending home this mail a skull and skin of head of a two-horned Rhinoceros. The second horn is certainly not very big, but I did not know before that there was a two-horned species of Rhinoceros in Borneo.” Prof. Flower exhibited the skull in question, which had been kindly lent to the Meeting for examination by Mr. Alfred Dent, and made the following remarks :-— “* In some notes on the cranial and dental characters of Rhinoceros (P. Z.S. 1876, p. 450), I identified the skull of a young animal, obtained in Borneo by Mr. Lowe, of Labuan, and added in the pre- vious year to the British-Museum collection, with R. sumatrensis. «The present additional evidence of the existence of a Rhinoceros in Northern Borneo consists of a skull and the skin of the face, with both horns, of an aged individual. The molar teeth are worn down almost to their roots, yet the two lower incisors are retained. This is noted because these teeth are absent in the specimen from Malacca, which formerly lived in the Society’s Gardens, and in another in the Brussels Museum (cf. Garrod, P. Z. S. 1873, p- 92). The przemaxille are also united with the maxillz, though the line of suture is distinctly visible. In size and all essential structural cha- racters the skull agrees with that of the female from Sumatra in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, No. 2933, except that it is slightly smaller: and the teeth are also relatively smaller ; but their extremely worn condition interferes with minute comparison. It differs greatly from the specimen from Tipperah, described in P. Z. S. 1878, p. 634, which was especially characterized by the breadth of the frontal region and the large size of the teeth. I should consider the present specimen to be quite a typical example of Rhinoceros sive Ceratorhinus sumatrensis. The only further point of interest to note is that the mesethmoid cartilage is ossified to a greater extent 70 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [ Feb. 17, than in any other specimen I have examined, so much so that portions of its irregular edge can be seen in a side view of the cranium projecting into the deep notch formed between the nasals and the maxille. This gives a semi-tichorhine appearance to the skull, but is probably only a consequeuce of age. “The hair which remains upon the skin of the upper part of the face is perfectly black. “The horns are extremely small, which indicates the probability of the animal having been of the female sex. They also appear to have undergone degeneration from age and wear, as it is extremely pro- bable that in old or debilitated animals the formative process of the corneous material becomes impaired, and does not keep pace with the terminal decay and abrasion. The base of the anterior horn measures 4 inches from before backwards and 22 transversely. Its upper surface has a rugged honeycombed appearance, except in the middle, from which a more solid process, of a subconical and slightly recurved form, projects, but which only attains an elevation of 27 inches above the surface of the skin. The posterior horn is an ex- tremely irregular, flattened, nearly circular nodule, averaging 1? inch in diameter and scarcely | inch in elevation.” The following papers were read :-— 1. On the Bush-Dog (Icticyon venaticus, Lund). By Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S. [Received February 3, 1880.] (Plate X.) The death, on the 12th of December last, of the Bush-Dog from British Guiana, which was presented to the Society by Mr. Ernest Tinne on the 20th of August, 1879, has enabled me to place on record some notes on the anatomy of this somewhat aberrant member of the canine family, the viscera of which have not hitherto been examined. The first notice we have of this animal is by Lund, who described it under the name of Cynogale venatica’. Afterwards a more full description with osteological details and figures of the animal and skull were given by the same author; and the generic name first imposed, having been already used by Gray for one of the Viverridee, was changed to Icticyon®. An extinct species from the Brazilian caves, Jcticyon major, was also doubtfully referred to the same genus. In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xvii. p. 293 (1846), Dr. Gray, unaware of Lund’s memoir, described a specimen 1 P. W. Lund, “ Blik paa Brasiliens Dyreverden for sidste Jordomveltning. 4de Afhandling,” Kong. Danske Videnskab. Selskabs, nat. og math. Afhand- linger, ix. Deel (Kjébenhayn, 1842), p. 201. 2 Ibid. 5te Afhandling, XI. Deel (1845), p. 62, Taf. xli. & xliii. SHILDVNGA NOAA II OL dm qrequey UAL IRS "P 1880. ] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 71 received at the British Museum from the Brazils under the name of Cynalicus melanogaster. It may here be noticed that the reference by the same author’ of Canis brachyotus, of which the skull and teeth are figured by Blainville (‘ Ostéographie,’ gen. Canis, pls. viii. & xil.) to this species, is incorrect ; but Van der Hoeven has given a good figure of the same parts*. Very recently Cope has described (without figure) an extinct species from Oregon, which he refers to this group, under the name of Icticyon crassivultus*. In consequence of the dental formula, and some superficial re- semblance in external form, this animal has often been placed by systematists among the Mustelide; but its true position as a dog has been recognized by all who have closely investigated its struc- ture. The living specimen much recalled in appearance a young Fox, and had the manners of a playful puppy. It was a female, and at the time of death nearly adult. All the permanent teeth were in place; but the canines were not fully protruded, and the epiphyses were not united to the ends of the long bones. The only decided character by which it has been separated generically from Canis, besides the shortness and broadness of the skull, is the reduction in develcnment of the true molar teeth. In the upper jaw the posterior molar of Canis (**) is stated to be absent, and “* is smaller and simpler than in the Dogs generally. In the lower jaw, whereas Canis lias usually three true molars, Ictieyon has but two; and the last which is developed is con- siderably smaller than its homologue in the ordinary forms. This appears to have been the case in all the specimens hitherto ex- amined ; but the present example preseuts an interesting variation, as, in addition to the teeth usually described as being present, it has a pair of very small tubercular molars above, the crowns of which are divided into an outer and an inner cusp. The dental formula, therefore, is @. 5 é: i: pm. 4 m. -=7=40, corresponding with that of Canis primevus of Bengal, constituting the genus Cuon of Hodgson, to which animal Jcticyon comes nearer, in the general form of the skull, than to any other of the group. The presence of these small teeth may be an individual peculiarity; or it may be that they are normally developed in the young animal, and are early deciduous, so that in the older specimens previously examined they have escaped notice. In any case they show a most interesting transitional cha- racter, and point to the fact that, in the reduction of the molar teeth, Icticyon is modified from a more generalized canine type. Another slight peculiarity in the dentition is that the inner tubercle of the upper sectorial is placed rather further from the anterior edge of the tooth than in Canis. 1 «Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Museum,’ by J. E. Gray, 1869, p. 183. 2 J. Van der Hoeven, “Over het geschlacht Jeticyon,” Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen,’ Derde Deel (Amsterdam, 1856). 3 E. Cope, “On the Genera of Felidz and Canide,” Proc, Acad. Nat, Sciences Philadelphia, July 8th, 1879. 72 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [Feb. 17, The length of the animal, from the tip of the nose to the end of the tail, was 252 inches, of which the head measured 53 inches, the neck and trunk 153, and the tail 43 inches. There are four pairs of mamme, situated nearly equidistant on the ventral surface: the anterior pair over the ribs, nearly 2 inches behind the elbows ; the second pair on the abdomen, slightly in front of the umbilicus ; the third pair opposite the knee-joint ; the last pair 2 inches in front of the vulva. The relative length of the toes and form of the palmar and plan- tar pads can be best understood by a reference to the accompanying figures (figs. 1 and 2). Fig. 2. t=) Fig. 1. Under surface of right fore foot of Zeticyon ; natural size. Fig. 2. Under surface of right hind foot of Jeticyon; natural size. The tongue has a well-developed lytta and four small circumyal- late papillee on each side. The stomach, as in the Dog, consists of a subglobular cardiac portion and a narrower pyloric portion, separated by a constriction. The small intestine measured 46 inches in length, and the large 10 inches. The only difference which the alimentary canal presents from the usual canine type is in the cecum (fig. 3), which is very small, 1880.] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 73 only one inch and a half in length, slightly curved, and with a conical apex. ‘This adds another to the list, given in the notice of the czeecum of the Red Wolf}, of Canidz with small simple ceca. The liver (figs. 4 and 5) only differs from that of a small Terrier Dog? in a slight variation in the relative size of the lobes, perhaps not greater than would be met with in comparing this organ in a series of individuals of the same species. The anal glands are large, oval, thin-walled sacs, with a muscular covering and smooth lining membrane, each ‘9 inch in length and Fig. 3. Cxcum of Icticyon ; natural size. ‘7 inch wide, and opening by a single orifice, large enough to admit a bristle, at the lateral margin of the anal aperture. The brain (figs. 6 and 7, p. 75) is characteristically canine, except that, on the left side, the gyrus immediately surrounding the Sylvian fissure (fig. 6 i', 2’) is not marked off by a complete sulcus at its upper curved part from the one above it, and therefore almost reproduces the condition met with in the Felidze, from which form, according to the view of the late Professor Garrod, the canine brain has been derived by complete division of the lower or external gyrus into an outer and inner segment’. Although I have no doubt, after examining a larger number of specimens than were available when attempting a classification and comparison of the cerebral conyolutions of the .! See P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 766. 2 See “ Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion in the Mammalia,” ‘ Medical Times and Gazette,’ June 1, 1872, p. 622, fig. 23. ’ “Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Lycaon pictus and of Nyctereutes pro- eyonides,” P>Z. 8. 1878, p. 377. 74 PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. _ [Feb. 17, Fig. 4. Upper surface of liver of Jeticyon ; half natural size. vl, right lateral lobe; re. right central lobe; lc. left central lobe; //. left lateral lobe; s. Spigelian lobe; c. caudate lobe. Under surface of liver of Jcticyon ; half natural size. uf. umbilical fissure; cf. cystic fissure; U/f. left lateral fissure; 7/f. right lateral fissure ; 7. left lateral lobe; /e. left central lobe; re. right central lobe; 7, right lateral lobe; s. Spigelian lobe; ¢. caudate lobe; g. gall-bladder. - 1880. ] PROF. FLOWER ON ICTICYON VENATICUS. 75 different groups of the Carnivora!, that the fourth (counting from the middle line) or inferior gyrus of the Dog is represented by the outer or inferior portion of the third (counting in the same way) of the Upper surface of brain of Leticyon ; natural size. ¢. crucial suleus; s, m, and i. Superior, middle, and inferior lateral gyri. Side view of brain of Zc¢icyon; natural size. 8. Sylvian fissure ; c. crucial sulcus; s. superior lateral gyrus; m. middle lateral gyrus; 7. inferior lateral gyrus; 7'. imperfect second inferior lateral gyrus, usually complete in the Canide. other Carnivora, and is in many Aluroids already partially marked off by an interrupted sulcus, I am not prepared on that account to accept the conclusion that the Dog is a further modification of the 1 See P. Z.S. 1869, p. 482. 76 MR. FORBES ON THE STRUCTURE OF NASITERNA. [Feb. 17, highly specialized zluroid type. Very little else in the structure or the paleontological history of the Dog indicates that it has passed through a feline stage in its development; and its more complex brain may have been evolved quite independently from a primitive form. A comparative study of the development of the convolutions of the brain in the Dog and other Carnivora would throw light upon this subject. 2. On some Points in the Structure of Nasiterna bearing on its Affinities. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society. [Received February 12, 1880.] For many years the true position in the series of Parrots of this very singular little form, of which about seven species are now known, has been a moot point amongst ornithologists, most authors placing it amongst the Cacatuine. Although two accounts have been published of some points in the anatomy of Nasiterna pusio—first by Mr. Sclater when describing that species’, and secondly by Signor Camerano, in a paper read before the Turin Academy of Sciences *,—nothing very definite has resulted from them tending to elucidate this doubtful poimt. Mr. Sclater was inclined to regard it (/.c. p. 622) as “an aberrant form of the Psittacine .... unless it can be allowed to stand as the type of a distinct subfamily, which would probably be more correct.” At my request, some fifteen months ago, M. Alphonse Milne- Edwards was kind enough to forward to the late Prof. Garrod a spe- cimen (in spirit) of a Nasiterna, probably NV. pygmea, for dissection ; and I now place before the Society a few statements on its structure as recorded in his MS. notes. As in all other Parrots, except in certain species of Cacatua and in Licmetis tenuirostris, there are two carotid arteries in Nasiterna (a fact previously recorded by Camerano), both of which run in the normal manner in the hypapophysial canal. As in all Parrots with the carotids so disposed (except some individuals of Stringops), the ambiens muscle is absent. The furcula is represented only by a rudiment at the upper end; and the orbital ring is incomplete. As the oil-gland is present, the formula for Nasiterna, adopting the system used by Prof. Garrod in his paper on the anatomy of the Parrots *, will be 2, —, —, +, as in Agapornis, Stringops, Geopsit- tacus and their allies. Pterylographically, I have been able to ascertain that Nasiterna pygmea agrees generally in the form and disposition of the tracts with such genera as Cyclopsitta, Psittinus, &c., and differs from the Cacatuine in the absence of the crest and naked head-space (ef. 1 Pp. Z.S. 1865, p. 620. 2 Atti Reale Acad. Torin. xiii. 1878, p. 301. 3 Pp. Z.S. 1874, p. 595. 1880. | LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. Tih Sclater, /. c. p. 622) universally present, as far as I have yet seen, in that group, as also in the absence of powder-down feathers, very fre- quently, though not invariably, present in those birds, though absent in the other Psittaci with “normal” carotids. In the Cockatoos, too, the orbit is completely encircled by bone’, and, asa rule, doubly so (vide P.Z.S. 1874, pl. Ixxi.). In Nasiterna, as already stated, it is not so. Of the other “Palgornithide,” as defined by Prof. Garrod, the Trichoglossine form a well-marked group, characterized by numerous features to which there is no approach in Nasiterna. Its nearest allies must therefore be in the remaining forms of that family, which I propose to call Zelectine, including all those not either Cacatuine or Trichoglossine, with the exception, perhaps, of the ground-frequenting forms, Stringops, Pezoporus, &c. The spiny tail-feathers of Nasiterna are, no doubt, very peculiar, and with its enrious beak and diminutive size must always make this a very well- marked genus. But I fail to see in its spiny tail sufficient importance to elevate Nasiterna into a special subfamily, as suggested by Mr. Selater. Chetura is not separated on similar grounds from the other Cheturine ; nor has the spatulate tail of Prioniturus been advanced as entitling that genus to form a special subfamily. The anatomy of the small short-tailed genera Cyclopsitta, Psit- tacella, &c. is as yet unknown; but I believe that it is amongst these forms—related, as far as can be judged from external ap- pearance, through this last to Pezoporus, Geopsittacus, &ec.—that Nasiterna has its nearest allies. -Agapornis and Psittinus are also not very distantly related, though I believe that the loss of its furcula by Ayapornis, in which it resembles Nasiterna, is probably due to independent causes?. That the loss of the fureula is no¢ exclusively correlated with terrestrial habits is shown by its absence in three such essentially arboreal genera as Agapornis, Nasiterna, and the Neotropical Psittacula. 3. On some new and little known Species of Tineide. By Tuomas, Lorp Watsinenam, F.Z.S. [Received February 17, 1880.] (Plates XI., XII.) Genus ApeELA, Latreille. Mr. Walker in his ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the British Museum,’ part xxviii. p. 501, 1863, described three species of the genus Adela—A. purpurea and A. bellela from North Ame- rica, and A. albicornis from Natal. The first of these (4. purpurea) has since been described by Prof. Zeller under the name of Adela 1 This was not the case, however, in a specimen of Calyptorhynchus funereus lately examined by me. 2 Judging by its behaviour in captivity, Agapornis is extremely sluggish in its moyements. 78 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDE. [ Feb. 17, biviella (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. [1873], p. 226, pl. iii. fig. 10), where it is accurately figured. The second (A. bellela) is closely allied to the European Adela degeerella (Linn.), differing only in the richer colouring and in the darker purple hind wings. The longitudinal stripes before and beyond the central band, as well as the margins of the band itself, are very distinct, and of a brilliant shot purplish-blue, whereas these and the central band itself are paler in the European species. The wings are perhaps slightly shorter in proportion to their length than in A. degeerella. The third (Adela albicornis), which is very distinct from any other known Adela, was first described by Mr. Stainton as Adela nata- lensis (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. n. s. vol. v. p. 222), the specimens in the British Museum described by Walker being from Mr. Guen- zius’s collection, which also supplied some of those described by Mr. Stainton. Dr. Brackenridge Clemens, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 1864, vol. ii. p. 426, describes Adela ridingsella from Virginia. Prof. Zeller, in the ‘ Verhandlungen der zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien,’ vol. xxiii. (1873), describes A. biviella (p. 226, pl. iii. fig. 10) from Massachusetts, above referred to, ddela chalybeis (p. 225) from Texas, a species with which [I am not acquainted, and Adela schlegeri (1. c. p. 227, pl. iii. fig. 11) from Ohio, of which the figure faithfully represents the species under the name of a. ridingsella in the collection of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia ; and in vol. xxv. p. 342, pl. x. fig. 50, of the same publication he further describes and figures Adela trigrapha from California. Mr. Chambers, in the‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ vol. v. p. 73, 1873, describes Adela bella and Dicte coruscifasciella, both from Ken- tucky. In (Can. Ent.) vol. viii. pp. 103, 104, he describes Adela (Nemotois’?) trifasciella, Adela fasciella (which he suggests may be the female of the preceding species), and Adela “ flammeusella,” all from California. In (Can. Ent.) vol. ix. pp. 206, 207, he refers to A. biviella, Zell., and describes the female of this species (which has a ‘‘ straw-yellow head”) from Maine; he also amends his previous description of A. bella, and points out that his ‘* Dicte (Adela) coruscifasciella” is the same species as Adela schlegeri, Zell., which it precedes. The same author, in the ‘ Bulletin of the United-States Geological Survey,’ 1878, vol. iv. no. 1, pp. 127, 128, in his “ Index to the described Tineina of the United States and Canada ”’ (in which he omits to notice any of the species described by Mr. Walker), gives a list of the known species of -ddela from those countries. In this list he sinks his 4. fasciella as a synonym of A. trigrapha, Zell., but retdins as a distinct species his A. ¢trifasciella, which he had previously suggested might possibly be the male of A. fasciella, and alters the spelling of A. fammeusella to A. flamenselia. After careful comparison of descriptions, of figures, and of type specimens where such has been possible, I would suggest the 1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. 79 following as the correct list and synonomy of the North-American species of this genus. : ADELA RIDINGSELLA, Clem. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p- 426, 1864 ; Stainton, Tin. Nor. Am. (republication of Clemens’s papers), p- 250; Packard, Guide Stud. Ins. p- 348; Chambers, Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Survey, iv. no. 1, p. 127. Dicte coruscifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. vol. v. p-. 74, 1873. Adela schlegeri, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 227, pl. iii. fig. 11. Dicte (Adela) coruscifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. ix. p: 207. Adela (Dicte) coruscifasciella, Chamb. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Survey, iv. no. 1, p- 127. ADELA PoRPUREA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 501, 1863. Adela biviella, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 226, pl. iii. fig. 10, 1873; Chamb. Can. Ent. ix. p- 206; Chamb. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Survey, iv. p. 127. ADELA CHALyBEIS, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 225; Chamb. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. Palka . ADELA BELLA, Chamb. Can. Ent. v. p..73, Can. Ent. ix. p. 207 ; Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p. 127. ADELA FLAMENSELLA, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p- 104; Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p. 127. ADELA BELLELA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p- 501. ADELA TRIGRAPHA, Zell. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxv. p- 342, pl. x. fig. 50, 1875; Chamb. Boll. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. iv. p. 128. (Plate XI. figs. 2, 3.) 3. Adela (Nemotois) trifasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p. 103; Bull. U.S. Geol: & Geog. Surv. iy. p- 128. Q. Adela fasciella, Chamb. Can. Ent. viii. p: 108: ApbELA 1ocHRoA, Zell. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. p- 218. To the above I may now add the four following from California and Oregon, raising the whole number of species of the genus Adela from the United States and Canada to 12 only. It is more than probable that many more yet remain to be discovered. ADELA SEPTENTRIONELLA, sp. nov. (Plate. XI. fig. 1.) 3. Capite et palpis setosis, nigris ; antennis longissimis (triente basalt supra nigro maculoso) albis ; alis anticis subpurpure- scenti-brunneis, fasciis duabus angustis albis, triente apicali squamis albis irrorato, ciliis apicalibus albis ; posticis brunneis. Q. Capite ochreo ; antennis brevioribus. ¢. Head and palpi, which project very conspicuously beyond it, roughly clothed with long black hairs. Antenne more than three times the length of the fore wings, white, spotted with black above along 80 ‘LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. [ Feb. 17, the basal third. Fore wings brown, with aslight purplish tinge, crossed by two narrow white bars, the inner bar is halfway between the base and the outer bar, which latter is slightly angulated out- wards about the middle, and is situated slightly beyond the middle of the wing: beyond the outer bar is a small white angulate spot at the costa midway to the apex; and on the apical portion of the wing are, usually, some scattered small white dots and scales, varying in number and distribution. The cilia above the middle of the apical margins are white. Hind wings brown. Legs brown, tarsi spotted with white. The female has the head covered with long bright ochreous hairs ; the palpi black; antenne as in the male, but scarcely a third longer than the fore wings; abdomen acuminate, with the anal seg- ments much appressed laterally. gd and 2. Mendocino county, California, May and June 1871, and Southern Oregon, May 1872. Expanse 11 millims. ADELA SINGULELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 4.) 3. Capite supra nigro, fronte ulbida ; antennis longissimis albis ; alis anticis brunneis vix purpurascentibus, fascia singula post medium alba; posticis pupurascentibus. Q. Antennis paulo brevioribus ; capite subgriseo, fascia vix latiore. 3. Head black above, face greyish, both roughly clothed ; the palpi short, depressed, clothed with long black hairs beneath. An- teunnee white, more than three times the length of the fore wings, not spotted. Fore wings brown, with a slight purplish tinge ; cilia the same, a single narrow white fascia,just beyond the middle, not visible on the underside except in a small costal spot, sometimes slightly angulated below the costa. Hind wings rather more purplish than the fore wings; the costal portion of the base, over which the fore wings lap when the wings are extended, is white. Legs brown ; tarsi indistinctly spotted with whitish. Q. With the head rather greyish, and the fore wings with a more greenish hue than those of the male, having the fascia also slightly wider. Antenne only slightly shorter than those of the male. Expanse 10 millims. This species differs from Adela sulzella (Schiff.) in its smaller size, narrower fascia, and in the antennz of the female being similar to those of the male, instead of being thickened to the middle. 3, 2. Mendocino county, California, May 25, 1871. ADELA LACTIMACULELLA, sp. noy. (Plate XI. figs. 5 & 6.) 3. Capite supra purpurascente, fronte et palpis nigro-setosis ; an- tennis albis, apud basin nigrescentibus ; alis anticis subviridi-cupreis, maculis duabus costalibus una (nonnumquam secunda) dorsali ochreo-albidis ; posticis subpurpureis. Q. Palpis nigris, capite flavo ; alis anticis cupreis, maculis duabus costalibus subconspicuis. Head purplish above, the face and palpi clothed with long black 1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&, 81 hairs ; antennz white, clouded on the basal fourth, but not annulated, with black. Fore wings with the costa slightly raised near the base, greenish cupreous, a yellowish-white spot rather beyond the middle of the dorsal margin and two similar ones on the costa (one before and one beyond the middle), of which the outer one only is visible on the underside ; sometimes a small faintly-indicated spot lies above the anal angle. Hind wings purplish, the base of the cilia greenish cupreous. Legs purplish, the tarsi rather grey. Female with the palpi black, the head roughly clothed with long dark orange-yellow hairs, eyes smaller and wider apart than those of the male, antennz nearly twice the length of the fore wings. The fore wings with a less greenish and more cupreous tinge than in the male ; the dorsal spot obsolete; the costal spots much less con- spicuous than those in the male, especially the one nearest the base. Expanse 14 millims. 3,2. Mendocino County, California, June 10, 1871. ADELA SIMPLICIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 7.) 3. Capite hirsuto, ochreo; antennis vix longioribus quam ale, Juscis ; alis anticis subviridi-cupreis, apud costam et apicem pur- purascentibus, posticis purpureis. Q. Antennis aliquot brevioribus. 3d. Head roughly clothed with ochreous hairs above, the face rather smoother ; palpi sparsely clothed with long hairs below, the apical joint smooth ; antennze about the length of the fore wings, purplish fuscous.’ Fore wings greenish cupreous towards the base, tinged with purple, especially on the costal and apical portions of the wing. Hind wings purplish ; legs purplish ; tarsi slightly paler ; undersides of both dull brownish purple. The female apparently differs from the male only in the length of the antenne, which are about two thirds the length of the fore wings. Expanse 10 millims. 3,2. Southern Oregon, May 1872. Allied to Adela rufimetrella (Scop.) and A. violella (Tr.). I may now add to the Indian species of this group two new species received from the Rev. H. Hocking of Dharmsala :— ADELA GEMMELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 8.) 3. Antennis longissimis, roseo-cupreis, articulo basali cum capite supra et infra metallice roseis; palpis brevibus, albido-flavidis ; alis anticis triente basali flavo, strigis longitudinalibus tribus roseo- aureis, deinde ad apicem nitide roseo-aureis excepta fascia mediana flava utrinque atro marginata ; posticis brunneo-cupreis, ciliis paulo pallidioribus. Antennee nearly four times the length of the fore wings, shining, rosy cupreous, the basal joint brilliant, rosy metallic. Head smooth, shining, metallic above and below, a fringe only of short rough hairs Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. VI. 6 82 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17, surrounding the eyes; palpi pale yellowish, short, not projecting beyond the head, having a few long hairs on the underside. Thorax brilliantly metallic rosy golden. Fore wings with the basal third dull yellow, longitudinally streaked with three brilliant metallic blue and rosy lines—one along the costa, one on the middle, and one above the dorsal margin; these are blended in a brilliant rosy metallic band, which precedes a yellow central fascia, margined nar- rowly on its outer, more widely on its inner edge with black ; this fascia is narrow towards the dorsal, widening towards the costal margin; beyond it the remaining portion of the wing, to the end of the cilia, is brilliantly golden, shot with rosy purple. 3. Expanse 13 millims. I received several males of this most beautiful species from the Rev. H. Hocking, from Dharmsala, in the Punjaub. It is probably allied to Adela orientella (Staud.). ADELA GRISEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. figs. 9 & 9a.) 3. Antennis longissimis, griseo-albidis excepta basi cuprea, palpis brevibus, capite pene nudo ; alis anticis griseo-albidis subpurpureis atomis irroratis, fascia mediana interne nigro marginata alba, posticis dilute brunneis. @. Antennis flocco ultra medium incrassatis, cupreis, triente apicalt nude albido. ¢o. Antenne nearly three times the length of the fore wings, greyish white shaded with cupreous at the base; palpi short and inconspicuous, whitish ; head nearly smooth, greyish white. Fore wings greyish white, profusely irrorated, especially towards the apex, with purplish cupreous scales, with a slightly bowed median fascia of almost uniform width, dark-margined on its inner edge. Hind wings very pale brownish. Legs brownish cupreous, the tarsi spotted with white. @. Antenne about the length of the fore wings, clothed, except the whitish apical third, with cupreous scales, which form a thick tuft at about two thirds of their length. Expanse 13 millims. Dharmsala, Punjaub. Received from the Rev. H. Hocking. Genus IncurvartA, Haworth. INCURVARIA SOLENOBIELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 10.) 2. Capite hirsuto, albido ; alis anticis cum ciilits albidis, squamis subnitide eneis irregulariter conspersis, posticis cum ciliis dilute griseo-cinereis. Head and palpi whitish. Antennz cinereous, somewhat annu- lated with whitish towards the base in the female, slightly pubescent in the male. Fore wings whitish, thickly sprinkled with rather shining, yellowish, brassy scales, more conspicuous in the female than in the male, and grouped into irregular blotches, especially along the apical margin and about the middle of the wing ; cilia whitish. The hind wings are pale greyish cinereous ; the cilia the same. The male 1880. | LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 83 is slightly larger than the female, and has much the appearance of a Solenobia, especially when slightly worn. Expanse, ¢ 18 millims., 9 16-17 millims. Near San Francisco, May 19th, 1871. I have several specimens of this species, of which the females are in better condition than the males. One, or perhaps two other unicolo- rous species of Incurvaria were met with in May and June of the following year in Oregon; but I shall not venture to describe them until I can be more certain that they do not belong to some of the numerous European species. Genus Microrreryx, Hiibner. Two species only of this genus have, as far as I am aware, been described from North America; and of these one only is mentioned in Chambers’s “‘ Index to described Tineina,” in the ‘ Bulletin of the United-States Geological and Geographical Survey,’ 1878. This is Micropteryx pomivorella, Pack. (Rep. Mass. Ag. Soc. 1870, Am. Nat. vi. p. 685). The other is Micropteryx luteiceps, Walk. (Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 494), from Nova Scotia, a good and distinct species. To these may be added the following species from the Western States :— MIcROPTERYX PARDELLA, sp.nov. (Plate XI. fig. 11.) Capite hirsuto ochreo ; antennis fuscis ; alis anticis subpurpurascenti- cupreis, litura dorsali apud basin et maculis duabus post medium aliquando confusis, cum ciliis apicalibus eneo-flavidis, posticis cupreis. Head bright ochreous, roughly clothed. Antenne dusky, rather coarse in the male. Fore wings purplish cupreous, with two con- spicuous brassy-yellow spots beyond the middle; the upper of these, which is the largest, is obliquely quadrangular, reaching the costa along its upper edge, and sometimes blended with the lower and smaller one, which is slightly beyond it and contiguous to the dorsal margin at the anal angle. Before the middle, touching the dorsal margin, and reaching more than half across the wing, is an irregular-shaped spot of a similar colour, blending by means of a yellowish intermediate shade with a small similar spot at the base of the wing. The cilia at the apex and apical margin are brassy yellow, at the anal angle cupreous. Hind wings cupreous. Abdomen dusky. 3. Expause 10 millims. Five specimens, taken on the borders of the forest of “ redwood”’ (Tacodium sempervirens) near the coast, in Southern Oregon, at the beginning of June 1872. MicROPTERYX AUROSPARSELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 12.) Capite subgriseo; antennis brevibus, cinereo-fuscis ; alis anticis purpureis, squamis aureo-metallicis creberrime conspersis, posticis purpureis. Head rough, greyish. Antenne short, less than half the length 6% 84 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17, of the fore wings, dusky. Fore wings bright purple, thickly and regularly sprinkled with bright golden metallic scales; the cilia mixed purple and golden. Hind wings purple. Expanse 73 millims. A small but distinct species, about the size of M. calthella. One specimen, taken in Southern Oregon in May 1872. I have a single specimen of another undescribed species from Northern Oregon, April 1872, but scarcely in sufficiently good eon- dition to be determined with certainty. Head dusky greyish. The fore wings purple, dusted with thickly scattered yellowish and whitish scales, giving a slightly blotched appearance, and forming an ill-defined spot on the dorsal margin before the anal angle. The cilia are pale, and the hind wings very transparent cinereous. Expanse 9 millims. Apparently allied to the European M. unimaculella. I leave it to be named by any one who may be able to verify the description by obtaining a series of specimens in better condition. Genus Hyronomevta, Zeller. Mr. Walker, in his ‘Catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the British Museum,’ part xxviii. p. 530, describes Hyponomeuta ordi- natellus g and 9, of which he says:—“ Alze posticee nigricanti- cinereex, fimbria alba;”’ and in part xxx. p. 1016, he mentions Hyponomeuta ‘ multipunctellus,”’ Clem., and refers his H. ordina- tellus to this species. Dr. Clemens described his H. multipunctella, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia’ for 1860, p. 8, as having the hind wings “ blackish grey,’” but without mentioning the sex of his type. The single specimen placed by Mr. Walker under the two names—first, ordinatellus, Walk., and secondly, multipunctellus, Clem.—has decidedly white hind wings, and is therefore evidently not one of those from which the original description was made, and which were said to have come from Canada. A reference to the Register shows that the specimen was “‘ purchased from Mr. Dyson,” in a miscellaneous collection of North-American insects. It is probably the one mentioned by Mr. Walker (erro- neously) as having been ‘‘ presented by Mr. Doubleday,” since he only refers to one specimen as existing in the national collection, and no other can be found. If this specimen isa female (of which I am not at present absolutely convinced), it will agree with Prof. Zeller’s redescription of H. multipunctellus, Clem., in the Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxiii. p. 228, where he writes :—“ Post. ¢ dilute cinereis albo ciliatis, Q totis albis.” Prof. Zeller points out that if Walker’s original H. ordinatellus had the hind wings dark in both sexes, it cannot be the same species as H. multipunctella, Clem. There must, then, be two distinct species agreeing in all other particulars ; and this remains to be proved. But it seems more probable that Mr. Walker may have heen mistaken as to the sex of one of his ori- 1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. 85 ginal types, especially as he himself subsequently referred a specimen with white hind wings to the same species. I have a female with white hind wings in my own North-American collection. Genus AnrsycuiA, Hiibner. In the “ Index to the described Tineina of the United States and Canada,” given by Mr. Chambers in the ‘ Bulletin of the U.S. Geological and Geographical Survey,’ vol. iv. (1878), in enumerating the species which have been placed in the genus Anesychia, he includes “4. sparcicella (sic), Clem.” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p- 430), described from specimens in the collection of the Entomolo- gical Society of Philadelphia. This species should be placed in the genus Cryptolechia (Zell.). It is the Cryptolechia contrariella of Walker’s ‘ Catalogue,’ part xxix. p. 771, the preface of which is dated March 7th, 1864—the same month in which Dr. Clemens’s description appeared. The same species is also described and figured by Prof. Zeller (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxv. pp. 343, 344, pl. x. fig. 51) under the name of Cryptolechia atropicta; the only difference appears to be the absence in this figure and description of a small black spot at the base of the dorsal margin, which exists in Clemens’s and Walker’s specimens. If I am correct in believing the three authors above quoted to refer to the same species, its synonymy would be as follows :— CRYPTOLECHIA CONTRARIELLA, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxix. p- 771. Anesychia sparsiciliella, Clem. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 430; Stainton, Tin. N. Amer. p. 255. Cryptolechia atropicta, Zell. Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, xxv. pp. 343, 344, pl. x. fig. 5]. Anesychia sparcicella, Cham. Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. iv. p. 129. ANESYCHIA HAGENELLA, Chambers, Bull. U.S. Geog. and Geol. Surv. iv. p. 81. This species seems to be nearly allied to Psecadia semilugens, Zell.,= Anesychia multipunctella, Cham. (non Hyponomeuta multi- pvnctella, Clem.), and should perhaps more properly be placed with some of its allies in the genus Psecadia (Hiibn.). Genus Psrecap1a, Hiibner. Zeller, in the ‘ Horz Soc. Ent. Ross,’ xiii. pp. 235, 236, pl. iii. fig. 71, describes and figures Psecadia xanthorrhoa, from Porto Rico. A comparison of the figure, which is very accurate, with a specimen in the British Museum shows this to be the species described by Walker (Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 536) as Psecadia notatella, from St. Domingo. The following new species, belonging to the genera Hyponomeuta and Psecadia are at present in my collection. I have also here 86 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID&. [Feb. 17, described two new species of the genus Lampronia, Zell., from North America, of which no examples, as far as I am able to ascertain, have hitherto been observed in that country. Genus Hyronomevts, Zeller. HyronoMEUTA LAPIDELLUS, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 1.) Capite, antennis et palpis dilute griscis; alis anticis saturate plumbeo-griseis, punctis sex in dimidio basali, quatuor in dimidio apicali nigris pallide submarginatis, octo in marginibus apicali et costali dispositis ; posticis subgriseis ; abdomine ochreo. Head stone-grey, palpi projecting scarcely half the length of the head beyond it, the apical joint rather more than half the length of the second, both stone-grey. Antenne thesame. Thorax with two black spots in front and one behind; the wing-coverts tipped with black. Fore wings rather shining, cold stone-grey, with eighteen black spots, indistinctly and narrowly pale-margined, arranged as follows—two rather elongate, below the basal third of the costa, two on the lower edge of the cell, also before the middle, one on the middle of the cell beyond them, and one near the base of the dorsal margin, with a group of four on the outer third of the wing, which are followed by eight marginal spots, of which five belong to the apical and three to the costal margin. Hind wings pale greyish. Abdomen and tuft ochreous. Legs grey. Expanse 19 millims. Larva pale yellowish ochreous, with a double row of elongate black spots just touching each other on the middle of each segment, and connected by a slender black subdorsal line, except between the third and fourth segment, where it is interrupted by a band of the pale ground-colour. Below the subdorsal line is a_row of reniform black spots on each segment after the fourth. Head black ; second segment with two brownish-fuscous plates divided by a yellowish line. Anterior legs black; prolegs yellowish ochreous ; a few single scattered hairs on each segment. Received from the Rev. H. Hocking, who found the larve at an elevation of about 4500 ft. near Dharmsala, July 12th, feeding on “soongroo” (wild salvia). The motlis emerged on the lstof August. Genus Psrecap14, Zeller. PsEcapIA ? CUPREONIVELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.) Capite et thorace niveis ; palpis subpurpureis, albo-acuminatis ; alis anticis cupreo-violuceis, guttis sex distinctis aliis aliquot confusis irregulariter dispersis niveis, coste basi cerulea ; posticis dilute griseo-brunneis, basi albida ; abdomine grisescenti-brunneo, flocco anali aurantiaco. Head, thorax, and patagia white. Antenne pale greyish brown, the basal joint slightly thickened, dark purplish. Palpi slender, the apical joint rather more than half the length of the second joint, pur- plish, with the extreme tip white ; second joint purplish above, white {880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 87 below. Tongue scaled with white at the base. Fore wings glossy cupreous violet, with large shining snow-white spots and blotches; six spots on the basal half and middle of the wing (three upon and three below the cell) well defined and separate, others along the costa and on the apical third of the wing contiguous to the anal angle more or less blended and irregular; a white spot on the middle of the base is blended with another at the base of the dorsal margin ; above it, on the costa, and beyond it, on the median vein, are shades of dark glossy blue, which are also to be found on the lower half of the apical margin above the anal angle. ‘he costa, except at the extreme base, is white ; the cilia white, tinged around the apex with greyish brown at their tips, Hind wings pale greyish brown, rather whitish, but not quite transparent towards the base. Abdomen greyish brown, whitish beneath ; the anal tuft orange- ochreous. The femora of the first pair of legs are orange-ochreous beneath ; the tibize and tarsi greyish brown beneath, white above. The second and third pairs of legs have the base only of the femora erange-ochreous, the tibize and tarsi spotted with purplish brown. 1 2. Expanse 28 millims. Rio do Espirito Santo, Brazil. I have been unable to find any figure or description of this beau- tiful Brazilian species. It seems to agree more nearly with Pse- cadia (Zeller) than with any other genus; but there is a slight difference in the neuration of the hind wings ; moreover the head is slightly broader and the antennze longer than in the European and North-American forms of that genus. It differs from the genus Oeta (Grote) in having veins eight and nine of the fore wings arising from a common pedicle, not separately, as in that genus, agreeing in this respect with Psecadia, where I would place it at least provisionally. PsECADIA MONTICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 3.) Capite, antennis et palpis obscure schistaceis ; alis antivis schistaceis, lineis punctisque nigris in longitudinem impositis ; margine dor- sali anguste nigro, punctis marginalibus nigris undecim secuto ; posticis fuligineis ; abdomine (excepta basi nigra) et tibiis pos- ticis flavis. Head, antennz, and palpi dark slaty grey, the latter upturned, with the apical joint long and pointed. Fore wings rather shining, dark slaty grey, with black spots and streaks, four on the basal half along the lower edge of the cell ; two attenuated streaks on the outer edge of the cell, with three immediately beyond it, of which the upper one is the longest and is sometimes joined to the upper of the two on the cell; three oblique streaks below the costa, of which the outer one is the shortest and most oblique, the inner one the reverse. These are followed by a series of four spots along the apical portion of the costa, and seven similar spots along the apical margin, reach- ing to the anal angle, from which a narrow black line runs along the dorsal margin to the base. Hind wings dark smoky grey; the cilia the same except at the abdominal margin and angle, where they are 88 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDZ. [Feb. 17, pale ochreous. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous, except at the extreme base, which is blackish. First and second pair of legs, together with the underside of the wings, dark smoky grey; the first pair with indistinct pale spots at the joints; third pair bright orange-ochreous ; the tarsi with blackish annulations. Expanse 25 millims. 3. Taken on the Siskiyou range of mountains on the borders of California and Oregon, June 10th, 1872. Allied to the European Psecadia chrysopyga (Zell.), and approaching in appearance Ane- sychia cirrhocnemia, Led., Horee Ent. Soc. Ross. viil. p. 25, pl. ii. fig. 8. PsSECADIA ARCTOSTAPHYLELLA, Sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 4.) Capite subceruleo-albo, antennis, excepta basi supra albida, fuscis ; thorace sexpunctato; alis anticis subceruleo-albis, minus apud costam, precipue apud cellulam squamis fumosis adumbratis ; punctis marginalibus nigrescentibus undecim; posticis subflave- scenti-griseis ; abdomine ochraceo, tibiis posticis ochraceis, tarsis nigro annulatis. Head bluish white ; antenne fuscous, with some white scales above at the base; palpi bluish white, shaded on their outer sides with blackish scales. Thorax bluish white, with six black spots, three on each side, and a few black scales forming an indistinct spot at the back of the head. Fore wings bluish white ; the costal half is much occupied by smoky blackish scales, which form a strong shade along the middle of the wing from the base to the end of the cell, and a slight shade projecting downwards beyond it; the dorsal half is of the plain bluish white ground-colour, into which the median shade gives out a slight projection about the middle of the wing, and a small semi-detached spot pointing inwards nearer to the base; along the apical margin are ranged eight or nine blackish spots, with two or three more indistinct ones along the costa near the apex; cilia greyish. Hind wings grey with a slight yellowish tinge; cilia yellowish, especially at the abdominal margin. Abdo- men yellow, shaded with greyish at the base. First and second pairs of legs blackish, the tarsi with white annulations; third pair of legs yellow, the tarsi with blackish annulations. Expanse 22 millims. This species is nearly allied to P. bipunctella (Fab.), but it differs in the bluish white, not pure white, ground-colour of the fore wings, and in the less intense black and somewhat different form of their shaded portion, which is much paler towards the costa than in that species, differing also in this respect from Anesychia hagenella (Cham.), as well as in its larger size. I met with the species above described in Mendocino and Lake counties, California, in the middle of June 1871, and bred one spe- cimen on the 18th of June from a pupa found near San Francisco on the 20th of May, in a a delicate cocoon in a leaf of Manzanita (Arctostaphylos glauca, Lindl].), which the imago frequents. 1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID#. 89 PsECADIA SUBCERULEA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 5.) Precedenti affinis ; alis anticis subceruleo albis, lineis et maculis irregularibus fumosis precipue supra trientem dorsalem conspersis ; margine dorsali peranguste fumoso. This species differs from the last named (Psecadia arctostaphy- lella) in its slightly larger size, and in the absence of any generally connected shade over the costal half of the fore wings. This is as it were replaced by a series of disconnected smoky blackish streaks of varying size and distinctness. The most noticeable of these are an elongate shade from the base immediately below the costa; a short oblique dash below it also on the basal third of the wing. One or two semiconnected parallel streaks along the cell about the middle of the wing; a spot, with three projecting limbs on its outer side, lying between the lower angle of the cell and the anal angle, and a very slender blackish line all along the dorsal margin. The veins surrounding the cell are also more or less indicated by lines of blackish scales. In some varieties, perhaps slightly worn, the mark- ings are much less distinct than in others. It is nearly allied to P. arctostaphylella, and frequents the same probable food-plant, so that a comparison of the larvee would be interesting, in order to establish or to refute the distinctness of the two species; but it differs, as I have shown, in having no dis- tinetly separate pale and dark portions on the fore wings; and, moreover, in the slender line along the dorsal margin, which does not occur in that species. Expanse 25 millims. dS 2. Sonoma and Mendocino counties, California, May 23rd and June 13th, 1871. PsECADIA ALBISTRIGELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 6.) Capite et thorace subnigrescenti-brunneis, linea alba circumcinctis ; alis anticis subnigrescenti-brunneis, striga submedia angusta alba a basi ad finem cellule producta furcam brevem gerente, punctis novem marginalibus nigris, posticis paulo pallidioribus ; abdo- mine ( postice) et tibiis posticis flavis. Head blackish brown, with a white line on each side above, which is carried round the blackish-brown thorax, forming an angle behind it, with the apex pointing forward. Palpi blackish brown, the apical joint upturned, long, and pointed, a small white spot at the junction of the second and third jomts. Antenne more than half the length of the fore wings, blackish brown. Fore wings blackish brown, a narrow white steak of even width running from the base along the lower edge of the cell, and terminating in a short fork at its lower external angle; the lower half of the fork is sometimes obsolete 3 there is a row of nine black dots preceding the cilia, three on the costal and six on the apical margin. Hind wings and cilia very slightly paler than the fore wings. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous except at the base, which is blackish brown. Legs blackish, except the third pair, which are bright orange-ochreous, and have the ex- 90 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEIDE. [Feb. 17, tremity of the tarsi spotted with blackish brown. Underside of wings uniformly dull smoky brown. Expanse 15 millims. 3 2. Taken on the Siskiyou Mountains, on the borders of Cali- fornia and Oregon, June 8th, 1872, at an elevation of about 6000-ft. A very distinct and interesting little species of the group to which belong P. chrysopyga and P. monticola. PsECADIA ERMINEELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 7.) Capite et thorace griseo-albidis, hoc uno, illo quatuor punctis nigris impositis; alis anticis griseo-albidis, maculis tredecim mediis, decem minoribus marginalibus nigris ; posticis dilute grisets, ciliis pallidioribus. » abt Head greyish white, with a black spot above between the antenna. Palpi greyish white, with a black band round the base of the apical joint. Antenne blackish. Thorax greyish white, with four black spots, one in front, one at each side, and one larger and more con- spicuous than the others behind. Fore wings greyish white, with thirteen black spots on their surface, some of which are elongate, besides ten smaller marginal spots, of which four are on the costal, six on the apical margin; the first black spot is at the base, beneath the costa, the second on the costa; slightly beyond these two, somewhat diffused beneath them, is a smaller one at the base of the cell, followed by four more along its lower edge, of which the second is rather lower than the others; the two largest and most conspicuous spots are elongate, and situated on the cell ; these are followed by a smaller one beyond it, and above them are the three remaining subcostal spots. Hind wings pale greyish, with whitish-grey cilia. Abdomen and legs whitish grey. Underside of fore wings brownish grey. Expanse 22 millims. Received from the Rev. H. Hocking, from Dharmsala, in the Punjaub. PsECADIA HOCKINGELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. figs. 8, 9, & 9a.) Capite et thorace dilute schistaceo-griseis, palpis albido-griseis, nigro annulatis; alis anticis dilute schistaceo-griseis, punctis elongatis et strigulis nigris in longitudinem diverse dispositis, et punctis duodecim marginalibus ; abdomine cum tibiis posticis flavis, tarsis posticis albo nigroque annulatis. Head pale slaty grey. Palpi whitish grey, with two black annulations on the second and oue on the apical joint. Antenne dusky greyish, the basal joint touched with black. Thorax pale slaty grey, with six black spots, besides two more minute ones at the base of the patagia, arranged as follows—one in front, one on each side, and three placed in the form of a triangle behind. Fore wings smooth, rather shining, pale slaty grey, with numerous black slender streaks and elongate black spots, a black elongate spot at the base of the costa, six slender subcostal streaks, below them a long slender streak running from before the middle of the wing nearly 1880. ] LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. 91 to the apical margin, with a semi-detached elongate spot at the upper edge of its inner extremity, a small detached streak lying above its outer extremity. At the base of the wing is a small spot, followed by one long and two shorter streaks along the lower edge of the cell, beneath which are three spots, the second and third sometimes connected by an arched line. A reduplicated spot lies above the anal angle, and a small single spot at the base of the dorsal margin. Besides these there are eight small spots along the apical margin, and four on the costal side of the apex. Hind wings pale grey, cilia slightly paler. Abdomen bright orange-ochreous. The first and second pairs of legs grey, annulated with black, the third pair bright orange-ochreous; the tarsi annulated with black and white. Expanse 30 to 32 millims. ; 3d and 2 and beautifully preserved larva: received from the Rev. H. Hocking of Dharmsala, in the Punjaub, a most energetic collector and careful observer, after whom I have much pleasure in naming this species, whilst acknowledging his kind and much-valued assistance. Larva pale yellow and black, with a tinge of orange at the side of each segment. Head black, with a pale yellowish stripe across the face, second segment orange and black. Along the middle of the back is a row of conspicuous pale yellow spots, two on each segment after the third, the anterior spot slightly indented at the sides and behind, sharply indented in front with black, the second somewhat square, with a black spot in its centre. On each side of the back is a reduplicated black stripe, containing about three pale yellowish spots on each segment. The sides of the segments about the spiracles are pale yellowish with an orange tinge, spotted with black ; and above the legs runs a narrow black festooned stripe. There are several wart-like tufts of thinly growing hairs on each segment. Anterior legs black, prolegs-pale yellowish. Found April 26th, at an elevation of about 4000 feet, feeding on ‘‘Poonah,”’ probably Lhretia serrata, Rox., one of the Boragine. Mr. Hocking says of this larva: —‘‘ On Poonah tree, wonderfully active, with a snake-like action, exceedingly swift, either backwards or forwards, at pleasure ; spun up the 3rd of May, came out 4th to 9th of June.” Lampronia, Zeller. LAMPRONIA OREGONELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 11.) Capite supra hirsuto flavo, antennis pubescentibus albo et fusco annulatis ; alis anticis brunneis, fasciis duabus et puncto costali ante apicem cum ciliis canis, posticis cinereis. Head orange-yellow, very rough above, smoother in front. An- tenn of the male pubescent, scarcely half the length of the fore wings, annulated with white and fuscous. Fore wings brown, with two fasciz and a costal spot white, a fascia at the basal fourth pointing obliquely inwards from the costa, and wider on the dorsal margin; another fascia, slightly beyond the middle, which appears 92 LORD WALSINGHAM ON NEW TINEID. [Feb. 17, to consist of two elongate triangular spots, one on the costal and one on the dorsal margin, joined on the middle of the wing by a narrow streak running inwards and upwards, and connecting the apex of the dorsal spot with that of the costal; halfway between the fascia and the apex is a small elongate white costal spot; the cilia are also white, except at the angle, where they are brown. Hind wings greyish cinereous. Expanse 22 millims. 1 g, reared from a larva found boring in the stems of a species of Saxifrage, on rocks near Canyon City, con John Day’s River, Oregon, March 30, 1872; bred May 22nd. The larva, which I did not describe at the time, has much the habit of that of Lampronia rubiella (Bjerk.), boring in the inside of the stems of its food-plant, the empty pupa-case protruding from the injured shoot. LAMPRONIA TRIPUNCTELLA. (Plate XII. fig. 10.) Capite hirsuto flavo ; antennis fusco et albo annulatis ; alis anticis subpurpurescenti-brunneis, fascia basali, maculis (duabus cos- talibus, una dorsali) triangularibus cum ciliis subflavescenti- albidis, posticis subpurpurascentibus. Head rough above, yellow. Antenne faintly annulated with white and fuscous. Fore wings rather purplish brown, with a faintly yellowish white fascia on the basal fourth, somewhat wider towards the dorsal margin, and with two costal and one dorsal spot of the same colour, all somewhat triangular, of which the dorsal (which is beyond the middle) is the largest, and the outer costal is the smallest ; the cilia also faintly yellowish white, except at the anal angle. Hind wings pale purplish, with slightly paler cilia. Expanse 14 millims. One specimen, purchased in a miscellaneous collection from North America. No exact locality given. The ornamentation of this species reminds one much of Herrich- Schiiffer’s figure 275 of Tinea vinculella, H. S., which, however, is a much smaller insect and has not white cilia. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XI. Fig. 1. Adela septentrionella 3, p. 79. 2. trigrapha (Zell.) g, p. 79. 3. — Q, p. 79. 4. singulella 8, p. 80. 5, lactimaculella 3, p. 80. 6. — , p. 80. 7. —— simpliciella §, p. 81. 8. —— gemmella g, p. 81. 9. —— griseella S$, p. 82. 9a , head and antennx of 2. 10. Incurvaria solenobiella 2, p. 82. ll. Micropteryx pardella, p. 83. aurosparsella, p. 83. ed hey pee Kdwin Wilson. del et lith. NEW ee ECIES OF TINEIDA. Mintern Bros, imp. P. Z. 5.1880. Pl. XII Edwin Wilson,del et lith Mintern Bros ,1mp. NEW SPECIES OF TINEIDA. 1880. ] ON THE NAME OF THE KAFFIR CRANE. 93 Puate XII, Hyponomeuta lapidellus, p. 86. . Psecadia? cupreonivella, p. 86. . Psecadia monticola, p. 87. arctostaphylella, p. 88. subcerulea, p. 89. —— albistrigella, p. 89. ermineella, p. 90. hockingella, p. 90. ._— , larva slightly enlarged. . , back view of two segments, much enlarged. 10. Lampronia tripunctella, p, 92. 11, —— oregonella, p. 91. ie} 0a 4. On the Synonymy of the Kaffir Crane. By W. B. Tecurmutsr, F.Z.S. [Received February 17, 1880.] The Kaffir Crane is usually termed Balearica regulorum (Licht.), apparently on the authority of Mr. E. T. Bennett, Vice-Secretary of this Society, who, at the meeting held on November 12, 1833, “ exhi- bited specimens of Crowned Cranes from Northern and from Southern Africa, with the view of illustrating the characters which distinguish as species the birds from these several localities. Their specific distinction, he stated, on the authority of Professor Lichtenstein, had been pointed out, nearly thirty years since, by the Professor’s father, who gave to the Cape bird the name of Grus regulorum; this distinction has, however not been generally known among ornitholo- gists, although to those connected with the Society it has for some time been familiar, from observation both of numerous skins and of living individuals. In the bird of North Africa, for which the specific name of pavoninus will be retained, the wattle is small, and there is much red occupying the lower two thirds of the naked cheeks; in that of South Africa the wattle is large, and the cheeks are white, except in a small space at their upper part; the neck also is of a much paler slate-colour than that of the North-African species” (Proce. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 118). In this communication Mr. Bennett adopted the generic name Anthropoides, Vieill., Mr. Gray advocating the retention of the name Balearica ; but in the ‘Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological Society,’ 1835, Mr. Bennett described one species only, which he called Balearica pavonica (Vig.); and for this he gave a figure of the Kaffir Crane! Neither does the name appear to have been employed by the elder Lichtenstein; for the “Cat. Dupt. Berl. Mus. 1793,” quoted by Layard in his ‘ Birds of South Africa,’ appears to be a combination of the Latinized title of ‘Verzeichniss der Doubletten des zoolo- gischen Museums der konigl. Universitit zu Berlin, von Dr. H. Lichstenstein,’ Berlin, 1823, in which the species is not named, with the date of the following—‘ Catalogus rerum naturalium rarissimarum, 94 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, Hamburgi, d. xxi. October, 1793, auctionis lege distrahendarum,’ with preface by M. Ant. Aug. Hen. Lichtenstein, Rector der Johannis-Schule, Berlin. A copy of the latter catalogue exists in the Banksian Library; and in it the Western Crowned Crane is included under the generic name of Ardea, and the Kaffir Crane is described as follows :— ‘© 284 a. !! Ardea chrysopelargus, nobis. Ardea oculorum area nuda ; corpore supra item collo et pectore ex fusco eneo ; subtus albo. Rostrum fere 10 pollices longum rubrum basi exalbidum. Nares lineares ultra 4 pollices longa, mandibulam superiorem in medio quasi sulco pervio dirimunt. Gene et collum purpureo nitore fulgent, reliquum corpus, quatenus ex @neo fuscum est viridi splendore renidet. Remiges nigre ; rectrices supra sunt enee, infra ut venter et crissum albent. Pedes 29 pollices longi, pallide rubri. Digiti antici basi palmati, posticus brevis terram tamen attigens. Longitudo universa 4 pedum 63 pollicum. Habitat in terra Cafrorum.” Consequently it appears that, if the rules of the usually accepted code of nomenclature are to be carried out, the name of this species must be changed from B. regulorum to Balearica chrysopelargus (Licht.)—the meaningless name regulorum being apparently, as suggested by Mr. Sclater, a corruption of the term oculorum in A. A. H. Lichtenstein’s description. 5. On the Land-Shells, extinct and living, of the Neigh- bourhood of Menton (Alpes Maritimes) ; with Descrip- tions of a new Genus and of several new Species. By Grorrrey Nevitt, C.M.Z.S.* [Received February 13, 1880.] (Plates XIII., XIV.) I cannot do better than commence by acknowledging, in the warmest manner, the great obligation I am under to two gentlemen for their cordial assistance and cooperation in collecting and de- termining the material of this paper. In the first place my thanks are due to my friend Mr. T. B. Coombe Williams, M.A., who during the winter and spring of 1878-1879 was good enough to collect for me the land-shells living on the high peaks of the Alpes Maritimes surrounding Menton, where I was unable to go myself on account of my health, and to whom also I owe the discovery of the first Aeme foliniana, Daudebardia isseliana, &c., as well as of many of the spots where we afterwards together collected the interesting extinct land- shells, to describe which is my principal object in writing this paper. To my distinguished friend Monsieur J. Réné Bourguignat, the well known author of numerous papers on the faunas, extinct and living, of the Quaternary Epoch, my best thanks are also due * Communicated by Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.Z.8. 1880.]} LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON, 95 for the way in which he has placed his magnificent collection of European land-shells, by far the finest in existence, at my disposal for examination, and still more for the exceedingly kind way in which he has been good enough to carefully examine these Menton Mollusca, and to give me his opinion concerning their correct identi- fication. The land-shells of Menton belong to three distinct periods, or phases, of our Quaternary Epoch ; and none of them I regard as true fossils ; I would define as such only forms which existed in prior epochs. 1. Cave period (phases éozoique et dizoique, possibly both, of Bourguignat, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1877, pp- 11-15, also Ann. Sci. Géolog. vi. p. 37). 2. Intermediate period, or Zone of H. paretiana (2 phase trizoique, Bourguignat, J. c.) 3. Present period (phase ontozoique, Bourguignat J. 3 1. Cave Pertop. This, which I consider, without doubt, by far the oldest of the existing shell-faunas of Menton, presents many interesting features. These extinet or subfossil mollusks, which were evidently then extraordinarily abundant, prove that the climate, in that remote age, was very cold and damp, similar to that which at the present day characterizes the peaks of from 3000 to 5000 feet altitude, which forra here the backbone, as it were, of the Riviera—a good number of the species being actually identical, and most of the others of more or less allied forms. Scarcely any are the same as or even allied to the species which now live along the Riviera itself. Did these land- shells live before, after, or at the same time as Prehistoric Man, the Tiger, Rhinoceros, gigantic Stag, &c., whose bones have been discovered by Monsieur Riviére and others, in such great profusion in the celebrated Menton red caves (“balzi rossi’), quite close to which these mollusks are buried? For my own part, after along and careful study on the spot, I am quite convinced that these shells do not belong to a more recent date, and I am unable to draw any immediate conclusions as to the age of my mollusks and Mons. Riviére’s mammals &e. The extinct shells which I found belonging to this period seem to me to be of two somewhat different ages ; certainly they present considerably different aspects, as will be seen further on. The lesg ancient, apparently, of the two were undoubtedly contemporaneous with man, Cervus elaphus, &c. ; the rest seem to me older, and ma have lived at the same time as the more ancient inhabitants of these Caves, the Tigers, Rhinoceroses, &c. ee es All the localities where I found these extinct shells, with the one exception already mentioned, undoubtedly belong to one and the same age, be that what it may. They are all characterized at a glance, by the more or less red colour of the earth, containing numerous, usually rather small, stones; here and there, at the bottom 96 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, of this immense deposit, one occasionally comes across some large boulder, around and below which I found these subfossil shells, often in great profusion, sometimes incrusted in the rock itself, but generally fortunately preserved in the soft red earth which fills the crevasses of these enormous blocks of stone, in a condition as fresh and perfect as on the day they were buried. There can, I think, be only one explanation of the really wonderful condition in which they are preserved: most undoubtedly themollusks were at the time for the most part alive, actually living on the exact spots where they are still to be found. There they must have been suddenly buried as they lived, in situ, by the large deposits of this old Conglomerate, which one still finds heaped above them, of a thickness here of some 10 to 30 feet at least (oftentimes more), perhaps brought down by some enormous glacier from the high neigh- bouring Alps, by the St.-Louis gorge, which latter even may have been excavated as one finds it at present by this same action. I ought to add that these subfossils are but rarely to be found on the surface itself: to discover them one has to dislodge the larger stones and excavate the soil. Dr. J. Henry Bennet describes, in a most lucid way, this ‘‘Pleiocene conglomerate,” in his interesting work ‘ Winter and Spring on the shores of the Mediterranean.’ At page 39 he gives an account of the Geology of Menton, as also of the discovery of the bones of extinct wild beasts in these caves; he there estimates the thickness of this ‘‘ conglomerate”? in the neighbourhood at from 600 to 800 feet. At page 45 he speaks of the extreme probability of glacial action ; but he is of the opinion of Dr. Nitpce, of Nice, that it was formed under the sea, before the Glacial period, and afterwards thrown up in its present position. The first view is doubtless correct ; but the last certainly can not have been the case in the instances of which I am treating. These mollusks, interred immediately under this conglomerate, undoubtedly have never been subjected, in the most remote manner even, to the action of the sea. I am quite of the opinion of Monsieur Bourguignat, that this conglomerate was formed very shortly after the Glacial period: the characters of these mollusks prove the climate to have been then very cold at the present sea-level ; so the temperature must have been perfectly boreal on the summits of the neighbouring mountains. This would appear to be also the opinion of Prof. Issel (Appunti Paleont. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xiv. p. 11); he describes a similar deposit at Ventimiglia containing the bones of an extinct species of Elephant as belonging “al periodo Quaternario postglaciale.” The following deposits or beds (4 to D) of this Conglomerate, without doubt of one and the same age, contain these subfossil mollusks :— A. This was the only one of these deposits we could discover in France itself, all the others being in Italy: it is situated a few yards only from the frontier, a stone’s throw from the “Pont St. Louis,” about 50 metres above the sea, I should estimate; aspect nearly 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 97 due east; we found the shells here in the deep cutting of the high road under the larger boulders, about the level of the road, buried beneath approximately 20 feet of the Conglomerate; the mollusks were indubitably living here in situ. B. Underneath the railway viaduct, almost exactly in front of the first cavern, something like 100 metres west of the tunnel, and about the same distance east of the Gorge St. Louis (frontier), about 20 metres above the sea. After passing through the arches, one finds before one a small amphitheatre, in which these shells can be found, here and there, in astonishing profusion. As a rule the Conglomerate here, under which they are buried, is of no great thickness, doubtless owing to the very steep incline of the slope ; under one enormous rock, in especial, we collected a really wonderful number both of species and specimens. Our researches were so extensive here that we ended by dislodging the boulder itself, my friend having had a narrow escape of being crushed on the occasion. The aspect is due south, and completely protected both from the north and east by the lofty surrounding cliffs in which the caves have been excavated at some remote period ; the humidity of this spot must probably have been very considerable, owing to the small streams that doubtless trickled from the caves immediately above. The mollusks lived here also in situ. C. Deposit, with a southern aspect, a little more to the east than the preceding aud somewhat lower down, a few feet only above the sea, In a cutting of the new road which is being made along the sea- shore for working a stone-quarry, on the sea front of the tunnel. The Conglomerate, above the shells, was here about 20 to 30 feet in thickness. I am not sure that the mollusks lived on this spot. D. Deposit, with a northern aspect, in a cutting of the railroad, about a quarter of an hour’s walk to the east from the preceding, about a hundred yards east of the tunnel, quite cut off from all the previous localities by the peak, which here projects prominently into the sea, and which is surmounted by the tower and estate of Grimaldi, belonging to Dr. Bennet. This spot must have been very damp and cold, almost entirely shut in to the west and south by the peak, which easily explains the somewhat different “ facies”’ of the extinct shells. Many of the species, abundant in the preceding deposits, are here very scarce, or altogether absent, whilst others, especially species of Hyalina, Campylea, &c., are to be found in extraordinary pro- fusion, evidently in situ as they lived, filling the crevasses of the larger blocks of stone, at a depth below the surface of about 15 feet. One or two of the forms also, as Pomatias and Clausilia, though closely allied, appear to be specifically distinct. We also discovered a few specimens of Hyalina, Pomatias, Helix niciensis, &c. a little more to the west, quite close to the perpendicular sides of the peak itself. E. Bed, or deposit, near the sea and adjoining the stone-quarry, of doubtful age. The mollusks were here evidently not living in situ ; the shells are very difficult to extract from the hard compact mass in which they areimbedded. Most of them belong to the same fauna Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1880, No. VII. 7 98 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, as the preceding; but more or less mixed up with them are others of a much more recent period, such as Rumina decollata, Xerophila terveri? (n. sp.2), &c. Iwas not able thoroughly to examine this locality, now much restricted by the works of the adjoining quarry ; I found the work of extracting these subfossils too hard, a task which required hammer and chisel; an intelligent old man who serves as guide for the caves, however, extracted a good many for me. F. Deposit, at one of the angles of the entry to the first cave, that nearest to Menton, southern aspect, and probably of somewhat less ancient age than all of the preceding. We were lucky enough to discover this narrow and very restricted deposit, containing sub- fossils, which we thoroughly explored, to the left as one enters within the first cave. I am consequently able to establish the fact that the (unfortunately only few) species we discovered here existed at the same time as some of the large mammals whose bones have been dug out of the interior of the cave in great quantities, and débris of which I found above, or mixed up with, these shells. We were unsuccessful in our efforts to discover any similar deposit round, or at, the other caves ; possibly any one prepared to go to the expense of employing a few workmen might succeed in so doing. The earth in which they are preserved here is an ordinary-looking humus, similar to that in the interior of the cave, and without any trace of the red colour so characteristic of all the preceding. The mollusks most undoubtedly were living here in situ, doubtless sometimes climb- ing on the almost perpendicular rock in which the cave is excavated, at times hiding themselves beneath the large blocks of stone and in the crevasses at its base, where we found them. This spot, I am convinced, has not been affected by glacial action, as I take to be the case with all the preceding, which is easily explained by its being com- pletely protected by the steep and lofty cliff immediately behind. These land-shells present a very different aspect from all the preceding, even in cases where the species appear to be identical, such as Helia# niciensis and Pupa quinquedentata ; several species have not been found elsewhere at Menton, Helix ramoriniana especially. I take all the preceding deposits to belong probably to the phase éozoique of Bourguignat, whilst this, together with most of the mammals dis- covered in the caves by M. Riviére, a list of which is given by Dr. Bennet (doe. cit. p. 56), would fall naturally into his phase dizoique. I am inclined to think, too, that these shells of deposit F. were un- doubtedly contemporaneous with the well-known fossil Man, found in one of these caves. In proof of this, 1 may mention that, besides the débris of bones of large mammals (Cervus elaphus &c.), but not of any Carnivora, I found immediately associated with them certain marine shells (Patella, Trochus, and Cyclonassa), all of which were also found with the fossil Man, a necklace, indeed, of the Cyclonassa being round his neck ; these débris of marine shells were probably washed out of the interior of the cave by the small streams which then, as even now, doubtless trickled down the cave. I should mention that this small deposit was virgin soil, that it had not been disturbed or affected by the explorations of M. Riviere and others within the 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 99 cave. Within the cave itself I only detected two shells in original position ; they fortunately further confirm my view, as they were attached to a small ledge against one of its walls, well inside the cave, and near its present floor. The bones have been dug out by M. Riviere &c. from a depth above them of about 6 feet. One was the species of Trochus already mentioned as found outside, the other a fine specimen of the distinct and well-marked variety of Pupa 5-dentata, which I found in abundance in deposit F, and which I shall hereafter describe as P. (Torquilla) 5-dentata, var. speluncarum. I will conclude by pointing out that M. Rivicre himself speaks of the land-shells he came across mixed up with the large bones of extinct animals in these caves; indeed it was this remark that first led me to search for these subfossils. From the memoirs of M. Bourguignat (‘ Note compl. sur quelques Mollusques et Mammiféres découverts dans une Caverne prés de Vence,’ 1868, and ‘ Revue et Mag. de Zool.’ 1877, pp. 11-17), and from those of Prof. Issel (‘Delle Conch. nelle Breccie &e. della Liguria occidentale,’ 1867), and of Mons. Bambur (‘ Journ. de Conchyl.’ 1868, p. 265), as also from the present researches by Mr. Coombe Williams and myself, the conchological ‘fauna of Menton, in the early part of the Quaternary epoch, appears to have been especially characterized by numerous striking forms of T’achea (some of which present some of the features of Macularia and seem to me to form a connecting link between the two subgenera), by species of Campylea and Fruticicola (section Zenobia), by numerous species of Hyalina (Euhyalina and Agopina), Clausilia (Delima and Iphi- genia, sect.), Pupa (Torquilla, Sphyradium, Orcula, and Pagodina), by the two forms Cyclostoma physetum and C. lutetianum (quite dis- tinct from C. elegans), Pomatias, sp., and the largest as yet known Acme and a new form, allied to it, which I am about to describe as anew genus (“‘ Renea’’); lastly, by species of Daudebardia, Testacella, Limaz, &e. Several of the genera, or subgenera, now abounding in the district do not seem to me to have existed then—Xerophila, Cochlicella, Eu- parypha, Leucochroa, Succinea, Rumina, and Ferussacia. It is true there are great doubts as to several of them. Issel mentions having discovered a unique subfossil Ferussacia at Capo Zoppa; Mr. Coombe Williams also found a single specimen, subfossil in his opinion, at Menton. Personally I doubt very much that either of the specimens belong to this early period ; I think, at the oldest, they belong to the zone of H. paretiana. The same remark applies to Rumina, of which I found one or two fragments in doubtful posi- tion, and which Issel also mentions in his above cited work. Yero- phila appears considerably more doubtful, even, than either of the preceding. Bourguignat mentions a species from the cavern of Vence. I myself found numerous specimens of various new species (allied to X. terveri), not only immediately associated with H. pare- 7 160 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Febs27; tiana, but also in close proximity to most of the deposits A to £; but though fragments were very numerous all round, I could never succeed in finding a single bit even undoubtedly associated with these subfossils, which I here attribute to the ‘‘ phases éozoique et dizoique.” 2. INTERMEDIATE Periop. Under this heading I comprise a certain number of species, cha- racterized by the remarkable gigantic Helia paretiana, Issel, which can be found, here and there, all along this part of the Riviera, and which most certainly, in my opinion, are of a more recent age than the preceding ; most of them are closely allied forms to those still found living in this submaritime zone. This zone of H. paretiana requires still further investigation, a matter of considerable difficulty, as the mollusks do not appear as yet to have been found actually in situ. Those I found were evidently iso- lated washed-down specimens, mostly in bad condition, and inerusted in the rock, from which it was often impossible to extract them. At Cape Mortela, indeed, where they occur at a considerable depth (perhaps some 40 or 50 feet below the surface), they are preserved in better condition in the comparatively soft ‘Couche Marneuse.” Immediately above them here, in perfectly similar deposit, occurring at a depth of, approximately, 10 feet or so, can be found in profu- sion present-existing species, such as H. aspersa, H. vermiculata, H. cespitum, Pupa multidentata, Rumina decollata, Cyclostoma elegans, &c. The most characteristic forms I found immediately associated with H. paretiana were Hyalina olivetorum and H. herculea, a variety of Rumina decollata much stouter and larger than the exist- ing form, one or two species of the group Xerophila, allied to, but quite distinct from, X. cespitum, which is found in profusion imme- diately above, and two species of the group Tachea, &e. I think this “ Couche Marneuse”’ at Cape Martela clearly proves H. pare- tiana and its associated mollusks to have immediately preceded the present fauna, without any very marked break, either of change in the climate or otherwise. 3. Present PERIOD. This I should divide into two well-marked zones, having but very few species in common, Pupa quinquedentata being a marked excep- tion—Submaritime and Subalpine Zones. A. Submaritime Zone.—Especially characterized by species of Xerophila, Macularia vermiculata, Leucochroa candidissima, Ru- mina decollata, Ferussacia and Cecilianella spp., Clausilia solida, Xe. It is, perhaps, worthy of notice that I found the common species of Pomatia, Xerophila, &c., almost without exception, of larger dimen- sions than those recorded as “‘ major’’ in Pfeiffer’s Monogr. B. Subalpine Zone.—On account of my bad health I was unable to explore the higher elevations, where many interesting forms doubt- less still remain to be discovered. My friend Coombe Williams was good enongh to make several expeditions to the summits of the neigh- 1880. LAND-SRELLS OF MENTON. 101 bouring peaks, the “Grand Mont” (4475 ft.) and the “ Berceaw” (3575 tt.), which were attended with very marked success. A consider- able number of the subfossil species which I found in the deposits of my so-called ‘‘Cave period,” have been discovered living at high ele- vations in the surrounding Alpes Maritimes, both by Mons. Bourgui- gnat and now by Mr. Williams—such as H. olivoluta, H. diega, H. nictensis, Pupa obliqua, Hyalina maceana, Clausilia punctata, viriata, and bizarellina, &c.; doubtless many of the others will eventually be also discovered. When one attains a height above the sea of approximately 1600 feet or so, Clausilia solida and Rumina decollata appear to reach their limit, and Zonites algirus, H. obvoluta, &c. appear for the first time. A little higher still occurs a fine stout variety of IZ. niciensis, H. (Campylea) cingulata, var., and H. nemoralis ; here, too, a very large, smooth and rounded variety of H. cespitum takes the place of the small, compressed, striate submaritime variety (or distinct species?) ; H. cemenclea the place of H. ancone ; Hyalina eugyrus and H. maceana the place of the very distinct species of Hyalina abundant near the sea all along this part of the Riviera. Approaching the peaks of these Alps, one meets with various forms of Fruticicola (section Zenobia), Pomatias patulum, Torquilla avenacea and secale, gigantic varieties of H. aspersa and H, nemoralis, a thin, very variable, and poorly-coloured variety of H. niciensis closely resembling the subfossil variety from the “ Balzi Rossi,” Cyclostoma physetum, &e. TEsTACELLA WILLIAMSIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.) T. crassu, cretacea, subplanata, ovata, subemaciata, ad basim @qua- liter anguste attenuata rotundata, supra striis incrementi con- centricis valide ac subconfertim sulcata ; apex exacte centralis, Sere rectus, subverticalis, acute prominens ; columella crassa, haud plana, perarcuata, superne conspicue intorta, inferne obsolete truncata ; peristoma leviter arcuatum ; superne,ad apicem termi- nans, lunula triangularis ac profunde incisa evistat. Long. 5, diam. 2? millim. Of this small species I only found seven specimens, all slightly differing in size (ranging from 4 to 52 millims.); Mr. Coombe Williams, after whom I have named the species, also found about six or seven, which, unfortunately, E have not been able to examine. We only found the species in Deposit B, nowhere else. It is next allied to 7. disuleata, Risso, admirably figured by Bourguignat in his ‘ Moll. Alpes-Marit. publiés par Risso,” from which it is well cha- racterized by its peculiarly regular and attenuately compressed ovate form, by the perfectly rounded, instead of angulate, base, by the slightly though distinctly more arcuate peristome, by the more arcuate and twisted columella less distinctly truncate ‘at base, but above all by the remarkable, almost vertical, and acutely prominent apex, perfectly central, instead of being a good deal everted, and 102 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, forming a more distinct and more triangular lunule than, I believe, in any other species of the genus ; the back, too, is more regularly, closely, and deeply sulcate. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. R. Bourgui- gnat and Coombe Williams. DavpEBARDIA ISSELIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 2.) T. umbilicata, applanata, sat fragilis, nitidissima, pallide cornea ; apex paululum lateralis ; anfract. 3, haud compressi, celerrime crescentes, via convexiusculi, sutura impressa separati, ultimo valde dilatato ; apertura transverse oblonga, oblique elongata (haud ‘ rotundato-ovalis’’ sicut D. rufa), margine externo lente subrotundato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, columellari incras- sato, subrecto, ad basim subangulato. Long. 44, lat. 2;% millim. Compared with the three German species, D. isseliana is nearest D. rufa, from which it can be at once distinguished by its greater proportional breadth, caused by the much more rapidly increasing, slightly less convex whorls (apparent in all three, not only in the last one); the apex is less central, the texture a trifle stouter and more polished; the aperture, instead of being ovally rounded, is regularly transversely oblong, the outer margin being scarcely ar- cuate, instead of markedly so (that is, much more gradually rounded) ; and the columellar much less oblique, thicker, and altogether more prominent, more subangulate at its base. Daud. nubigena, Bourg., from Algeria (Moll. nouv. &c., xi. & xii. fase. pl. iv.), is even nearer ; but isa less elongately produced shell, less appressed, the aperture more rounded and not subangulate at the columella, which is more oblique and less prominent. ‘This species appears to have been very rare: with difficulty I found, in deposit B only five specimens, Mr. Williams obtaining about the same number. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. Réné Bourgui- guat and Coombe Williams. Virrina (OLIGOLIMAX), 0. sp. A single specimen, from deposit B, was all we could find of this interesting form. I think it better under these circumstances not to describe the species ; I will only mention that the narrow perforation is quite distinct. Unique specimen in Indian Museum, Calcutta. Limax AGRESTIS, Linnzeus. Not uncommon in the submaritime zone. Limax, sp. We found many hundred subfossil shells of this genus in deposits, evidently belonging to at least four or five different species; one common, fine and well-marked form measures, long. 10, lat. 43, crass. 2 millim, 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 103 Lax, sp. ? Mr. Coombe Williams found a single specimen of a small black Limaz on the Berceau at a great elevation. Limax (KrYNICKILLUS) NICIENSIS, Bourg. Creamy yellow, mottled with pale brown (not very closely) ; sole of foot and sides whitish ; head and neck concolor, fulvous yellow ; orifice posterior ; crest rather distinct, also posterior rugosities and circular striation of buckler, mucous white. Not uncommon near the village of Grimaldi. Mr. Williams also found it at 3000 feet on the Berceau Mountain. Limax (KryYNICKILLUS) MENTONICUS, 0. Sp. Sole of foot light brown; orifice posterior; head and tentacles dull claret-colour, very sparsely speckled with black ; buckler un- usually long, rich brown, closely and minutely speckled with black, circular striation apparently running in two contrary directions ; pos- teriorly nearly smooth ; extreme caudal end acutely pointed, of a brighter (speckled) brown colour. Common near Menton. This Slug is very active. Mixax Gacates, Drap. A common Menton Slug. Minax carinata(?), Risso. A rather uncommon species, from the Submaritime zone. M1nax, sp. We found, subfossil, numerous specimens of various species of this genus in deposits. MILax, n. sp. ? Concolor, fulvous-yellow, minutely speckled with grey; sole of foot faint yellowish, undivided ; tentacles inky black ; buckler bi- lobed posteriorly ; crest distinct ; orifice slightly posterior ; line of *‘limacelle”’ rather indistinct. Village of Grimaldi. ZonirEs ALGiRvS, Linneus. Rather local near Menton; only found at a level of 2000 feet or so, especially in the neighbourhood of the higher-level road to Nice, round the village of Roquebrune &c. I also found a single perfect specimen on the side of the road round Cape St. Martin, buried a few feet below the surface ; I imagine it had been washed down from the mountains behind. I saw no trace of this species subfossil, not even in the upper stratum of Cape Mortela, where I should have expected to find it. The Menton form is more dis- tinctly subangulate at the periphery than usual. 104 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, Hyarina (RetTINELLA) HERCULZA, Rambur (Journ. de Conchyl. 1868, Monaco, and 1869, pl. ix. fig. 7, as Zonites sp.). I only found a single, fortunately very perfect, specimen of this rare, well-marked, and very distinct species: I obtained it in the lower stratum of the ‘Couche Marneuse”’ at Cape Mortela, zone of H. paretiana. As Mr. Bourguignat’s collection, though containing most of Rambur’s and Issel’s Ligurian subfossil types, did not possess this interesting form, I had much pleasure in presenting him with the above unique specimen. Hyatina (RETINELLA) OLIVETORUM, Hermann (? var. leopol- diana, Charp, MS.). A nice case arises here, with regard to priority of the subgeneric name; which should it be—Reftznella, Shut. MS., Fischer, Not. Malace. ii. 1878, or Zgopina, Robelt, Cont. Rossm. Icon. 1878? I have nowhere found this species living in this part of the Riviera, where its place has been apparently taken by Zonites algirus ; in former years it evidently abounded: it occurs in deposits A, B, C, EH, and by thousands in deposit D (the subgenus not being represented in deposit #’). I found it also, immediately associated with H. pare- tiana, all along the coast, from Monaco to Cape Mortela, at least one other closely allied but distinct species being found with it, only of much rarer occurrence, Hy. herculea of Rambur. The largest form (true Hy. olivetorum fide cl. Bourg.) was espe- cially abundant in deposit D; it closely resembles specimens I possess from Lucea, the dilatation of the last whorl, its slight compression at the periphery, and shape of the aperture, lunately oval, being almost exactly similar; the spire in the Menton specimens is more depressed, slightly less convex, and markedly more central; the um- bilicus a trifle less perviously upen. Alt. 153, diam. 28; apert. alt. 122, lat. 13 millim. From deposit D. Alt. 173, diam. 30; apert. alt. 133, lat. 143 millim. Specimen from Lucca. Var. MACROBIOTUS, nov. (? Hyalina macrobiota, n.sp.). A very characteristic and distinct form, from deposits 4, B, and D. Easily recognized from type form by the more convex whorls, the last one more abruptly deflected, more convex at base, and espe- cially by its being notably less expanded, thus causing the spire to be markedly less central; the umbilicus is very similar; the aper- ture less compressed and higher in proportion, the columellar margin being less oblique. The differences can be easily seen in young as well as in mature specimens. Alt. 153, diam. 261; apert. alt. 12, lat. 12 millim. From deposit D. Subvar. SUBINCERTA, nov. A very curious small form, of which I found some half dozen specimens in deposits B and C only. The spire is unusually ele- 1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 105 vated, quite central, the six and a half whorls moderately convex, and increasing very gradually and regularly, the last one very abruptly deflected, not dilated near its termination, as in the preceding, more convex at its base ; umbilicus a good deal less open; aperture per- fectly rounded, instead of laterally produced, with columellar margin nearly straight, instead of very oblique. Alt. 13, diam. 192; apert. alt. 10, lat. 9 millims. From deposit C. Hyatina (RETINELLA) LIKES, 0. sp. T. depressa, superficie late ac aperte umbilicata, supra distincte subregulariterque striata ; anfractus 53, vir convexi, ultimo rapide crescente, late dilatato, haud descendente, ad peripheriam suban- gulariter compresso, ad basim fere applanato, vix convexo ; aper - tura paululum compressa, lunato-ovata, margine columellari re- flexo, perobliquo. Easily distinguished from all varieties of Hy. olivetorum, in espe- cial by the shallow, instead of solariform, umbilicus; the last whorl also is much more narrowly compressed, flatter at base, and not de- flected ; the whorls are fewer, the spire much more depressed, with the sculptured strize more distinct. Of rare occurrence in deposits A and B, abundant in D; unfortunately always in bad preservation, and apparently the greater number young specimens. I also found it by no means rare at Cape Vieille (? zone of H. paretiana). Alt. 9, diam. (prox.) 15; apert. alt. (prox.) 7, lat. 8 millim. From deposit A. ‘Alt. 53, diam. 11 millim. Common form, ? young, from deposit D. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. of M. J. R. Bour- guignat. HYALINA GLABRA, Studer. T. spira paululum elevata, peranguste perforata, cornea, nitidissima, supra (sub lente) delicate striatula; anfractus 53, haud conveai, ultimo rapide crescente, ad peripheriam subangulato, basi vir con- vexo ; apertura perampla, lunato-ovala, margine externo pro- ducto, gradatim rotundato, margine columellari reflexo, subrecto. Alt. 73, diam. 141; apert. alt. 6, lat. 73 millim. This species was very rare in deposit C, did not occur at all in A, B, E, or F, but was very common in D, unfortunately always in bad preservation and more or less broken. It appears to vary scarcely at all as regards elevation of the spire, distinct but very narrow per- foration, and the large laterally produced aperture. { did not find any recent specimens ; nor is it recorded from the deposit by Risso. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. of MM. Bourguignat and Williams. Hyaina Bronpiana, Bourg. (Dese. Moll. Alpes-Marit. 1869, near Grasse, as Zonites, sp.; alt. 6, diam. 15 millim.). Moderately abundant in the vicinity of Menton, agreeing exactly with the original description ; the difference in height, recorded below, is perhaps owing to our having different methods of measure- 106 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, ment. I take mine from the base of the outer margin of aperture to the apex. It is quite specifically distinct from the following allied species, which take its place at 3000 feet or so. Alt. 7, diam. 15; apert. alt. 6, lat. 74 millim. Specimen of seven whorls, from Menton. Hyattna Evcyrus, Stabile (Moll. Lugano, p. 51, 1859; fide cl. Bourg.=H. cellaria, var. ville, Stabile, Moll. Piémont, 1864, =H. ville, Mortillet, not of Deshayes, Giorn. Mal. 1853). I am indebted for this identification to M. Bourguignat. Mr. Williams found the species rather searce on the ‘‘ Berceau”’ and “Grand Mont,” from 2500 to 4000 feet. It has six whorls of very fragile substance, spire almost flat, umbilicus very open and shallow, periphery more compressed than in the preceding, colu- mella much more oblique, &c. Alt. 54, diam. 13; apert. alt. 5, lat. 64 millim. Hyanina BLAUNERI, Shuttl. (Mitth. Ges. Bern, 1843, Corsica ; = Heliv lucida, Drap., var. compressa, Dumont & Mortillet, Moll. Savoie, 1852). An abundant form in the submaritime zone; it does not appear to occur at any considerable altitude, at least near Menton; we found nothing like it subfossil. Young specimens bear perhaps a faint resemblance to Hyalina fodereana, Bourg. MS. I very much doubt if H. blauneri can be specifically separated from H. lucida ; I have thought it best to do so temporarily. The present form is quite distinct from a more openly umbilicate shell from Lucca, which I received as “ H. lucida,” but which is nearer H. blondiana, indeed scarcely separable! ; Alt. 53, diam. 12}; apert. alt. 43, lat. 6 millim. Submar. zone, Menton. Animal entirely of a dark slate colour ; sole and sides of foot of a trifle more greenish hue. HyaLina MACEANA, Bourg. (Zonites maceana, Bourg. Deser. Moll. Alpes-Marit. 1869 ; near Grasse; alt. 43, diam. 13 millim.) A well-marked and most distinct species, unmistakable for any other with which I am acquainted. Subfossil, it abounds at Menton, in deposits A, B, C, D; we found a single specimen in F. It occurs here and there along the coast as far as Monaco. Mr. Williams found it rather scarce, living on the ‘Grand Mont,” at nearly 4000 feet. Alt. 5, diam. 12; apert. alt. 42, lat. 53 millim. Var. PLANORBIOIDES, nov. (an potius Hyalina planorbioides, n. sp. !). A singular Planorbis-like variety with sunken spire ; the last whorl increasing more rapidly in proportion, more compressed at the periphery and (near the aperture) raised above the preceding 1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 107 whorl in a very remarkable way ; umbilicus narrower, &c. I only found a few specimens in deposit D. Diam. 93, alt. apert. 32, alt. 33 (from apex to base of aperture) millim. Type var. Indian Mus. Calcutta; also in coll. Williams. HyYALINA FODEREANA, Bourg. MS. I will not attempt to describe this species, as it is too close to many species of the group of Hyalina lucida, blauneri, &c., several of which I do not possess for comparison ; I will only say that the species is everywhere abundant in deposits 4, B, C, D, with the preceding, from which it is undoubtedly quite distinct. We did not find recent specimens of this form. Alt. 54, diam, 123; apert. alt. 4%, lat. 6 millim. M. Bourguignat informs me that I sent him some recent specimens from Menton; but they were certainly not identical with this subfossil species. Hyaina, sp. ? A small species of five whorls, apparently full-grown, of which I found some half dozen specimens in deposit F only. It is a little more narrowly umbilicate than young Hyalina maceana of the same size ; the whorls increase very gradually and regularly, the last one not being dilated. Alt. 34, diam. 7 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta, only. HYALINnA MENTONICA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 3.) T. parva, spira elevata, anguste perforata, subobsolete striatula, cornea, nitida ; anfract. 6, convexiusculi, regulariter pergrada- timque crescentes, ultimo paululum compresso, prope aperturam angusto (haud dilatato), basi convexo; apertura fere rotunda, marginibus regulariter rotundatis ac subincrassatis. Alt. 34, diam. 53 millim. A pretty little species, quite unlike any I know, and also unknown to M. Bourguignat. Mr. Williams found one or two recent speci- mens at Sainte-Agnés, about 2500 feet. It is a true Hyalina, and does not belong to Vitrea; the very narrow last whorl, not dilated at all, the narrow perforation, rounded aperture, elevated spire, &c. well characterize it. The figure is not good, and the shell has been since accidentally broken. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta. Hyaxina (VirrREA) TENEBR&RIA, Bourg. MS. I will not attempt to describe this small form of a most dithcult group, for which I have not at the moment the proper material available. It is an imperforate species, with remarkably excavated base. It was rather scarce (subfossil) in deposits 4, B, and D. M. Bourguignat informs me he possesses recent specimens of the species from a grotto near Grasse. 108 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17; ARIoN HORTENSIS, Miiller. A few specimens from just outside the town. ARION AUSTENIANUS, 0. sp. Iam indebted to M. Bourguignat for the information that the above is a new form. I found a few specimens near the village of Grimaldi, at about 1000 feet elevation. LEUCOCHROA CANDIDISsIMA, Drap. A small form is extremely abundant throughout the submaritime zone ; specimens more or less scalariform (that is, with the whorls subdetached) are by no means rare ; it is as often narrowly rimate as imperforate. I was astonished not to find the genus at all a little further eastwards at Alussio. Alt. 124, diam. 163 millim. Hetrx (Gonostoma) osvotuTa, Miiller. Not uncommon in deposits 4, B, C, D, varying “in the more or less open umbilicus. I found a single subfossil specimen at Roque- brune, zone of Helix paretiana ; we did not find it living ourselves in the neighbourhood ; but there were recent specimens in the Museum from the Turin valley (some 2000 feet). It is also recorded by Risso. Alt. 62, diam. 14 millim. Deposit 4. Umbilicus very open. Alt. 6, diam. 124 millim. Deposit D. Umbilicus less open. Heuix (Patuta) asretina, Bourg. (Malac. Algér. 1864). Rare, subfossil, in deposit B only. Alt. 23, diam. 6 millim. Hetrx (Patruta) rupestris, Drap. Rather scarce towards the base of the Grimaldi Hill; also sub- fossil in deposit F' only. Hewix (Patuta) pyema(?), Drap. Not uncommon in deposit B. Unfortunately I do not know the species of this group sufficiently well to be sure of my identification. Heurx (Tacuea?) paretiAna, Issel (Att. Acad. Torino, 1867 ; Verezzi, alt. 32, diam. 42 mill.=H. monaecensis, Rambar, Journ. Conchyl. 1868 and 1869, Monaco). Here and there we found remains of this gigantic extinct Helix all along this part of the Riviera; but in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela only were the specimens sufficiently well preserved to be worth keeping ; and even there we only found one or two poor specimens, until my friend got some quarrymen to lower him, with a rope, some way down one of the remarkable clefts or chasms (many hundred feet often in depth) that everywhere cut through this «Couche marneuse.’’ Unfortunately he took sucha fancy to this fine Helix that he would not touch any other shell during his descent, 1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 109 when he obtained more than a dozen magnificent specimens, though I was most anxious to increase my knowledge of what were the undoubted associates of this remarkable mollusk. A proper and thorough investigation of this deposit at Cape Mortela still remains for some future naturalist. It was a little too far for my now very limited powers of walking, but is not so for any one in fair ordinary health, living in the East Bay. I am convinced this species has nothing to do with the subgenus Macularia, with which, at first sight, it shows some affinity ; I think it nearly certain it was a true Tachea. I could discover no trace of this species in deposits A to F. Alt. 29, diam. 413. A common depressed form from Cape Mortela. ‘ Alt. 34, diam. 46. Cape Mortela. Alt. 313, diam. 413; apert. alt. (cum perist.) 233, (sine perist.) 19, lat. (cum callos. colum. ac perist.) 254, (sine praeced.) 18 millim. This specimen, from Cape Mortela, has two broad brown bands (the lower one the broader) on the two antepenultimate whorls, four (apparently more or less interrupted) on the last whorl; the two apicals are unusually developed and prominent, horn-colour, and perfectly smooth. Hewrx (TacHEA?) MENTONICA, 0. sp. Helix vermicularis, Issel, Con. Cay. Ossif. Liguria, figs. 7, 8, 1867, not of Bonelli. Testa ad ‘‘ Helix vermiculariam, Bonelli,” et ‘‘H. paretianam, Issel,” affinis : imperforata, subgloboso-conoidea, vix solida, oblique irre- gulariter striata, ultimo anfractu valide malleato ; albida, zonulis pervariis circumcincta interruptis aut continuis, sepe perspicuo- ribus prope peristoma; spira plus minusve conico-elevata, apice obtuso, levigato ; anfract. 53, convewi, regulares, sutura distincta separati, ultimo majore, tumido ac rotundato, ad aperturam abrupte descendente ; apertura ampla, obliqua, subovalis, marginibus callo castaneo ac valido junctis; peristoma castaneum, percrassum, expansum, intus incrassatum; margo columellaris levis, ad- pressus, late reflexus. Diam. 323, alt. 233; aperture lat. (cum peristomate ac callo colu- mellari) 19, alt. 173 millim. Subvar. minor. Diam. 293, alt. 21; apert. lat. 17, alt. 163 millim. This species abounded in deposits A, B, D (in especial), and Z, mostly in very bad condition, so much so that out of many hundred specimens which I obtained and carefully examined I have only ob- tained a few perfect specimens. It is undoubtedly the Helix ver- micularia of Issel, typical specimens of which I examined at Genoa, but differs so much from typical Turin specimens of the true H, vermicularia, Bonelli, that I am unable to accept the identification. The species varies enormously, as, I find, do most mollusks of which large series oceur in a circumscribed space. It is not closely 110 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, allied to H. nemoralis, H. williamsiana, and other undoubted species of Tachea, but shows great aftinities to H. paretiana, of which it might almost be described as a miniature form, while 7. wdesima is a depressed form with peculiar aperture, more vivid coloration, and umbilicus scarcely covered with the columellar callosity, and H. ben- neti is a dwarf convex form with small aperture. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection of MM. Bour- guignat and Coombe Williams. Heurx (Tacuea’) @DESIMA, 0. sp. Testa ad precedentem perafinis, sicut H. lucasi, Deshayes, ad H. lacteam, Miller: imperforata, aut plus minusve subrimata, de- presso-globosa, sat fragilis ; obsolete malleata et subregulariter striata, striis delicatis obliquis; albida, zonulis variis circum- cincta ; spira depressa, parum elevata, ultimo anfractu paululum compresso, lente descendente, subtus ad regionem columellarem paululum excavato ; apertura obliqua, transverse oblonga, superne contracta, marginibus callo brunneo junctis ; peristoma vivide coloratum, superne subrecte productum, pergradatim rotundatum, ad basim abrupte angulatum, ac tuberculo subobsoleto munitum ; margine columellari perobliquo, contortulo, subrugoso, locum um- bilicalem callo tenui vix tegente. Diam. 273, alt. 9; apert. lat. 153, alt. 133 millim. Type, from deposit F’, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collec- tion J. R. Bourguignat. Var. COLORATA, Nov. Varietas major, sat tenuis, sepe subrimata, vix malleata, zonulis latis ac continuis ornata. Diam. 313; apert. lat. 183, alt. 16 millim. Type var., from deposit D, Indian Museum ; also in collection of Coombe Williams. Var. CRASSIOR, nov. Varietas major, solidior, imperforata, valde malleata, ordinarie zonula unica circumcincta, apertura minus contracta, margine externo magis rotundato. Diam. 32, alt. 21; apert. lat. 19, alt. 163 millim. Type var. from deposit HZ, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection Bourguignat and Coombe Williams. This is a very remarkable form, bearing much the same relation- ship to H. mentonica as H. lucasi to H. lactea. It is much more de- pressed, with a remarkable aperture, the columella (much twisted and with a small tubercle at base) being bent inwards, so as to con- tract the body portion of the aperture; the external margin is straightly produced, very gradually rounded, in this differing from every other species of Tachea I know (H. mentonica, H. william- siana, H. nemoralis, &c.), in all of which it is more or less rapidly rounded. Unfortunately, though I found a great number of spe- 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 111 cimens, I have not been able to obtain a single one in even fair con- dition ; they crumble at a touch. The best-characterized were four specimens of a form which I found only at the entry to the cave, de- posit /’; one of these I have taken as my type. Var. colorata, always in bad condition, was tolerably plentiful in deposits 4 and D. Var. crassior, from deposit £ only ; I am by no means sure that this form is specifically identical with typical H, e@desima. The species did not occur at all in deposit B. Heurx (Tacuea?) BENNETIANA, 0. Sp. Testa ad H. mentonicam affinis, sed haud difficile distinguenda ; im- perforata, globosa, paululum conoidea, solida ; rugose irregulari- terque striata, valide malleata ; albida, zonulis perindistinctis circumeincta ; spira parum moderate elevata, apice subacuta, levigata ; anfract. 53, convexiusculi, sutura distincta separati, ultimo majore, ad peripheriam paululum compresso, subito de- scendente, subtus convero; apertura contracta, parva, sub- rotundata, lunato-ovata, marginibus callo brunneo junctis ; peri- stom. castaneum incrassatum, eapansum ; columellaris callosa, late adpressa, subrugosa, paululum contortula. Diam. 233, alt. 17; apert. lat. 143; alt. 112 millim. A still smaller form, closely allied to the-preceding, easily recog- nized by its small aperture and convex base &c. It was only found in deposits B, C, and H, and was comparatively rare; the coloration, in every specimen found, was much broken up, scarcely showing traces of bands. I have named this species after Dr. J. H. Bennet, who may be called the ‘‘ Discoverer of Menton,” whose estate of Grimaldi, with its beautiful and well-known gardens, always thrown open to visitors, surmounts these boue-caves, and to whose kind assistance I am deeply indebted for much valued aid and sympathy in collecting my material for this paper. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection MM. Bour- guignat and Williams. Heurx (TACHEA) WILLIAMSIANA, N. sp. Testa ad H. nemoralem, Linn., affinis ; imperforata, conico-globu- losa, percrassa, polita, nitida ; confertim ac regulariter oblique striata, ultimo anfractu distincte malleato; albido-lactea, fere omnino late eleganterque unizonata, zonula castanea ad apicem videnda (speciminibus raris subtus duabus aliis zonulis latis circumcinctis) ; spira elevata, apice subacuta, levigata; anfract. 54, convewiusculi, celeriter crescentes, sutura distincta sepuarati, ultimo ventricoso-subrotundato, subabrupte descendente, subtus vie convero, subapplanato; apertura subovalis, parum obliqua ac lunata, marginibus callo tenui castaneo junctis; peristom. extus ac intus vivide castaneo coloratum, supra fragile, vix in- crassatum, infra expanse reflerum ; columellaris sicut in H. ne- morali, sed callo validiore locum umbilicalem tegente. Diam. 303, alt. 22; apert. alt. 16, lat. 183 millim. 112 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, Var. SUBNEMORALIS, Nov. Ad H. nemoralem magis affinis ; spira depressa, ultimo anfractu compresso, subtus applanato, gradatim descendente ; apertura oblonga, producta, minus alta, margine externo gradatim rotun- dato, peristomate perlate reflexo. Diam. 283, alt. 203; apert. (cum perist. ac callositate colum.) alt. 15, lat. 173 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta. A rather uncommon, more depressed variety, from deposit B only ; generally ornamented with a single very vivid broad band traceable along the suture of the last two or three whorls. I need scarcely say I have named this species after my friend Mr. T. B. Coombe Williams, whose name occurs so frequently in these pages. Var. SPANIAS, nov. Sat tenuis, globosa, depressa, vix nitida aut polita; irregulariter striata, distincte malleata ; indistincte zonata, zonulis subobso- letis ; spira depressa, ultimo anfractu ventricoso-rotundato, lente gradatimque descendente, subtus convexo ; apertura ampla, sub- ovalis, peristomate parum reflexo, locum umbilicalem callo tenui tegente. Diam. 273, alt. 19; apert. lat. 163, alt. 15 millim. This well-marked form, with more convex base and less solid tex- ture &c., regarded by M. Bourguignat as a distinct species, was rather uncommon ; I found it only in deposits 4, B, C. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in the collection of M. Bourguignat. Her (Tacuea) nemoratis, Lin. Not found at all in the submaritime zone, but common enough as soon as one reaches an altitude of 1500 to 2000 feet, up to the very summits of the mountains (4000 feet), where it is of very thin tex- ture ; varieties of 4 to 5 ora single band on the last whorl appear commonest. I found four or five specimens, in poor preservation unfortunately, in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela, from apparently the zone of H. paretiana ; they are probably a variety of H. nemoralis, though apparently differing somewhat. Diam. 263, alt. 21; apert. lat. 15, alt. 14 millim. From *«* Grand Mont,” at 4000 feet. Diam. 27, alt. 20; apert. lat. 16, alt. 143 millim. From “ Ber- ceau,”” at 3200 feet. Diam. 22, alt. 16; apert. lat. 133, alt. 113 millim. From near Monaco. Diam. 243, alt. 183. Subfossil, from Cape Mortela. Measurements below from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 276 :— Diam. maj. 25, min. 21, alt. 15 millim. Hetrx (Pomaria) asrersa, Miiller. The variation in size, according to the altitude at which this 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 113 species is found near Menton, is interesting, as the different forms seem to be fairly constant in their several localities. On the sunny hill of Grimaldi a true dwarf form is abundant, living with a similar dwarf variety of A. vermiculata. Round Menton generally, and up to a considerable height, it is an ordinary form; near the summits of the mountains, at 3000-4000 feet, it is a gigantic tumid form, not very common, reminding me very much of Algerian specimens. I could see no trace of the species in the lower strata of the “ Couche Marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela (zone of H. paretiana) ; a rather large form abounded, however, at about 5 feet or so below the surface, with other common existing shells of the country. Subvar. nana. Alt. 214, diam. 25 millim. Found only on the hill of Grimaldi. Subvar. alticola. Alt. 43, diam. 463 millin. Summits of the neighbouring Alps, and a similar, somewhat smaller form from near the surface of the ‘ Couche marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela. Typical form. Alt. 304, diam. 31 millim. Abundant every where near Menton, up to about 2000 feet. Measurements below, from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 241 :— Diam. maj. 41, min. 32, alt. 32 millim. B. minor— diam. maj. 28, min, 23, alt. 22 (spec. Azor.). Heutix (Pomatta) aperra, Born. This is a small form, to be found here and there round Menton ; by no means common. Alt. 213, diam. 194 millim. Subwraritime zone, Menton. Subvar. ampla. I found one or two specimens only, near the sur- face of the “ Couche marneuse” of Cape Mortela; like the preceding, it does not appear to exist lower down, in the zone of H. paretiana. Alt. 293, diam. 26 millim. Below I give measurements of Pfeiffer, in Mon. i. p. 25 :— Alt. 27, diam. maj. 26 millim. Hexix (Macuraria) vermicutata, Miiller. An ordinary form ; is plentiful all round Menton up toa certain altitude, beyond which it does not appear to exist. It is also common, near the surface only, in the “Couche marneuse” of Cape Mortela. Alt. 22, diam. 293 millim. Var. GRIMALDIENSIS, nov. A remarkable dwarf form, apparently constant, as I found some hundred specimens ou the hill of Grimaldi, all in the same locality. Spire varying, but usually more produced than in typical form; last whorl more rounded, scarcely subangulate, more convex at base; aperture less produced, with the columellar margin less oblique and more callous; very variable in its coloration, if any thing a trifle smoother, thicker, and more callous. Type of var. Alt. 174, diam. 222 millim; another Specimen, alt. 16, diam. 214 millim. I found, near Roquebrune, a single specimen, some feet below the Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE (Feb. 17, surface, of a closely allied, even more characteristic form: spire pro- duced, whorls more convex, the last one perfectly rounded, with its base quite convex; aperture as in var. grimaldiensis; it appears to have been less smooth. Alt. 21, diam. 273 millim. Measurements below from Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 273 :— Alt. 21, diam. maj. 35, min. 27 millim. Hewix (CaMpyL@A) MAURELIANA, Bourg. MS. (Note compl. sur des Moll., Mammif. &c., Cav. prés de Vence, 1868, p..5, name only). I am indebted to Mons. Bourguignat for the following Latin diagnosis :— *T. profunde angusteque umbilicata; depressa, subtranslucida, argute striatula, nunc surdo-albida, olim corneo-viridescenti ac zonulis tribus intensioribus (quarum du@ superiores, anguste ; tertior inferior, lata, ad regionem umbilicalem evanescens) cir- cumcincta ; spira depressa, parum convera; apice obtusissimo, sat valido, argutissime granulato ; anfractibus 6 regulariter sen- simque crescentibus, supra convexis ac sutura profunda separatis ; ultimo validiore, compresso-rotundato, prope aperturam leviter coarctato, ac ad insertionem labri vix descendente; apertura parum obliqua, lunata, externe rotundata, infra rectiuscula vel arcuata; peristomate acuto, patulo ac reflero ; labro supero vix reflexo; labro columellari brevissimo, circa regionem umbili- calem dilatato. « Alt. 11-12, diam. max. 21-23 millim. “Caverne Mars, prés de Vence, Alpes-Marit.”” (Cl. J. R. Bour- euignat, in litt.) Var. rosBusTA, G. Nevill. Fairly abundant in deposits A, B, D, and E, but very difficult to obtain any thing like perfect specimens. The Menton specimens are rather larger and of a more robust variety than the typical Vence form. In deposit A a subvar. minor was not uncommon, with more compressed whorls, less produced (almost rounded) aperture, and less open umbilicus, the columellar margin a good deal less oblique. A very characteristic feature in Menton specimens of H. maureliana are the often very conspicuous “ varices,” especially noticeable in young specimens, as in Nanina, section Bensonia (N. monticola, &e.); this, of course, is due to a thickening within the peristome, at dif- ferent periods of growth, only partially absorbed when the animal recommences the growth of its shell. Mons. Bourguignat writes me that its nearest ally is H. zonata, Studer, of which he is inclined to consider it as ‘une forme atavique.” It differs materially from all the varieties I know of H. planospira. Var. robusta, from deposit D (figured), Alt. 134, diam. 254 millim. Subvar. appressa, from deposit B, Alt. 123, diam. 233 millim. 1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON,. 115 Type in the collection of Mons. Bourguignat ; types of var. and subvar. in the Indian Museu m, Calcutta; also in the collections of MM. Bourguignat and Coombe Williams. Heuix (Campyia) RAMORINIANA, Issel, Conch. Cav. Ligur. occid. 1867, figs. 4-6. An interesting rediscovery of this well-characterized and re- markable species, as yet only known from the cavern at Verezzi. I found no traces of the species about Menton, except some half dozen specimens in deposit /’—that is to say, at the entrance of the cave. Probably the species was a strictly cavern form. I compared the Menton specimens with Prof. Issel’s types in the museum at Genoa; they are exactly similar, except that mine are a trifle larger. My largest measures diam. 22, alt. 111 wmillim., others diam. 19, alt. 10. I ought to mention that Prof. Issel’s above-quoted figures are not very successful; indeed the species is not recognizable from them. Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Mons. Bourguignat. Herrx (CampyL#a) cinGuLATA, Studer, var. B1zoNna, Rossm. Icon. xi. fig. 683, from near Nice. Mr. Williams found a single specimen at Sainte-Agnés, at a little over 2000 feet. M. Bourguignat informs me it is true H. cingulata, and that he found the form abundant in the Col di Tenda. I can hardly bring myself to believe this form specifically identical with a shell sent me, as H. cingulata, var. ancone, Gentiluomo, from Tuscany. The Menton specimen has a moderately raised spire, rather shallow umbilicus, last whorl not compressed, descending abruptly, convex at base ; aperture nearly square, columellar margin scarcely oblique ; both zones are somewhat obsolete, the lower one can only just be traced behind the outer lip and in front near the aperture. The above agrees exactly with Pfeiffer’s measurements and characters of var. bizona, which besides is from the immediate neigh- bourhood. Alt. 113, diam. 214 millim. Pfeiffer’s measurements (Mon. i. p. 356) of var. bizona are— diam. maj. 24, min. 21, alt. 12 millims. Indian Museum, Calcutta. Herix (Macutarta ?) nicrensis, Férussac. This appears to have been one of the most characteristic mollusks of Menton in old days, as it is now, and to have changed very little during all the intervening period. Mr. Williams found a few living specimens at Sainte-Agnés, at a little over 2000 feet, a fine bold form of solid texture and rich coloration. Higher up, between 3000 and 4000 feet, to the very summits of the “ Berceau” and ‘‘ Grand Mont,’’ H. niciensis abounds. The form here approximates nearer to my subfossil var. primitiva ; it is of thin texture, very variable as to the more: or less 8 116 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17, elevated spire ; without exception, as far as I could see, imperforate, with large and produced aperture, deflected last whorl, and fairly vivid markings. : Specimen from Sainte-A gnés—alt. 174, diam. 254 millim. From the “ Berceau”—alt. 15, diam. 244 millim.; and another—alt. 173, diam. 244 millim. Subvar. COLORATA. I did not find this species at all in the ‘‘ Couche Marneuse”’ of Cape Mortela (zone of H. paretiana), though I have but little doubt it occurs. I found it, however, associated with H. paretiana near Monaco, and at another spot in a cutting of the railway, the single specimen from the latter locality being a most remarkable small form, the chestnut maculations being most unusually broad and close together, so much so as to amount to bands; there are three of these slightly interrupted bands on each of the last few whorls ; the aperture also is less produced, the apex more prominent, and the whorls more compressed. Alt. 14, diam. 194 millim. Subvar. PRIMITIVA. Closely allied to the living form still to be found near the summits of the neighbouring Alps; imperforate, of thin texture ; spire more or less raised, not nearly so depressed as in the next variety, with prominent apex ; whorls moderately convex, the last one abruptly deflected, convex at base ; both aperture and last whorl a trifle smaller in proportion than in the living form; the columella very similar, only moderately oblique, forming a slight angle at its termination, slightly twisted, imparting to it a subtuberculose appearance. This was one of the commonest (and best-preserved of the large species) in deposits 4, B, C, Z. Curiously enough, the species did not occur at all in deposit D; probably this locality was not suffi- ciently sunny. I have great doubts whether I have done right in separating this form, even only as a subvariety, from its close ally, living on the neighbouring mountain-tops; probably both had better be classed together as subvar. primitiva, characterized by the thin texture ec. Alt. 16, diam. 22 millim.; another—alt. 17, diam. 244 millim. Types of preceding subvars., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; the latter also in coll. MM. Bourguinat, Coombe Williams, and Joly. Var. SPELUNCARUM, Nov. As to the necessity of separating this form there can be no two opinions ; it is an exceedingly well and constantly characterized depressed variety, presenting a most distinct “facies.” It was abundant in deposit F, and, I have reason to believe, was the principal shell found inside the cave by M. Rivitre, mixed with mammal- bones &c., judging from specimens in the museum, and from an examination of the earth dug out from these caves. Markedly and in 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 117 variably more depressed, of stouter texture than the preceding, less brilliantly coloured, more often distinctly rimate than imperforate ; apex acute, but less prominent; whorls distinctly less convex, the last one less expanded, less deflected at the aperture, with the periphery subangulately compressed, and base much less convex ; aperture smaller in proportion, outer margin more equally rounded, the columella a good deal more oblique, with a conspicuous absence of the subangulation at its termination, and without the slight twist (or contortion) invariably found both in living specimens and in my subvar. primitiva ; collumellar callosity less developed. Alt. 124, diam. 20 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll, MM. Bour- guignat, Coombe Williams, and Joly. Measurements from Pfeiffer (Mon. i. p. 284) :—Diam. maj. 23, min. 19, alt. 12 millim. Hexrx (FruticicoLa) CEMENELEA, Risso. (= H. galloprovincialis, Dupuy, 1848, not of Matheron, 842 ; = H. cantiana auct., nec Montagu.) I cannot agree with Dr. Kobel and the Marquise Paulucci, who, in her excellent and most useful catalogue, unites this and the form called H. ancone by Issel as var. of H. cantiana. I consider them quite distinct. At Menton the latter is found from the neighbourhood of the sea up to an altitude of at least 1500 feet; at 2500 feet to 4000 H. cemenelea takes its place, and, though varying a great deal, always preserves its distinctive “ facies’?! I have just been ex- amining living typical English H. cantiana, Mont., and find both shell and animal quite different! I have identified both this and the following, on the strength of M. Bourguignat’s information. I had previously separated them as quite distinct, taking this to be H. rubella, Risso, and the next to be H. cemenelea. Alt. 114, diam. 18 millim. ‘ Berceau,”’ at 3000 feet. Alt. 10, diam. 14} millim. ‘‘ Grand Mont.” Heuix (Fruticicota) ancon#, Issel, Append. Moll. Pisa, 1872. A species differing still more widely from H. cantiana, Mont. ; to me, nearer H. carthusiana, Miller. It appears to be a common littoral form in Liguria; I found it at Monaco, Menton, Alassio, &c. I cannot consider it identical with the preceding ; even if it were to prove specifically so, it must still be regarded as a very distinct and constant variety. The animal is ofa light and bright carnation-orange colour, with small and indistinct furrows, tentacles of a dull vinous shade, sole of foot yellow; seen through the shell the animal has a deep vinous appearance, mottled with yellow; axis of spire less central ; whorls less elevated, more rapidly increasing, less convex ; substance a good deal thicker, peristome much more coloured ; um- bilicus considerably less open; aperture more produced ; columella more oblique ec. Alt. 114, diam. 163 millim. ; another—alt. 9, diam. 154 millim. 118 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, Subvar. MINOR. A very small form from Roquebrune: can this be the H. dela- courti, Mabille, of Bourg., which he informs me (in li¢t.) that I sent him from Menton? He inserts the species between H. cemenelea and H. ancone. Alt. 73, diam. 11} millim. Heuix (Fruticicona) cit, Studer. I only found two specimens of this interesting species in deposit .B; both agree in differing from recent Swiss specimens (received from Madame Vimart), having the aperture more laterally produced (that is, broader in proportion to its height), the last whorl more dilated, the base less convex, and the periphery slightly more dis- tinctly keeled. Judging from M. Bourguignat’s description of his H. guevarriana, from the neighbouring Col di Tenda, these Swiss specimens answer exactly to his description of his new species, and my Menton subfossil ones to that of his H. ciliata. Alt. 5, diam. 9 millim. Hewix (FrutTicicoua) cINCTELLA, Drap. A single perfect specimen and some fragments, from deposit B. Both this and the preceding are recorded as living in the depart- ment by Risso. Alt. 8, diam. 12 millim. Hewrx (Fruticicota) Gexipa (7) Bourg. (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1877, Mountain behind Brianconnet, Alpes-Marit.; alt. 7, diam. 10 millim. Also subfossil from ‘‘ Cap Vieille,” near Roquebrune.) M. Bourguignat kindly identified as this species three specimens from the “ Berceau” (3500 feet); they do not, however, answer well to his description, being more narrowly umbilicate than H. moutoni, telonensis, or diega! I should have classed them as a sub- variety of H. ¢elonensis, Mittré. Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim. Heurx (Fruticicoxa) mouront, Mittré, MS. (Rev. Mag. Zool. 1877, ‘‘ Ascros,” Alpes-Marit., &e. ; alt. 6, diam. 10 millim., fide Bourg.). I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for his identification as above of this form, which appears to be not rare on the “‘ Grand Mont” and ‘‘ Berceau,”’ at 3000 to 4000 feet. Alt. 73, diam. 114 millim. “ Berceau’’ H. moutoni, fide cl. Bourg. Alt. 73, diam. 124 millim. “Grand Mont.” _ Var. SUBFOSSILIS, nov. A single subfossil specimen, from deposit B, differing from every other specimen of this group that I know by its exceedingly narrow perforation ; the collumella is more oblique than in the preceding. 1880. } LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 119 It answers well to the description of H. crimoda and H. concreta, Bourg. loc. cit., of which it may be a large variety. Alt. 7, diam. 11 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta. Herrx (Fruricicota) pizea, Bourg. (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1877, Clus de St. Auban; alt. 6, diam. 11. Var. major, Brianconnet, Alpes-Marit.; alt. 64, diam. 1]4 millim.). I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for two typical specimens from the Col di Tenda ; Mr. Williams found a similar, though larger, form on the “Grand Mont.” I consider the species quite distinct from H. moutoni; but it is very close to H. telonensis, from which the white band at the periphery would not be sufficient ground alone for specific separation ; the aperture, however, seems to me markedly larger in proportion, with less broadly reflected peristome. Alt. 73, diam. 12 millim. ‘Grand Mont.’ Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim. ‘ Clus de St. Auban,”’ ex coll. cl. Bour- guignat. Hewrx (FRvuTIcIcoLA) TELONENs!s, Mittré (fide Bourg., Rev. Mag. Zool. 1877; alt. 5 to 53, diam. 10 millim.). Scarcely, I think, specifically distinct from the preceding. M. Bourguignat identified as this species several specimens (in poor condition) from the “Grand Mont,” at 4000 feet; two subfossil specimens from deposit B are even nearer the typical Toulon form. Alt. 6, diam. 10} millim. Subfossil specimen from deposit B. Alt. 54, diam. 94 millim. Specimen from Toulon. Alt. 64, diam. 103 millim. Specimen from ‘‘ Grand Mont.” Var. CRASSILABRIS, nov. A single specimen, in perfect condition, from the “ Grand Mont,” quite distinct from all the forms mentioned by Bourguignat Joc. cit.; chestnut-brown, with well-defined, broad, white belt at periphery ; spire rather depressed, with six scarcely convex, lightly striate whorls ; compressedly angulate at periphery, base evenly rounded (but not convexly swollen) round the unusually open umbilicus; aperture very small comparatively ; peristome very broadly reflected ; columella very oblique. Resembles H. diega, with aperture of HI, telonensis. Alt. 63, diam. 11 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta. Hetrx (Cocuuiceia) acuta, Miller. Rather scarce near Menton, close to the sea. Hexrx (CocHiicEeLia) BARBARA, Linnzus. Helix ventrosus, Fér. Prod., =H. ventricosa, Drap. Like the preceding, by no means common. Hewix (Euparyesa) prsana, Miller. Rare, near the sea only. 120 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17; Hewrx (Xeropuita) cespirum, Drap. This species, also near Menton, appears to differ widely, and, at the same time, constantly, according to the altitude at which it lives ; it is interesting to notice, in the ‘‘ Couche marneuse” at Cape Mortela, how an allied species, with narrow umbilicus, either Helix ferneri or a closely connected form, abounded at a certain depth, associated with H. paretiana, how this species suddenly ceases at a certain distance from the surface, its place being taken by the widely umbilicate H. cespitum. Var. DISMASTHIA, Nov. Spire very little raised, often nearly quite flat, rather solid ; whorls seven, scarcely convex; last whorl compressed, scarcely de- scending, not tumid at base; umbilicus less open than in most forms of H. cespitum; aperture rather compressed, slightly produced, columellar margin very oblique; vividly coloured; above coarsely but regularly and closely striate, striee subobsolete at base. This form is abundant near the sea only, apparently not found at any considerable altitude, where its place is markedly taken by the next variety; I found it also at Alassio, near Genoa. A curiously coloured form, common at both places, was of a nearly uniform dark brown above, with a bright yellow belt at the periphery. Alt. 123, diam. 214 millim. ; apert. alt. 93, lat. 103 millim. Var. ALTICOLA, nov. Like the preceding a well-marked, characteristic, and constant variety ; the two forms apparently do not, at Menton at least, run into one another; the two almost seem to me specifically separable ; some conchologists will doubtless consider them so; the ana- tomist will have to settle the question. At an altitude of 2000 feet for certain (perhaps sooner), var. alticola takes the place of var. dismasthia and is found in great abundance up to the very summits of the mountains, over 4000 feet. Spire moderately raised, almost smooth; the upper whorls sub- obsoletely striate, openly and solariformly umbilicate, texture a good deal thinner than in the preceding var.; whorls seven, convex, last whorl globosely rounded, tumid at base; aperture nearly perfectly round, the interior as high as broad, outer margin descending more abruptly, the columellar one markedly less oblique, the peristome less thickened within; coloration, above especially, less vivid. Alt. 18, diam. 273; apert. alt. 134, lat. (cum marg.) 14 millim. For comparison with the two preceding measurements, I give below those of 17. cespitum and its var. major as recorded by Pfeiffer (Mon. i. p. 161). Diam. maj. 20, alt. 11 millim. Var. major—diam. maj. 25, alt. 14 millim. Types of the two preceding varieties in Indian Museum, Calcutta. HeEwix (XEROPHILA) SUBCESPITUM, N. sp. I found a few subfossil specimens of this undoubtedly distinet 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 121 new species, immediately above the spot I call deposit B; but in no case could I find a specimen undoubtedly associated with the species of this deposit ; it may be that they are of the same age, only that they were not living immediately mixed up with these other mol- lusks. After a long and tedious investigation I have come (though somewhat doubtfully) to the opposite opinion ; I believe they are of a more recent age, and have been buried through some altogether different cause. I purpose giving a full description and figure at some future time, as I wish to compare the species of this group with my Spanish, Algerian, and Corsican specimens, which are not at the moment available. Alt. 10, diam. 18} millim. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta. Hexix (Xeropuita) Tervert (2), Michaud. I think there is little doubt this is the species living specimens of which, from Toulon, were described and figured under the above name by M. Rambur (Journ. Conchyl. 1869). It does not exist now at Menton, where varieties of H. cespitum have taken its place ; I found it, however, subfossil and by no means uncommon near Roquebrune station, near deposits B and D, and in the lower stratum at Cape Mortela, immediately associated with H. pare- tiana. Alt. 114, diam. 19 millim. Var. SUBARENARUM, nov. A larger and more globose form, very likely specifically distinct, of which I found a few specimens only, subfossil. Alt. 14, diam. 214 millim. Both the preceding forms, Indian Museum, Calcutta. Hewrx (XEROPHILA) SCLERA, 0. sp. T. ad H. cespitum et H. Terveri affinis: conico-elevata, peranguste profundeque umbilicata, solida ; alba (aut cretacea), zonulis variis circumscripta, apice corneo ac notabiliter acuto; anfract. 7, convexiusculi, sutura perimpressa separati, ultimo majore, rotundato, bast convexo, prope aperturam celeriter descendente ac viv dilatato ; apertura haud producta, fere rotundata, mar- gine externo convexo ; superne regulariter confertim striata, striis obliquis, subflewuosis et planiusculis. Alt. 133, diam. 19 millim. Another very distinct species of the same group; the least openly umbilicate, with the most subconvexly raised spire and the most prominently acute apex of any I know; the rapidly descending, scarcely dilated and rounded last whorl, as also the more distinct, subflexuous sculpture are also apparently constant characters; it only occurred, subfossil, imbedded in hard and solid rock, in the upper surface of deposit £, evidently associated with Stenogyra decollata. ; Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta. 122 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, Hexix (Xeropnina) uineata, Olivi (=H. maritima, Drap., alt. 8, diam. maj. 11, min. 93 millim.). Exceedingly abundant in the submaritime zone near Menton ; it also occurred at Alassio. I found many curious varieties and deformities ; the commonest forms are uniform brown, or white with a broad brown band, both plentiful in all sizes. Subvar. major. Alt. 113, diam. 15; another—alt. 103, diam. 13} millim. Subvar. minor. Alt. 8, diam. 9 (a beautiful and rare form) ; another—alt. 63, diam. 9 millim. Heurx (Xeroruima) varrasiis, Drap. (alt. 12, diam. maj. 19, min. 17, ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. ae) I only found this species at Cape Vieille, between Roquebrune and Monaco, where it appeared to be rather localized. Heurx (Xeropuina) pSEuDENHALIA, Bourg. (Mal. Chateau d'Tf, pl. i. figs. 17-21, 1860; alt. 8-9, diam. 10-11 millim.). M. Bourguignat regards this species as not belonging to the group of H. maritima. I confess it seems to me scarcely separable, even specifically. Menton specimens are subkeeled at the peri- hery. Alt. 73, diam. 102 millim. Heuix (Xeropuia) necuecra, Drap. (alt. 7, diam. maj. 14, min. 12 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 164). Very local at Menton, confined, as far as I know, to the neigh- bourhood of Roquebrune station. Alt. 74, diam. 127 millim. Heirx (XEROPHILA) PALADILHI, Bourg. (Moll. Nouv. &e. 1866, pl. xxx. figs. 1-5, Montpellier; alt. 4, diam. 7 millim.). I include this species, as Mr. Bourguignat informs me I sent him a single specimen mixed up with H. candidula from Menton. Mr. Williams found a single specimen of a closely allied species at over 3000 feet on the “Grand Mont,” which I am unable to iden- tify ; it can scarcely be an extreme var. of this species. At Alassio, however, I found two specimens of a very distinct little form, which agree exactly with the original figure of this species. Alt. 41, diam. 7 millim. Specimen from Alassio. Alt. 54, diam. 83 millim. From the “Grand Mont;’’ specific identification very doubtful. Hexuix (XeropHita) TeERRESTRIS, Chemnitz (alt. 63, diam. maj. 10, min. 9, ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 179). Extremely abundant at Menton, where I found many curious forms, some much distorted. M. Bourguignat writes me that I sent him one very curious abnormal specimen, “having the ordinary 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 123 upper whorls and then, owing to some injury, the lower whorl of a I. pyramidata,” Alt. 53, diam. 113; another—alt. 7, diam. 9 millim. Heurx (XeRorHILA) pyrAmipata, Drap. (alt. 73, diam. maj. 11, min. 10 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 160). Also common near Menton. I found neither this, the next, nor the preceding species at Alassio. One specimen which I found is almost discoidal. Subvar. major. Alt. 9, diam. 12 millim. Subvar. minor, Alt. 53, diam. 77 millim. Hewix (XeRopHILA) uNrIFASCIATA, Poiret (Prodr. 1801, = H. candidula, Studer, 1820; alt. 5, diam. 8-9 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 168). Very common, varying much in size. A rare subvariety occurred on Grimaldi Hill, dark brown above and the outer half of the base, with a narrow, well-defined, light-yellow belt at the periphery, just traceable along the suture, the central portion of the base straw- colour, last whorl more compressedly subangulate. Subvar. major. Alt. 6, diam. 10 millim. Subvar. minor. Alt. 33, diam. 53 millim. Subvar. luteofasciata. Alt. 4, diam. 63 millim. Hevrx (Xeropaiia) conspurcata, Drap. (alt. 34, diam. maj. 6, min. 5 millim., ex Pfeiffer, Mon. i. p. 171). Very common all along this part of the Riviera, as far (at least) as Alassio. Alt. 4, diam. (vix) 64 millim. Var. ILLUVINOSA, nov. (An potius H. illuviosa, n. sp. ?) An apparently constant form, differing conspicuously in the cha- racter of the epidermis and slightly in those of the shell itself. The form not being known to M. Bourguignat, I should not have hesi- tated to describe it as new, but that I found so few specimens, only two or three mature and a few young ones; they all came from a damp shady ravine halfway up the hill, immediately behind the Hotel des Anglais. Buiminus (CHONDRULA) QUADRIDENS, Miiller. Var. pROLIXA, Pini (Nuove spec. &c. Moll. 1879). I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the information that this very common Menton shell is the var. prolixa of Pini; it is very abundant and variable from the sea-level up to some 2000 feet ; it is also found near the summits of the “‘ Berceau”’ &c., but is there a rare shell; it did not occur at all subfossil. All the numerous varieties have the aperture distinctly quadridentate, there being amongst them no apparent transition to the next species, which we did not find at all recent. 124 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17, Long. 114, diam. 47 millim. An elongate, more or less com- pressed form, not uncommon in the submaritime zone. Long. 13, diam. 44 millim, The ordinary Menton form. Long. 93, diam. 3? millim. A small and rather convex form, rather scarce here. Butimrinvus (CHonpRULA) NIso, Risso. Apparently very scarce; I found five or six subfossil specimens only in deposit B; they agree in being a small, more or less sub- convex form, with the columellar dentition quite different from that of the preceding. Long. 10, diam. 33 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pura (Pupriya) Muscorum, Linneeus. A few specimens from deposit F only, all of them possessing a parietal tooth. The species did not occur recent at Menton ; but I found very similar specimens to the above subfossil ones at Alassio. Long. 34 millim. Pupa (Pupriuta) umpriicata, Drap. We did not ourselves find this species at Menton; but I saw specimens in the small museum, found just outside the town. I found a curious variety of it at Alassio. Pura (VERTIGO) Minutissima, Hartm. I found only two broken specimens in deposit B; the whorls were very convex and tumid, no parietal fold (or tooth) ; I think, only 5 whorls. Var. (? sp. distinct.). Three broken specimens from deposit B, differing conspicuously from the preceding ; six whorls, much less convex and tumid, giving the form an attenuate appearance; the aperture has a strongly de- veloped parietal fold; the striation seems more oblique. Both of the above (subfossil forms) in Indian Mus. Calcutta. Pura? (Torquitua 2?) psAROLENA, Bourg. Originally described as Bulimus, sp. Rossmissler, Ic. vol. iii. 1854, fig. 929, who figures the species as Bulimus cinereus, Mor- tillet, Cat. Coq. Nice, 1851, between the Col di Tenda and Nice (that is, just behind Menton), notices its affinity to species of Torquilla, and hesitates in which genus it should be classed. When I found my single very perfect specimen in deposit B, [ felt no doubt of its being an edentulate species of Torquilla, and have not altered my opinion since M. Bourguignat gave me some typical living specimens. My subfossil specimen differs not a little from the latter, resembling still more strongly species of Torquilla ; whorls distinctly 7, more elongately, regularly produced, the last one not so convexly tumid ; in proportion the aperture a little shorter and less 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 125 everted, with less oblique columella ; it is, however, too close to be separated, even as a variety. : Unique (subfossil) specimen in Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pura (ToRQUILLA) QUINQUEDENTATA, Born. Living specimens are most abundant all along the Genoese Riviera, at Monaco, Menton, Alassio, &e. At Menton it is found from the sea up to 2500 feet ; after that it becomes much rarer, but exists up to nearly 4000 feet. There is but little difference between the sub- maritime form and that from the higher regions; the latter are gene- rally somewhat smaller. Long. 143, diam. 4 millim. A fine form from Roquebrune station. Long. 143, diam. 34 millim. A rare and remarkably attenuate var., of 11 whorls, from St. Agnés (2500 feet). Long. 94, diam. 33 millim. A common dwarf form from the same spot. Long. 133, diam. 33 millim. A common cylindrical form from the “ Berceau.” Var. PREHISTORICA, Nov. The commonest subfossil shell in all the deposits except F; though varying in countless ways, it always preserves a distinct “facies” from that of the preceding living form ; it can invariably be distinguished by the much stronger and more regular striation, not so oblique, so flexuous, or so inclined to be subobsolete ; the aperture is also invariably smaller and more contracted, less everted as arule, with both margins straight and parallel, instead of more or less rounded ; the folds appear scarcely to differ at all. Long. 14, diam. 4 millim. Type of the var. from deposit B. Var. SPELUNCARUM, Nov. A more distinct and characteristic variety than the preceding, which I only found in deposit F, where it was abundant, and in the interior of the cave itself (as I have already mentioned). A very short, convexly swollen, tumid form, of only 9 instead of 10 whorls, the last being proportionally much broader ; striation more like that of the typical form than of the preceding variety ; the short, qua- drangular, unusually everted aperture, with remarkably thickened and reflected peristome, seems to be its most characteristic feature, the margins being more convexly rounded and united by a distinct (instead of subobsolete) callosity ; I can see no difference in the folds (or teeth). Long. 103, diam. 33 millim. From deposit F. Types of all the preceding in Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pura (ToRQUILLA) MULTIDENTATA, Olivi. =P. variabilis, Drap. Though more localized than the preceding, a very common Menton mollusk, varying enormously in the number and shape of the whorls 126 MR. G, NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, &c., with a marked tendency (here at least) to produce abnormal and remarkable forms: it also ranges from the sea to a considerable altitude, though I do not think Mr. Williams found it above 2800 feet. I found what I consider the typical form, small and moderately convex, here and there near the sea, rather scarce, not in company with the fol- lowing variety ; we also procured somewhat similar specimens from St. Agnés (2500 feet). It did not occur at Alassio. Long. 103, diam. 3; millim. A constant form, Menton (11 whorls). Long. 13}, diam. 32 millim. From St. Agnes (12 whorls). Var. pouiTa, Risso. The finest and most remarkably turriculately produced specimens of this variety which M. Bourguignat had ever seen were some I found on the Hill of Grimaldi, where, though localized, it abounded ; I found a similar form in the upper stratum of Cape Mortela. Long. 19, diam. 43 millim. An extreme turriculate form, of 15 whorls, from Grimaldi. Long. 15, diam. 4 millim. An ordinary form, village of Roque- brune (1500 feet). Pura (Toraquitia) opiiaua, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 4.) T. ad P. multidentatam affinis, sed forma minor, compressior, magis cylindrica et turriformis ; anfr. 11, fere equales, sutura magis impressa separati ; apertura percontracta, quadrangularis, mar- ginibus subrectis, parallelis ac callositate pervalida junctis ; mar- gine columellari inferne distincte angulato (in P. multidentata subrotundato) ; plica parietalis minus obliqua et prominens, plice columellares magis profunda, plica palatalis principalis conspicua et notabilis, recte ascendens, haud arcuatim incurvata. A rather rare species, from deposits B and F' only ; M. Bour- guignat informs me he possesses numerous recent specimens from the * Plateau glacé de Méaille, Dépt. Basses-Alpes.” I had hoped he would have honoured me with a Latin diagnosis, as in two other instances, in which case I should gladly have attached his name to this species; I do not think it right to do so without such diagnosis, for fear of introducing doubt as to what is really the type of the species. I should have ranked this subfossil form as a remarkable dwarf variety of P. multidentata, but for the constant and charac- teristic difference in the prominent palatal fold, which is always more or less semicircularly and markedly curved or rounded in all the forms I know of P. multidentata ; in my new species this fold ascends the aperture without any deflection or curve whatever ; the parietal fold is also distinctly straighter and less prominently produced ; the columellar margin not being in the least convex, as well as distinctly angulate at base, seems also a constant character. The present form is nearer the wonderfully produced and turriculate var. polita of Risso than typical P. multidentata. Long. 10, diam. 3 millim. Type from deposit /. Long. 93, diam. 354; millim. Specimen from deposit B. 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 127 Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat and Williams. Pura (Torauiita) sEcALE, Drap. Recent specimens were abundant near the summit of the “ Grand Mont,”’ at 4000 feet. Long. 62, diam. 22 millim. In coll. Indian Museum, J. R. Bourguignat, and Coombe Williams. Pura (Torquiita) avenacea, Brug. Living abundantly, with the preceding, at 4000 feet; we also found it, but rather scarce, in deposits B, C, and F. Long. 7, diam. 23 millim. From the ‘‘ Grand Mont.” Long. 7?, diam. 23; another, long. 5, diam. 2 millim. De- posit B. Pupa (Torauiiya?) erana, Drap. A yery common form everywhere in the Submaritime zone; it did not occur subfossil or at higher elevations. I much doubt if this species is a true Torquilla; I believe the animal will prove to be of a different type ? Var. A rather scarce form, living in shady and damp localities ; it may possibly be a distinct species, perhaps the P. micheli, with which T am not acquainted. Pura (OrcuLA) poLioLum, Brug. Rare, at a single spot in deposit B: this is the first record of this species in the Alpes-Maritimes, it is not mentioned in Risso’s work. In coll. Indian Museum, Calcutta, J. R. Bourguignat, and Coombe Williams. Pupa (SPHYRADIUM) BOURGUIGNATIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 5.) Specimen figured has since been accidentally broken. T. aperte perforata, cylindrica, regulariter turriformis, apice obtuso, levigata, nitida; anfract. 10, vix conveviusculi, fere equales, sutura impressa separati, ultimo brevi, inferne paululum compresso; sub lente obsolete striatula, striis paululum obliquis, regularibus ; apertura angusta, triangulariformis, superne dilatata, inferne attenuate compressa, plicis 4 minutis ; plica parietali validissima, paululum obliqua, plica columellari prominente, subrecte trans- versa, 2 palatalibus haud conspicuis ; peristom. expansum, incras- satum, marginibus callo crasso junctis, margine dextro supra me- dium dente valido munito, margine culumellari supra medium abrupte deflexo. Long. 53, diam. (vix) 14 millim. Subvar. OBESA, nov. Anfract. 84, paululum magis convexiusculi et magis celeriter cre- 128 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17, scentes, ultimo longiore, basi vix compresso ; apertura amplior, inferne minus contracta, margine columellari rectiore. Long. 5, diam. 13 millim. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P. Joly, P. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen. This was exceedingly abundant in deposits 4, B, O; I found a single specimen in deposit F, of a short thickset variety (var. tumida), probably enough a distinct species. Typical Pupa bipli- cata, Mich., and P. ressmanni, Villa, are the nearest forms I know to P. bourguignatiana ; from both the present species can be told at once by the above-described characters of the aperture. A speci- men from Tuscany, which I obtained from Madame Vimont at Paris, labelled P. biplicata, is a totally distinct species from the Menton one; it is the P. toscanie of Bourg. Var. PLAGIOSTOMA, nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 6.) (An potits Pupa plagiostoma, un. sp.?) This is a well-marked and very distinct form, distinguishable at a glance by the characters of the aperture, which appear to be con- stant; it was by no means rare in deposits B and C. Spire slightly convex, less gradually tapering (or turreted); whorls 81, the first 34, increasing rapidly, the others of almost equal breadth, the last one longer in proportion, more compressed at its base, so much so that it has a subcarinate appearance round the umbilicus ; striation a little more distinct and more oblique; aper- ture quite differently shaped, not triangular, but more compressed, narrowly oblong, as broad at its base as above; both columellar and parietal folds more twisted, the former less straightly transverse ; the two palatal ones, seen through from the back, appear more callous and to run into one another, in the type form they appear to run more or less parallel; the peristome even more callously thickened, with its margins joined by a more developed callosity ; the columellar margin has a very slight bend at its commencement, otherwise it is quite straightly oblique, without the characteristic de- flection of P. bourguignatiana ; the callous tubercular tooth on the outer margin equally prominently and robustly developed ; this tooth appears to be peculiar in the group to the Menton species, in which it exists in every specimen and in all the varieties, the other species merely possessing a slight thickening in its place, as far as I know. Long. 43, diam. 17 millim. Subvar. ANGUSTA, nov. This is a by no means rare form, which has decided me on not specifically separating the preceding; it has a similar aperture, as also a coarser striation, but possesses 10 whorls, the first eight of which are even more cylindrical than in the type form, and more compressed, the last two being in proportion stouter and more convex, imparting to the spire a remarkable emaciated appearance. Types of the variety and subvariety are in the Indian Museum, Cal- cutta; also in collections of MM. Bourguignat and Coombe Williams. 1880. ] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 129 Var. PRECLARA, nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 7.) (An potits P. preclara, n. sp.?) This I for some time considered a distinct species ; at any rate it is a well-marked constant variety. It!was not rare, in deposit B only, and often in such perfect preservation that it looked as if the animal had only just been extracted. Spire slightly convex, much like that of var. plagiostoma, but more pupiform—that is, more tumidly swollen, not so attenuately contracted ; whorls 8 to 9, the last two proportionally more swollen and convex, the last not compressed at its base (in this unlike all the preceding); very translucid, so much that the columella can be traced sometimes nearly to the apex, smooth, shining, no trace of the oblique sculpture characteristic of the preceding ; the aperture is not unlike that of var. plagiostoma, though less contracted, equally oblong, as broad below as above—that is, with the margins parallel; the parietal fold considerably less vertical than in the type form ; the columellar one similarly straightly transverse ; the palatal ones, as seen through the back of the last whorl, seem to me much the same; the outer margin is less straight than in any of the pre- ceding forms—that is to say, is more pinched-in at the callous tooth, and is consequently more arcuate above and below; the columellar one considerably less oblique, above scarcely twisted, at base more gradually rounded. Long. 43, diam. (yix) 13 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Bourguignat and Coombe Williams. Var. GRIMALDIENSIS, nov. (An potiis P. grimaldiensis, sp. nov. 7) This form, I believe, will eventually prove to be distinct from its allies found on the other side of the headland, as is the case with species of Clausilia and Pomatias ; as, however, I only found, in deposit D, a single specimen (the preceding forms not being found there at all), I do not feel justified, at present, in describing it as a distinct species. A short, tumid, pupiform variety, with only 7 whorls, more con- vex and increasing more rapidly than in any of the preceding, the last one perfectly rounded at base; the aperture much shorter and less contracted, with much less conspicuous folds, which are further within; the columellar margin more broadly reflected, but less callous, without any twist or deflection whatever, scarcely oblique, almost rounded at base; outer margin with its well-developed tooth, as in the type form. Long. 4, diam. 13 millim. Unique type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pura (SPHYRADIUM) JOLYANA, n. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 8.) Testa profunde et late umbilicata, regulariter cylindrico-ovata, ob- tusa, sertcina, cornea; confertim plus minusve oblique costulata, Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1880, No. IX. 9 130 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, costulis haud acutis, subplaniusculis ; anfract. 8, regulares, vix convexiusculi, ultimo majore, basi compresso, circa regionem um- bilici acute carinato ; apertura recta, angustissima, quadriplicata ; plica parietali forti, conspicua, contorta, vix obliqua, plica colu- mellari profunda, valida, transversa, plicis palatalibus remotis, haud conspicuis ; peristom. album, continuum, solutum, perlate ac crasse reflecum, margine superiore valde intorto, cum margine ex- terno angulum acutissimum Sormante; margine externo fere recto, supra medium dente pervalido munito, margine columellari recto. A very rare and curious form, with wonderfully contracted aper- ture, of which I could only find four specimens in deposit B. I have much pleasure in naming the species after my friend M. P. Joly, of Algiers. The only other known species of this section of Pupa (Sphy- radium) is P. ferraria, Porro, a shell which, however, differs totally in its more obtusely conical spire, swollen above; in the Menton species the ovately cylindrical whorls increase regularly, the last one being the broadest; the umbilicus is deeper, and the carination round it more acute; the sculpture, instead of being subregularly oblique throughout, is decidedly less oblique (nearly straight) on the last whorl than on the preceding ones, flexuous, and a trifle more crowded ; the aperture is markedly narrower, more everted, and more detached, with the peristome more thickly reflected and its upper margin peculiarly twisted, forming a very acute angle with the outer margin, which is straighter and provided with a much stronger tooth, reaching the centre of the aperture; both parietal and columellar folds more developed, the former more upright, more twisted, the latter buried so far back as to be seen with difficulty. Long. 4, diam. 13 millim. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in collection of M. Bour- guignat. Pupa (SPHYRADIUM) AUSTENIANA, n. Sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 9.) Testa aperte, minime profunde, et late umbilicata, conico-ovata, ob- tusa, fulvo-cornea ; eleganter oblique costulata, costulis filiformibus, acutis, perdistinctis, subdistantibus ; apex obtusa, levigata, cornea ; anfr. 8, prioribus 4 regulariter crescentibus, convexiusculis, 5%, 6f et 7° regularibus, perconvexis, turgidis, ultimo perirregulari, mul- tum minore ac minus convexo, in medio linea impressa striato, infra subito minore, valde ascendente; apertura ascendens, per- eversa, triangularis, basi rotundata, marginibus callo forte junctis ; margine externo late reflexo, supra medium valide impresso, intus paululum incrassato, margine columellari simplici, reflexo ac per- obliquo. This very curious form, named after my friend Colonel Godwin- Austen, belongs to the section Pagodina of Stabile (Moll. Piémont, p- 100, 1864, type P. pagodula, Desmoulins) ; it was by no means rare, though evidently very local, in deposits 4 and Bonly. The umbilicus is broadly and widely open, but is at the same time very shallow ; the two obtuse apical whorls are smooth; the next two i880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 131 are moderately convex, short, regular, increase rapidly in breadth, the upper one closely costulated, the ribs scarcely oblique ; the lower one has these ribs more distant, less crowded and more acutely raised ; the next two, of about equal height and breadth, also in- crease rapidly in breadth, are very convex, the ribs become still a little more acute, more oblique and less crowded ; the antepenultimate has similar ribbing, is much the same in size, only a trifle more tumidly convex, it has the peculiar character that whilst on the side of the aperture it only just equals the preceding one in width, on the other side it markedly surpasses it: the last becomes abruptly much narrower above, about equal in width to the fourth whorl; on its centre it is girt with an impressed line, dividing it into two nearly equal portions, the lower of which becomes abruptly narrower and more compressed, and is brought round (or ascends) in such a manner as to peculiarly evert the aperture, and to bring the latter’s outer margin right up to the suture, reminding one of the genera Boysia, Scopelophila, &c.; looking at it from behind the aperture, it ascends so much that, at its termination, it completely hides the antepenultimate whorl. ‘The aperture is much everted, triangular, Somewhat contracted by the strong inflection of the outer margin above the middle, caused by the impressed dividing groove of the last whorl. Long. 34, diam. 2 millim. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. MM. Bourguignat, Williams, Fagot, Joly, and Godwin-Austen. Cxausiiia (Detima) puncrata, Michaud. A rather uncommon and almost invariably broken subfossil form from deposits 4, B, C, D. M. Bourguignat found it living in the Col di Tenda. Cxausiuia (Devima) virtatTa, Bourg. (Hist. Claus. France, 1877, from the Col di Tenda.) Though almost exactly of the same proportions as the preceding, a totally distinct species, it is quite impossible to confuse the two. This form occurred subfossil, with the preceding, in deposits A, B, and C’; they are still to be found living together in the Col di Tenda. Cxrausixia (PapiLLireRa) soiipa, Drap. An abundant species from the immediate proximity of the sea up to some 2000 ft.; at the higher elevations on the “ Grand Mont,” &e. Cl. solida does not exist, indeed Mr. Williams could not find there any representative of the genus, although he searched specially for them. The numerous varieties of this form are some of them very interesting; and the whole group requires special study. I think there can be no doubt M. Bourguignat was right in specifically . separating one or two of them. Unfortunately it is quite impossible to identify these closely allied forms without first-rate figures. I noticed that the variety living near the sea had a much darker animal than the form I found high up at the village of Roquebrune. ge 132 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, CrausiiaA (IpHIGENIA?’) BIZARELLINA, Bourg. Hist. Clausil. France, 1877. I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the above identification. Specimens of this group abounded in countless curious varieties (? species) in all the deposits 4, B, C, D, ZH, and F. We did not find any living forms of this subgenus ourselves; but numerous species have been described from the higher elevations in the neigh- bourhood by Risso and Bourguignat. Crausitia (IpuiGenta?), sp. A certainly distinct form from the preceding, and which I only found in deposit D. As I have already said, it is hopeless to attempt to identify these species without figures. There can be little doubt this is one of the many new species of this group described by M. Bourguignat, Joe. cit., from the department. CLAUSILIA (subgenus ?) PAULUCCIANA,n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.) Testa parva, rimata, fusiformis, tenuiuscula, cornea, haud nitens, re- gulariter ac eleganter costulata, costulis distantibus, subrectis ; apex obtusiusculus, turgidus et quasi mamillatus ; anfractus 10, supremi 3 convexi, levigati, tumidi et mamillati, 3 sequentes con- tracti, plus minusve convexi, sensim crescentes, 4 ultimi subtumidi, convext, fere equales, ultimus subglobulosus, oblique rugoso-cos- tulatus, basi acute ac distanter cristatus ; apertura subpyrifor- mis, haud eversa, lamella parietali superiore subrecta, plica spirali inconspicua ; lamella parietalis inferior valde ascendens, remota, postice subbifurcata ; plica subcolumellaris immersa, inconspicua ; plica palatalis unica, supera, sat conspicua ; perist. sensim solutum, continuum, expansiusculum ae reflexiuseulum. Long. 84-9, diam. 2; apert. long. 13 millim. This charming little species appears to have been very rare. However we managed to procure about thirty specimens after much searching. It only occurs in deposits B and C. It is one of the most distinct and curious of all the Western-European forms. It varies a trifle in the greater or less convexity of the whorls; other- wise it appears to be wonderfully constant, especially as regards the three peculiar apical whorls, the general sculpture, and the aperture. The apical whorl is small and subobtuse, the next two swollen, tumid, and submamillate, all three being perfectly smooth; the next two are smaller (more contracted), regular, scarcely convex, and of almost equal size; the other five whorls are more or less rapidly swollen, the last three being of approximately equal height. The last whorl is more or less subglobose (varying somewhat) ; the sculpture is fairly constant, the last seven whorls being beautifully and distinctly costellated with nearly perpendicular, distant, subacute ribs ; these on the last whorl, however, become more oblique, and near the peristome are very acute (“cristate” as it were). The aperture is detached from the last whorl in a very characteristic manner, though not everted; it becomes in old specimens sub- callose. 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 133 Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. J. R. Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P. Joly, T. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen. SrenoGyra (Rumrna) pecotxata, Linneus. Abundant everywhere in the submaritime zone. A_ perfectly similar form also occurred by thousands in the upper stratum of Cape Mortela. I do not believe this mollusk existed at Menton at the time of deposits 4 to #’; but I found a large stout variety always immediately associated with H. paretiana at Monaco, Cape Vieille, lower stratum at Cape Mortela, &c. At this last locality it was very interesting to notice how sharply the upper and lower strata were defined by the very marked difference in this species. The stout big variety from the lower stratum reminded me strongly of specimens [ found near Bone, in Algeria. Long. 33, diam. 114 millim. Upper stratum, Cape Mortela, like the existing form. FrERUSSACIA GRONOVIANA, Risso’ (as figured by Bourg., diam. 34 millim.) (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) An abundant species here and there in the submaritime zone only. I also found it in great numbers at Alassio, Taking a handful of living specimens from under one stone, the great variability in the shape of the whorls, production of the spire, &c. is at once seen ; still the aperture and last whorl in especial always present certain characters by which the species can be recognized. ‘The animal has the head, top of neck, and both sets of tentacles, also extreme pos- terior extremity dark green, almost black ; the rest is a very bright greenish yellow. Long. 10, diam. 32; another—long. 9, diam. 3? millim. Var. SUBAMBLYA. ? Ferussacia amblya, Bourg. Mal. Alg. (long. 84, diam. 4 millim. Algiers). This is a short convex form, with the last whorl a good deal more rounded, the aperture less everted, with the columella straight. The whorls increase very slowly and regularly, the difference of the antepenultimate one in this respect, from that of the typical form, being very marked. It may prove a distinct species; but I am in- clined to doubt it at present. I only found a few specimens living with typical form. Long. 83, alt. 34 millim. 1 [Among the examples of this species given me by Mr. G. Nevill I found a good many were still living; these I closely examined. The animal possesses a well-developed mucus-pore at the extremity of the foot, and therefore belongs to the Stenogyridx of Crosse and Fischer. It is closely allied in its anatomy to the Madeiran form (Lovea tornatellina) described by the Rev. R. B. Watson in the P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 677, which is of interest as regards geographical distri- bution. I hope soon to give some details of its anatomy, which I have pre- pared.— H. H. G.-A.] 134 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17, Var. SUBFOLLICULUS. ? Ferussacia folliculus, Gronovius (as figured by Bourg. Mal. Chateau d’If, pl. ii. fig. 2; long. 9, diam. 3 millim.). A few specimens only met with living with typical F. gronoviana ; they agree well with the above-quoted figure. The body-whorl is more elegantly and evenly rounded, not tumid towards the base, and appears longer in proportion than in the typical form. Long. 9, diam. 33 millim. ; apert. alt. 33 millim. Var. SUBFORBESI. ? Ferussacia forbesi, Bourg. Mal. Alg. (long. 84, diam. 4 millim. Algiers). 1 doubt this variety, in especial, being specifically distinct. The whorls of the spire are only slightly irregular ; the last whorl more convex, columella straighter. There is also a smaller form, of which I found only two specimens (of which I also give neasurements below), which might be separated again as distinct. ‘The aperture is very small. Long. 83, diam. 3} millim., et long. 84, diam. 33 millim. Long. 73, diam. 3 millim. (A small form, perhaps distinct). All the preceding in Indian Museum, Calcutta. M. Bourguignat informs me by letter that I sent him, from Menton, specimens of Ferussacia vescoi, amblya, procchia, forbesi, and abromea. He does not mention F. gronoviana. Frerussacta (?) ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.) LT. parva, subpyriformis, levigata, nitidissima, vitrea et hyalina ; apice obtusiusculo ; anfract. 4 (aut 45), regulariter crescentes, primi 3 parvi, ultimus supra pertumidus, infra subrotundatus ; apertura magna, margine externo haud incrassato, regulariter paululum convexo ; columellari haud calloso, valde intorta. At Blida, in Algeria, under a large stone in company with a species of Ferussacia (the latter with bright-greenish-yellow-coloured animal), I found a single specimen of what I took to be the young of a hyaline variety. It struck me at the time that it was of a more tumid shape than ordinary young specimens. Unfortunately I have not this shell available for examination at the present time. At Menton I was much astonished at finding among a lot of F. grono- viana (which also possesses a greenish-yellow animal) another, as I thought, young hyaline specimen, also of more tumid form. Un- fortunately I took no especial note of the animal, except that it was of a pure hyaline white. On examination of the shell, after death of the animal, I was astonished to find the twisted fold of the columella of a totally distinct nature from that of F. gronoviana and its varieties in all stages, so much so that I am inclined to believe that anatomical examination will compel the separation of this species from the true Ferussacie. The margins of the aperture not being thickened leaves it a matter of doubt whether the shell is full- grown. Iam strongly of that opinion mysclf, but acknowledge it 1880. | LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 135 is open to doubt. The first 3 or 34 whorls increase very slowly and regularly, the last being, especially above, very tumidly, almost globosely swollen, giving it a pyriform appearance ; in F’. gronoviana &c., on the contrary, it is near the base that the whorl is most tumid. The aperture is unusually long, rather narrow; the outer margin searcely convex, gradually rounded at base, no trace of any callosity joining margins; the columella is quite of a different type. In even very young specimens of F’. gronoviana it is distinctly callose, is never evenly, spirally, strongly twisted as in F. (?) abnormis, but is nearly straight, only slightly though distinctly twisted, there being invariably two of these folds. The hyaline greenish texture is also quite different from the transparent horny brown of its ally. The characters of the columellar spiral fold are almost exactly represented by the figure of Streptostyla flavescens, Shuttl. Notit. Malac. ii. 1878, pl. v. fig. 7, the shell generally of which is also not generically unlike. Can it be that the specimens I found at Blida and Menton prove the genus Spzravis, hitherto supposed to be re- stricted to the New World, to exist also in Europe ? Long. 6, diam. 34 millim. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta. C&CILIANELLA EBURNEA, Risso. (As figured by Bourg. Moll. Alpes-Marit. par Risso, pl. i. figs. 20-22, long. 6, diam. 1} millim.) Not very uncommon in the submaritime zone only ; it occurred also at Alassio. I found it also, apparently subfossil and fairly abundant, in deposit B. Of course it is possible, from the habits of this mollusk, that these specimens may be recent. I never found the genus actually imbedded in rock, as most of the other forms occurred occasionally, though I especially looked out for it. Mr. Williams did not tind the genus in what I call the subalpine zone. Long. 6, diam. 1} millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. CCILIANELLA, sp. (?) Not uncommon towards the base of the Grimaldi Hill. A com- pressed narrow form, of a peculiar greencolour. I dare not describe any species of this genus, as 1 unfortunately do not possess typical specimens of any of M. Bourguignat’s species. ‘This may prove to be C. acicula or C. liesvillei, &e. Long. 4, diam. 17 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. CHCILIANELLA, n. sp. ? I procured a single very fine speeimen of this well marked form, apparently subfossil, from deposit B. The C. mauriana of Bourg., from Cannes (Desc. Moll. Alpes-Marit., long. 7, diam. 13 millim.), must be somewhat similar, but is described as having eight whorls, the last scarcely bigger than the penultimate one. My Menton 136 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [ Feb. 17, specimen has only six whorls, the last markedly larger than any of the others. Long. 74, diam. (vix) 2 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. C&ECILIANELLA, Sp. Four or five specimens from deposit /, apparently identical with a unique specimen from Alassio. The first three whorls are more convex; and all of them increase more regularly than in the next species. The last whorl is peculiarly evenly convex. Long. 43, diam. 14 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. CCILIANELLA (? MERIMEANA, Bourg.). A small form of five whorls, with short spire and very convexly swollen last whorl. Fairly abundant in the submaritime zone. This may be the C. merimeana of Bourg., from Cannes (Desc. Moll. Alpes-Marit., long. 5, diam. 12 millim,), which, however, is described as having six whorls. Long. 43, diam. 14 millim. Indian Museum, Calcutta. Acme rouiniana, G. Nevill. (Plate XIV. fig. 4.) Testa turrito-elongata, imperforata, cornea, levis et nitida ; spira subrecta, paululum prope apicem obtusum eversa ; anfractus 6 aut 64 [rarissime 7], convextusculi, sutura distincta sepa- rati, interdum inferne linea incisa (more Eulimidarum) circum- dati ; apertura subcorticalis, subquadrangularis, marginibus eallo levi junctis, columellari subrecto ; peristoma album, percrassum, duplex. Type, anfr. 63, long. 53, diam. 14; apert. 14, lat. 1,}5 millim. This was an exceedingly abundant form, often in a perfect state of preservation, in deposits A, B, and C. A few specimens had 7 well-developed whorls, the others 6 or 63, increasimg very gradually and regularly, moderately convex, the last two approxi- mate, of equal breadth ; apex blunt and obtuse; the apical whorls with a slight inclination to the right (away from the axis of the shell) ; perfectly smooth, polished; shining, of a more or less pale horny colour, sometimes so transparent that the columella can be traced from the apex to the base ; suture distinct, with a more or less obsolete incised line close below it, as in many species of Eulima &c.; aperture a trifle everted, subquadrate, with a remark- able pure white callous rib close to the peristome, imparting a duplex appearance to the latter ; a thin callosity joins the margins. I have much pleasure in naming this, the giant of its genus, after my friend the Marquis de Folin, of Bayonne, whose researches con- nected with minute marine species are so highly valued and ap- preciated. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta ; also in coll. Marquis de Folin, 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 137 Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat, Coombe Williams, P. Joly, P. Fagot, and Colonel Godwin-Austen. Var. EMACIATA, nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.) This is a very difficult dwarf form, apparently varying in every specimen, and of which it seems to me impossible to grasp any thoroughly constant character. Taking an extreme specimen, it is distinguished by its smaller size, by the more regularly turreted spire being quite upright, 6 whorls, of almost equal size, slightly more convex, especially the last, which is also proportionally very short ; aperture smaller, a trifle more vertical, and scarcely everted ; callosity joining margins well developed ; peristome does not present the duplex appearance of the preceding, except at the columella. Rare, in deposit B only. Long. 34, diam. (vix) 14 millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de Folin and Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat. Var. PACHYSTOMA, nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 6.) (An potius 4. pachystoma, sp. nov. 2) This, unlike the preceding, is an exceeding well marked and distinct form, unmistakable at a glance. I think it extremely probable Mons. Bourguignat is correct in regarding it as a distinct species. It can be known from the typical form by its much less distinct suture, by the shorter, less elegantly and regularly turreted spire, composed of only 6 more rapidly increasing whorls, the apical two compressed, the others scarcely convex, almost cylin- drical, especially the last, which is proportionally much longer, the antepenultimate one much broader than the others (not the case in type form); the apical portion of the spire considerably more diverted from the axis of the shell, with the aperture very much everted, imparting a still stronger resemblance to certain species of Eulima; the thick white peristome is surrounded by a still more callous rib, especially noticeable at its termination, about the middle of the columella, which is slightly oblique; the duplex character of this outer lip is still more distinctly and clearly marked. This form was by no means uncommon, though much less abundant than typical A. foliniana, with which it was associated. Long. 5, diam. 1,°, millim. Type var., Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. Marquis de Folin and Mons. J. Réné Bourguignat. RENEA, genus nov. Hoe genus delectans ad amicum meum clarissimum J. Réné Bourguignat dedicavi; ad familiam Aciculide, Gray, Ac- meide, auct.) pertinet. Testa imperforata, perelongata, cylin- drica, anfractibus numerosis, compressis ac costulatis, labro externo prope angulum superiorem (more Pleurotomorum) scis- sura notabili munito; margine peristomatis obtuso, intus in- erassato, extus costa callosa nulla, sicut semper in genere 158 MR. G, NEVILL ON THE | [Feblz « Acme,” plus minusve existit. Species typica Renea bour- guignatiana, sp. nov. This is a very curious little group, evidently closely allied to Acme, from which it can be at once distinguished by the deep pleurotomoid sinus, which is visible for some distance along the suture, imparting to the outer lip, when examined from the side, an excessively convex appearance (as it projects sharply forward), also by the entire absence of any external callous rib, such as always exists, more or less developed, in Acme. The shell is imperforate, of comparatively thick and shining texture, with much-produced cylindrical whorls and contracted aperture, deeply notched at the suture, with its margins thickened within ; the columella is nearly perpendicular, slightly twisted above, and superficially presents an appearance of a channel-like indentation. ‘The sinus itself is as deep as in Paladilhia pleurotoma, Bourguignat, but has not the same impressed ‘ Pleurotomaria-like’’ mark along the suture, arising, I suppose, from the fact that the notch in Renea is only formed, as in Pleurotoma, when the animal is full-grown, Monsieur Bourguignat has pointed out to me that this genus presents some analogy to the West-Indian CAittya of Livesay, which also belongs to this family. I have taken as my type of the genus the new species which 1 am about to describe under the name of Renea bourguignatiana ; another species is the very rare shell described as Acme mentoni by Dupuy, Cat. Extram. Gall. Test. No. 4, 1849, and Hist. Moll. pl. xvii. fig. 3, from ‘* under bushes at Grasse.” RENEA BOURGUIGNATIANA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.) Testa imperforata, elongata, omnino cylindrica, sat solidula, nitens, cornea, eleganter ac confertim costata; spira regulariter pro- ducta, apice levigato, perobtuso ; anfractus 74, convewiusculi, sutura profunda separati, supremi 24 levigati, aut sculptura obsoleta, alteri fere equales, perlente ac regulariter crescentes, anfract. ult. inferne distincte angulatus, superne prope suturam in scissuram terminans, leviter sutcatulus, costis persinuatis, ad basim evanidis ; apertura parva, verticalis, subquadrangularis, ad basim angustata, superne sinu profundo munita ; perist. intus album, valde incrassatum, marginibus callo distincto junctis, externo quasi perconvexo ac medio introrsum prominente ; columella su- perne sinuata, subrecta, inferne acute angulata. Long. 4, diam. 1 millim. This interesting form would appear to have been formerly fairly abundant, though not nearly so much so as Acme foliniana, with which it is always associated. We procured from deposits 4, B, and C about thirty or forty perfect specimens. The sculpture is very remarkable; the two apical whorls are smooth and shining, the next two slightly more convex than any of the others, their sculpture is more or less subobsolete; the next two are of equal size, slightly convex, with almost vertical, distinct, and very close-pressed ribs, the antepenultimate one is a shade larger, fairly convex, and with 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 139 distinctly sinuated sculpture; the last whorl, scarcely convex, is somewhat abruptly angulate (or furrowed) at the columella, and again very delicately aud more or less obsoletely (requiring careful examination with a lens to detect) just below the suture, ter- minating in the labial incision; these two furrows correspond, of course, with the sculpture; the aperture is always more or less contracted, especially at its base ; within, the peristome_is thickened with a white callosity, terminating at the sinus. I should describe the columella as twisted and contorted ; but Monsieur Bourguignat may be perhaps more correct in saying :—‘ Columelle offrant A. sa partie supérieure un renfoncement canaliforme, ce qui la fait paraitre vers le bas comme torsée et lamellée.” ‘The species varies very little; there is a slightly dwarf emaciated form, with the spire twisted like some of the Lulime, and with the aperture even more contracted. Type, Indian Museum, Calcutta; also in coll. J. R. Bourguignat, Coombe Wiiliams, P. Joly, aud Colonel Godwin-Austen. The specimen figured has been since accidentally broken. Pomatias patuLus, Drap., (?) var. MonTANA, Issel. An abundant and somewhat variable species on the “Grand Mount,’ and ‘‘ Berceau,” at 3000 to 4000 feet. Very likely this is the var. montana of Issel. Long. 8, diam. 3% millim ; another, long. 63, diam. 34 millim. “© Grand Mont.” PoMATIAS SEPTEMSPIRALIS, Razoum. An exceedingly common subfossil species in deposits A, B, C, D, £, and F. I did not find it myself associated with H. paretiana ; but M. Bourguignat did so ina cutting of the railroad at Cape Vieille. We did not find the species living ; nor is it recorded from the Depart- ment by Risso. Mme. Paulucci, however, records a var. turricula from the Alpes Apennines, in her ‘ Faune Mal. Italie,’ which will probably prove identical with this subfossil variety ; in any case it is quite a distinct form from Swiss specimens of this species, in which the umbilicus is completely covered, the more convex whorls less turriculate, the last much less broad in proportion, the aperture less everted, the sculpture of the last whorl similar to that of the pre- ceding ones,instead of being finer, more crowded together, more flexuous and less oblique, &c. I found endless varieties of the Menton form ; but all preserve a totally different aspect from their more northern (and typical) form. Long. 7? to 8, diam. 32 to 4 millim. The commonest form. Long. 82, diam. 3? millim. A subvar. major. Long. 63, diam. 32 millim. A not uncommon subvar. nana. Pomatias HERCUL&US, Bourg. MS. (Plate XIV. fig. 8.) I am indebted to M. Bourguignat for the following Latin diagnosis :— ‘© T. subrimata, sat elonguta, acuminato-turrita, in anfractu pen- 140 MR. G. NEVILL ON THE [Feb. 17, ultimo sat ventricosa, albidula, olim passim fusco flammulata, costata (coste parallele, sat distantes, valide in anfractibus medianis, in ultimo stricta, magis approximate, ac prope aper- turam evanescentes); spira acuminato-producta ; apice levi- gato, obtuso, mamillato ; anfractibus 10, convexis, lente crescen- tibus, sutura profunda separatis ; anfractibus medianis leviter tumidis ; ultimo vix majore, rotundato, ad aperturam undique dilatato ac expanso, et ad insertionem labri ascendente ; aper- tura fere verticali, rotundata, exacte pervia, superne via sub- angulata ; peristomate acuto, intus profunde leviterque incras- sato ac fere undique expanso, marginibus callo junctis, margine columellari valde auriculato ac refiexo; operculo ignoto. “Alt. 10, diam. 4 millim. “Couche & Helix paretiana, dans la tranchée du chemin de fer, au Cap Vieille, entre Roquebrune et Monaco.” I found this species rather scarce in deposit D. My limited knowledge of the European species of this genus hardly entitles me to pronounce an opinion about it; I will only say that my subfossil form from deposit D is indubitably, specifically, quite distinct from that which abounds in the other deposits, and which M. Bourgui- gnat informs me is the Pom. scptemspiralis. I am further indebted to my distinguished friend for informing me, zz lité., that Pom. her- culeus is most nearly allied to Pom. simonianus, from which it can be distinguished by its greater size, stronger and more regular sculp- ture, different coloration (approximating much nearer to that of Pom. septemspiralis), more regularly acuminate spire, less convex whorls, with suture less distinct, by its more ample aperture, “ s’épa- nouissant a ]’instar du pavillon d’un cor de chasse, &c.”’ Type in coll. cl. Bourguignat ; also Indian Museum, and Coombe Williams, Esq. CycLosToMA ELEGANS, Miiller. Living specimens of this widely distributed species are to be found near Menton, here and there, from the neighbourhood of the sea up to some 2000 feet at least. Mr. Williams did not bring me back any specimens from the higher altitudes. A single specimen my friend found on the summit of the Grand Mont was a quite different species (probably C. sulcatum, var.), closely allied to the also un- doubtedly distinct (from C. elegans) subfossil forms from the zone of H. paretiana and deposits .4, D, &c., identified for me by M. Bourguignat as his C. lutetianum and C. physetum. Certain sub- fossil specimens I found in the couche marneuse of Cape Mortela, in the upper stratum [that is, zone of H. aspersa, H. vermiculata, H. cespitum, &c.|, show how difficult all these forms are to correctly classify. M. Bourguignat regards them also as belonging to his C. physetum and C. lutetianum. I am convinced they are merely subvarieties of O. elegans, and specifically quite distinct from their above-quoted older relatives. Alt. 143, diam. 103; apert. (cum. marg.) alt. 7, lat. 63 millim. A living specimen of the ordinary type. 1880.] LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. 141 Alt. 164, diam. 12; apert. alt. 8 (vix), lat. 7 millim. Specimen from upper stratum, Cape Mortela. Identified by M. Bourguignat as his C. physetum, considered by me merely a form of C. elegans. Alt. 102, diam. 102, apert. alt. 7, lat. 64 millim. From the preceding locality ; identified by M. Bourguignat as C. lutetianum ; an elongate subvar. of C. elegans in my opinion. CycLosroma suLcatum (?), Drap., var. (var. reticulata, Zgl.). The single living specimen already alluded to, found at 4000 ft. on the “Grand Mont,” is most certainly quite distinct from C. elegans. ‘There are two described species to which it may belong, C. sulcatum or C. physetum; or, what seems to me likely enough, it may be both ; that is, these two species may prove not separable except as varieties. The specimen does not agree exactly with the subfossil ones identified by M. Bourguignat as his C. physetum. To me it seems an extreme variety, differing more from the C. elegans type as to the shorter spire, more convex whorls, and globosely swollen last whorl, but less as regards coarseness of the sculpture ; the umbilicus and aperture with its margins seem to be exactly similar. They differ so widely from Algerian specimens of C. sul- catum that I am in doubt whether both ought not to be separated as C. physetum. Unfortunately I have not got with me any typical French specimens of C. sulcatum for comparison. Alt. 163, diam. 13}; apert. alt. 84, lat. 72 millim. Unique specimen from the ‘‘ Grand Mont.” CycLOsTOMA LUTETIANUM, Bourg. Moll. Diluvium, Paris, pl. iii. figs. 35-37, 1869. One of the most abundant shells in deposits A, B, C, D, and E (the genus did not occur at all in deposit F). One of the forms I include under the above heading was invariably to be found where- ever H. paretiana occurred, both at Cape Mortela and Cape Vieille &c., M. Bourguignat identifying it as his C. lutetianum. I did not find in this zone any specimen of what I consider a variety only, and what M. Bourguignat calls C. physetum. In deposits A and D especially these two so-called species, vary- ing in every specimen, and running into one another from the extreme of one form to that of the other, were to be found mixed up together under one rock, leaving in my mind not the slightest doubt as to their being varieties of one single species, most certainly quite dis- tinct from-C. elegans, possibly extreme varieties of the living form C. suleatum, or perhaps a distinct species. I think they are very doubtfully specifically separable from the preceding living specimen, which, however, I have thought best temporarily to separate as a variety of C. sulcatum. Specimens from deposit D had a distinct tendency to coarser sculpture than those from other localities. Alt. 214, diam. 144; apert. alt. 9, lat. 84 millim. An elongate specimen from deposit D, with the aperture widely detached from the body-whorl. Alt. 164, diam. 122; apert. alt. 74, lat. 7 millim. 142 ON THE LAND-SHELLS OF MENTON. [ Feb. 17, A smaller commoner form from deposit 4. Alt. 185, diam. 134; apert. alt. 9, lat. 8 millim. Specimens from Cape Mortela, imbedded close to a H. paretiana. Var. ? poysetum, Bourg. C. physetum, Bourg. Rev. & Mag. Zool. 1875,=C. subelegans Bourg. not Orb., Moll. Diluv. Paris, 1869, fide cl. Bourguignat. I feel no hesitation in uniting this form specifically to the pre- ceding; in doing so I by no means wish to imply that typical C. lutetianum and C. physetum are not distinct, as I have had no opportunities of studying the types of these shells from the original figures. Alt. 183, diam. 132; apert. alt. 84, lat. (vix) 8 millim. A specimen from deposit D, nearest the living specimen from the “Grand Mont,’’ and consequently with the most globosely swollen last whorl. Alt. 18}, diam. 13; apert. alt. 83, lat. 74 millim. A much commoner form in all the deposits, with the last whorl markedly less tumid. Alt. 164, diam. 125; apert. alt. 732, lat. 7. millim. The smallest form, found only in deposit 4, not in the least like C. elegans. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XIII. . Testacella williamsiana, p. 101. . Daudebardia isseliana, p. 102. . Hyalina mentonica, p. 107. Pupa obliqua, p. 126. bourguignatiana, p. 127. —— ——,, var. plagiostoma, p. 128. , var. preclara, p. 129. jolyana, p. 129. austeniana, p. 130. Fig. —_ PWOAD sw gobo Puate XIV. . Clausilia paulucciana, p. 132. . Ferussacia gronoviana, p. 183. , var. abnormis, p. 134. . Acme foliniana, p. 186. — , var. emaciata, p. 187. , var. pachystoma, p. 137. . Renea bourguignatiana, p. 138. . Pomatias herculeus, p. 139. Fig. WAG Po toe P,Z.8.1860.PLAM C.Achilles lith . Hanhart imp LAND SHELLS FROM MENTONE. a oa, bys f ‘ ’ i { ins 4 a >a . -_ ~ 7 ae ‘i Low \ rt * | ‘ “ { * PZ ioe 18380 PLT, C Achilles lith. LAND SHELLS FROM MENTONE. 1880.] | MR. FORBES ON THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. 143 March 2, 1880. Prof. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part I. On the Structure of the Stomach in certain Genera of Tanagers. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., F.L.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society. [Received February 16, 1880.] Under this heading I propose to continue from time to time, as material may occur, the ‘‘ Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds,” of which the late Prof. Garrod published four parts in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ ’. In the vast majority of Passerine birds the structure of the anterior part of the alimentary canal conforms to the type present in the Fowl—that is to say, to an cesophagus, which may or may not Fig. 1. Stomach of Tachyphonus melaleucus, natural size, undisturbed, and viewed from behind. The liver, cesophagus, and small intestine are also par- tially represented. be dilated into a crop, succeeds a stomach consisting of two parts :— an anterior glandular part, the proventriculus; and a posterior part, separated off from both proventriculus and duodenum by more or less distinct constrictions—the gizzard or ventriculus, of which the mus- cular walls are always more or less thickened, and provided with a central tendon on each side (vide fig. 1). 1 Part I. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 506; Part II. 1877, p. 447; Part III. 1877, p. 523; Part IV. 1878, p. 143. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. X. 10 144 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE STRUCTURE [Mar. 2, As was first pointed out by Lund, half a century ago, a singular exception to this rule obtains in the Tanagers of the genus Huphonia’. From his description (quoted below) and figures, it is quite evident that Lund considered that there was, in these birds, an in- termediate zone devoid of glands or muscles, between the proventri- culus and the commencement of the small intestine, and that a small’ lateral diverticulum springing from this zone was also present, re- presenting the true, though rudimentary, gizzard. Lund found, as he believed, this state of things in three species of Huphonia, whilst the normal type of stomach existed in sixteen other species of Tanagers which he examined. Lund’s description has frequently been copied since in various text-books, and his figures at least three times re- produced’. Mr. Sclater, having called my attention to this subject, I have been able, thanks to the resources of the Prosector’s department and to the material afforded by Mr. Salvin, to reexamine this question. I have been able repeatedly to dissect specimens of various species of Euphonia, both preserved in spirit and quite fresh. I can fully confirm Lund’s description in all points, except as regards the pre- sence of a small lateral diverticulum from the alimentary canal, of which I have never been able to find the slightest trace, though I have always carefully looked for it. Fig. 2 (p. 145) will show the structure of this part of the alimentary canal, with the parts as little disturbed as possible, but with the stomach &c. cut open from behind, in a perfectly fresh specimen of Huphonia violacea. As will be seen, between the glandular proventriculus and the villi-covered duodenum a narrow zone is interposed, with its walls in no degree thickened, but thin and membranous, and of rather greater calibre than the adjacent parts, there being no pyloric constriction. Moreover there is none of that approximation of the cardiac and 1 In a pamphlet entitled “De genere Huphones, presertim de singulari ca- nalis intestinalis structura in hocce avium genere, autore Dr. Peter Wilhelm Lund,” published at Copenhagen in 1829 (31 pages and 1 plate). This pamphlet being rather scarce, I here give Lund’s own words :— “$13 (p. 12). Ubi incipit intestinum tenue, ibi conspicitur in externa super- ficie angustz illus zone, quee locum ventriculi occupare videtur, minima quedam protuberantia, cui intus respondet levis quedam impressio. Opaca est parvula heee protuberantia; quare in parietibus fibras musculosas contineat non dubito ; hoe vero, propter minimam ejus molem, decidere vix valebis .... . Ad eam sententiam maxime inclinare animam, ut statuam verum esse hoc yentriculi analogon, haud diffiteor. “§ 14. Hee si vera judicetur cogitandi ratio, referas licet structuram hujus avis ad formam avium generalem ; ita enim habebimus, uti solet, musculosum nostrum organon e latere intestini exortum, interque proventriculum et inte- stinum tenue positum ; neque a forma generali avium aberrat hxc structura, nisi in eo, quod ad minimum quoddam rudimentum reductus est ventriculus: contra, si zonam illam, de qua mentionem fecimus, angustam pellucidamque, que inter proventriculum et intestinum tenue inyenitur, analogon esse ventriculi statua- mus, constantes duo maximeque essentiales ventriculi avium characteres sub- ruentur, in musculosa structurazortuque laterali positi.” 2 Oarus and Otto, Tab. Anat. Comp. Ilustr. 1835, pt. iv. tab. vi. figs. 4, 5; Wagner, Icones Zool. iii. t. xi. figs. 3,4; Bruhl, Zoot. aller Thierkl. Lief. iii. pl. ix. fig. 18 a. 1880. ] OF THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. 145 pyloric ends of the stomach that obtains in most other birds. There is no trace of any external diverticulum to be seen; and I therefore can only conclude that Lund must have been misled, he, owing to the bad condition of his specimens (a very probable con- tingency when dissections are made in tropical climates), having mis- taken a bit of fat or connective tissue for a diverticulum of the ven- triculus, which last there can be no doubt that this non-glandular zone really represents, the muscular walls and hard epithelium of the true Passerine gizzard being almost entirely undeveloped’. Saeed) Aer Stomach of Luphonia violacea. A portion of the alimentary canal of Euphonia violacea, twice the natural size, cut open and seen from behind, to show the proventriculus (p), the narrow zone representing the gizzard (z.), and the commencement of the small in- testine (sm.z). The liver and spleen are also seen, as is the end of the cesophagus, which is opened up. - I have also been able to ascertain that the nearly allied genus Chlorophonia (at least in C. viridis) is characterized by the-same non- development of a gizzard. On the other hand, all Tanagers yet ex- amined belonging to other than these two genera have stomachs constructed on the normal type. Thus in a specimen of Tachyphonus melaleucus (see fig. 1, p. 143) the characteristic gizzard with the two central tendons is present and well developed, the muscular walls being nearly + inch thick, and the epithelium lining it hard and horny. As might have been expected, considerable variations in the compa- rative development of these parts occur in different genera. Thus in the thick-billed Pitylus the whole organ is much more strongly * In confirmation of the above-mentioned view being correct, I may notice that neither Owen (Anat. Vert. ii. p. 106) nor Gadow (Jen. Zeitschr. B. xiii. p: 168, 1879), when mentioning the stomach of Euphonia, describe any lateral diverticulum. Prof. Garrod, in his MS., notes of Euphonia violacea, with charac- teristic terseness, ‘‘ No stomach specialized, the intestines apparently continuing from the cesophagus.” 10* 146 MR. FORBES ON THE STOMACH IN TANAGERS. [ Mar. 2, developed than in the more slender-billed genera Tanagra, Calliste, &c. Why the genera Zuphonia and Chlorophonia alone, as far as it is yet known, of birds should present this structure is an as yet unsolved problem ; I believe they differ in no appreciable degree from other Tanagers in food’ or habits. I may also remark that in such genera as Cereba and Aithopyga, feeding chiefly on minute insects and juices of flowers, there is a well-marked gizzard, with muscular walls and hardened epithelium. Subjoined is a list of all those species of Tanagers, 27 in number belonging to 11 genera, in which the condition of the stomach is as yet known. This includes the species mentioned by Lund (L.), as well as those examined by the late Prof. Garrod (A. H. G.) and myself, and the nomenclature is that of the ‘Nomenclator,’ Mr. Sclater having kindly reduced Lund’s names to the terms of that list for me. Tanagers with a normal Tanagers with the stomach stomach. abnormal. Calliste tricolor (L.& W:A.F.). Chlorophonia viridis (W. A. F.). festiva (L. & A. H. G.). Euphonia chlorotica (L.). — cyaneiventris (L.). trinitatis (W. A. F.). thoracica (L.). violacea (L., A. H. G., & melanonota (L.). W. A. F.). nigriviridis (W. A. F.). rufiventris (L.). Tanagra episcopus (L.). pectoralis (W. A. F.). ornata (L.). abbas (W. A. F.). sayaca( W.A.F.&A.H.G.). palmarum (L. & A. H. G.). Rhamphoceelus brasilius (L.). -—— jacapa (W. A. F.). Pyrangaerythromelena(W.A.F.). Trichothraupis quadricolor (L.). Tachyphonus melaleucus(W.A.F.). cristatus (L.). coronatus (1..). Saltator magnus (L.). Cissopis leveriana (W. A. F.). Pitylus fuliginosus (W. A. F.). Two other species not named by Lund. Pipridea melanonota is mentioned by Lund (under the name Tana- gra vittata) as one of the species with a normal stomach. On the other hand, according to M. Taczanowski (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 226), Stolzmann found in this bird “Ja poche stomacale rudimentaire,”’ 1 Several of the-wild specimens of Luphonia that I have dissected have had in their intestines a large number of small round reddish seeds, which are probably, Mr. Salvin tells me, those of a climbing species of Ficus common in the Central-American forests. 1880. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 147 and consequently considers that it is nearly allied to the Euphonie. It is to be hoped that we shall know ere long which of these statements is correct. It would be also highly desirable to ascertain the structure of the stomach in the other genera placed near to Euphonia, particularly that of the genus Procnias. I propose on some future occasion to publish a supplementary list describing the condition of the stomach in any other forms that I may haye an opportunity of examining. * 2. On new and little-known Butterflies from India. By Arruvur G. Burtzr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. [Received February 17, 1880.] (Plate XV.) The following species were collected by Dr. Watt, Professor of Botany in the Calcutta University ; some of them I enumerate for the sake of the notes on habits and date of appearance which accom- pany them, and others because they prove to be new to science. NyYMPHALIDA, Satyrin#&, Bates. 1. AULOCERA BRAHMINUS. Satyrus brahminus, Blanchard, Jacquem. Voy. dans |’Inde, iv. Ins. p. 22. n. 18, pl. 2. fig. 4, ¢. Aulocera werang, Lang, Ent. Month. Mag. iv. p. 247 (1868). Ravee Basin, up to 6000 feet. Mr. Moore kindly pointed out to me that the sexes figured by Blanchard are referable to distinct species, the male being the A. werang of Lang. 2. HipPARCHIA DIFFUSA, n. sp. 2. Closely allied to H. semele, from which it principally differs in the obscured and diffused character of the ochraceous patches en- closing the ocelli on the upper surface of the primaries; on the under surface the white belt is well marked, more so than in any specimens of H. semele which I have seen. Expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line. Ravee Basin. 3. EREBIA KALINDA. Erebia kalinda, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p- 501. n. 92; pl. 30. fig. 5. In pine-forests, Ravee Basin, up to 12,000 feet. 4. CALLEREBIA HYBRIDA. . Dr. Watt obtained a series of a Callerebia exhibiting intermediate forms between C. annada and C. nirmala. In the coloration of the 148 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. _ [ Mar. 2, under surface of the primaries they agree almost entirely with C. nir- mala, but show the submarginal stripe strongly as in C. annada ; on the underside of the secondaries they are coloured like C. annada, but have rounded ocelli varying in number from two to five. In expanse they are intermediate, and therefore correspond with 0. scanda in this respect. N.W. Himalayas, up to 6000 feet. 5. YeprHIMA ORDINATA, n.sp. (Plate XV. fig. 3.) Nearly allied to Y. lisandra, rather darker: primaries above with the ocellus less widely zoned ; secondaries with three ocelli in an oblique decreasing series from third median branch to anal angle: wings below decidedly browner, the transverse stripes less promi- nent ; secondaries with six ocelli forming a regular but interrupted series, two at apical angle and two on median interspaces of nearly equal size, and two smaller, unequal and confluent, at anal angle ; all these ocelli have a single small plumbageous pupil. Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines. One specimen. Bengal. The ocelli on the under surface of secondaries in Y. Lisandra form a distinctly irregular series, and are generally much less uniform in size. NyMPHALIN#, Bates. 6. CHARAXES WATTI, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 2.) 3. Allied to C. baya and C. affinis (see P. Z. S. 1865, pl. xxxvii.) ; but differing from the former in the absence of the white pupils in the black submarginal spots on the upper surface of secondaries ; from the latter in the greater size and more distinctly diamond-like shape of these spots, and the much more regular inner margin of the broad black border of primaries ; and from both in the coloration of the under surface, which is dull clay-yellowish washed with shining lila- cine grey, excepting upon the outer borders and on the lunated discal belt bounding the submarginal ocelloid spots internally ; bands in- dicated by black lines edged externally with white; margins and lunated belt dull ferruginous brownish. Expanse of wings 3 inches 6 lines. Bishnath, Upper Assam, August 1877. Only one example was taken; but Dr. Watt says that it is not uncommon. 7. LIMENITIS TRIVENA. Limenitis trivena, Moore, Ent. Month. Mag. i. p. 133, note (Nov. 1864). Ravee Basin, N.W. Himalayas, on wooded slopes near water. 8. NEpris MAHENDRA. Neptis mahendra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 560, pl. 32. fig. 3. Common in the Ravee Basin; one specimen also taken in the 1880. } MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 149 Chundrabagha valley at 9000 feet elevation in wooded valleys ; flying with a floating flight amongst trees near water. 9. MeLiTxA BALBITA. bs Melitea balbita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 268, pl. 43. ig. 5. Northern slopes of N.W. Himalayas, Chundrabagha region. Lycznipz. Amongst the Lycenide Dr. Watt has obtained both sexes of Lycena ariana, Lampides dipora, Thecla syla, T. icana, the female of 7. birapa and T. odata; also examples of Chrysophanus kasyapa, Deudorizx selira, Llerda androcles, I.tamu, and J. sena. Of these, the most interesting is the female of Thecla icana of Moore, which is of a dark smoky brown above, with two bright ochreous spots placed obliquely beyond the discoidal cell of the primaries ; it is rather larger than the male, measuring | inch 8 lines in expanse. PAPILIONID&®. PIERIN&, Bates. 10. Teraconus Tripuncratus. (Plate XV. fig. 4.) 3 . Idmais tripuncta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 221, pl. 17. fig. 9. 2. Above very like the female of 7’, fulvia, but only three cream- coloured spots on the apical area of primaries above, and the margi- nal spots of secondaries larger and confluent 3 one or two blackish dashes on the disk upon the subcostal and discoidal interspaces, Primaries below bright sulphur-yellow, washed with saffron upon the costa, apical area, and external border ; the internal area white ; discoidal stigma large and grey with black margin; seven spots across the disk, the first five ferruginous, the last two black, the third and fourth considerably more elongated than the others, the last placed further from the margin ; seven marginal squamose blackish spots ; fringe rose-red: secondaries bright saffron-yellow, washed upon outer border with rose-red; a small discoidal ocelloid spot and a discal series of seven spots in a subfalciform series, ferruginous: body below cream-coloured, sprinkled with saffron- yellow. Expanse of wings 2 inches, Nilgherries, above 6000 feet ; flying on grassy slopes near streams. In the absence of specimens of this Species in any available col- lection, it has been supposed to be no more than a slight variety of T. fulvia of Waliace ; a comparison of the female above described with the type specimens of Wallace’s species proves that I was fully justified in separating it as a perfectly distinct species, the coloration of the under surface in 7, fulvia being creamy and consequently quite unlike 7. ¢ripunctatus. I have slightly altered the name so as to adopt the orthodox adjectival termination, 150 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. [Mar. 2, 11. TERACOLUS FARRINUS, CG. Teracolus farrinus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 159. n. 112, ply. ae. 2. On the railway-embankment near Lahore. Dr. Watt says that this species is not uncommon; he, however, only brought home one example, which he presented to the National collection. 12. Ix1As AGNIVERNA. Txias agniverna, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p- 50 (1877). Bengal. Dr. Watt took this species in company with LZ. marianne. 13. Ix1As DHARMSAL&, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 8, 9.) 6. Bright lemon-yellow: primaries above with the base tinted with greenish grey ; costal margin and apical half (enclosing a broad orange belt, divided by black veins into eight areas) black ; lower discocellular bounded internally by a nearly semicircular black spot, which is partially confluent with the inner border of the apical area, the latter reduced by the orange belt to a rather slender stripe: se- condaries with a moderately broad, undulated, dark-brown outer border: body greenish, with the prothorax slightly reddish in front. Wings below of a less clear yellow than above, irrorated here and there with little brown mottlings; internal area whitish ; a dark- brown spot on the angle of the discocellulars ; veins terminating in black dots: primaries with an indistinct zigzag series of squamose brown spots on the disk from the costa to the third median branch ; secondaries with a red-brown spot on costal area near apex and three others of different sizes on the inferior subcostal, radial, and third median interspaces. Expanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines. @. Bright sulphur-yellow: wings above with the black areas nearly as in the male, but the belt of primaries sulphur-yellow tra- versed by four transverse diffused black spots, the third of which is alone separated from the black veins and surrounding black area. Primaries below (excepting the apex, costa, and outer border, which are lemon-yellow, and the internal area, which is whitish) sulphur- yellow; veins at apex and outer margin orange ; terminal black dots and discocellular spots nearly as in the male; a discal elbowed series of six spots, the three uppermost of which are ferruginous and the remainder blackish; a blackish squamose patch at external angle: secondaries more strongly mottled than in the male, with two additional small red-brown discal spots, thus forming a series of six, of which the first, third, and fourth are large and the three others small and decreasing in size from the costal area downwards : body paler than in the male. Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines. Dharmsala, N.W. Himalayas, 7000 feet. Mr. Moore has aseries of this beautiful species in his collection. 1880. ] MR, A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. 151 14. Ix1As FREQUENS, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 6, 7.) ¢. Above very similar to the preceding, but the orange belt of primaries more regular in outline and slightly yellower, basal area darker ; secondaries with a broader and internally diffused outer border: wings below clearer, not mottled, the apical area of prima- ries slightly dusted with grey scales; veins terminating in minute black dots, and similar dots on the angle of the discocellulars. Expanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines. 2. Above bright lemon-yellow, the basal area heavily irrorated with grey and brown scales: primaries with the costal border and apical half black-brown, the latter crossed by a rather broad zigzag pale orange belt bordered with yellow and crossed by black veins, separated at the third median branch, below which it is crossed by two black spots, the lower one confluent with the blackish ground- colour; secondaries with broader outer border than in the male. Wings belowaltogether different: primaries sulphur-yellow, sprinkled, especially upon apical area, with brown scales; a large dark brown discocellular spot crossed by a yellow vein; a discal series of six spots, the three upper ones placed obliquely, pale brown with whitish pupils, the others black ; a large blackish patch at external angle : secondaries pale sulphur-yellow, sparsely sprinkled on basal area with black scales; external area irrorated with brown; veins termi- nating in black dots ; a small black spot on the angle of the disco- cellulars ; a discal series of seven unequal spots in an arched series, pale reddish brown with white centres; venter white. Expanse of wings 2 inches 3 lines. Bengal. 15. Ixtas waTtTi, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 1.) Also allied to I. dharmsale, but the base more densely obscured by dlackish scales; the orange belt narrower and of a deeper colour : secondaries with the outer border wider, diffused and broken up by yellow internervular folds into large spots; body blacker. Wings below sulphur-yellow, sparsely irrorated with blackish scales, with small black discocellular and marginal dots: primaries showing traces of the orange belt through the wing; two brown dots placed obliquely beyond it upon the subcostal interspaces: secondaries with a discal series of seven saffron-yellow spots in an arched line, the fourth largest. Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines. Bengal. The following species was taken by Dr. Watt during a recent ex- cursion into Thibet :— 16. EvcHiLo# vENosA, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 5.) ¢. Allied to H. daphalis, which it much resembles above, except- ing that it is considerably larger, has the apical area of primaries darker and the white spots consequently better defined, the discocel- lular spots decidedly larger and the markings of the under surface more distinctly visible through the secondaries. Below it is quite 152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON. _ [ Mar. 2, different in colour: primaries snow-white with black dotted costa ; a black reniform spot intersected by the lower discocellular veinlet, which is white; apical area dark olive-green spotted with white, as in E. simplonia: secondaries dull olive-green, with pale buff veins and silvery-white spots, and abbreviated irregular bands similar to those of E. simplonia. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines. 2 . Differs from the male above in the darker apex of the prima- ries and the more distinctly visible under-surface markings upon the secondaries: below in the bright sap-green apical area of primaries and ground-colour of secondaries, and the bright orange colouring of the veins on the latter wings. Expanse of wings 1 inch 10 lines. Western Thibet. HESPERIID. 17. ANTIGONUS VASAVA. Achlyodes vasava, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 786. Upper Assam, 19th March, 1877. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. Fig. 1. Zvias watti, p. 151. Fig. 5. Euchloé venosa, p. 151. 2. Charaxes watti, p. 148. 6, 7, Ivias frequens, p. 151. 3. Ypthina ordinata, p. 148. 8, 9. Ivias dharmsale, p. 150. 4. Teracolus tripunctatus, p. 149. 3. Description of a new Species of Orthopteron of the Genus Anostostoma from Madagascar. By Arrnur GARDINER Burier, F.L.S., F.Z,S. [Received February 20, 1880.] The following remarkable Orthopteron was obtained last year from a collection of insects made at Antananarivo by Mr. Kingdon. Being a winged species, I should have supposed this insect to be referable to a genus distinct from Anostostoma, had not the experienced Orthopterist Herr Brunner von Wattenwyl kindly ex- amined it for me and assured me that, although an aberrant form, it undoubtedly belonged to that group. The species is readily distinguishable from the other described forms, not only by the possession of elytra and wings, but by many other particulars of structure, notably by the well-marked transverse crest upon the front of the face and just above the insertion of the mandibles. ANOSTOSTOMA ALATUM, 0. sp. Length from vertex of head to extremity of abdomen 29 millims. ; from vertex to extremity of labrum 16 millims. Male. Greenish brown, becoming darker when dry; face, mandibles, margins of prothorax, and knees blackish piceous. Head \arge (but apparently not so much so as in A. cuniculator), Mintern Bros imp aw Wilson del.et lith INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. NEW 1880. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON, 153 inclined downwards, rugulose beyond the eyes, otherwise smooth ; swollen at the sides, with a distinct marginal ridge; a nearly Y-shaped ridge between the eyes connecting the three ocelli, which are smooth and of an amber-brown colour, the two posterior ocelli placed on the outer margins of the furca of the ridge facing the insertion of the antennz ; front of head crossed by a broad shining swollen crest, in front of which the face is distinctly transversely striated. Eyes large, oval and prominent, placed in a slight depression on each side of the head. Antenne multiarticulate, consisting apparently of about 150 joints, but, owing to the dense pubescence of the terminal articulations, only about 100 can be counted; the basal joints up to about the twenty- fourth smooth and without hairs, but from this point there is a very gradual increase in pubescence to the extremity: first joint large and cylindrical, covered sparsely with fine shallow impressions ; second joint of about a third the length of the first, cylindrical and slightly depressed ; third joint elongate-cylindrical and slightly rugulose, nearly twice the length of the second ; remaining joints A. Anostostoma alatum; B. Front of head; C. Mouth-organs from below ; D. Forked ridge, with ocelli. considerably shorter, but similar in character to the third, excepting in the pubescent clothing of most of them. Mandibles powerful, incurved, cylindrical towards the base, de- pressed from the middle, with flattened cutting-edge armed with seven unequal teeth, the last of these being the acuminated extremity of the mandible: unlike the mandibles of A. euniculator, they are perfectly symmetrical ; their surface is distinctly uneven. Labrum elongated, extending to the commencement of the cutting- edge of the mandibles ; bottle-shaped, slightly flattened, transversely striated, with central longitudinal carina diverging in the middle to 154 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW ORTHOPTERON. [Mear. 2, enclose an unequally pentagonal impression ; extremity (representing the globe of the bottle) depressed and scarcely perceptibly swollen in the dorsal line. Mawille slender, elongated, incurved, very sparsely provided with hairs; outer lobe simple, rugulose, swollen at the extremity ; inner lobe nearly smooth, compressed, with carinated inferior edge, its inner surface sulcated, extremity armed with three long spines, one of which is subterminal and the two others terminal. Mazillary palpi six-joited, the first two joints short, smooth and swollen; the others, excepting the terminal one, which is a mere button, elongated, smooth and cylindrical. Labium elongated, depressed, curved, irregular in outline, swollen at the sides, its free margins crenulated ; the ligula separated into apparently three-jointed pseudopalpi, the third or terminal joint of which is large and oval. Labial palpi four-jointed, the terminal article being a mere button; the third joint longest, widening gradually from its base to its culmen ; other joints compressed, the basal one being the shortest. Prothorax smooth and constricted, with slightly elevated, rugose and marginally carinated borders, the inner edges of which are marked by depressed lines ; slightly narrower in front than behind, with dorsal and transverse central impressed lines, the latter in- terrupted in the middle by two deep central punctures; a third similar puncture at the posterior extremity of the dorsal line, behind which the inner edge of the posterior border is represented by a widely divergent angular depression. Prosternum slightly rugulose, simple. Abdomen rather small, cylindrical, the cerci very hairy. Elytra and wings shining, brown, with very prominent veins. Legs moderately robust, very long and more slender than in the other species ; coxee and femora smooth ; anterior femora unarmed ; intermediate femora with carinated infero-exterior margin, armed in the middle with three equidistant, acute, but small denticles; pos- terior femora ornamented along the superior half of their exterior surface by an obliquely striated patch, carinated and longitudinally suleated on their lower surface, the outer half of the carina being armed with four acute denticles; inferior surface of knee-joint also armed with an acute spur; anterior tibize with two superior terminal, one superior central, and ten inferior spines, the latter arranged in pairs and divergent; intermediate tibiz strongly carinated above, with seven dorsal spines which diverge in pairs from near,the top of the carina on either side; posterior tibiz three-sided, the edges carinated, with nine spines on the supero-interior margin (the two terminal spines large and curved), and ten on the supero-exterior margin; inferior margin with two central and three terminal spines, the latter being the largest ; tarsi short, broad, lobate below: length of legs—anterior pair 30 millimetres, intermediate pair 28, pos- terior pair 45. Antananarivo (Kingdon). Type in Brit. Mus. B48. 186 Ureie al ; J.GKeulemans hth Hanhart imp. oe GRALLARIA DIGNISSIMA. = Hanhert ump 1880.] ON NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 155 4. On new Birds collected by Mr. C. Buckley in Eastern Ecuador. By P. L. Scuarer, F.R.S., and O. Savin, F.R.S. [Received March 2, 1880.] (Plates XVI., XVII.) Mr. Clarence Buckley has just returned from Ecuador, after four years’ absence, and, besides several collections transmitted during his stay, has brought back with him one of the finest series of bird- skins which we have ever had the pleasure of looking through. The greater part of it was formed on the upper branches of the Rio Pas- taza, and on the spurs lying between this stream and its affluent the Bobonaza, Mr. Buckley’s headquarters having been during the greater part of the time the village of Sarayacu on the latter stream, which must be carefully distinguished from the place of the same name on the Ucayali. Mr. Buckley’s collection consists of upward of 10,000 skins referable to nearly 800 species. Of these a complete set has been secured for the collection of Salvin and Godman. Be- sides the novelties which we proceed to describe, the collection contains examples of many rare and little-known species, such as Cotinga porphyrolema, Scl. et Dev., Chameza nobilis, Gould, Phlo- gopsis erythroptera (Gould), Pipreola sclateri (Corn.), Osculatia sapphirina, Bp., Mitua salvini, Reinh., Accipiter pectoralis, Scl., and Leucopternis plumbea, Salvin. At a later period we hope to be able to give a complete account of Mr. Buckley’s collections in this district. Fam. VIREONID. 1, HYLOPHILUS FUSCICAPILLUS, Sp. nov. Supra olivaceo-viridis, pileo toto cum cervice postica dorso superiore et scapularibus cafeo-brunneis ; alis nigris, extus olivaceo lim- batis ; subtus ex olivaceo-flavidus, medialiter clarior; gutture sordide albo; subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albi- canti-sulphureis ; cauda olivacea-unicolore ; rostro cornco, mandibula inferiore pallidiore ; pedibus fuscis: long. tota 3°8, ale 2°4, rem. primi spurti 1°4, caude 1°7, rostri 0°6. Haé. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. et P. L.S. Obs. Affinis H. semibrunneo, sed capite magis fusco et ventre flavo distinguendus. Fam. TANAGRIDE. 2. NEMOSIA CHRYSOPIS, sp. Nov. Cinerea ; dorso superiore, alis extus et pileo toto flavicante lavatis ; loris, capitis lateribus et gutture tota flavis, hoc colore in pectore et ventre dilutiore ; alis intus et cauda fuscis ; remigum mar- ginibus interioribus albis ; rostro corylino ; pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 5:2, ale 2:7, caude rotundate 2°2, tarsi 0°8. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. 156 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Mar. 2, Obs. Species affinis N. ruficipiti et N. sordide, sed colore uniformi insignis. Mr. Buckley obtained but a single example of this Nemosia, which appears to be a very distinct species of the section Thlypopsis. The wings are rather short, the third and fourth primaries, which are equal and longest, slightly exceeding the second and fifth. The tail is rather rounded ; the tail-feathers are slightly pointed at their extremities. Fam. TyRANNID, 3. PLATYRHYNCHUS SENEX, Sp. Nov. Brunnescenti-olivaceus, uropygii plumis et tectricum majorum mar- ginibus rufescentibus ; pileo nigricante, crista mediali semicelata alba; subtus saturate flavicanti-fulvus, gula alba; subalaribus ventre concoloribus ; remigibus et rectricibus nigris brunnescenti- olivaceo extus limbatis ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavido ; pedibus albis: long. tota 4, ale 2:5, caude 1°3, rostri a rictu 0:7, tarsi 0°6. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. S.-G. Obs. Species Pl. rostrato proxima et ejusdem formee, sed crassitie minore et pileo nigricante necnon ventre saturatiore distinguenda. 4. SERPHOPHAGA ALBOGRISEA, Sp. Nov. Supra grisea, alis et cauda nigricantibus ; macula celata verticali, tectricibus alarum et secundariis extus latissime albis ; loris et corpore subtus albis, hypochondriis vie griseo tinctis ; rostro et pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 4°2, ale 2-6, caude 2°3, tarsi 0°75. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. Obs. S. cineree affinis, sed pileo dorso concolori et alis latissime albo marginatis distinguenda. The beak of the single specimen in Mr. Buckley’s collection is unfortunately defective, but enough is left to show that the species belongs to the genus Serphophaga, its nearest ally being the bird with which we have compared it. 5, SYRISTES ALBOCINEREUS, Sp. Nov. Tyrannus, sp.?, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 189. Sirystes albogriseus, Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1873, p. 280 (nec Lawrence). Supra griseus ; capitis lateribus alis et cauda fusco-nigricantibus, secundariis extus albo limbatis ; capite summo nigerrimo ; dorso postico, uropygio et corpore toto subtus albis; rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 7, ale 3°9, caude 3°3, rostri a rictu 1*1, tarsi 0°9. Hab. Amazon. sup. (Bartlett, Whitely); Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley); Columbia (Mus. P. L. 8.). Mus. S.-G. et P.L.S. 1880. } NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 157 Obs. S. sibilatrici et S. albogriseo affinis, ab illo uropygio albo ab hoc tectricum alarum marginibus albo haud marginatis diversus. The receipt of specimens of the true S. albogriseus has shown us that we were wrong in attributing the Amazonian bird to that species, from which it is readily distinguishable by the almost entire absence of the broad white margins to the wing-coverts. 6. MyIoCHANES NIGRESCENS, sp. nov. Contopus, sp. inc., Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 459. Myiochanes cinereus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 232 (ex. 6). Unicolor cinereo-nigricans, pileo, alis et cauda paulo saturatioribus ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore albicante ; pedibus nigris : long. tota 4°4, ale 2:2, caude 2°2. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. et P. L. 8. Obs. Sp. M. cinereo affinis, et ejusdem forme, sed colore nigri- cantiore distincta. An imperfect example of this species has long been in Sclater’s collection, obtained at Gualaquiza on the Rio Santiago, in 1858, by Mr. Fraser. The receipt of additional and perfect skins enables us now to characterize it as distinct from MW. cinereus, to which Sclater referred it in his ‘ American Catalogue.’ Fam. Piprip&. 7. HETEROCERCUS AURANTIIVERTEX, Sp. Nov. Supra olivaceus, alis caudaque nigris olivaceo limbatis ; crista verti- cali elongata aurantio-rubra ; subtus medialiter fulvus, latera- liter in olivaceum transeuns ; gula et colli lateribus albis ; capitis lateribus cinereis ; subalaribus olivaceis, remigum et rectricum pagina inferiore cineraceo-nigra ; rostro obscure corylino, pedibus Juscis: long. tota 4°5, ale 3°4, caude@ rectr. ext. 1-0, med. 2°0, tarsi 0°6, rostri a rictu 0°7. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. S.-G. et P. L. 8. Obs. Species H. flavivertici proxima, sed crista aurantiacd nec flava, et magis ampla, necnon colore corporis inferiore sané diversa. Three examples of this apparently new Heéerocercus are in the collection. Judging from its near ally, H. flavivertex of Pelzeln, of which two species are in Sclater’s collection, they are all males, as in the females of the last-named species the coloured vertical crest is wanting. The tail is of the same abnormal construction as in the two other species of this genus. The feathers are rather stiffened and curve outwards towards their extremities ; the three outer pairs of rectrices are rapidly shortened and diminished in breadth, the outer pair only measuring about | inch from their insertion. 158 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Mar. 2, Fam. CoTINGiIp&. 8. PriLOCHLORIS BUCKLEYI, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.) Supra olivacea, alis intus fuscis; subtus flavissima (subalaribus concoloribus) nigro distincte squamata ; gula et ventre imo fere immaculatis; rostro nigricante corneo, mandibule basi albicante ; pedibus obscure plumbeis: long. tota 8, ale 4:1, caude 2°5, rostri a rictu 1, tarsi 1. Hab. Pindo, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. Obs. P. squamate ex Brasilia affinis, sed capite summo olivaceo nec nigro diversa. Mr. Buckley obtained a single female example of this species together with two nestling birds. The latter are mostly in their first plumage, the quill-feathers being only partially developed. The plumage (see Plate XVI.) is most remarkable: the upper surface, including the whole of the head, is of a cinnamon colour spotted with black, each black spot on the head being tipped with white; the under surface is black, banded with narrow white bars. From the top of the head proceed fine black filaments more than an inch long, each tipped with white. The tip of the fourth primary in the female bird is-of the normal width. It would therefore seem probable that the narrow point to this feather observable in P. remigialis is only a characteristic of the male sex of P. squamata, in which case Lafresnaye’s title will become a synonym of Prince Max. zu Wied’s older name. Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID. 9. AUTOMOLUS DORSALIS, Sp. nov. Supra pileo dorso toto et alis extus olivaceis rufo perfusis, plumis in fundo cinereis ; superciliis elongatis ochraceis ; uropygio et cauda tota castaneis; subtus ochraceus, medialiter clarior, lateraliter in colorem dorsi transeuns ; gula fere albicante ; sub- alaribus et remigum pogoniorum interonrum marginibus internis ochraceis; rostro superiore corylino, inferiore albo, pedibus pallide corylinis: long. tota 7, ale 3°8, caude 3°2, rostri a rictu 1, tarsi 0°9: caude rectricibus acuminatis ; alis rotun- datis, remige quarto et quinto longissimis. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. S.-G., specimen unicum. Obs. Affinis A. pallidigulari et quoad colorem corporis inferi valdé similis, sed dorso saturaté rufo diversus. Fam. ForMICARIID. 10. DystTHAMNUS SUBPLUMBEUS, Sp. Nov. Dysithamnus plumbeus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 457, nec Max. Obscure plumbeus fere unicolor, subtus paulo dilutior ; alis caudaque nigricantibus, illarum tectricibus omnibus maculis minutis albis terminatis ; alarum pagina inferiore fuscescenti-cineracea ; rostro 1880.] NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 159 et pedibus nigris: long. tota o-4, ale 2-7, caude 2:1, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 11. 4 2. Mari similis, sed alis extus, dorso postico, lateribus et ventre toto rufescente brunneo, precipue in corpore inferiore, perfusis ; maculis tectricum pallide cinnamomeis. , Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley); Zamora (Fraser) ; Yquitos, E. Peru (Whitely). Mus. S.-G. et P. L. S. Obs. Species D. plumbeo ex Brasilia affinis, sed rostro longiore, tectricum maculis rotundis et axillaribus alis concoloribus nec albis distinguenda. 11. HerpsthocuMvus FRATER, sp. nov. Supra olivaceus, pileo et striga utrinque postoculari nigris, super- cilits et genis albis ; alis nigris, remigum pogoniis externis extus castaneis ; tectricibus omnibus et secundariis dorso proximis albo late marginatis ; subtus pallide limonaceo-flavus ; cauda nigra, rectricum lateralium apicibus late albis ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore albicante; pedibus viridescenti-plumbeis : long tota 4-0, ale 2°1, caudeé 1°7, rostri 0°7. 2. Mari similis, sed pileo castaneo diversa. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Obs. Species H. rufo-marginato maxim’ affinis, sed interscapulio non nigro et remigum colore castaneo saturatiore satis diversa. 12. MyrMorHervLa sPopionora, Sp. nov. Supra cinerea ; alis nigris brunnescente alivaceoa extus limbatis ; harum tectricibus omnibus nigris, maculis terminalibus albis ornatis ; subtus dorso concolor, ventre imo hypochondriis et crisso in brunnescenti-olivaceum transeuntibus ; gula nigra albo stellata ; cauda brunnescenti-olivacea ; rostro nigro, pedibus fuscis : long. _tota 3°5, ale 2:1, caude@ 1°4, rostri a ricty 0°7. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G., specimen unicum ! Obs. Species affinis IL. gulari et M. fulviventri et ejusdem forme sed dorso cinereo dignoscenda. 13. TeERENURA HUMERALIS, sp. nov. Supra olivacea ; pileo summo et nucha nigris ; loris, capitis lateribus et corpore subtus cinereis, abdomine olivaceo lavato ; dorso et campteriis lete castaneis ; alis nigricantibus, tectricum apicibus Jflavis, plumis omnibus olivaceo marginatis ; rostri maailla nigra, mandibula albicante ; pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 3-6, ale 2, caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 0°6, tarsi 06. 2. Mari similis, sed pileo nigro et humeris castaneis carens. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. Obs. T. callinote, Scl., similis, sed campteriis castaneis nec flavis facile distinguenda. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XI. 11 160 ON NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. [Mar. 2, 14, HypocNEMIS sTELLATA, Sp. nov. Supra castaneo-brunnea, plaga dorsali celata alba; dorso postico nigro, fascia transversa cinnamomea notata ; alis nigris, remigibus extus castaneis, tectricibus omnibus cinnamomeo terminatis fascias duas alares formantibus ; subtus alba, pectore maculis sparsis nigris notato ; rostro corneo, mandibula albicante, pedibus pallide corylinis: long. tota 3°8, ale 2°4, caud@é 1-2, rostri a rictu 0°8, tarsi 0°9. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. This species belongs to the group containing H. therese, from which it is at once distinguishable by its long narrow bill, and by the paucity of the round black spots on the breast. 15. HypocNEMIS LEPIDONOTA, sp. nov. Schistacea, dorsi plumis nigris albo marginatis ; alis nigris, secun- dariorum et tectricum apicibus albo late terminatis ; cauda nigra maculis magnis albis medialiter notata ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Q. Pallide badia, capite et collo postico saturatioribus, dorso et alis sicut in mari pictis. Long. tota 4:2, ale 2°6, caude 1°6, rostri a rictu 0°75, tarsi 0°9. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley) ; Upper Amazons (Hauawell). Mus. 8.-G. et P.L.S. Obs. H. pecilonote similis, sed colore corporis inferi in mari dilu- tiore, in femina badio nec schistaceo facile distinguenda. 16. PirHys MELANOSTICTA, sp. nov. Brunnea, supra paulo rufescentior ; dorsi medii tectricum alarum et secundariorum plumis nigro subterminatis et castaneo termi- natis ; remigibus extus castaneis ; pileo medio sordide albicante ; oculorum ambitu nudo; capitis lateribus et loris nigris ; rostri maxilla cornea, mandibula albicante, pedibus pallide plumbeis: long. tota 5°2, ale 3, caude 1°8, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 1°1. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador. Mus. 8.-G. This is a very distinct species, having somewhat the appearance of Phlogopsis, but possessing a short tail as in the genus Pithys. 17. GRALLARIA DIGNISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.) Supra olivacea, interscapulio fulvescente ; alis extus in castaneum transeuntibus ; dorso postico nigro, plumarum scapis albo lineo- latis; subtus medialiter alba, gutture et pectore summo clare rubris, lateribus valde plumosis, olivaceis, albo et nigro flammu- latis ; cauda brevissima, tectricibus fere abscondita, obscure oli- vacea; subalaribus gutture concoloribus; remigum marginibus internis fulvis ; rostro forti, crasso, corneo ; mandibula inferiore albicante ; pedibus olivaceis: long. tota 6, ale 4:1, caude 1°1, rostri a rictu 1°3, tarsi 2°2. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. et P.L.S, 1880.] ON SEA-BIRDS COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY. 161 Obs. Species quoad colores ad Gt. ruficapillam appropinquans, sed gutture rubro, flammulis laterum latis et distinctis et rostro crasso notabilis. Of this fine new and most distinct Ant-Thrush, Mr. Buckley obtained two specimens. According to Sclater’s arrangement of the genus (Ibis, 1877, p. 437), it should perhaps come next to G. ruficapilla, but it has a particularly large strong bill like that of G. squamigera, only shorter. The bright ferruginous red breast and strong white flammulations render this species quite unmistakable. Fam. Picip®, 18. CELEUS SPECTABILIS, Sp. nov. 2. Capite cristato toto cum gula et alis extus castaneis, harum tectricibus et scapularibus cum dorso superiore nigro et fulvo transfasciatis ; dorso postico fulvo immaculato ; pectore nigro ; ventre fulvo, precipue in parte superiore nigro maculato ; cauda tota et remigum primariorum apicibus nigris ; horum pagina in- Feriore ad basin castanea; subalaribus fulvis, maculis paucis nigris notatis ; rostro albido ; pedibus pallide fuscis: long. tota 9°2, ale 6, caude 4, rostri a rictu 1°4. Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. 8.-G. Obs. Affinis C. torquato et C. tinnunculo, sed ab hoe uropygio fulvo ab illo dorso fasciato distinctus. There is unfortunately only one example of this fine and distinct Celeus in Mr. Buckley’s collection. The male would, no doubt, show a red cheek-patch, as in the allied species. Fam. RaLiip&, 19. PoRZANA GNOPS, sp. nov. Supra olivaceo-fusca, dorso postico et cauda nigricante brunneo indutis ; fronte, capitis cervicis et pectoris lateribus rubro-castaneis ; subtus gastreo toto albo, hypochondriis nigro late transfusciatis ; crisso rufo ; rostro viridescente fusco; pedibus corylinis: long. tota 5°7, ale 3°2, caude 1°5, rostri a rictu 0:9, tarsi 1:4, dig. med. cum ungue 1*7. Hab, Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley). Mus. §.-G. Obs. P. albigulari, Lawr., affinis, sed collo postico et dorso antico bb ethene nec rufescentibus, et gastreeo toto medio albo digne~ scenda. 5. On the Sea-birds obtained during the Voyage of Lord Lindsay’s Yacht ‘ Venus’ from Plymouth to Mauritius in 1874. By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. [Received March 2, 1880.] A short time ago Dr. Ralph Copeland, of the Dunecht Observa- tory, Aberdeen, offered to obtain for my inspection a collection of LI* 162 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE SEA-BIRDS [ Mar. 2, Sea-birds procured by Lord Lindsay’s party during the voyage to Mauritius to observe the Transit of Venus; and as he also informed me that an accurate register had been kept of the date and the lati- tude and longitude of each capture, I gladly accepted the task of identifying the species and preparing a list of them. The collection proved to cousist of eighteen species, most of them belonging to the Procellariidze ; but of these several are uncommon and little-known forms. Others are more familiar species; but no specimens can well be considered superfluous in assisting to determine the validity of some of the reputed species in this difficult group, which has lately been taken up by Mr. Osbert Salvin, to whom Lam in several cases indebted for valuable assistance. Unusual care appears to have been taken in forming this collection, each specimen being numbered and entered under a corresponding number in a register kept by Dr. J. Galley Blackley, with particu- lars of date, latitude and longitude of the ship at noon, temperature of the air and of the water, &c. Dr. Copeland’s journal has also supplied some other particulars, which I have quoted verbatim. The above details are of considerable value, as they furnish a record of the degrees of latitude where these oceanic species are first met with ; and if similar registers were kept by other ships, and the specimens obtained were brought back for identification, we should in time arrive at some definite knowledge of the range of these pelagic wanderers. Allusions to the occurrence of the first Albatros, “ Mollymawk,” ‘‘ Cape Hen,” ‘‘ Cape Pigeon,” &c. are, indeed, not wanting in voyages; but there are few records similar to the present in which registration has been followed by identification in the case of so large a number of species. The ‘Venus’ left Plymouth in October 1874, and the first species on the list was obtained off Trinidad (not to be confounded with our large West-Indian possession), a small island about six miles in circumference, situated in the South Atlantic Ocean in lat. 20° 23' S., and long. 29° 43! W. This ragged rock, with pre- cipitous cliffs, scanty and irregular water supply, and deficient in timber beyond mere brushwood, was originally taken possession of for Great Britain by Captain E. Halley, of the ‘ Paramore’ (after- wards Dr. Halley, Astronomer Royal), in 1700, and in 1781 was occupied for about two months; since which the most important visits have been those of the French corvette ‘ La Coquille’ in 1822, when the island was surveyed, and that of the Italian corvette ‘Magenta’ in 1868, when two species of Petrel were obtained and described as new. Dr. E. H. Giglioli then recorded for the first time the occurrence in that island of the beautiful snow-white and highly specialized form of Tern Gygis candida, of which there is one specimen in the present collection. I gather from the scanty mate- rial at my disposal that some of Lord Lindsay’s party landed on this island, which is difficult of access owing to its being surrounded by coral reef, although the island itself belongs to the same forma- tion as the coast about Rio Janeiro; and the paucity of notes on the species observed is therefore the more to be regretted. To make 1880.] COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY’S EXPEDITION. 163 matters worse, most of the birds collected there were thrown over- board as lumbering the decks in some heavy weather on the night after the visit ; and it is perhaps owing to this that no examples are in the collection of @strelata arminjoniana and C, trinitatis ob- tained by the ‘ Magenta’s’ naturalists. 1. Freeata aquiza (Linn.) Frigate-bird. Two specimens, nos. 22 and 23, both females in immature plumage, passing into the adult stage. As this plumage is rarely met with and is little known, it is as well to describe it. The wings, back, and tail are black, with a bar of old brown light-edged feathers along the upper wing-coverts ; belly white ; flanks and under wing- coverts black; shoulders rusty black passing into chestnut, which pervades the throat; neck, nape, and crown of head white slightly tinged with rust ; bill horn-white. * Off island of Trinidad, South Atlantic, Aug. 20, lat. 20° 23/S., long. 29° 43! W. Temperature of air 77° Fahr. and of water 71°. Large numbers seen ; some deep black with scarlet pouch under the throat. Found them sitting on the island.” 2. Suva piscaTor (Linn.). No. 24, fully adult. Island of Trinidad, same date as above. “These also were sitting.” 3. PHALACROCORAX CAPENSIsS (Sparrm.). No. 76, female immature. Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope, Oct. 2. No. 76a, adult. Same time and place. 4, PuatrHon FLAVIROosTRIS, Brandt. - No. 100, female, nearly adult, ‘‘ Shot hovering round masts,” Oct. 29, lat. 23° S., long. 59° 18! W. 5. GyGis CANDIDA (Gm.). No. 28, female. Island of Trinidad, Aug. 21. “ Breeding. Ivis black.” There is a fine illustration of this beautiful species in Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vii. pl. 30. 6. Srerna macrurRA, Naum. Arctic Tern. No. 95, male. Oct. 23, lat. 32°S., long. 57° 18! E. “ Flew on board in the night, commencement of S.E. monsoon.” This specimen is an adult with full black head, excepting on the forehead, where the feathers are white, as usualin autumn. It belongs certainly to this species, which I have also had on one occasion from the Cape of Good Hope; but this is yet more south and east for its range. It might have been expected that S. virgata or S. vittata, both inhabitants of the islands of the Southern Ocean, would have 164 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE SEA-BIRDS [Mar. 2, been obtained, but they are not noticed, nor are they known to occur in Table Bay. 7. FREGETTA MELANOGASTRA (Gould). Thalassidroma melanogastra, Gould, B. Austr. vil. pl. 62. Nos. 86, 88, males. Oct. 15, lat. 36° 57! S., long. 40° 41! E. No. 91, female. Oct. 19, lat. 32° 36' S., long. 52° 58! E. 8. OcranirEs ocreanicus (Kuhl). Wilson’s Petrel. Thalassidroma wilsonii, Gould, B. Austr. yil. pl. 65. No. 64. Sept. 22, lat. 35° 29’ S., long. 9° 46’ E. No. 90. Oct. 19, lat. 32° 36/, long. 52° 58' E. Female. Both these specimens have the vent and under tail-coverts black, and not white, as coloured in Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia.’ 9. ADAMASTOR CINEREUS (Gm.). ‘ Whale-bird.” Procellaria hastata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 47. Nos. 60 (female), 61,62. Sept. 21, lat. 35° 20'S., long. 9° 43! E. In one specimen the black and yellow colours of the bill are more strongly marked than in the other two. 10. Masaqueus #quinocTia.is (Linn.). Procellaria conspicillata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 46. No. 56. Sept. 19, lat. 34° 39! S., long. 8° 51’ E. No. 93. Oct. 20, lat. 32° S. No. 97, male. Oct. 24, lat. 29° 45'S. The variations in these specimens are rather peculiar. In all the prevailing colour is sooty black ; but in the first there is a white patch of about 2 inch in length under lower mandible, and an irregular white streak on the left side, below the line of the gape, but none on the right side; the second has rather more white on throat; and in the third, the white extends as far back as a line from the eyes. 11, GEsrRELATA MOLLIS (Gould). Procellaria mollis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 50. No. 41. Island of Trinidad, Aug. 21. Knocked down with a stick on island.” 12. GistRELATA PHILIPPI, G. R. Gray. No. 80. Oct. 10, lat. 37° 59’S., long. 29° 18! E. 13. Daprion capensis (Linn.). ‘* Cape Pigeon.” Daption capensis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 53. Nos. 46, 46a, 48. Aug. 27 onwards, the first being observed on Aug. 26, in lat. 23° 30'S.; temperature of air 65°, water 67°. “Sept. 19, many thousands of these and ‘ Ice-birds’ flying round ; they seemed to extend in undiminished numbers to the horizon.” 1880.] COLLECTED BY LORD LINDSAY’S EXPEDITION. 165 14, OssrrraGa GiGanrra (Gm.). “Cape Hen.” Procellaria gigantea, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 45. No. 50, male. Sept. 10, lat. 34° S., long. 10° 42’ W. “Beak pale apple-green, much darker at tip; iris dark brown ; feet sooty black.’’ No. 52. Sept. 14. ‘Beak greyish green, darker at tip; iris dark brown; feet silvery brown. Spread of wing 6 feet 7 inches.” Both these specimens are much darker than the figure in Gould’s pl. xlv. ‘ Birds of Australia.’ 15. Prion prsoxatus (Gm.). “ Ice-bird.” Nos. 57, 58, male. Sept. 21, lat. 35° 20’ S., long. 9° 43! E. No. 89. Oct. 15, lat. 36° 57’ S., long. 40° 41' E. The two former have a distinct yellowish nail at the tip of the upper mandible; the last has a slightly narrower bill—differences which, if admitted as specific, appear to be the distinguishing cha. racteristics of P. vittatus and P. desolatus. 16. DiomeDEA CHLORORHYNCHA, Lath. “ Mollymawk.” Diomedea chlororhynchos, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 42. No. 51, female. Sept. 14, lat. 34° 25'S. No. 96, male. Oct. 24, lat. 29° 45’ S., long. 57° 39' E.; tem- perature of both air and water 67°. Mr. Gould met with it on the 24th July, 1838, in lat. 30° 38! S. 17. DiomeprA exuxans, Linn. Diomedea exulans, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 38. Nos. 53, male, and 55, female. Sept. 16; lat. 34° S., long. 4° 29'E. ‘The male is an adult, nearly white; spread of wings 10 feet 3 inches, nett weight 191b. Contained 10 Ib. of water and cuttle; but the water was probably swallowed whilst being hauled on board. Feet 9 inches broad when spread out. Female, total weight about 151b. Iris dark brown, beak pink, feet bluish.” No. 85. Oct. 12, lat. 39° 40’ S., long. 32° 19’ E. Young, much mottled with grey. Mr. Gould records its occurrence same date as above. 18. DiomepEA FruLicrnosa, Gm. Diomedea fuliyinosa, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 44, No. 79, male. Oct. 10, lat. 37° 59'S., long. 29° 18’ E. Mr. Gould notes its first occurrence in July, in one of his voyages, in lat. 31°S, 166 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2, 6. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. By Martin Jacosy. [Received February 18, 1880.] (Plate XVIII.) Genus Mastostrretavus, Lac. 1. MAsTOSTETHUS CHONTALENSIS, Sp. nov. Oblong, parallel. Testaceous ; base of head, a transverse fascia on the thorax, and two transverse bands on the elytra, one at the base, the other behind the middle, black ; sides of the breast, a streak at the upperside of the femora, and the tibize black. Length 43 lines. Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua. Base of head closely punctured near the eyes; lower part of face testaceous, very shining, deeply transversely grooved ; apex of jaws black ; antennz light testaceous, the first three joints black, closely pubescent. Thorax transverse, subquadrate, angles distinct, sides slightly contracted near the base and apex ; surface widely, but di- stinctly punctured, the entire disk occupied by a transverse black band of rather irregular shape, thickened at each end. Scutellum black, distinctly punctured. Elytra irregularly and deeply punctured ; the base is occupied by a rather large black transverse band which does not quite touch the lateral margins, and is narrowed towards the scutellum; while another broader band is placed behind the middle, the anterior margin of which is slightly sinuate. Underside testaceous ; sides of breast, upper surface of the femora, and the tibize black. This species is closely allied to M/. vicinus, Lac., but differs in several particulars as regards coloration, the principal difference con- sisting in the want of the black extremity of the elytra. Collected by Mr. Belt. In the collection of Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 2. MAsTosTETHUS ROGERSI, Sp. nov. Oblong. Dark rufous; antennze black ; elytra testaceous, closely punctured, a spot at the base and a broad band behind the middle black. Length 4 lines. Hab. Cache, Costa Rica. Head with some spots on the vertex, closely punctured round the eyes, with a short longitudinal fovea in the middle, entirely dark rufous; antennz black, the first four joints shining, the rest closely pubescent. Thorax wider at the base than the apex; the angles rather blunt ; surface with a few distinct punctures. Scu- tellum rufous, its apex black. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, deeply and irregularly punctured, testaceous; the base of 1880. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 167 each elytron is occupied by a large roundish black spot narrowed near the scutellum, and leaving the shoulders of the ground-colour, while another black broad band is placed near the extremity ; the posterior margin of this band is bilobed, while its anterior margin is perfectly straight. Underside dark rufous; the breast and the four anterior tibiz black ; posterior tibize testaceous; posterior femora with a distinct tooth. Collected by Mr. Rogers. Collection of Godman and Salvin. Genus LAmprosoma, Kirby. 3. LAMPROSOMA IGNICOLLE, sp. nov. Ovate, subrotundate. Bright metallic green; above violaceous blue ; thorax and apex of elytra bright golden-coloured. Length 2? lines. Hab. Brit. Honduras. Head rather convex, distinctly punctured; antenne black, the basal joint metallic green. Thorax transversely convex; lateral margins straight, the sides greatly deflexed ; posterior margin regu- larly concave at each side, greatly produced in the middle; surface closely and distinctly punctured. Elytra not wider than the thorax, narrowed towards the apex ; each elytron with ten rows of very deep punctures, violaceous blue, the last third and the apex ornamented with a bright golden spot. Underside and legs bright metallic green. Prosternum large, rounded posteriorly, distinctly punctured. Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. 4, LAMPROSOMA VIOLACEUM, Sp. nov. Ovate-rotundate, convex. Dark violaceous blue ; the anterior legs, tibize, tarsi, and abdomen black ; head minutely, thorax distinctly punctured; each elytron with ten rows of deep punctures. Length 23 lines. Hab. Brit. Honduras (Bleneaneau). Head almost flat, with an indistinct median depression, extremely minutely granulose and punctate ; labrum black ; antenne black, second and third joint fulvous. Thorax of usual shape; its sides perfectly straight; surface distinctly punctured, the punctures becoming deeper near the base. Scutellum black. Elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed and rounded posteriorly ; each elytron with ten rows of deep punctures, which become rather finer towards the apex ; lateral lobes angulate. Prosternum black, slightly longer than broad, impressed with some distinct punc- tures. Closely allied to L. eyaneum, Lac., but differing in the want of the anterior depression at the head; the latter is at the same time im- punctate and very finely granulate ; the thorax is much less strongly punctured than in L. eyaneum, and its lateral margins are straight in- stead of rounded. Collection of Godman and Salvin, 168 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2, 5, LAMPROSOMA GUATEMALENSE, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate, narrowed behind, convex. Black ; above violaceous blue ; head, sides, and anterior margin of thorax and a broad band at the extremity of the elytra cupreo-aureous, Length 13 line. Hab. Zapote, Guatemala. Head obsoletely impressed in the middle, not closely, but distinctly punctate ; labrum black. Sides of the thorax greatly deflexed, the lateral margins slightly rounded, anterior angles very acute ; surface closely punctured, but not more deeply than the head ; the sides and anterior margins are occupied by a broad cupreo-aureous band, leaving’ only the middle of the base and a protruding point at the middle of the ground-colour. Elytra regularly convex and narrowed behind, rather deeply punctate-striate, dark violaceous blue; a broad band of the same colour as that of the thorax is placed at the last third near the lateral margin, and extends across the suture to the other side, covering at the same time the extremity of the elytra. Underside and legs black. This species is closely allied to L. scintillans, Lac., and others de- scribed by the same author, from all of which it differs, however, in the shape of the band of the thorax as well as that of the elytra and the distinct punctation of the head. Collected by Mr. Champion. Collection of Godman and Salvin. 6. LAMPROSOMA POLITUM, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate, convex, narrowed behind. Metallic green; tarsi and antennz (the second and third joints of the latter excepted) black ; head distinctly, thorax minutely, punctate ; elytra narrowed behind, with ten rows of deep punctures, the interstices minutely punctate. Length 23 lines. Hab. Brit. Honduras (Blancaneau). Head slightly convex, very distinctly punctured ; eyes broadly emarginate; labrum black. Thorax transversely convex, its sides straight ; the anterior margin not produced in the middle, regularly concave at each side; posteriorly acutely produced in the middle, the sides regularly crescent-shaped ; surface scarcely punctured. Scutel- lum black. Elytra regularly convex, slightly narrowed posteriorly, the lateral lobes acutely, but moderately, produced; each elytron with ten rows of very deep punctures, the last two outer rows of which are much closer approached than the others; the interstices also finely punctate. Prosternum slightly longer than broad, distinctly, but not closely, punctured. This species resembles much L. speciosum, Lac., from Brazil ; but it is narrower, less convex ; the thorax is much finer punctured, and the interstices of the striz on the elytra are also minutely punc- tate; and as the locality is also far removed, it is no doubt a good species. Collection of Godman and Salvin. 1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 169 Genus Evryorr, Dalm. 7. EvRYOPE BATESI, sp. nov. Oblong, moderately convex. Shining rufo-castaneous above; below, the antennze and legs black ; thorax and elytra finely punctured. Length 43-6 lines. Hab. Nguru Mountains, East Central Africa. Lower part of head rather deeply but widely, upper part finely punctured ; face impressed on either side with a more or less distinct oblique fovea ; anterior margin of the clypeus and the man- dibulz black ; antennze robust, the last six joints broadly dilated, entirely black. Thorax convex, twice as broad as long; sides nearly straight, anterior angles produced into a pointed tooth; surface closely and finely punctured, impressed on either side by a deep transverse groove. Scutellum black, smooth. Elytra wider than the thorax, subquadrate oblong, deeply transversely depressed below the basilar space, more or less distinctly costate near the lateral margins and on the disk, punctured like the thorax, the punctation diminishing towards the apex. In the specimens which I take to be the females the coste on the elytra are strongly developed and extend to about half their length. This species differs from EL. nigripes, Thoms., in the black underside and the antennz, these differences distinguishing it also from E. sanguinea, Oliv. Collection of Jacoby. 8. EuRYOPE MINUTA, Sp. nov. Oblong-subquadrate. /ineous, greenish black below ; underside of first joint of the antennz and the entire second joint, together with the femora (base and apex excepted), rufous, Length 23 lines. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Head moderately convex, extremely finely granulate, covered with close and distinct punctuation ; apex of jaws and a spot at the base of the vertex fulvous. Thorax very convex and rather narrow, the sides greatly deflexed, lateral margins rounded and widened in the middle, anterior angles acute, but not produced, surface minutely gra- nulate and punctured like the head. Elytra short, regularly rounded towards the apex, distinctly depressed below the basilar space, gra- nulate like the rest of the surface, but more finely punctured than either head or thorax. Underside greenish black, deeply punctate, the middle of each femora bright rufous. One specimen in my collection. Genus Sritopes, Chevr. 9. STILODES CHAPUISI, sp. nov. Oblong-ovate. Fulvous; elytra testaceous, geminate punctate- striate, each elytron with four interrupted narrow longitudinal black vittee. Length 4 lines. Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua. 170 _ MR.M. JACOBY ON NEW . [Mar. 2, Head finely punctured; labrum testaceous ; antennee extending slightly further than the base of the thorax, their last seven joints black. Thorax more than three times as broad as long, widened in the middle, the anterior margin nearly straight ; surface irregularly and deeply but not closely punctate, the sides scarcely closer punc- tured than the disk. Scutellum impunctate. -Elytra convex, nearly four times as long as the thorax, geminate punctate-striate, the punctures, however, not regularly placed and often interrupted, the interstices also very minutely punctured; each elytron with four black narrow stripes, the first running parallel to the suture, often obsolete and broken, the second and third from the base are abbre- viated near the apex, the fourth near the lateral margin extending nearly to the end of the elytron. Underside fulvous; tibize and tarsi lighter ; claws piceous. Collected by Mr. Belt. This species, although greatly resembling S. fuscolineata of Stil, is distinguished from the latter in not having the suture dark like the elytral stripes, and the puncturing not regularly arranged as in that species. In S. fuscolineata the punctured striz limit exactly the black elytral stripes and are deeply impressed, while in the present species the puncturing does not run regularly in pairs, and is often wider than the vittze, being besides that sometimes quite broken and finer. Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. 10. STILODES STEINHEILI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.) Broadly ovate, moderately convex. Black; head and sides of the thorax light testaceous, with a metallic greenish gloss ; elytra regu- larly punctate-striate, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins and two large patches, one before, the other behind the middle of each elytron, metallic violaceous blue. Length 4 lines, Hab, Columbia. Head flat, impunctate, separated from the clypeus by a distinctly angulated transverse groove ; lower part of face, a narrow median line running upwards to the base and sides of the latter, dark brown ; rest of the surface light testaceous with an iridescent gloss; antennez extending to a little beyond the base of the elytra, black, basal joint testaceous beneath, the third joint as long as the first two united, the apical joints gradually widened. Thorax three times as broad as long ; its sides straight at the base, rounded from the middle to the apex ; posterior margin widened towards the middle; surface distantly but distinctly punctured, sides impunctate and coloured like the base of the head, forming a broad band, the posterior por- tion of which is greatly narrowed and sharply limiting the rest of the black surface. Scutellum oblong, black. Elytra comparatively flat, regularly striate-punctate ; each elytron with ten rows of punc- tures, the first short; interstices smooth, flavous or testaceous, with the sutural and lateral margins violaceous blue, the former being” wide at the base and gradually narrowed posteriorly ; a large patch 1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 171 of the same colour and of triangular shape is placed between the fifth and ninth stria, nearly extending to the middle of the disk ; another patch, of a little smaller size and connected by a point with the lateral margin, is situated directly behind the middle. Under- side and legs black. One specimen in my collection. Genus PraciopeERA, Redt. _ 11. PLaAgioDERA QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. Noy. Oblong-ovate. Black ; thorax distinctly punctate at the sides, finely on the disk ; elytra strongly and closely punctate, each elytron with a narrow oblique short transverse band before the middle and a large irregularly shaped spot near the apex sanguineous. Length 4 lines. Hab. R. Susio, Costa Rica. Head with a distinct longitudinal middle line, finely punctate at the sides, more strongly towards the middle ; clypeus separated by a triangular groove; antenne a little longer than the base of the thorax, black, the first four joints slender, the rest transverse and gradually widened. Thorax very narrow, about 35 times broader than long; anterior margin strongly concave, posterior one but slightly produced at the base; sides uarrowed from base to apex ; anterior and posterior angles obtuse; surface much more distinctly punctured at the sides than at the disk. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra subparallel, rather deeply foveolate below each humeral callus, the fovea joined by a short indistinct groove running upwards to the base, the latter also transversely depressed ; disk closely and strongly punctured except near the base, where the punctation is greatly diminished ; an oblique sinuate transverse band of light red colour is placed below the base and extends nearly to the suture, while another rather more lighter-coloured spot of triangular shape occupies the space below the middle, but without touching the suture or the extremity of the elytra. Underside and legs black ; last ab- dominal segments margined with testaceous. Collected by Mr. Rogers. Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. Genus Ausrra.ica, Chevrol. 12. AUSTRALICA VIOLACEA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.) Oblong, convex. Greenish zeneous below; antennz and tarsi fulvous; above shining violaceous blue; elytra deeply punctate- striate. Length 3 lines. Hab. New Guinea. Head very deeply and closely punctate in front, more sparingly and finer at the vertex, with a fine longitudinal groove in the middle ; labrum and palpi fulvous; autenne incrassated near the apex, ful- vous. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long; the lateral margins 172 "MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2, straight at the base, rounded in front ; anterior margin deeply con- cave, posterior one strongly convex; disk distantly, sides very closely and deeply punctured, especially near the anterior angles. Scutellum metallic green or brass-coloured. Elytra convex, with a deep fovea at the lateral margin below the humeral callus, and a more shallow transverse depression surrounding the fovea; surface of each elytron with ten regular rows of deep punctures, the first of which extends to only one third the length of the elytra ; these punctures diminish in depth near the apex, and partly unite at the same place; interstices perfectly smooth. Legs fulvous, with a greenish zeneous hue. Collected by Mr. D’Albertis, Three specimens in my collection. Family HALTICcIN«”. Genus Homornera, Erichs. 13. HoMoPH@TA MILITARIS, Sp. NOV. Elongate, widened behind, convex. Black ; head and upper parts yellowish white, more or less stained with bright rufous; elytra impuncetate, shining, each elytron with a large spot at the base and another below the middle black. Length 4 lines. Hab. Zapote, Guatemala. Head longer than broad, rather flat, with a few distinct punctures across the middle and round the inner orbits of the eyes, yellowish white; the encarpe and the parts of the mouth as well as the palpi piceous; antennz black, all the joints, with the exception of the second, which is short, slender, and of nearly equal length. Sides of the thorax nearly straight ; the anterior angles slightly thickened and reaching to the middle of the eyes, but not produced in shape of a tooth; surface impunctate. Scutellumsmooth. Elytra a little wider at the base than the thorax, distinctly widened posteriorly, the humeral callus but slightly depressed within ; surface impune- tate or very finely punctured, only visible under a strong glass; a large round spot at the base and another more transversely shaped near the apex of each elytron of a black or dark violaceous colour, the ground-colour being either entirely yellowish white or changing into bright rufous along the sutural and lateral margins, the former having this colour generally widened in the middle and at the apex. Ma ae and legs black, closely but finely covered with yellowish airs. Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. Collected by Mr. Champion. This handsome species is almost identical in coloration with the Lactica macula, Fabr., from which it may be at once distinguished by the want of the thoracic transverse depression peculiar to all the species of the genus Lactica. In those specimens which are marked with the rufous colour the latter generally predominates at the thorax as well, so as to leave only the anterior angles of a lighter shade. The genus Homopheta (formerly spelt Omophoita) may be at 1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 173 first sight recognized by the white frontal patch of the head, which is peculiar to all the species at present known. Von Harold has pointed out recently the other distinguishing characters, as the elongate metatarsus, the little-developed encarpe, and the not tooth-like produced anterior angles of the thorax. 14, HomopHerta AFFINIS, sp. Nov. Elongate, subparallel. Black beneath; above yellowish white, more or less intermixed with rufous ; a spot before and another below the middle dark brown. Length 4—43 lines. Hab. Capetillo, Duefias, Guatemala. As this species resembles in most respects H. militaris, it will be sufficient to point out the differences only. The antennz in the present species are more robust, the joints less elongate and filiform ; the thorax has the anterior angles greatly thickened, and the sides are much more distinctly margined than in H. militaris ; the elytra are more convex in the latter species as well as dilated, while in the present insect they are more parallel. The spots on the same parts are also differently placed and of different shape, the basal spot of H. militaris having its place in H. affinis be- fore the middle and nearer the suture, at the same time being obliquely shaped and, as well as the posterior one, of a brown instead of a black colour. The rufous colour is more visible near the base and lateral margins, not extending so much near the suture as in mili- taris. In other respects there is no difference between the two insects, Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. 15. HomorHe@ta BITZNIATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.) Elongate, parallel. Flavous; breast, legs, and antennze black ; above shining purplish or bluish black ; thorax and two transverse bands on the elytra yellowish white. Length 33 lines. Hab. Cayenne, Bolivia. Head black, with the usual light frontal patch and the clypeus of the same colour, sparingly punctate near the eyes; labrum and palpi flavous, the former with a few long white hairs ; antennz as long as half the body, with the third joint the longest; basal joint flavous beneath. Thorax three times as broad as long ; sides nearly straight at the base, rounded towards the apex; lateral margins greatly thickened at the anterior angles, the latter produced to nearly the extent of the eyes; anterior and posterior margins straight ; surface impunctate. Scutellum black. Elytra parallel, not visibly punc- tured, of a splendid dark purplish or bluish colour, with a very regularly-shaped transverse band in the middle, and another nar- rower one, slightly curved, near the apex, light flavous. Breast and legs (base of the latter being sometimes flavous) black ; abdomen flavous. Collection of Jacoby, 174 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2, This species may be distinguished from H. albofasciatus, Jacoby, by the different shape of the transverse elytral bands, which in H. albo- fasciatus are distinctly curved, by its narrower shape and smaller size, and the greater length of the antenne, and the long third joint of the latter. The thorax also is differently built, and the anterior angles much more advanced. Genus Cpionycurs, Latreille. 16. CADIONYCHIS QUINQUEVITTATA, Sp. NOV. Broadly ovate, convex. Below black, above light fulvoa; head antennz, the suture, and two narrow longitudinal stripes on each elytron (one on the disk, the other near the lateral margin) black. Length 3 lines. Hab. British Honduras. Head with a few deep punctures round the inner orbit of the eyes; encarpe fulvous, but slightly elevated, separated from the head by a transverse groove; carina distinctly raised and sharp ; anterior margin of labrum and the palpi fulvous; antennz black, apex of the first three joints fulvous, fourth and fifth joints the longest, of equal length. Thorax transverse, sides rounded and rather broadly flattened ; anterior angles slightly produced outwards ; surface impunctate, fulvous, irregularly spotted with piceous. Scu- tellum black. Elytra a little widened behind the middle, convex at their posterior half, closely and distinctly punctate, light fulvous; the suture, a narrow stripe at the disk abbreviated near the apex, and another one near the extreme lateral margin, joined at the apex with the sutural one, black; inflexed limb of the elytra fulvous outwardly, black inwardly. Underside and legs black, strongly punctured; the outer margins of the abdominal segments and the underside of the tarsi fulvous. Collected by Mons. Blancaneau. Collections of Godman and Salvin and Jacoby. 17, CEpIONYCHIS ORNATA, Sp. nov. Broadly ovate, convex. Fuivous; a longitudinal spot at the base of the head; the anterior legs and antennz black; elytra testa- ceous, the suture, lateral margin, and a longitudinal stripe abbrevi- ated at the apex, on the disk of each elytron, deep black. Length 3 lines. Hab. Capetillo, Guatemala. Head with a few punctures near the eyes, fulvous; encarps slightly raised, piceous; carina indistinct ; base of head with a short longitudinal black stripe; antennee with the third and fourth joints of equal length, the rest robust. Thorax of nearly equal width, sides broadly flattened, anterior angles obtuse ; disk minutely punc- tured, with seven rather indistinct piceous spots (3. 4). Scutellum black. Elytra convex, closely and strongly punctured, pale testa- ceous; a narrow sutural and lateral stripe joined at the apex, and another between the two, interrupted at a little distance from the 1880. } PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 175 apex, black ; inflexed limb of the elytra black; the two anterior pair of legs of the same colour. Underside and posterior legs fulvous. Sufficiently distinguished from quinquevittata by the colour of the underside and the position of the lateral elytral stripe, which covers the lateral margin instead of running parallel to it, as in the former species. Collections of Godman and Salvin and my own. ; 18. GEpronycuIs CRUCIGERA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.) Ovate, convex. Piceous below, above yellowish white; a broad transverse band across the middle, a narrow one near the apex and another at the extreme base of the elytra as well as the suture narrowly purplish metallic. Length 4 lines. Hab. Brazil. Head distinctly foveolate between the eyes, black ; inner orbit of the eyes fulvous; three basal and the apical joint of the antenne obscure fulvous. Anterior angles of thorax slightly produced into a short rounded tooth ; sides straight at the base, rounded towards the apex; surface impunctate. Scutellum black. Elytra convex, nearly parallel, closely and finely punctured; the median transverse band straight and broad, connected narrowly by the suture with another very narrow band near the apex, and a still narrower one at the extreme base, none of these bands touching the lateral margins. Underside and legs piceous, stained here and there with dark brown. A specimen which I take for a variety has the posterior band enlarged into a triangular patch, which occupies the entire apex, and extends upwards along the lateral margin. In my collection. 19. GApIONYCHIS VARIEGATA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.) . clavicornis, Clark, MS. Broadly ovate, convex. Fulvous or dark brown below ; above light fulvous or flavous ; four apical joints of the antennze, lateral margins and five spots of the thorax, and two or three broad, irregularly - shaped, transverse bands of the elytra black. Length 34-4 lines. Hab. Brazil. Head minutely granulate; encarpe not distinct; carina triangu- lar, widened anteriorly ; antenn short, the apical joints transverse, broader than long, fourth joint the longest. Thorax more than three times as broad as long; posterior margin distinctly sinuate ; sides round, flattened, their anterior angles much thickened, but not produced ; surface minutely granulate, like the head, and covered with very small punctures, flavous; three small spots in the middle of the disk near the base, and two above them, as well as the ex- treme lateral margins, black. Scutellum flavous. Elytra widened in the middle, pointed at the apex; surface granulate and punc- tured, like the thorax ; a broad, transverse, basal band, widened pos- teriorly at the suture, and having attached to it at each side a round spot, black ; another bidentate broad band occupies the middle, and Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XII. 12 176 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2, is connected with a larger or smaller irregularly-shaped elongate apical spot near the suture, which in some specimens is almost obso- lete ; besides these bands two small black spots are placed near the lateral margins, one at the shoulder and the other immediately below it. Upper surface of the femora and tibiee marked with a black line. This rather peculiarly-shaped species may be easily recognized by the short antennz, the apical joints of which are distinctly transverse. In my collection. 20. GEDIONYCHIS DUODECIM-MACULATA, Sp. Nov. Subelongate-ovate. Dark brown below base of head and antenna, black ; thorax bright fulvous ; elytra dark bluish black, each elytron with six pale yellow spots (1, 2, 2, 1). Length 3 lines. Hab. Capetillo, Guatemala. Head as long as broad, impunctate ; clypeus fulvous or testaceous ; antennee nearly as long as half the body, the middle joints slightly dilated, first joint robust, thick and short, second joint half the length, moniliform, third joint but little longer, the terminal joint the longest. Sides of thorax round, the anterior angles scarcely visibly produced, but acute; surface impunctate, rather convex. Elytra very distinctly and closely punctured, black with a bluish or violaceous tint, shining; two spots at the base, four transversely placed in the middle, four others below the middle, and two at the extreme apex light flavous. Underside and femora fulvous, tibice piceous. In Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own. Col- lected by Mr. Champion. 21. pIONYCHIS OBSCURIPENNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.) Broadly ovate, widened behind, convex. Black; above obscure light brown; elytra distinctly punctate. Length 34-43 lines. Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru. Head smooth, impunctate, longitudinally grooved ; encarpze and carina broad, the latter short; antennze extending to nearly half the length of the elytra; first joint robust, widened at the apex, third joint twice as long as the second, fourth the longest, the three basal joints shining, the rest pubescent, black. Thorax narrowly transverse, anterior and posterior margins straight, sides broadly flattened, the lateral margins much rounded towards the apex; anterior angles thickened, acute, but scarcely produced into a tooth; surface scarcely visibly punctate. Scutellum black. Elytra greatly widened and convex posteriorly, distinctly margined ; the surface closely covered with distinct punctures, light brown, intermixed with lighter roundish spots, giving the surface a rather mottled appearance. Underside, with the exception of the thorax, and legs entirely black, shining and sparingly pubescent. Three specimens in my collection, 1880.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 177 : 22. @pionycuts QUINQUEMACULATA, sp. noy. (Plate XVIII. bra Elongate, widened behind. Black ; clypeus, thorax, and elytra fulvous, the latter with five elongate black Spots (3, 2), Length 4 lines. Hab. Chanchamayo, Peru. Head longer than broad, attenuate, black, impunctate ; encarpze and carina rather flattened ; clypeus fulvous or testaceous; antennse filiform, basal joint slender, second rather longer than usual, third and fourth joints subequal, black, the base of the first three joints obscure fulvous. Thorax about two and a half times as broad as long, sides flattened, lateral margins moderately rounded, anterior angles produced into rather long acute teeth; surface entirely impunctate. Scutellum black, Elytra obsoletely impressed below the base, widened posteriorly, very finely punctate, in some specimens almost disappearing, fulvous ; an elongate short streak at the humeral callus, a triangular spot surrounding the scutellum, and two other elongate sublateral Spots near the apex black. Underside and legs black. In my collection. 23. (HpIonycuIs BINOTATA, sp.nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.) Elongate. Black below; above yellowish grey ; antennze, disk of the thorax, and two large patches near the apex of the elytra black. Length 3 lines. Hab. Amazons. Base of head swollen, impunctate, a spot behind each eye black ; antenne long, filiform, first three Joints pale testaceous below, the rest black, second joint short, the others very nearly equal in length. Thorax convex at the disk, sides depressed and flattened, anterior angles thickened but not produced ; surface smooth, impunctate, black, the sides yellowish grey. Scutellum fuscous. Elytra elongate, parallel, moderately convex, very finely and closely punctured, of a pale yellowish grey; each elytron with an elongate large black patch below the middle, not touching the margins nor the apex. Underside and legs black. Type in my collection. 24. Gpronycuis TREDECIM-MACULATA, Sp. nov. Ovate, dilated posteriorly. Fulvous ; antennee, first four joints excepted, black; elytra fulvous, with thirteen black round spots (3, 4, 4, 2). Length 23 lines. Hab. Mexico. Head rather flattened, impunctate ; antennz as long as half the body, third and fourth joints of equal length, four basal joints fulvous shining, the rest black, pubescent. Thorax with the posterior margin rounded and produced in the middle, the sides rounded and flattened, and the anterior angles acute, but scarcely produced ; surface impunctate, fulyous, stained with piceous. Scu- tellum black. Elytra closely punctate, the interstices subrugose, 12* 178 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Mar. 2, with the spots placed as follows :—one at each shoulder close to the base, one surrounding the scutellum, four transversely placed before, four others in a semicircle behind the middle, and two near the apex close to the lateral margins. Underside fulvous, breast piceous. Two specimens in my collection. 25. CEDIONYCHIS NIGRICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10.) Ovate, convex. Piceous below; tibiee and antenne fulvous; head and thorax black, rugose punctate; elytra fulvous, three trans- versely placed spots before and four smaller ones behind the middle, black. Length 23 lines. Hab. —? Head longer than broad, deeply punctured at the vertex; lower part of face and the antenne fulvous; third joint of the latter longer than the fourth, the rest thickened gradually. Thorax comparatively long, anterior angles produced into a short tooth, sides flattened ; surface closely rugose-punctate and finely granulate, black, with a greenish hue, the extreme lateral margins flavous. Scutellum black. Elytra convex, deeply and closely punctate, light fulvous or flavous, with part of the extreme base and the first third of the sutural margin (the latter widened behind into a round spot) black ; besides these marks each elytron has three other spots— one transverse-shaped before the middle, between the lateral margin and the sutural spot, and two behind the middle obliquely placed and of smaller size, of which the inner one is placed close to the sutural margin. Underside piceous; inner edge of the posterior femora and the tibize and tarsi fulvous. Two specimens in my collection. 26. CEDIONYCHIS GODMANI, Sp. nov. Broadly ovate. Dark brown; antennz obscure piceous, first three joints flavous; above flavous; elytra finely punctate, a basal transverse band and a large patch behind the middle on each elytron dark brown. Length 33-4 lines. Hab. Costa Rica and Chontales (Nicaragua). Head with a fine longitudinal groove at the vertex, the latter impunetate dark brown; lower part of face flavous; encarpse but little raised ; carina short, swollen; antennze reaching to one third the length of the body, first joint much thickened, of almost equal size, second joint one third shorter than the third, the rest pubescent. Sides of thorax much rounded, anterior angles thickened aud produced in shape of a short tooth ; surface impunctate, flavous. Elytra closely punctate, the punctuation diminishing towards the apex, flavous, the base being occupied by a broad dark brown band which does not touch the lateral margins, while a large round patch of the same colour is situated behind the middle, leaving the lateral margin and apex of the ground-colour. Entire underside and legs dark brown. 1880. | PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 179 Collected by Mr. H. Belt and Mr. Rogers. Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own. 27. CADIONYCHIS SALVINI, Sp. nov. Broadly ovate. Dark brown below, above flavous testaceous ; antenne and base of head black; elytra closely and rather deeply punctate, flavous ; a subquadrate sutural spot surrounding the scu- tellum, a narrow streak at the shoulders, and two short transverse bands behind the middle bluish black. Length 4 lines. Hab. Zapote, Guatemala, and Costa Rica. Head with a few deep punctures at the vertex, the latter black ; lower part of face flavous, stained more or less with piceous ; antennz black, the first joint slender, stained with fulvous below. Thorax rather convex, the sides straight at the extreme base, from there to the apex rounded; the anterior angies much thickened and strongly produced outwards ; surface finely but distinctly punctured. Elytra convex, subparallel, strongly and closely punctured, flavous, spotted with black ; the sutural spot is broadest at the base, its sides deeply concave ; the apex nearly straight; the shoulder-spots consist of a short narrow streak, while the transverse postmedian bands do not quite touch the sutural nor lateral margins, the apical spot being rather round. Entire underside and legs ferruginous. Var. The basal spot of broad and round shape, separated at the apex, the shoulder-spot wanting, and the transverse bands united into a large round spot. This variety I also possess from Costa Rica. Collected by Mr. Champion. Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own. 28. CEDIONYCHIS STEINHEILI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.) Broadly ovate. Piceous, above fulvous ; elytra distinctly punctured, a broad transverse band at the base and a large patch below the middle dark violaceous blue. Length 5 lines. Hab. Columbia. Head very minutely punctured; encarpe and carina rather flattened and broad ; antennz long, filiform, third joint double the length of the second and half the length of the fourth joint, piceous. Thorax transversely convex, sides broadly flattened and slightly excavated ; lateral margins very round, narrowed from base to apex ; posterior margin straight; anterior angles produced into rather large teeth of square shape; surface closely but scarcely more strongly punctured than the head. Scutellum fulvous. LElytra wider at the base than the thorax, much widened towards the middle, distinctly margined, closely and a little more strongly punc- tured than the head, the dark blue bands not touching the lateral margins. Underside and legs piceous, abdomen fulvous. At once distinguished from @. bifasciata, Baly, by its large size, the dark underside and antenne. Two specimens in my collection. 180 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Mar. 2, 29. CGEDIONYCHIS ABBREVIATA, sp. nov. Broadly ovate. Fulvous; elytra distinctly punctured, fulvous or flavous, a broad transverse basal band and two others behind the middle, none of them touching the lateral margins, violaceous blue. Var. The posterior bands united into a large patch. Length 33—4 lines. Hab. Amazons. Head with a few distinct punctures at the vertex and a deep fovea in the middle; antenne entirely fulvous or piceous, with the first three joints fulvous. Thorax about three times as broad as long, its sides broadly flattened, anterior angles produced into a blunt tooth, surface minutely punctured ; scutellum fulvous. Elytra closely punctate, longitudinally impressed within the humeral callus ; surface rather convex, with three violaceous blue bands across the disk, the two posterior ones of which are closely approached and narrower than the basal one. Underside and legs fulvous. This species seems closely allied to bifasciata, Baly; but the antennee and apex of the posterior femora are described as black, and only two elytral bands are mentioned, It may, however, turn out to be a variety of Baly’s species. Three specimens in my collection. 30. GEDIONYCHIS MARGINICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 11.) Oblong-ovate, convex. Black below (tarsi excepted), above vio- laceous blue ; sides of the thorax and a narrow sutural and marginal vitta of the elytra, united at the base and apex, flavous, Length 3 lines. Hab. Rio Janeiro. Head deeply punctured at the vertex, about as broad as long; eyes prominent ; antennze black, the two basal and the apical joints fulvous. Thorax comparatively broad, sides flattened and evenly rounded ; anterior angles acute, but not produced into a tooth; surface impunctate, black, lateral margins flavous. Elytra convex, widened behind the middle, strongly punctured at the base, less so towards the apex; each elytron with a curved, narrow, longitudinal vitta near the suture and the lateral margin flavous; the sutural vitta forms a continued line with the flavous thoracic margin, and unites at the base and the apex with the lateral band, the space be- tween the two bands being widest in the middle of the elytra; epipleurze of the latter also flavous. Underside and legs black ; extreme apex of the tibize and the tarsi fulvous. Type in my collection. At first sight this species seems closely allied to cosmogramica, Harold ; but the punctuation of the elytra and the coloration of the legs and antenne distinguish it. 31. CADIONYCHIS SEX-PLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12.) Oblong-ovate. Fulvous ; above flavous; disk of thorax, the suture, and three transverse bands on each elytron fulvous. Length 33 lines. 1880. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 18] Hab. Amazons. Head as broad as long, deeply punctate near the inner orbit of the eyes, and longitudinally grooved in the middle ; antenne entirely fulvous, third joint not much longer than the second, apical joints gradually thickened and subquadrate. Sides of thorax flattened and deeply depressed, with a distinct fold running parallel to the lateral margins ; anterior angles much thickened, but scarcely produced ; surface finely punctate, fulvous, the extreme lateral margins as far as the depressed portion flavous. Elytra widened behind the middle, closely and more strongly punctured than the thorax, flavous; a tri- angular patch below the base, a transverse broad band immediately below the middle, and another triangular-shaped patch near the apex, together with the suture, fulvous; the colour of the latter widens considerably towards the base and surrounds the scutellum ; none of the above patches touch the lateral or sutural margins, Underside and legs fulvous. Three specimens in my collection. 32. CipIONYCHIS LATICOLLIS, sp. nov. Oblong-ovate. Piceous below, above ferruginous or fulvous; disk of thorax, a square broad patch at the base of each elytron and another below the middle black. Length 3 lines. Hab. Duefas, Guatemala, and Columbia. Head longer than broad, with the usual transverse groove between the eyes and a few deep punctures at the base; antenne robust, the third joint double the length of the second, black. Thorax about twice as broad as long, comparatively broad, its sides broadly flattened and rounded ; the anterior ngles not produced into a tooth, but thickened and reaching to the middle of the eyes; posterior margin perfectly straight ; surface very minutely punctured when seen under a strong lens, ferruginous ; the entire disk occupied by a transverse black band. Scutellum piceous. Elytra very convex, rather broadly margined, punctured like the thorax; a large, square black patch is placed at the base and extends to the middle, and another one, the posterior margin of which is rounded, is situated immediately below the middle ; neither of these marks extends to the sutural or lateral margins, and the space between them is very narrow. In the specimen from Guatemala the entire head is black, and the space on the disk of the elytra which divides the two patches is stained with flavous near the suture; but in all other respects the insect resembles completely the Columbian form. Types in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection and my own. Note on a formerly described Species. METAXYONYCHA RUFOLIMBATA, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 987. This species has been erroneously described by me under the above generic name; it is identical with Colaspis cruentata, Leféy. 182 MESSRS. GODMAN AND DISTANT ON [ Mar. 2, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Stilodes steinheili, p. 170. Fig. 8. dionychis binotata, p. 177. 2. Australica violacea, p. 171. 9. steinheili, p. 179. 3. Homopheta biteniatus, p. 173. 10. nigricollis, p. 178. 4. Cdionychis crucigera, p. 175. ll. marginicollis, p. 180. 5. variegata, p. 175. 12. sexplagiata, p. 180. 6. obscuripennis, p. 176. 7. —— quinguemaculata, p. 177. 7. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Plectrurus from Malabar. By Col. R. A. Breppomz, C.M.Z.S. [Received February 21, 1880.] PLECTRURUS AUREUS, 0. Sp. Snout obtusely conical ; head-shield as in the genus, the supra- orbital about half as large as the postoculars; no temporals. Scales in 15 rows ; ventrals 165, twice as broad as the adjoining scales ; subcaudals twelve pairs ; scales of the tail keeled ; the horny terminal scale with two double points one above the other. Length 14 inches, of which the tail is about 1 inch. Of a brilliant yellow colour, brighter beneath, the scales edged with violet; with or without a few irregular narrow violet-black cross bars along the back; the belly much ornamented with broad violet-black cross bars, sometimes somewhat confluent ; tail beneath with a long triangular violet-black blotch. The brilliant golden colour fades rapidly in spirit, as the yellow colour in these Uropelts always does, often turning the spirit quite yellow. Two examples of this snake were captured on the Chambra mountain in Wynad, near Kalpatty—one under an old rotten log at 6000 feet elevation, the other under a large stone at 4500 feet, both in heavy evergreen forest. The species is one of the most beautiful of the tribe. 8. Descriptions of five new Species of Rhopalocera from East Africa. By F. D. Gopman and W. L. Disranr. [Received March 1, 1880.] (Plate XIX.) A short time ago Mr. Bates kindly gave Mr. Salvin and myself a small collection of Butterflies to select from, made by Mr. J.T. Last in the Gnuru Hills, opposite Zanzibar. It contained principally the common species which are widely distributed throughout the east coast; but amongst them were several specimens of a fine new Danais, and a single example of a Physceneura, which I think ought to be described. To these descriptions I have added that of an Acrea procured by Mr. Jesse in Abyssinia in 1868, which has P.Z.5.1880 Pl. XVill Purkiss lth Hanhart mmp. NEW PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 1880. ] NEW RHOPALOCERA. 183 remained in our collection ever since unnamed. Mr. Distant has taken this opportunity of describing two more novelties from the same quarter from Mr. Horniman’s collection. Danats rormosa, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.) Exp. 4 in, Brownish black : basal half of primaries rufous; a subquadrate whitish spot near the end of the cell, a large irregular one below it, divided unequally by the second branch of the median nervure ; three small spots below this, and three transverse ones beyond the cell, a fourth in a line with these nearer the outer margin ; two sub- apical and a submarginal row of smaller spots: secondaries with basal half whitish, divided by dark nervures ; two whitish spots beyond the cell, above which is a dull rufous patch and a double irregular line of submarginal white spots: below as above, but colours aler. : Hab. Gnuru Hills, East Africa (Zast). Mus. G. &S. Resembles Danais petiverana, but may be easily distinguished from that species by having the primaries more elongate and the basal half rufous; the basal streak within the cell and the two spots below the first section of the median nervure are wanting; the basal half also of the secondaries is whitish, divided by blackish nervures. D. petiverana appears to be identical with D. leonora of Butler, and is closely allied to C. limniace of Cramer, and of which species it is the African form. As Mr. Butler has pointed out, it differs from C. limniace in having no white streak below the submedian nervure, and in the markings generally being broader. All our specimens of D. petiverana are from the west coast, whereas the present species is from the Gnurn Mountains in the interior, opposite Zanzibar. PHYSCENEURA PIONE, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 2, 3.) Exp. 1°8 in. Costa and exterior margin of both wings brown ; two parallel fine submarginal white lines near the outer margin of both wings, within which is a row of five rufous ocelli with faint black pupils; a broad brown streak on the inner margin of primaries ; interior area of both wings milky white, showing the markings of the underside. Beneath whitish, both wings crossed by transverse wavy blackish lines united at many points; a whitish interval on the discal area, beyond which is an ochreous band marked with a row of five silvery spots in the primaries and six in the secondaries ; there is also a round ochreous spot with silvery pupil on the costa at the end of the cell, and three fine submarginal paraliel black lines in both wings. Hab. Guuru Hills, East Africa (Last). Mus. G. & 8. Closely allied to P. panda of Boisduval, but may readily be distinguished from that species by its having the interior area of both wings milky white instead of brown; it differs also in other par- ticulars already pointed out. OO / 4 184 MESSRS. GODMAN AND DISTANT ON [Mar. 2, Acr2A cuiLo, Godm., n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 4, 5.) 3. Exp. 2°7 in. Brick-red : costa and outer margin of primaries black, the latter marked with seven red spots; three black spots within the cell—one at the end, one in the middle, and the third towards the base; a transverse line of three confluent black spots beyond the cell, three immediately below the median nervure, and one towards the anal angle; secondaries blackish at the base, with exterior margin black, faintly spotted with red, seven or eight black spots on the inner area. Beneath as above, but paler; secondaries pinkish white, marked throughout with scattered black spots; exterior margin black, strongly marked with a row of white spots. @. Larger and pgler; primaries diaphanous. Hab. Kolamet, Bebka valley, Abyssinia (Jesse). Mus. G. & S. Two specimens only of this species have come under our notice, a male and female, brought by Mr. Jesse from Abyssinia in 1868, and these have remained unnamed in our collection ever since. It does not appear to have any very close allies. ACR&A INSIGNIS, Distant, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.) 3. Upper wings above with rather more than basal half reddish orange, remaining apical portion and costa smoky hyaline, with the ner- vures darker ; the basal reddish portion extends to end of cell, where there is a small black spot, and is then slightly curved to posterior angle; the inner margin is faintly black, and there is a small linear basal streak of the same colour. Lower wings above reddish orange, with the hind margin narrowly black, and two somewhat large black spots in the cell, one at base and the other at apex; a spot of the same size and colour between second and third median nervules, immediately adjoining median nervure, from which the space to abdominal margin and median nervure is also almost completely suffused with black. In a second specimen these spots are all fused into one irregular large black basal patch. Underside.—Upper wings as above, but the reddish basal portion very much paler. Lower wings pale ochreous, with a red sub- marginal band adjoining the black marginal border; black spots as above, but rather larger and more fused, with a few small basal ochreous spots near abdominal margin. ©. Resembles 3; fore wing with spot at end of cell larger, and hind wings with the black spots somewhat smaller and more segregated. Exp. wings 2,2, inches. Hab. Magila, East Africa. This species belongs to the section of the genus represented by A. horta, Linn., to which it is allied; but it differs in the less number of spots in both wings, and in the much larger size and arrangement of those in the lower one; the posterior marginal border to the lower wing is also continuous and not macular as in A. horta. This is almost certainly the species described by Mr. Hewitson Hanhart imp Murkiss lith EAST AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA i pote RP ks ee y <2 1880.] NEW RHOPALOCERA. 185 (Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 155, 1877) as 4. buxtoni. The name had, however, been previously used by Mr. Butler (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xvi. p. 395, 1875). This probably having reached Hewitson’s knowledge subsequently, induced that author to suppress his species, for it does not appear in Mr. Kirby’s catalogue of his collection, its place only being indicated by a record of four undetermined specimens from Zanzibar. We have examined these : they are without any specific label or indication, but are clearly refer- able to the species here described. Precis actrA, Distant, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.) 2. Above allied to the West-African form of P. amestris, but apex of fore wing and apical angle of lower wing more produced and pointed. The colour above is much paler; the six submarginal spots are all red, and have not the upper two white as in P. amestris ; the lower three of these spots are inwardly margined with three black spots with very obscure white pupils, and are fused in the discal transverse bluish-green fascia; the three upper ones are preceded by three white spots, of which the first is very indistinct. Lower wing with the red spots more regular and fused into a regu- larly curved fascia, inwardly margined by a row of six black spots also regularly arranged. Underside dull ochreous ; both wings crossed by a transverse fuscous line, somewhat paler outwardly, curved at costa of fore wings, but becoming straighter at upper subcostal nervule, and carried regularly across lower wing to anal augle, whereit is slightly curved; a faint waved submarginal line; two of the white sub- apical spots are visible below, and the black spots of the upper surface are also obscurely discernible. Q. Exp. wings 274; inches. Hab. Masassi, East Africa. Besides the above-mentioned differences on the upperside, the uniform ochreous colour of the underside and the absence of mottled markings thereon are sufficient to separate this species from Precis amestris. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig.1. Danais formosa, p. 183. 2. Physceneura pione, p. 183. 3. , under side. 4. a,’ ‘a 77 2 4 ~ , > 5 cqunnrennt att) 10a. 10d. 10c. NEW SHELLS FROM EAST AFRICA AND NOSSI-BE Ate P.Z.S.1880. Pl. XXIL 10b. 1880. ] MR. CRAVEN ON SHELLS FROM USAMBARA. 219 thin, entire, very slightly reflexed outwardly near the umbilicus ; umbilicus very large and deep; suture very deep; operculum normal, of a dark-brown colour. Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 12 millims., smallest diameter 103, height from base of aperture to apex 9, diameter of aperture 5. Locality, Magila, in woods. LanisTEs FARLERI, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.) Shell turbinate, sinistral, imperforate, globose; colour varying from olive-green to brownish black, irregularly and coarsely spirally stri- ated and ornamented with numerous spiral bands of various colours, chiefly sienna and purple; lines of growth very apparent and to- gether with the spiral striz giving the shell a subgranose appear- ance; whorls 43 to 5, very convex and somewhat tabulated above ; aperture semilunar ; labrum thin, simple; columella oblique, with a faint subtruncation near its base; operculum thin, deep brownish black; muscular scar large. Dimensions :—Greatest diameter 21 millims., smallest diameter ia, height from base of aperture to apex 25, height of aperture 16, breadth of aperture 10. Locality. Magila, exceedingly numerous in a stream of running water. I associate this shell with the name of the Rev. J. Farler, of the Universities Mission station at Magila. MELANIA FERRUGINEA, Lea, P. Z. 8. 1850, p- 182; Reeve, Con. Icon. xxi. sp. 147. Locality. Umba (between Marongo and Magila), in an almost dried up watercourse. MELANIA ZANGUEBARENSIS, Petit, Journ. d. Conch. vol. ii. p- 263, pl. vii. fig. 1. A small variety. Locality. Magila, together with Lanistes farleri; very abundant. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII, Fig. 1 a-e. Cyclophorus magilensis, p. 218. 2a-c. Pupa usambarica, p. 218. 3a, b. Bulimus magilensis, p. 217. 4a-c. Helix zanguebarica, p. 217. 5a-e. Paludina colbeaui, p. 216. 6a-c. Helix usambarica, p. 216. 7 a-d. Lanistes farleri, p. 219. 8 a,b. Achatina mamillata, p. 215. 9a-c. Achatina kirki, p. 218. 10 a-d. Pupa cafeicola, p. 215. 220 MR. F. J. BELL ON THE NOMENCLATURE [Mar. 16, 4. On the Names to be applied to certain Echinoidea. By F. Jerrrey Bett, B.A., F.ZS. [Received March 10, 1880.] The tone which Prof. Agassiz has thought proper to adopt towards me makes any further discussion of the synonymy of the Echini im- possible between us. It is, however, necessary that I should notify the Society of one or two matters lest my co-fellows should be led to think, from the accusations that have been brought against me, that I have been guilty of great disrespect towards it. I am charged, first, with quibbling, and, secondly, with mis- representation. In truth, however, the sentence which forms the basis for the first accusation is obviously a dialectic artifice, by means of which the chief point under discussion is thrown into sharper relief. That point is, of course, the necessity for starting with Linneus in our nomenclature ; whenever that salutary rule is dis- obeyed an author can hardly escape some pitfall, and into such a pitfall Prof. Agassiz has fallen. While I owe to every author whom I may quote the utmost ex- actness in representation, I owe it no less to the Society who did me the honour to publish my paper, and to the student who reads it. I shall not so far forget my own dignity as to plead that I intended no misrepresentation ; I will say at once that I have not been guilty of it, and that Prof. Agassiz does not support his accusation. In criticizing the method of bibliographical reference adopted by the author of the ‘Revision,’ I directed attention to a misleading reference which stands thus :—‘‘ Int. Mon. Scut.” This is now allowed to be an unfortunate method of quotation ; but ‘it does not justify Mr. Bell in assuming that he corrects a grave error, and gives information not to be found in the Revision.’ Here I submit the following facts :— (1) The following are the contents of the second livraison of the * Monographies d’ Echinodermes,’ as published by Prof. Louis Agassiz —(a) Observations on the progress of the knowledge of the Echino- dermata, and ((3) the “ Seconde Monographie. Des Scutelles.”” The Monograph consists of (i) a short preface, (ii) ‘‘ Introduction. Du groupe des Scutelles en général,”’ and (iii) a series of chapters on the different genera of the group. Now which of these constituent parts is referred to by “ Int. Mon. Scut.”?? why, of course, as all the world but Mr. Bell knows quite well, the ‘ Observations . . .’ are referred to! That there is an In- troduction to the Scutellz has, it is notorious, been at no time an obstacle to such a use of the abbreviated reference. That this is really the case should be obvious from Mr. Agassiz’s statement— ‘* All writers on Echinoderms who have quoted these independent monographs (as I have done in the ‘ Revision’) without reference to the number of the Livraison, but entirely from the contents as printed on the cover, always quote this ‘essay’ as ‘Monographie des Scu- 1880.] OF CERTAIN ECHINOIDEA. 221 telles (Introduction).’ I have only followed their example and that of Prof. Agassiz himself.’’ If by this Mr. Alexander Agassiz only means that those who do not quote it as the second livraison, quote it by its titlepage, I submit that such an answer is a mere trifling with the Zoological Society ; but if he means that such is the ordinary method of re- ferring to the ‘ Observations’ &c., (and that he does mean or aim at meaning this is probable from his preceding statement that Prof. Louis Agassiz “invariably spoke of it as ‘ Introduction de la Mono- sar des Scutelles’”) I can pass to (2) The mode of reference adopted by other writers. Mr. Alex- ander Agassiz states that his father invariably spoke of it in one way ; of course, as an answer, Mr. Agassiz means that there are printed references to the ‘Observations...’ in which the abbreviation adopted by himself in his ‘ Revision’ is used. There may be such, but I am not acquainted with them, although I can point to five genera in the ‘ Nomenclator ’ in which a different method of reference is adopted. Let the reader turn to Amblypneustes, Pleurechinus, Temnopleurus, Agarites, or Tetrapygus, and he will “‘invariably”’ find succeeding these names the expression ‘‘ dgass. Monogr. KEchin. 2de livr. 1841.” Turning now to other witnesses, I will call on two honoured names: one was, with Louis Agassiz, the author of the ‘ Catalogue Raisonné,’ and he! writes Monogr. d’Echinodermes, 2e livre. nee the other is Alex. Agassiz’s eminent compatriot A. E. Verrill, who (s. v. Euryechinus) writes, on p. 304 of his ‘ Notes on the Radiata i in the Museum of Yale College’ (1867), ‘* Agassiz, Monogr. d’ Echinod. 2me livr. (Introduction), July 1841.” It is of no use to appeal to the ‘Catalogue Raisonné’ (1846, 1847), for the essay in question is not there referred to; nor is there, to my knowledge, any reference to it in such considerable authors as Liitken’, Von Martens, Perrier, or Dujardin and Hupé. The Society will now see how far Prof. Agassiz is justified in his term “ all,” and in his adverb “invariably.” (3) Contents of the “ Essay.’ Even now I am not certain that Mr. Alex. Agassiz and I are referring to the same paper. It is true that we both refer to an article published under the same cover as the Monograph of the Scutellide, that we both quote the title (‘Observations . . .”) in just the same way, and that we both find on a given page just the same generic names; and yet we differ com- pletely as to its other contents and as to its aim. The basis of my contention obviously laid in the fact that I looked upon the ‘Ob- servations’ as having a general interest, and as being, therefore, in- correctly denominated by the term “ Int. Mon. Scut.” ; we learn now, however, from unquestionable authority, that “the contents of this so-called essay, in spite of the heading, show plainly enough that it was not considered at the time as a special essay, but that it was simply an Introduction to the Livraison.” Now is the rest of 1 Desor, ‘ Synopsis des Echinides fossiles,’ p. 113. 2 Save this, “1841 opstillede Agassiz (Préface) imidlerted en Rekke af Slaegter .. .” (Vidensk, Meddel. 1864, p. 154). 222 MR. SCLATER ON THE BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. [Apr. 6, the livraison confined to the Scutellidee? certainly it is, and Prof. Alex. Agassiz most explicitly says so ; but what does the ‘so-called ”’ Introduction deal with? In the space of 20 pages reference is made to (not to quote all) Forbes’s ‘British Starfishes’ (itself a general work on Echinoderms), the classifications proposed by Miller and Troschel and by J. E. Gray for the Asterida, to M. Desmoulins’s Studies on the Echinida, to Brandt’s establishment of certain genera of regular Echini, to the same writer’s classification of the Holo- thurians, to Grube’s anatomy of Sipunculus, to Sars’s researches into the development of Asterias, to J. Miiller’s labours on Pentacrinus, as well as to various memoirs on fossil forms. (4) The genus 7ripneustes is not defined in the essay referred to, but the type only mentioned as HE. ventricosus. (5) In the Introduction to Valentin’s anatomy of Echinus the genus is well defined (p. viii). (6) Notwithstanding certain cases to the contrary, I prefer to believe that, in the case of T'ripneustes at any rate, L. Agassiz justly referred in the ‘ Nomenclator’ to the paper in which he amply defined and so, strictly speaking, published that generic name. There are two other statements of mine which it is not just to denounce as misrepresentations, for they both arise from my funda- mental proposition that, in zoological nomenclature, names which antedate Linneus do not exist; thus vrariegata gets put out of court, and 1788, not 1734, is, with me, the date of unicolor. April 6, 1880. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following extracts from two letters of Mr. Arthur E. Brown, Superintendent of the Gardens of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, U.S.A., relating to the birth of an Elephant, which had taken place on the 10th ult. in Cooper and Bailey’s mena- gerie at Philadelphia. These letters had been addressed to Mr. W. A. Conklin, C.M.Z.S., of New York, and had been kindly commu- nicated to the Secretary by that gentleman. «‘The baby Elephant was born only on Wednesday morning; is a female, strong and healtiny, and I see no reason why they should not successfully rear it, They have another female which they say is eight months gone with young ; and from examination I am inclined to think this is the case. “Our Prosector, Dr. Chapman, was fortunate enough to obtain the placenta in perfect condition; the only other one known, I be- lieve, is an imperfect specimen in the Royal College of Surgeons, London, sent in spirit from India. It is a good thing that this one has fallen into perfectly competent hands. The baby is a lively, interesting little thing, about two feet high, weight 213 pounds (an hour after birth), and is well worth seeing. 1880.] MR. SCLATER ON THE BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. 223 “T send you with pleasure some measurements of the baby Ele- phant. The height and weight were taken an hour after birth, the others three days later. I have doubts of the accuracy of the weight, as it does not seem to me possible that it can weigh so much. There are several other measurements I wanted; but the young one was very uneasy, and the mother did not like the operation; so it was by no means an easy task to get any. SIGUE TT Nid te IRR ni a eee 213 |b. Height at shoulder........... ... 343 inches Length of forearm and manus ............ 16 Oy Se Hengeiab... . .;.. 5. ae 30 fn Fe lower les and pes, |. 7. ess see Wi ae Ga Ae AOPAN, see Torre eee iS Sa ADEN es osteo cee a et, RG op SepeUANEE OMG toc gords at ee ee CMe ” PENS Ol METER. ce te ae ND 1 hanes d 12 oe Girth at base er teank,..... 2.2.) 2 Ae a 9 5: Weneite Ghia tae Ce te 20 5 Widtn bepweenveyes.... °° 5 hou. Td bs. e0r 2 uae Distance between articulations of jaw, across.. 26 u “The young one was up and walking about very shortly after birth, has teeth in both jaws, and sucks with the mouth. The mamma of the mother when distended projects somewhat laterally ; so that the trunk of the young one is thrown up, and rests, while sucking, in the angle between the shoulder and thorax. “Father and mother are each about twenty-three or twenty-four years old, and about the same size, some eight feet high, I should say. oe The proportions of the young one, to the eye, are nearly those of the adult ; it is somewhat darker in colour; and the hairs are rather more plentiful about the forehead and shoulders. The mother shows much attachment for it. “They have another female, which is undoubtedly with young by the same male—a further support of the theory that the reproductive faculties of the male, under domestication, are affected to a greater extent, or more commonly, than those of the female. “The period of gestation in this case was just 629 days, from June 20, 1878, to March 10, 1880; she took the male some five or six times during several days. “T see no reason now to doubt that they will successfully rear it. The show will be here for a month yet ; and I shall watch the young Elephant with much interest.” The following papers were read :-— Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XV. 15 224 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6, 1. On the Fishes of Afghanistan. By Francis Day, F.Z.S. [Received April 6, 1880.] In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for the year 1876 I was en- abled to give an account of the fishes collected by the Yarkand expe- dition. Observing how little was known of the forms inhabiting the ranges of hills to the south and south-west of Peshawur, I applied to some friends in India to try and obtain collections. These ranges may be roughly classed into two:—the Suliemans, dividing the Punjab from Afghanistan proper ; and the Beluchistan range or Halah Mountains, extending from near Kurrachee to Quetta. Up to the present I have not obtained any fishes from the Suliemans; and as no accounts of any captured there have, so far as I know, been recorded, it is impossible to give more than a guess as to whether their fish- fauna resembles that of the Himalayas or that of the Beluchistan range, which two, as I now find, are entirely distinct. Dr. C. Duke has been good enough to collect with great care and discrimination some of the fishes from the highlands about Kelat and Quetta, which I shall have toallude to further on. Col. Miles likewise sent me, in 1872, a small but beautiful collection from a river about twenty miles inland from Gwadur, on the Meckran coast; and what increases the interest of these two collections is that some of the fishes are identical species; so that we may fairly conclude that their range is extensive. I shall also allude to Griffith’s collections, and one that I personally made on the eastern or Indian side of the Beluchistan range of hills. The first account which we possess of the fishes inhabiting Afghani- stan is by Griffith, whose collection was described by M‘Clelland in the 2nd volume of the ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History.’ Griffith, in his tour, collected fish at Loodianah, Ferozepore, also from streams existing in the watershed of the Indus, and likewise from that river itself so far south as near Shikarpoor ; then proceeding through the Bolan Pass, he continued his investigations to Quetta, at which place the waters no longer find their way into the Indus, but become lost in detail, or empty themselves into the Helmund. His next researches were into the fishes of the Helmund and its affluents, as well as those of the Cabul river and its feeders until it finds its way past Jellalabad and through the Kyber Pass to Peshawur, and so on to the Indus. [do not intend making any remarks upon Griffith’s researches in the Helmund or Cabul rivers, as at a future date we may hope to receive some more fishes from those localities, The district I propose more especially drawing attention to is a range of hills stretching from the valley of the Indus, their most southern point being near Kurrachee; and in their course they divide Sind from Beluchistan. They tower one above another in steps, and are continued from the south on to Kelat and Quetta, the former being at an elevation of about 7000 feet with a European climate, while they decrease in height to Quetta, where they are 1880.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. 225 about 5900 feet, the slope of the latter place being, as observed, to- wards the Helmund. Griffith’s examples of fishes were, unfortunately, all or nearly all destroyed ; but he had figures made, and determined them to be as follows :—in the Bolan Pass—Barbus (? B. terio), B. tor, Opsarius (?Chela bacaila), Labeo diplostomus, Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina latia), Silurus kuggur, ? Macrognathus (Mastacembelus armatus) ; from a stream at Gurmah flowing into that of the Bolan— Barbus tor, B. (! B. terio), Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina latia), Systomus bima- culatus (never described if new), S. canius (this cannot be Barbus canius=B. gelius, as the species does not extend so far, but it may be B. ticto); at Quetta he obtained a Barbus with bright red streaks (? Scaphiodon microphthalmus), two other Cyprinide (?Sca- phiodon irregularis and Barbus milesi), a Gonorhynchus (? Cirrhina latia), and a Loach (Nemacheilus). Doubt may exist as to the identity of some of these species ; but as my examples from Quetta agree in number with those discovered by Griffith, it does not seem improbable that we may be both allu- ding to the same forms. I will therefore now pass on to descriptions of such fishes as I have received from Gwadur in Beluchistan and the range of hills terminating at Quetta. OPpHIOCEPHALUS GACHUA, Ham. Buch. Colonel Miles sent me some small examples from a river near Gwadur ; it has likewise been recorded by Griffith that “two spe- cies of Ophiocephalus are found at Jellalabad which are unknown in Bengal.” These two species were described as Ophiocephalus indi- cus and O. montanus, M‘Clelland. Of the former, two examples, viz. from Loodianah and Seharanpore, exist in the British Museum, and are specimens of O. punctatus, which leads one to the conclu- sion that the Jellalabad fish was the same; while O. monéanus, M ‘Clelland, is identical with O. gachua, the type (from Afghanistan) being stuffed and in the British Museum. CaLLicHROUS PABDA, Ham. Buch. Silurus anastomus, Cuv. & Val. S. lamghur, Heckel. Callichrous vittatus, Swainson. Cryptopterus latovittatus, Playfair. Calli- chrous egertonii, Day. My reasons for uniting these forms into one species I have fully detailed in my ‘ Fishes of India,’ p. 479; and, admitting they are all identical, the range of the species is very wide: Griffith found one of this genus in Afghanistan ; and such may have been identical with the beautiful example 53 inches in length sent by Dr. Duke.~ Its pectoral spine is rather strong and serrated. Griffith obtained from the Cabul river at Jellalabad an example of ‘‘a Silurus very like, if not identical with, the Poftah.”’ All the species of Callichrous are known as “‘Poftah ;”’ therefore it does not appear improbable that it may have been this form which was obtained at Jellalabad, especially as the river eventually finds its way into the 15* 226 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. (Apr. 6, Indus, where this fish exists. M‘Clelland, however, gives it as C. checkra, and Afghanistan and Punjab examples as identical. Two specimens were sent to Europe, one of which (young) is in the British Museum, and is C. chechkra=C. bimaculatus, Bloch, but with a smooth pectoral spine, and may be the Afghan fish as labelled. If so, we have two species of Callichrous in Afghanistan. CrrRHINA LATIA, Ham. Buch. Cyprinus gohamaand ? sada,Ham. Buch. Barbus diplocheilus and Tylognathus barbatulus, Heckel. Gonorhynchus fimbriatus, macro- stomus, and brevis, M‘Clelland. Chondrostoma wattanah, Sykes. Crossocheilus rostratus, Ginther. Among Dr. Duke’s Quettah fishes are several of this species, but in a very bad state. There are three excellent examples sent by Colonel Miles from Gwadur, 33, 34, and 3? inches respectively in length. The upper lip is not so deeply indented as observable in some Himalayan examples; there is only a single pair of rostral barbels, and four and a half rows of scales between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. This fish has much the appearance of a Discognathus (which is likewise termed Gonorhynchus by M‘Cleliand), adhering to stones in the beds of rivers, as I had an excellent opportunity of observing when investigating the fish-fauna of the Beluchistan range of hills. It is subject to numerous modifications ; the rudiment of a pad is present behind the lower lip, in the situation where the sucker exists in Discognathus ; while the two have the same proportions and the identical number of rays and scales. Consequently one being taken for the other is a not unlikely error. Still, as D. Jamta is found from Syria to Abyssinia and through the Himalayas and India, it is to be supposed that it is present in Afghanistan. Cirrhina latia is very generally distributed from Sind throughout India, excepting south of the Kistna river and the Malabar coast. It is common along the Himalayas, where it attains as much as ~ 8 inches in length. It now appears that it extends along the Belu- chistan hills to Quetta, and also along the Meckran coast to Gwadur. The genus Scaphiodon of Heckel appears to be well repre- sented, as might have been anticipated, it being a Western Asiatic form which extends along the Meckran coast and the Beluchistan range of hills to the Punjab, Sind, and down the Malabar coast. ScAPHIODON IRREGULARIS, Day. This species I originally obtained in the Beluchistan range of hills, at an elevation of 3500 feet. Among Dr. Duke’s fishes I find nine examples of it up to 63 inches in length, thus giving me the opportunity of supplementing my original description. The pharyn- geal teeth are plough-shaped, 4, 3, 2 | 2, 3, 4. The gill-rakers are short and somewhat wide apart. Pseudobranchieze present. 1880.] ur. F. Day on THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN, 227 SCAPHIODON ACULEATUS, Chondrostoma aculeatum, Cuv. & Val. xvii. p- 408. Bite DLs Gin) Ps V5.2 Voge Aus Nie CLL Eek 3 L. tr. 73 | 5. Length of head 54, of caudal fin 5, height of the body 4 times in the total length. Eyes: diameter 32 in the length of the head, 1 dia- meter from the end of the snout, and 17 apart. Interorbital Space nearly flat, snout obtuse ; upper jaw the longer; mouth wide, the extent of its cleft not being quite equal to half the width of its gape. The posterior extremity of the maxilla does not reach to beneath the front edge of the eye. Lips thin, with a deciduous horny covering, lost in the single example from Gwadur, but present in both of those from Trél. No tubercle at symphysis. Barbels: a single, short, maxillary pair. Teeth rather compressed, flattened at their extremities, 5, 3, 2 hee ee Pseudobranchiz well deve- loped. Fins: dorsal commences midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin; its last undivided ray is osseous, rather weak, but strongly serrated ; its anterior rays are as high as the base of the fin is long: pectoral as long as the head, ex- cluding the snout ; ventral inserted beneath the middle of the dorsal fin; anal commences midway between the bases of the ventral and caudal fins, the latter forked. Scales in regular rows; four rows between the ventral fin and the lateral line. Lateral line goes almost direct to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Colours : silvery, darkest along the back ; fins grey, the edges being stained rather darker. Habitat. River near Gwadur, from which it was procured by - Colonel Miles. The example is 4 inches long; two, also from Tral, sent by Dr. Duke, the longer 41 inches. It agrees with Valen- ciennes’ short description of Chondrostoma aculeatum, which was obtained from Persia. ScaPHiopon MICROPHTHALMUS, . sp. B. ii. D.13(3,). P.17. V9, AL2)} 8.) C.19. 1. 39, Bite hG) | 5: Length of head 52 to 54, of caudal fin 52, height of body 42 in the total length. Eyes small, diameter 54 in the length of the head, 2 diameters from the end of the snout, and 2 apart. Interorbital space slightly convex. The steatest width of the head equals its length excluding the snout. Mouth somewhat overhung by the snout ; upper jaw rather overlapping the lower. Mouth wide ; lips with a horny covering ; the posterior extremity of the maxilla does not ex- tend quite so far as to below the anterior edge of the orbit. Preor- branchi present. Teeth: pharyngeal, plough-shaped, 5,3, 2 | 2,3, 5. Fins: the dorsal commences nearly midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin, its last divided ray weak and 228 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AYGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6, articulated ; the height of its anterior rays equals the length of the base of the fin; its last ray divided to its base. Pectoral inserted below the middle of the height of the body, it is nearly as long as the head. Ventral short, its length equalling that of the post- orbital length of the head; it is inserted beneath the first divided dorsal ray. Anal commences very slightly nearer the base of the caudal fin than the insertion of the ventral ; it is rather more than twice as high as it is wide at its base. Caudal forked, lower lobe the longer. Scales: the two rows just above the lateral line are rather enlarged ; four rows between the lateral line and insertion of the ventral fin. Lateral line slightly concave, passing to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Colours: silvery, lightest along the lower two thirds of the body; “ when fresh, they had brilliant scarlet spots on their bodies and below their gills”? (Dude). Fins grey, darkest externally, and with a light outer edge. Habitat. Quetta: two examples captured Oct. 18, 1877, one 6, the other 63 inches in length. The extensive genus Barbus, of which at least seventy species, besides many varieties, have been recorded from India, Ceylon, and Burma, does not appear to be largely represented in Afghanistan. Barsvus Tor, Ham. Buch. Dr. Duke’s collection®contains one specimen of the true Mahseer, 91 inches in length. It is of the variety in which the central lobes to the upper and lower lips are not well developed. I found this species likewise pretty abundant on the Sind side of the Beluchistan range of hills. Griffith alludes to having taken the Mahasir, and also a Barbus closely allied to it, from Gurmah, where there exists a branch stream falling into that of the Bolan Pass. In the Bolan rivers he observed them (B. ¢or) in abundance, but not attaining any size, the largest weighing perhaps 3 lb. BARBUS MILESI. B, ih. .D. 13 G3). 0B. 180. 8) As? [Fe Gc 18. Te lgae. GPtr.063"| 73: Length of head 43, of caudal fin 53, height of body 43 in the total length. yes: diameter 43 in the length of the head, 13 diameter from the end of the snout, and also 13 apart. Snout somewhat com- pressed and pointed ; mouth anterior, upper jaw slightly overlapping the lower. Lips thick, but no continnous fold behind the symphysis of the lower jaw; no lobes to the lips; the posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the front edge of the orbit. The greatest width of the head equals two thirds of its length. Bardels: a thin maxillary pair about a half as long as theorbit. Teeth pharyn- geal, 4,3, 2 | 2, 3, 4, rather crooked and pointed at their outer ex- tremity. Gull-rakers short and widely separated. Pseudobranchize present. Fins: the dorsal commences rather nearer the base of the caudal than to the end of the snout ; its last undivided ray is osseous, strong, serrated, and as long as the postorbital portion of the head ; 1880.]. MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. 229 the height of the anterior rays are equa] to the length of the base of the fin. Pectoral as long as the head, excluding the snout ; its rays very stiff. Ventral inserted beneath the first divided dorsal rays ; it is rather longer than the pectoral, but does not reach the base of the anal. The anal commences slightly nearer to the ventral than to the caudal fin ; if laid flat, it reaches the latter. Caudal forked, lower lobe the longer. Scales: 53 rows between the lateral line and the base of the ventral fin. Lateral line at first slightly concave, then continued just to the centre of the base of the caudal. Colours: steel-blue superiorly, becoming light on its sides and beneath ; body covered with very fine black specks. Fins dusky, darkest ex- ternally. Habitat. Dr. Duke sent two examples, 43 and 53 inches respec- tively in length, taken in April 1877 from a spring at Tral. Variety. Col. Miles sent me three examples, the largest being 5? inches in length. They were taken from the river near Gwadur. They differ from Dr. Duke’s specimens in that there are more scales between the lateral line and the base of the dorsal fin; but on very carefully comparing the specimens, it seems as if many of the scales were subdivided into two, causing this variation; its pectoral rays are not so stiff; and the eye is a little smaller. BarBus TERIO, Ham. Buch. The examples of this fish sent by Dr. Duke differ from the typical form in that the last undivided dorsal ray is weak and partially arti- culated. NEMACHEILUS 2 Dr. Duke has sent several young examples of a species of this genus; but they are too small and in too bad a state of preser- vation to render it safe to describe them, though they appear to me to be of a species not as yet described, so far as I am aware. It is probably identical with the form obtained by Griffith from the same locality. It is banded with transverse bars of yellow rather wider than the ground-colour, these bars taking on a somewhat angular form near the tail. Col. Miles seut me several small ones of the same species from the river near Gwadur. In the winter of 1871 I was engaged in investigating the fisheries of Sind; and from Larkhana I turned off to Ghaibi Dehra, and then into the Beluchistan hills for the purpose of examining what species exist in the streams. The first river reached was that at Sita, in the vicinity of which place it disappears into the ground; while, a few miles further on, its origin is as sudden as its disappearance. At this latter locality it is quite hot as it emerges from the earth, while evidences of volcanic action are to be seen all around. In this stream, which is largely impregnated with salt, I obtained the follow- ing—Labeo ceruleus, Day, L. diplostomus, Heckel, L. dyocheilus, M‘Clelland, Scaphiodon watsoni, Day, Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch., Botia geto, Ham. Buch. These fishes are all forms common in India, 230 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN. [Apr. 6, except Labeo ceruleus, which has not been obtained elsewhere. Scaphiodon watsoni may perhaps be found somewhere along these hills; anyhow it has been taken in the Salt range of the Punjab. Having passed the night under a rock in the vicinity of the origin of this river, we continued our ascent the next morning until we attained to about 3500 feet above the level of the sea; here another river, the Nuzarani-ni, was arrived at, of which the appearance was as sudden as that of the Sita stream, while its waters were quite as saline. At its origin I obtained Scaphiodon watsoni, Day, and S. irre- gularis, Day, a form which I did not obtain elsewhere, but which I now find extends along these hills towards Quetta. This being the highest point of the hills, or Durra ahlu, we stayed there the night, and descended next day along the course of the river, which soon became enlarged and then disappeared into the ground. I took Mas- tacembelus armatus, Lacép., Labeo dyocheilus, M‘Clelland, L. sin- densis, Day, Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch., Barbus tor, Ham. Buch., Chela bacaila, Ham. Buch., and Wallago attu, Bloch. The fishes, obtained from the lower portion of the river, were altogether forms restricted to Sind and India; while it seems to me probable that the Opsarius referred to by M‘Clelland as having been obtained by Griffith in the river in the Bolan Pass was a Chela, as this genus is included among his Opsarii; it was probably Chela bacaila, which I found in this Nuzarani-ni river, or else Barilius vagra, Ham. Buch., which I took in the Garj and Nulli-ni streams. The next river I came to after leaving Ghul Mohammad was the Garj, reached in a ten-miles journey. Here it emerges from the hills, and is of considerable size. I obtained here Labeo diplostomus, Heckel, L. dyocheilus, M‘Clelland, Cirrhina reba, Ham. Buch., C. mrigala, Ham. Buch., C. latia, Ham. Buch., Barbus tor, Ham. Buch., Chela bacaila, Ham. Buch., Nemacheilus 6otia, Ham. Buch., and a small Amblyceps. The last hill-river examined was the Nulli-ni, which ceases in the early months of the year about three miles from Kota Meer Moham- mad. Although rising in the hills, it has more water than some of the rivers that come from a greater distance. Its bed is full of weeds, so that to use a net is very difficult. In some few pools a few fine Mahaseers (Barbus tor) were observed... The fish obtained were Mastacembelus armatus, Lacép., Ambassis nama, Ham. Buch., Ophiocephalus striatus, Bloch, O. aurantiacus, Ham. Buch., Ha- plocheilus panchax, Ham. Buch., Labeo rohita, Ham. Buch., L. cal- 6asu, H. B., L. diplostomus, Heckel, Cirrhina reba, H. B., Barbus sarana, H. B., B. tor, H. B., B. ticto, H. B., Barilius vagra, H.B., Danio devario, H. B., Chela bacaila, H. B. If the foregoing fishes are tabulated, excluding the rare local forms, the following results are arrived at :—Amdbassis nama, Ophiocephalus striatus and O. aurantiacus, Haplocheilus panchax, Labeo rohita and L. calbasu, Cirrhina reba and C. mrigala, Barbus savana and B. ticto, Barilius vagra, Danio devario, Chela bacaila, Nemacheilus botia, and Wallago attu are all fishes of the plains of India which have ex- tended a longer or shorter distance up the hill-streams, but are un- 1880.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF AFGHANISTAN, 231 donbtedly Indian forms. Zabeo diplostomus and L. dyocheilus, Cirrhina latia, Barbus tor, and Botia geto are fishes with a widely extended range, found on many of the Indian hills, while some extend far into the plains; while two at least, Barbus tor and Cirrhina latia, are evidently extensively spread in Beluchistan and Afghani- stan. Perhaps among the fishes which I obtained on the Sind side of these hills, Scaphiodon leads us most naturally from the Persian to the Indian fauna. SS. rregularis seems to be a common form near Quetta; but I have only obtained it in Sind from the highest point of one of the mountain-streams ; whereas S. watson?, which seems to commence on the summit of these hills, passes down into the waters of the plains, and is found even in the salt-range of the Punjab. The fishes in the collections adverted to as obtained from the high lands of the Beluchistan range of hills furnish us with a single in- stance of an Acanthopterygian from the Bolan Pass, a locality which perhaps we may well object to as not being at a high elevation. This fish is the Mastacembelus armatus, which I likewise obtained from one of the rivers descending from this range to Sind. But this fish may have passed up from the Sind side, being found throughout the Indian region both on the plains and even on the hills, while it extends to China. This genus has likewise been recorded from Syria and also from West Africa. f Among the Siluroids Griffith records Silurus kuggur from the Bolan ; the Kuggur in Sind is the Rita buchanani, a fish one would hardly expect to find in this locality ; still it exists in the Cabul river at Peshawur and all down the Indus. Another fish, a Wacrones. is likewise termed kuggur in some localities ; and several species are spread through Sind, one of which may oe the form referred to ; it would seem, however, to bea straggler from the Indian region. Cal- lichrous pabda was obtained in the hills by Dr. Duke; it is remarkable that this form has also been taken at as great a height as Darjee- ling in the Himalayas; while it isalso found along the deltas of the Ganges, Indus, and Brahmaputra. It may perhaps be considered a vagrant form and astraggler from the Indian region, when, finding some warm valley, it remains there and propagates its kind. The Cyprinide form the bulk of the collections ; and we may ob- serve the following fishes present on the high lands of Kelat and Quetta :—Cirrhina latia, also found near Gwadur, and observed generally through India except south of the Kistna and on the Ma- labar coast ; Scaphiodon irregularis, which, passing along these hills, extends to their Sind aspect; S. aculeata not only at Quetta, but also at Gwadur; 8S. microphthalmus, Quetta; Barbus tor, largely distributed in the Indian region; B. milesi, both from those hills and Gwadur; 2B. ¢erio, another widely spread Indian form. It is evident, if we may judge from the foregoing facts, that the fish-fauna of this range of hills differs essentially from what ob- tains along the summit of the Himalayas; for the Schizothoracinz, so very typical of what exists there, are entirely absent from the Beluchistan range. 232 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ. [Apr. 6, The characteristic genus of the Beluchistan fish-fauna would seem to be Scaphiodon or Barbus ; but, if I may judge from the number of examples sent of each, the former isthe most common. The genus Barbus is found generally distributed throughout Europe, Asia, and Africa ; consequently the existence of some forms in Beluchistan was to be anticipated; but out of the three obtained, two seem to be common to India. Scaphiodon extends from the rivers of Syria and Western Asia, along Beluchistan, to the summit of the range of hills ; then passing over into Sind, one form is found to be present even in the Salt range of the Punjab. Then we find they are absent until we reach the Western Ghauts, where they are present as far south as the Neilgherry hills and rivers along their bases. This genus is entirely absent from the Himalayas and the plains of India. The fishes of the fresh waters of the Meckran coast appear to be similar to those of the higher regions of Kelat and Quetta, and would seem to be distinct from those of the deltas of the Hel- mund and the Cabul river. What exists along the Suliemans is as yet an unsolved problem. 2. On Ziphius nove-zealandie. By Prof. Jutivs von Haast, Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Director of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. [Received February 18, 1880.] (Plate XXTII.) In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1876, p. 466, I gave a description of the skeleton of this interesting southern Ziphicid Whale. I there gave, on the authority of the late Mr. F. Fuller, Taxidermist of the Canterbury Museum (who went to secure the skeleton of that specimen, stranded in Lyttelton Harbour), some details about the characteristic form and colour of the skin of the animal in question. When my informant arrived where the fishermen were at work, he found that the blubber had nearly all been taken off; so that he could only partially obtain the required measurements. From the observations I am about to offer to the Society, on two more specimens stranded since then on our sea- beach, it will be seen that some of the statements were far from being correct ; in fact, the animal was so much cut about that its lower part was taken for the upper, and vice versdi; and consequently no dorsal fin could be found where it was looked for. The first of the specimens now under review was stranded on Sunday, November 17, 1878, near New Brighton. There were numerous visitors at the time, who observed another whale (according to other lookers-on two whales) in the offing, by which the animal was driven into the surf, where soon it became helpless. Gradually it was drifted upon the low sandy beach, where it died only after a long struggle. 1880.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ, 233 Having received prompt information, I arrived early next morning on the scene, and found the animal quite intact ; so that I was able not only to take the necessary measurements, but also to haye a careful sketch prepared (Plate XXIII.). This, as the sequel will show, is of importance, in offering us some curious information as to the habits of this species of Ziphioids. Colour. Head, neck, and anterior portion of the back, as far as the dorsal fin, white; the rest of the body black, a white narrow line running along the edge of the dorsal fin, which is otherwise black. The line of division between the two colours is everywhere well marked except upon the cheeks, where blackish blotches advance some distance towards the nose. The form of the animal is rather slender for its length, its height at the occiput being only 2 feet 3 inches, and about 9 feet from the tip of the lower jaw 3 feet 3 inches, after which it tapers gradually to the tail. The animal proved to be a young female. The two teeth at the termination of the lower jaw stood half an inch above the gums, having a diameter of one inch where they rose above the latter. They are conical, and have a sharp apex, and are not covered anywhere with enamel, not even on the tip. The dentine shows a number of horizontal lines one above the other, running round the tooth. They are therefore quite different from the teeth of the two specimens described in vol. ix. of the Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute, which were found to be covered with a rough cement. They are also different from those of another specimen, of which I shall give some details further on. A single fold begins below the throat, 1 foot 1 inch from the tip of the lower jaw. After rising rapidly for 4 inches, it continues for 7 inches more at a smaller angle, ceasing where the black’ colour of the throat begins ; this fold is separated into two portions by aridge of the breadth of half an inch below the centre of the throat. Lips flesh-coloured ; roof of mouth slaty black; no signs of teeth along the jaws; there is, however, a hardened ridge along each side of the palate. The extremity of the lower jaw projects about 2 inches beyond the upper. The head rises steeply above the upper lip to the forehead. The blowhole is situated on the vertex of the head, just above the eye. Both the form and the size of the dorsal fin, and of the tail-lobes, show that this species must be a remarkably swift swimmer. Measurements. ft. Total lenathiots ieskewens of iieloue ss A ciutetto huey sa(xtets.¢ 19 Greatest einctumferenpen iiic% sips occ Ee Wo cic Sante len Be 9 From point of lower jaw to the beginning of the pectoral fin oases’ Length of the opening of the mouth From point of lower jaw toeye .........0 cese ee ease From point of lower jaw to beginning of fold below throat Diameter of blowhole, concave towards head = bo aD Ae Qwoaes eee ee wm eane 234 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDIZ&. [Aprt. 6, Measurements (continued). ft Eihsmpdor or wail bO -VENt a oc men fee acre se pra eves | ecerete From jork of tail to pudendum... te een, cae wie oo eendulr OF CAUGAL LN). ie wile rans ese so emai cis ste oo Baie or GOrsal B10 recor ee as oss SRE, oy Se baPHiec Height of dorsal fin’ ...-40 226-2 0c ee se nee ee we ne IEreAOUn Ol PCCKORRL MED yo) 5.0 .r aie uste ten ames te aie ne Heneth of pectoral fi. Tor. \erinee soe ac mine eae Eye, horizontal diameter ........ Sete eee ete uae terme Boye, Veruenl GiaQieter res wean ete caer he vege < gsoyne HO os HH OWA Hap Fe’ = Before giving a description of the external appearance of the speci- men under review, I wish to allude to another female, 21 feet 6 inches long, of the same species, stranded on May 15, 1879, on the sea- beach near Kaiapoi, and of which the skeleton was also secured. This was doubtless a full-grown, aged animal, the terminal epiphyses being so well ankylosed to the body of the vertebre that even the line of junction could be scarcely distinguished, while in the New- Brighton specimen these disks were still unankylosed and detached themselves readily during maceration. In form of the body and coloration this animal resembled in every respect the New-Brighton specimen. However, the two teeth existing at the tip of the lower jaw could not be felt when passing the fingers over the gums, and were only disclosed when making incisions. The teeth are the smallest of all those known to me, being 1°98 and 2 inches long, and only *46 of an inch broad. The left tooth weighs 66, and the right 62 grains. The flattened root is square, and somewhat constricted a quarter of an inch above the base, after which the tooth expands, being broadest about the middle. Jt then contracts rapidly, running out to a sharp point. There is thus confirmatory evidence that the teeth with age are absorbed and disappear gradually below the gums, although it is possible that even below the gums they may still be of some use to _ the animal. It is a peculiar character of the small teeth of the Kaiapoi specimen that they should be so very thin and terminate in asharp point, and that the latter should be covered with real enamel, different from any observed upon the dentine in any other teeth of the same species. Returning to the first-mentioned specimen from the New-Brighton beach, and of which the annexed sketch (Plate XXIII.) gives a faithful representation, it must strike us with astonishment to see the skin of this animal (a female) so fearfully lacerated. The late taxider- mist of the Museum, when giving me some notes of the external appearance of what remained of the specimen stranded in Lyttelton Harbour in July 1872, informed me that the upper portion was marked by numerous oval spots, two to three inches across, like the skin of the Leopard; this, as I have observed already, was the lower portion. Moreover he thought that the animal must have had fearful struggles amongst the rocks, the skin appearing torn in all directions. These peculiar oval spots were visible at the first glance on the skin of the 1880.] DR. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV4-ZEALANDIE. 235 New-Brighton specimen ; but on examining them more closely, it at once became clear that they were not natural, but were the scars of injuries the animal had received during lifetime at various periods. At the same time the animal was also covered with a number of seamed scars running in all directions, of which the form and regu- larity proved also that they could not have been caused by the animal being thrown amongst the rocks, but must have been inflicted by some other animal. Examining the oval spots, I found that although they varied from a length of 2 inches to that of 3 inches, and from a breadth of 1 inch to that of 2 inches, they had invariably the same character, viz. that of an oval scar of a dirty whitish colour, both in the white and the black coloration of the skin, with two well- marked points in the centre, always about one and a quarter to one and a half inch apart. These two dots had evidently been the wounds inflicted, round which the scar had been formed. In some instances these points were quite healed over, so as to show that the injury had been done long ago; in others there were two fresh sores, as if the animal had been struck only a few hours before its death. , Although occurring all over the body, with the exception of the back, these oval scars were most frequent below the belly, and princi- pally round the pudendum, where they were often so close together that the scars not only ran into each other, but evidently covered each other, so as to show that the same spot had been struck repeatedly. The seamed scars, on the other hand, occurred more numerously on both sides of the animal ; only a few crossed the back or reached to the belly. With a few exceptions these seamed scars were always in pairs 17 to 14 inch apart, and each about 2 inch broad. Some of them ran for a considerable distance, seven to eight feet, others only for the space of a fewinches. That there had been a considerable struggle became evident from the direction these seamed scars had taken, some forming regular hooks; some of -these wounds were evidently of long standing, being well healed ; others had been inflicted a very short time before the stranding of the animal, as they were quite fresh and deep, and sometimes had a breadth of 7 of aninch. From the character of these wounds, it appears certain that they could have only been made by an animal or animals of the same species with the two teeth of the lower jaw, the distance of their apices being one and a quarter to one and a half inch from each other, and thus corresponding with both the oval and seamed scars. The aged female from the Kaiapoi beach, of which I gave some particulars on the preceding pages, was scarred and seamed in exactly the same manner. It is thus evident that the females are subject to attacks either from the males during rutting-time, or that they fight amongst them. selves. In the latter case (which, however, appears to me to be rather improbable) the teeth of the specimen figured must have been of considerable use to the animal; and it is then difficult to understand how the full-grown or aged animals, when their teeth disappear below the gums, can succesfully resist the attacks of the younger members 236 DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOVE-ZEALANDI&. [Apr. 6, of the same species, unless their greater bulk, or probably greater speed, make up for this disadvantage. Of the males of Ziphius nove- zealandice we know nothing at present ; but there is no doubt in my mind that with them the teeth in front of the lower jaw are both permanent and of larger size than those of the females, just in the same manner as in other Ziphioid genera. Fortunately, however, there is some evidence at hand, strengthening such a hypothesis. Dr. Hector, in his account in the Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute (on p. 164, vol. v.) of the skull of Epiodon chathamiensis, obtained in the Chatham Islands, describes the teeth of this species as follows :—‘‘ The lower jaw . . . . terminates in two short, stout, slightly compressed teeth, 2 inches long and 4 in circumference, im- planted in shallow sockets. The teeth have slight irregular striz, and are worn down into two lateral facets divided by an acute ridge. The position of the teeth when the jaws are closed is two inches beyond the upper mandible; and, unless they are applied against callosities on the upper lip, it is difficult to conceive how they are worn down to this acute form. Weight of teeth 817 and 836 grains.” “ Two teeth of similar form, taken from the jaw of a whale cast up on the Manawatu beach, have their facets forming an obtuse pyramidical tip.’ Of this last pair of teeth no weight is given; but it is evident from the drawing that they must be as heavy as the former. The teeth of the females examined by me range from 62 to 200 grains. There is no doubt that the form and chief characteristic features of the skull from the Chatham Islands described as Hpiodon chathamiensis and those of the two female whales secured by me are almost identical, if we except the teeth, which in the former are at least four times as heavy as in the latter. In my paper published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1876, p. 468, I pointed out already that the skull of this Chatham-Island whale might have belonged to the male of Epiodon nove-zealandie, thus accounting for the difference. After having seen the two female animals stranded on our beach scarred in such a remarkable manner, I am more than ever inclined to this opinion. If the three specimens alluded to had been males, it would be easy enough to understand that the wounds had been inflicted during their fights in rutting-time, or for supremacy, as this is the case with most terrestrial animals. However, the fact that the wounds by which the oval scars were produced are mostly in close proximity to the pudendum, suggest forcibly that they have been inflicted by male animals. With respect to the external appearance of the different species of other Ziphioid genera, such as Mesoplodon, Berardius, and Oulo- don, of which several specimens, both male and female, have been ex- amined by me, I may state that none of them had the least scar or wound upon them. Of course this may be accounted for by the fact that the teeth of most of these genera are situated so far backwards that they could scarcely be used for the same mode of attack. Dr, Hector, in the ‘ Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute’ (p. 338, vol, x.), gives an account of the capture of an adult male of Berar- ‘WIGNVIVGZ-WAON SNIHdIZ dam 4qreyuey EM Pa esis eset ahs IUXX 1d O88I'SZd 1880.] DR.J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV#-ZEALANDLA. 237 dius arnouci at the entrance of Wellington Harbour on January 12, 1877, from which it appears that “the teeth did not penetrate the gums, nor could their position be discovered till deep incisions were made.” This leads me to conclude that the male of this species cannot use the teeth in the same manner as Ziphius nove-zealandie does. Thus this species of Ziphioid Whale, as far as our observa- tions in New Zealand go, stands apart in this strange habit of life, by which, so far as we know at present, both young and aged females are made sufferers, the form and peculiar position of the teeth in front of the protruding lower jaw making these Savage attacks possible. It will be of some interest to obtain a male of the same Species, in order to ascertain if it is also covered with similar scars. The outlines of the right side of the animal were drawn from careful measurements, and the oval and seamed scars conscientiously copied from nature by Mr. T. S. Cousins. Finally, I should like to make a few observations on the nomencla- ture and the changes proposed. There is no doubt that the generic name Hpiodon must give way to Ziphius ; but I think it rather pre- mature to follow Dr, Hector’s example and to merge our New- Zealand species in the European Ziphius cavirostris of Cuvier, till we possess some more detailed accounts of the form, colour, and anatomical structure of the different species of Ziphius described under various names from other countries, For instance, we know already that the Lpiodon australis of Bur- meister had a light ash-colour (“‘ceniza clara’’), that it was darker on the back, lighter on the belly, and, moreover, that its forehead was not swollen. piodon desmarestii, according to Risso, is steel-grey, with numerous irregular white streaks, beneath white, head not swollen, ending in a long nose. Consequently there is considerable difference in the appearance of both these well-described species when compared with the New-Zealand Ziphius—a difference which certainly is of some specific value, and ought not to be set aside with- out good cause being shown to the contrary. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. Sketch of female Ziphius nove-zealandie, from the specimen stranded at New Brighton, New Zealand, November 17, 1878; reduced. ; A. Dorsal fin. B. Vent. C. Pudendum. D. Gular fold, 238 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, 3. On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the Canide. By T. H. Huxey, F.R.S. [Received March 17, 1880.] . Page 1. Tntroductory ........cceccececcsccvcncccsseccseeseeacseccssceucnseeedecescneoaseaees 238 2. The method of estimating cranial and dental differences ........ ay. abe 239 3. Comparison of C. vulpes and C. azare. Alopecoid and Thooid series . 240 4. Macrodont and microdont forms in each series ..........-ssseeeeenaeeere eee 248 5. Small and large sagittal areas in each Series .........-.+sereeeeeenere caer 250 6. Nonlobate and Iobate mandibles in each serieS ...........seeeseeeeeesennres 251 7. Forms transitional between those with lobate and those with nonlo- Date mandibles ......cccccecececovescecsecteseesvecsssoccsersonccccssscncccsscoee 8. The range of modification in the Thooid and in the Alopecoid series... 255 9. The genus 2007/02... ...c..ssceetenserecrneeeeenneereseesesaeeseeaueecenuaceseeennes 256 10. The arrangement of the Canidae’ .........1.scssseseeceeceeseeessceneeeeeeeccens 261 11. The affinities of O00 ...scecsecsesecesseeeesceeseesenaesesereaarecsentseessees 262 12, The geographical distribution of the Canidae .........sessseseseeeenerers -. 264 13. The phylogeny of the Canidae .........cescesseseeseeseenecceeeeesnanecenanneees 278 14, Conclusion ......sccecsecscconcsrcccossccscsrereccscsrarsecsos ses eaeceesececsseccoeres 284 List of Wo0dcuts ......cssssecssesscecseccssscetcesenccsscnsncsascncusctereecncsecs@eanes 288 1. The unsatisfactory character of the attempts which have hitherto been made to determine the natural affinities of the nume- rous members of the group of Canine Carnivores must have im- pressed itself upon the mind of every one who has paid close atten- tion to these animals. But I do not think that the discussion of the merits and demerits of the various systems of classification of the Canidee which have been proposed would serve any useful pur- pose; and it is the less incumbent upon me to undertake the task at present, as I propose to deal with the question in a manner somewhat different, so far as I know, from any which has yet been pursued. The general uniformity of the structure of the Canidz is well known. ‘There is aremarkable constancy in the characters of all the organs, down even to the minuter details of the patterns of the crowns of the teeth, accompanied by variations, within comparatively narrow limits, in the form and proportion of the parts. ‘The num- ber of the preesacral and sacral vertebrae always remains the same, and that of the caudal vertebree varies only within narrow limits. In the skull, there is a considerable range in the proportions of the jaws to the brain-case, and in the extent to which the temporal ridges, always widely separate in young animals, approach and coalesce into a sagittal crest in the adult. The greater or less back- ward extension of the nasal bones, the union or separation of the nasal processes of the frontal bones with the ascending processes of the premaxillaries, and the variations in the form of the supra- orbital processes have been noted. The straightness or angulation of the line of the molar and premolar teeth, and the proportions of the sectorial teeth to those which follow them, have been taken into account, as well as minor characters of the teeth themselves. Attention has been directed to the excess of teeth above the normal 1880.) DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID, 239 number in Ofocyon, and to the diminution of the number in Cyon and Ieticyon. The variation in size of the pollex and its disappearance in Lycaon are well known. The differences in the form of the pupil have been noted ; and, of late, particular notice has been taken of the extensive modifications in the form of the cecum. Weight has been attached to the presence or absence of a caudal gland. The taxonomic value of these variations, however, has remained doubtful. That of the proportional lengths of the nasal bones, for example, is justly disputed by Wagner’. Satisfactory evidence of the form of the pupil is hard to obtain, and does not appear to have any definite correlation with diurnal or nocturnal habits. The presence or absence of a caudal gland has been investigated in only a few species ; and as it occurs in Wolves, Dogs, Jackals”, and Foxes, it is not likely to be of much importance. The proportions of the sectorial . to the following teeth may be similar in Canidee which are certainly not closely allied, and different in those which are. And the system of measurement hitherto usually adopted gives the absolute sizes of the teeth and their dimensions relatively to one another, but affords no clue to their proportions in relation to the size of the skull, or .to the increase or diminution of individual teeth. The increase of the number of the teeth of Otocyon appears generally to be regarded merely as an anomaly. There can be no doubt that the skulls and the teeth of the Canidze vary from species to species more than any other part of their organization. One has only to put side by side with one another the skeleton of an Otocyon and that of a Wolf or that of a Fox, to . see that the cranial and dental differences are very much greater than any which are observable elsewhere ; and a glance at the skull and teeth of any other canine animal is sufficient to show that its cha- racters give it a place somewhere between the former and the two latter. The problem therefore is how to give definite expression to the differences between Otocyon, Fox,.and Wolf, and to deter- mine by something better than vague eye-judgments the relation of the other forms to these. 2. When occupied with anthropological questions, a good many years ago*, I was confronted by the same kind of difficulty in en- deavouring to arrive at an exact conception of the morphological relations of the skulls of the different races of mankind ; and I was led to adopt a method of estimating cranial characters which still commends itself to me as that which is best calculated to meet the end in view. Every constituent of the skull, like all other parts of the body, varies from individual to individual, and from youth to age. But the central region of the base of the skull, formed by the basi- occipital, basisphenoid, and presphenoid bones, represents the foun- 1 Schreber’s Siugethiere, Suppl. Bd. ii. pp. 365, 384, notes. 2 I have found a small caudal gland in a female C. mesomelas, which recently died in the Gardens. 3 “On two widely contrasted Forms of the Human Cranium,” Journal of Anatomy, 1867. Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. XVI. 16 240 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, dation around and upon which the other parts are built, and reaches its adult condition early. Moreover it answers to one of the most important parts of the central nervous system, the base of the brain. It is therefore eminently fitted to furnish a relatively fixed unit of measurement and standard of position, to which the dimensions and the position of the other parts of the head and face, with the teeth, can be referred. In order to obtain such a standard, a median line is drawn in the bisected skull, from the hinder edge of the basioccipital bone to the junction between the preesphenoid and the ethmoid in the base of the skull. I call this line the Jasicranial axis; and its value is taken as 100. The measurements of the other parts of the skull can then be expressed in terms of 100, and their development, irre- spectively of the absolute size of the animal, becomes apparent. Sectional diagrams of different skulls, in which the basicranial axis has the same absolute length, show not only the different proportions of corresponding parts, but bring to light the relative depth, length, and inclination of the palate. This method of procedure is a little troublesome at first; but practice makes it easy, and the results are very satisfactory. When, as often happens, the skull under examination cannot be bisected, a sufficiently close approximation to the true length of the basicranial axis may be obtained by taking the distance along the median line of the base of the skull from the posterior edge of the basioccipital bone to a point opposite the middle of the distance between the optic and the ethmoidal foramina. This point always lies a little behind the posterior extremity of the vomer. 3. I will illustrate the method which I have described by com- paring the skull of a common Fox with the skull of an animal which died in the Zoological Society’s Gardens, and came to me labelled ** Canis azare, South America.” It corresponds very closely with the skulls also assigned to Canis azare by De Blainville (‘ Ostéo- graphie,’ Canis, pl. iv.) and by Burmeister (‘ Erlauterungen zur _ Fauna Brasiliens’). In their actual dimensions and in their general form these two skulls are very similar, except that the zygomatic arch of the European is stronger and more sharply arched than that of the South- American animal, and that the longitudinal contour of the face is straighter in the Fox, in consequence of a slight convexity of the interorbital and posterior nasal regions in C. azare. The ramus of the mandible of C. azare is somewhat deeper at the level of the last molar tooth, and its coronoid process is less high and less in- clined backwards, while the ventral contour is more simuous. Other minor differences will be obvious on comparison of the figures. 1880. } DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2. ] “il il Dorsal view of the left half of the skull of Canis azure (A) and of the right half of the skull of C. vulpes (B), placed side by side. Natural size, 16* 241 242 - PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND (Apr. 6, Fig. 2. Lateral views of the skulls of C. azare (A) and C. vulpes (B). Reduced to two thirds of the natural size. Tasie 1.—Measurements of the Skulls of C. vulpes and C. azare. C. vulpes. C. azere. Total length ...... ...+-.-.---00- 143 142 Zygomatic width ...............- 7 72 Length of bony palate ............ 73 72 Width — ;, ee ee 41 41 Length of Racca axe. coe 46 48 1880. ]} DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 243 C. vulpes. C. azare. Length of the ramus of the mandible in a straight line from symphysis } 109 105 EnCondy le... ois 6 fh Ser dhe «axis [In this and the following tables of measurements “total length” means the distance from the front edge of the premaxillary bones to the extremity of the occipital spine. The “zygomatic width” is the greatest transverse distance between the outer faces of the zygomatic arches. The “length of the bony palate” is measured from the front edge of the symphysis of the premaxillary bones to the hinder edge of the middle of the bony palate, not taking into account the inconstant median spine which is frequently developed. The “width of the bony palate” is the distance between the points at which the outer faces of “** and”™* meet. The « length of the basicranial axis” has already been defined. The measurements are given in millimetres. ] The differences in the dentition between C. vulpes and C. azare are very slight. In the upper jaw of the Fox the series of the Fig. 3. The crowns of the-cheek teeth of C, azare(A) and C. vulpes(B). Natural size. A, A’, right upper and lower teeth of C. azare; B, B', the same of C. vulpes; a, 6, “ cusp-line” traversing the apices of the inner and outer anterior cusps of ——. ‘molar teeth of opposite sides slightly incline towards the middle line behind, while in C. azare they are almost parallel. Hence the angulation of the line of the cheek-teeth between the last pre- molar and the first molar (fig. 3, A, B) is rather more marked in C. vulpes. 244 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, The premolar teeth are smaller in C. azare ; but as they are more worn it is difficult to make an exact comparison. The upper sectorial is not quite so long as that of the Fox. The transverse diameter is the same in front, but is less behind, in C. azar; and its inner cusp is less forward in position and less prominent. The lower sectorial is narrower and the anterior internal cusp somewhat larger in C. azare. In both, a line drawn from the anterior-external to the anterior- internal cusp (4 4, fig. 3, p. 243) makes an acute angle with.a trans- verse line, on account of the not very backward position 6f the latter. In the Fox there is a very small secondary cusp between the inner anterior and the inner posterior cusps, which is absent in C’. azare. The second lower incisor lies completely behind the first in C. azare ; but this is probably only an individual exaggeration of a tendency to the displacement of the second incisor backwards, which is often observable in the Canide. TaBLE I1.— Measurements of the Cheek-teeth of C. vulpes and C. azaree. C. vulpes. CC. azare. Length of the whole upper premolar and molar series .... 54 50 Length of the whole lower premolar and molar series .tne ss. . e=, 60 57 Liennth-ofjee in: Bing? ar totam oles 12°5 Breastlriof “aah. %.s ei ll Benet eee an. Stein + ae 5 Eremdaat o>. noe ioe. seek 7°3 7 BCU eee a 8 one Me es 15 14°3 53 Sei Ks! He» Toi o< «= 7°3 aa os SoU. ae 3 3°5 In both C. valpes and C. azare the hinder ends of the nasal bones just reach the level of the hindermost part of the fronto- maxillary suture. In the Fox the ascending processes of the pree- maxillary bones reach the anterior processes of the frontal bones, while in C. azare there is a wide interval between the two. Jn both, the temporal ridges unite into a crest for a short distance behind ; but for the rest of their extent they are separate, inclosing a very narrow sagittal area (fig. 1, p. 241). At the anterior ex- tremity of this the ridges diverge and pass outwards to the angles of the supraorbital process; and it is at this point that the principal external difference between the two skulls becomes apparent. In the Fox (fig. 1, B, p. 241), the well-defined ridge runs nearly parallel with its fellow for some distance in front of the coronal suture, and then sweeps outwards, in a sharp curve, tothe recurvedsupraorbital process, behind which a deep constriction marks the boundary between 1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDZ. 245 the interorbital and the temporal regions of the skull. In Canis azare the temporal ridge is not so well marked ; and, beginning to diverge from its fellow a little in front of the coronal suture, it passes with a very slight curve to the angle of the supraorbital process, while the postorbital constriction is small (fig. 1, A). Moreover there is hardly any depression on the upper surface of the supra- orbital process, the whole glabellar region being evenly arched from side to side. In the Fox, there is a well-marked depression on the outer part of the upper surface of the supraorbital process, and the glabella is flatter. These external differences answer to small but very definite distinctions which are seen in the longitudinal sections. The superimposed sections of the two skulls correspond almost exactly. In C. vulpes, as in all the Canide, the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone is funnel-shaped, the concavity being turned towards the cranial cavity, while the convex surface looks outwards and up- wards above, outwards and downwards below, into the nasal cham- ber. From its outer surface the delicate rolled laminze of bone which answer to the superior and middle turbinals of human anatomy take their origin, The lower plates project backwards as far as the ethmo-presphenoidal suture ; while the upper ones reach as far back as the junction of the ethmoid with the frontal bones, and are covered over by the orbital and nasal prolongations of those bones. In C. vulpes, however, there are no frontal sinuses; that is to say, behind the point of union with the ethmoid the median parts of the thin frontal bones are solid throughout. Moreover, if, as in man, we distinguish that part of the frontal bone which covers the anterior surface of the cerebral hemispheres, from that part which lies further back, as the forehead, then the forehead of the Fox is very short, while the vertical height of the ethmoid is proportionally great. In Canis azare there is a marked difference in all these respects (fig. 4, A, f, p. 246). A large frontal sinus is developed in each frontal bone, above and behind the fronto-ethmoidal suture. The forehead is much longer, while the height of the ethmoid is less. In both skulls a well-defined ridge (fig. 4, @) answers to the supraorbital sulcus, and marks off the region occupied by the curved lateral gyri from that of the orbital and frontal gyri of the brain. But in the Fox this ridge (fig. 4, B, a) is directed upwards and for- wards, and its dorsal end is separated by but a small distance from the dorsal margin of the cribriform plate of the ethmoid; while in Canis azare the dorsal half of the ridge (fig. 4, A, a) is inclined slightly backwards, and its end is far more remote from the edge of the cribriform plate. Moreover the inner wall of the skull is much more sharply bent inwards along the dorsal half of the orbito- frontal ridge than it is in the Fox. These differences have their counterparts in the form of the brain, and become very manifest when casts of the interior of the skull are compared (fig. 5, p. 247). Inthe Fox the contour of the brain, viewed from above, is that of a pear with the narrow end forwards. Late- [Apr. 6, PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND 246 ‘QOPI [LJWOAT-OF1G10 ‘y fsnuIs [eyUOAT Yf * SIXe PerULJOISUq ‘a o ‘(q) sadjna Q pure (Y) aunzn 7D JO sTMYS oy} JO suorjoes [eutpnyisuo0ry 1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 247 rally the contour-line is undalated, presenting one slight incurvation in the region of the sylvian sulcus and another in that of the supra- orbital sulcus (fig. 5, a), while a little angulation (fig. 5, 6, 6,) marks the junetion of the olfactory lobes with the cerebral hemispheres. In Canis azare the cerebral hemispheres immediately behind the supraorbital fissure widen out abruptly (fig. 5, a), and the lateral contour, instead of being slightly incurved at this point, presents a sharp rectangular inflection, The frontal lobe anterior to the supra- orbital sulcus is much longer in C. azure (a-0') than in C. vulpes (a—6); and the brain is considerably wider behind in the latter. Superimposed outlines of the casts of the cranial cavities of C. azare and C. vulpes, viewed from above. The thin line belongs to the former, the thick line to the latter. a, the supraorbital suleus ; 4, the junction of the olfactory lobe with the cerebral hemisphere in C, wwlpes; 5', in C. azare. Thus, notwithstanding the extremely close resemblance of these two skulls, there is a very readily discernible difference between them in the presence of frontal sinuses and the peculiar character of the anterior part of the cranial cavity in C. azare, while both these features are absent in C. vulpes. These differences have nothing to do with size or age, inasmuch as the two skulls are almost identical in size and are both fully adult. Nevertheless I do not know that I should have been disposed to attach any great importance to such characters, if I bad not found, on examining a large number of canine animals, that they may be disposed in two 248 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, groups, in one of which the peculiarities of Canis vulpes, while in the other those of C. azare are always to be met with. Similar to C. vulpes are C. fulvus, C. argentatus, C. cinereo- argentatus, C. littoralis, C. niloticus, C’. caama, C. zerda, C. lago- pus ; and, on the other hand, C. Zupus, all varieties of C. domesticus’, C. aureus, C. anthus, C. latrans, C. antarcticus, C. magellanicus, and C. cancrivorus have the characters of C. azare. We are thus enabled to distinguish two series of Canide, the one of which may be termed Alopecoid and the other Thooid. The figures of the late Prof. Gervais, ‘‘ Mémoire sur les formes cérébrales propres aux animaux carnivores”’ (Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, tome vi.), prove that the Thooid character of the brain obtains in C. aureus, C.simensis, C. lupus, C. dingo, C. sumatrensis, C. primevus, C. jubatus, and Lycaon pictus; while the Alopecoid features are very obvious in the Fennec. 4. But within each of these series there are considerable modifi- cations, which give rise to corresponding terms in the two series. The first of these modifications appears in the proportion of the sectorial and next following teeth relatively to the basicranial axis (= 100), shown by the following table in six examples of the Alo- pecoid series :— Tas e II].—Proportional Measurements of the Teeth in Alopecoids. A. B. a aT [ae 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Length C.zerda. C.litto- C. fame- C. vulpes. CC. nilo- C. argen- 1:6 of ralis. licus. ticus. tatus. oe .2 06 22°4 23°5 27°3 28°3 28°51: 1°38 2.0 173) Ty 8 194194 20°51 1518 ae ate 27°2 28° 30°5 SIL 344 12143 = et A* 15°7 13°5 14°7 144. 150 > Teo These measurements represent individual specimens ; and it must be recollected that others might vary considerably on either side of the proportions here given. But they suffice to prove, firstly, that in the group A the sectorial teeth are relatively smaller than in the group B, so that it may be convenient to speak of the one as microdont and the other as macrodont Alopecoids; secondly, while ?“=, “*) my and — all become larger between C’. zerda and C. argentatus, the increase is far greater on the part of ?““* than on that of “+, and of “+ than on that of “2. Thirdly, while in C. zerda “= is pm, 4 to as 1:1:19 and —, to =; as 1:1°71, in C. argentatus the former proportion is 1: 1°39 and the latter as 1;2°26. In : Ina skull of a Blenheim Spaniel the frontal sinuses are totally absent, but the disposition of the orbito-frontal ridge is exactly as in other domestic Dogs. I do not know whether this peculiarity is general in the Blenheim breed or not. 1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2. 249 other words, in the macrodont Alopecoids these teeth are not merely larger but they are more differentiated, the sectorial teeth becoming increased out of proportion to the rest. Fig. 6. The crowns of the cheek-teeth of C. argentatus (A, A’) and C. littoralis (B, B'). Those of C. argentatus are of the size of nature; those of C. littoralis are enlarged in the proportion of 4:3, and consequently are larger by one third than the natural size, This enlargement has the advantage of giving the same length to ™ tin both, and thus enabling the relative dimensions of the teeth to be Seen. At the same time, inasmuch as the length of the basicranial axis In the skull of C. argentatus is to that in C. littoralis as about 4: 3, the figures fairly represent the actual morpho- logical relations of the teeth. a 6, a' b', cusp-lines of the lower sectorial teeth. The third lower molar in B’ was absent, and is figured from another specimen ; its crown is seen somewhat obliquely. Similar relations are observable in the Thooid series, as the fol- lowing table of proportional measurements clearly shows :— TaBLe 1V.—Proportional Measurements of the Teeth in Thooids. A B supe t pret nail Le. 2. 3. 4. 5. Length of £ (a). Cen, b 2 sail C. azare. C. dingo, C.lupus. 1:5 De Jee 26:8, 5p dgas hes gece Uid5 Bele wish o7 15°9 194 = 20 23°21: 1°31 =Srecck Peay 26°5 30°0) . Vote a6). bs} -38 aus «(144 12:2 [7 Ae IP OTe 18 250 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [ Apr. 6, pm. 4 In this series and —, as before, increase out of proportion to the rest, and —, undergoes the least alteration; but the upper sectorial increases rather more than the lower, which is the reverse of the relation which obtains in the Alopecoid series. 5. In all young canine animals, the upper edges of the attach- ments of the temporal muscles are separated by a wide interspace of a lyrate form, with its apex directed posteriorly, which may be called the sagittal area. The boundaries of this area are but little raised ; and, as age advances, it becomes gradually diminished by the approxi- mation of the temporal muscles. This approximation takes place 2Nat. Size. Upper (A) and lower (B) cheek-teeth of C. lupus, half the natural size; upper (A’) and lower (B’) teeth of C. azare (a), of the natural size. The first upper molars are thus brought to the same length, and the proportional increase of size of the sectorial teeth of the Wolf is apparent. more rapidly behind than in front, and results in the narrowing, and in most cases coalescence, of the temporal ridges throughout the greater part of the length of the sagittal suture, while in front they diverge to the supraorbital processes and inclose the glabellar area. In the smaller Alopecoids, such as C. zerda, the temporal ridges remain permanently separate, and inclose a wide lyrate sagittal area, the ridges themselves not being very strongly marked ; but in C. littoralis and C. cinereo-argentatus (= C. virginianus) the ridges take. the form of strongly-raised cord-like elevations, which impart a very characteristic aspect to the skull (fig. 8, p. 251). In this case there is no sagittal crest. But sometimes there is a well-defined though comparatively narrow sagittal area, from the centre of which a low sagittal crest rises. This is well seen in ‘some Jackals, and especially in C, antarcticus. 1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 251 6. In most of the Alopecoids, the contour of the inferior margin of the angular process continues the direction of that of the inferior margin of the ramus in front of it ; and this slopes gradually up- wards and backwards. In C. littoralis and €. cinereo-argentatus, however, the inferior contour of the ramus in the tegion of the Fig. 8. A. Dorsal aspect of the right half of the skull of C. azare (a); B. the same of the left half of C. /ittoralis: of the natural size. attachment of the digastric muscle, in front of the angular process, is inclined almost at right angles to the latter, and forms a sort of rounded ‘“subangular lobe” beneath the angular process, 252 _PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, Fig. 9. () fii pe H The left ramus of the mandible. A, C. azare (a); B. C. littoralis; C. C. fulvipes: of the natural size. A. angular process; L. subangular lobe, 1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 253 De Blainville long since figured and called attention to this feature of the mandible in C. cinereo-argentatus. These peculiarities are closely reproduced in the Thooid series, by the skull of a South-American animal referred to Canis azare’, which died in the Gardens of the Society, and to which I have alluded above as C. azare (a) (fig. 8 A, p. 251). The sagittal area is wide and lyrate ; but the temporal ridges are not so strongly marked as in C. littoralis. There are no strong depressions on the supraorbital processes ; and the glabella is evenly arched, in correspondence with the small but distinct frontal sinuses. The angular process of the mandible is extremely strong, and its margin is thick and tumid. Beneath it there is a well-developed subangular lobe (fig. 9 A, L). The following table of proportional measurements (basicranial axis =100) shows how closely C. azare (a) and C. littoralis represent one another. TasLe V.—Proportional Measurements of the Skull and Teeth of C. azaree (a) and C. velox. C. azare (a). C. velox. Total length of bony palate........ 125 122 »» breadth of Phe ee 78°9 71 jy lenet he" ses ae ca He. 2A 22°4 yy: ee net ee 17°7 18+] | ee ee De anemia. 111 13°3 ” % a CCE ee 27°7 27°2 Py Ee Se de Sees 14-4 15°7 In both, a small accessory cusp is developed on the posterior part of the outer face of the external anterior or principal cusp of the lower sectorial tooth (fig. 9, A and B). Nevertheless the frontal sinuses and the form of the anterior part of the cerebral cavity at once distinguish C. azare (a), as a Thooid, from C. littoralis. 7. The transition between C. azar (a) and the macrodont Thooids is furnished by the skull of an animal from Pernambuco, which died in the Gardens, and came to me labelled “C. fulvipes” (fig. 10, p. 254). The sagittal area is much narrower than in C-. azare (a); and the tem- poral ridges unite into a short median crest behind. The glabella is convex, and the postorbital constriction small, in correspondence with the considerable development of the frontal sinuses. The an- gular process of the mandible (fig. 9, C, A) is deep, strong, and thick, but not tumid as in the foregoing species. The subangular lobe is 1 Mr, Forbes informs me that this animal possessed a short straight caecum. C. cancrivorus has asimilar cecum. In C, procyonoides, C. jubatus, and Icticyon venatieus the cecum is longer and larger, but almost straight. In all the other Canide (certainly in C. lupus, C. laniger, C. domesticus, C. awreus, C. anthus, C. antarcticus, C. azare, in Cyon, Lycaon, Vulpes, and Otocyon) it would appear that the cecum is large and coiled. (See Garrod, P. Z, 8. 1873 and 1878; Maurie, P. Z.S, 1873; Flower, P. Z. 8. 1880.) 254 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6; far less developed; hence the inferior contour of this part of the. jaw is not very much more prominent than it is in some of the Jackals. I cannot distinguish the skull of this “C. fulvipes”’ from that Fig. 10. Dorsal view of the skull of C. fulvipes. figured by De Blainville (‘ Ostéographie,’ Canis, pl. viii.) under the name of Canis cancrivorus, from Cayenne—nor from the C. cancri- vorus of Burmeister, which appears to be identical with the C. bra- 1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID4. 255 siliensis of Lund. Under these circumstances I presume that it should be named C. cancrivorus. Another skull of a male animal which died in the Gardens has unfortunately lost its mandible, It is labelled “‘C. cancrivorus,” and differs from the foregoing only in having a much broader sagittal area, with slightly larger teeth and broader and longer palate in proportion to the basicranial axis (though not absolutely) than the foregoing. A third skull, also labelled “C. cancrivorus,’ 2, is young, with the milk-teeth not yet shed. The permanent first molars above and below are just coming into place; and their actual dimensions are so nearly identical with those of the preceding skulls, that, though the mandible has not quite the characteristic degree of lobation, I am dis- posed to think that the differences which exist depend merely on age. 8. If the measurements of the skulls of C. azare (a), C. caneri- vorus, and C. azare be now compared with one another and with those of C. aureus, C. anthus, and C. lupus, they will be found to form a gradual series of modifications. TasiLe VI.—Proportional Measurements of the Skulls and Teeth of Thooids. C. azare C. caneri- C. an- (a). vorus. C.azare. C.aureus. thus. C. lupus. Length of basicranial ees 2s... See, 100 100 100 100 100 100 Length of 7™=* |... 294 25 G63 30 325 ee | eee 177 208i‘ 28.2 a Se Wl 125 ©6121 12 136 125 ” > poe 2 29-1 30 309 34 369 BF is, Say Te 144 156 157 Wi. 143° «(17-1 » yy palate... 125 125 150 1 37 < 146 Breadth of palate ... 789 ‘oo 85 94 95 99 The only considerable break in the regularity of the progression here arises from the large size of “+ in C. cancrivorus and the un- usual length of the palate in C. azare. This regularity, however, is fortuitous. The measurements here given are those of individual skulls ; and if several individuals of any given species are measured in the same way, the range of variation in some cases is remarkable. Thus, three specimens of the Indian Jackal yield the following results (basicranial axis= 100) :— Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1880, No. XVII. 17 256 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, Taste VII.—Proportional Measurements of Teeth and Palate of Canis aureus. iy 1s ITI. Length of =". 5...) 27 31 33°8 sot lssar Sahacteeh 22 24 21°6 gyi lnag ye As el ae Heo) sl tiar2 2 eee DD 9 SSL 35°8 yout 401g atone 169 16-6 as, 35 sone Mee ye igs a3 Length of palate .... 125 141 143 Breadth of palate.... 94 90 90 The actual dimensions in millimetres are as follows :— Taste VIIL.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Canis aureus. ip II. opr: Length of basicranial axis.. 59 53 53 ae 2s ae | 16°5 18 Degas fe Se 1s aig 115 ee ee ee. Ca 6°5 7-1 ee eee isa, 8 19 af Sal eee ce ° 10 9 9 “ Senta aoe 4 4 - os palate vac fs ts 75 76 Breadth of ,, ae Sten so 48 48 The comparison of these two tables is interesting; for, according to the first, the variations of the dimensions of the teeth in propor- tion to those of the basicranial axis cover the whole range between Canis azare and the Wolves; on the other hand, the second shows that, while the basicranial axis, doubtless following the actual size of the animal, varies considerably, and while the teeth also vary, the two sets of variations do not correspond: hence, in the proportional table, the differences in the sizes of the teeth appear to be greater than they really are. Similar results are attained when the measurements of any con- siderable number of specimens of other canine skulls are compared. In fact, while in both the Thooid and the Alopecoid series the species may be arranged in a scale characterized by the gradually increasing relative and actual dimensions of the sectorial teeth, each species occupies not a line but a broad zone upon that scale, which zone is over- lapped by that of the species below and by that of the species above. 9. The lowest Alopecoids and the lowest Thooids agree in the relatively small size of their sectorial teeth ; and many possess a large lyrate sagittal area and a strongly lobate mandible. The genus 1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 257 Otocyon shares the last two peculiarities, and exhibits the first in a more marked degree than any other known canine animal, recent or extinct. There are three skulls of this interesting form in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and three in the British Museum ; and they all agree very closely with the figures and description given by De Blainville. Dorsal view of the skull of Otocyon lalandii: nat. size. In all, the posterior ends of the nasal bones extend beyond the fronto-maxillary suture ; but they vary considerably in width. The frontal processes are well separated from the ascending processes of the premaxillaries. The temporal ridges are much stronger and the Sagittal area narrower in one skull, which appears to be the oldest. There are no frontal sinuses. In all, the subangular lobe of the A 258 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6. mandible is very strong, thickened, and more or less incurved at its free margin. The angular process is strong, and projects inwardly as a horizontal shelf-like prominence, which is concave above, so that it somewhat resembles the bowl of a spoon (fig. 14, C, p. 263). The pusterior margin of the bony palate lies considerably behind the line of the hindmost molars. The line of the cheek-teeth is not angulated at the junction of the upper sectorial with the first molar, but nearly straight and almost parallel with that of the opposite side (fig. 13, B, p. 260). The incisive foramina are prolonged forwards into deep grooves on the palatal surfaces of the preemaxille. The AD ade! Lateral view of the skull of Ozocyon lalandii: } nat. size. incisor teeth have different proportions from those of ordinary Canidz, the outer being relatively smaller and less different from the rest. The outer upper incisor, on each side, is separated by an interval from the second. The great difference between Otocyon and all the other Canide, however, lies not merely in the increased number of the molar teeth, but in the proportions of the teeth to the basicranial axis and to one another, and in the low development of the jaws. The following table gives the average of three of the skulls :— TaBLe 1X.—Proportional Measurements of the Skull and Teeth in Otocyon. Basicranial axis ...... 100 (average absolute length 42 mm.). Leneth of 2 cas..tF le > il 13:4 ry) a te Wau 11°8 1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID&. 259 heagth’ of, oe. 255. 16°1 f = Fd ans 13°3 3 ae ER 9°8 5 palate... ... 138 Breadth of palate .... 66 Thus the upper jaw is both short and narrow; and the slenderness of the rami of the mandible is not less remarkable, though in this respect C. cancrivorus and OC. procyonoides approach Otocyon. Taste X.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Otocyon lalandii. i. 101 Itt. EY. Ag VI. Potallength” 0. ” m, 2 ” mM. 3 POO e ee ewe e eee weet en eenenese CO er Femme teen eee ee ee eeescnee 30 125 ys) [No. L., C. pallipes, from India; No. II No. V., C. diypus, from Russia; No. VI known. | .» C. lupus, from Belgium; No. IIT . C. laniger, from Thibet; Nos. V C. pallipes, from\India; No. IV., C. chanco, from Thibet ; II. and VIII, C. lupus, European, but the locality not certainly 280 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [ Apr. 6, inner cusp of both the upper and the lower sectorials (which measure not less than 28 millims. in length) obsolete, has no representative in the existing fauna. This fact is the more interesting, as the den- tition of Pale@ecyon, in some respects, presents a more thoroughly carnivorous aspect than that of the Old-World Wolves. Information respecting the Pliocene Canide is scanty. One of the best-known forms is the Canis borbonidus (C. megamastoides of Pomel), briefly described and figured by Gervais in the ‘ Paléonto- logie Frangaise’ (ed. 2, p. 2138, pl. xxvii. fig. 7). An almost entire skeleton was obtained from the Pliocene of Cerdé near Issoire. The skull is 150 millims. long; and Gervais justly observes that the ramus of the mandible resembles that of C. canerivorus. From the figure I judge that the teeth were no less similar to those of this species. The humerus has an intercondyloid but no supracondyloid perforation ; and the digits are five in front and four behind. Opinions differ as to whether the deposits of Cningen should be reckoned Lower Pliocene or Upper Miocene. The skull of the famous fossil Fox of Giningen, originally described by Mantell, and subsequently made the type of a new genus, Galecynus, by Professor Owen, is unfortunately not in a sufficiently good state of preservation for the determination of the question whether it belongs to the Alo- pecoid or to the Thooid series. In its cranial and dental measure- ments it agrees with surprising closeness with the common Fox ; and this correspondence extends even to the form and dimensions of the left upper sectorial tooth, which I have recently found could be readily exposed for about half its length in the specimen preserved in the Geological Society’s Museum. There is, however, a rather stronger indication ef a secondary cusp on the anterior part of the base of the blade of this tooth than is usual in the Foxes. At pre- sent I fail to see any suflicient gronnd for placing this animal in a distinct genus from the Foxes. Considering the known amount of variation in the pollex of different Canidee, its slightly greater propor- tional length in the Gningen skeleton, though an interesting fact in itself, can hardly be regarded as of much systematic importance. Much light has recently been thrown upon the paleontological history of the Canidz by M. Filhol’s! important researches upon the fossils of the phosphoritie deposits of Upper Eocene age in France, and especially upon the abundant remains of the genus Cynodictis. Of these ‘“‘viverrine Dogs,” as M. Filhol calls them, he distin- guishes no fewer than seventeen varieties, which shade off, on the one hand, into true Viverride, and, on the other hand, into the Amphicyonidee. M. Filhol has so fully described and so well figured examples of a large suite of specimens of the different forms of Oynodictis, that it is possible for those who have not enjoyed the opportunity of examining his materials to form an independent judgment as to the conclusions which may be drawn from them; and on one or two points I venture to dissent from his views. * “Recherches sur les phosphorites de Quercy,” Bibliothéque de l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes, xv. & xvi. 1876, 1877. 1880. ] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA. 281 Thus, in treating of Canis filholi, M. Filhol observes :— ** Je ne crois pas que ce soit 14 un Canis vrai, car le tubercule in- terne de la carnassi¢re est beaucoup trop développé; il est fort élevé et se réunit par son bord antérieur au bord postérieur de la pointe antérieure ; la portion moyenne de la face interne de la pointe principale n’est pas visible en dedans comme sur les Chiens vrais, elle est marquée a sa base par l’union des deux autres pointes’’?. -..... “Je serais assez porte 4 penser que le Canis filholi doit rentrer dans le groupe du Cynodictis cayluwi, auquel le rattache la forme de la carnassi¢re du Cynodictis intermedius. Il indique cer- tainement une tendance des Cynodictis 4 prendre les caractéres des Canidés, mais ensemble de ses caractéres est trop viverrien encore pour qu’on puisse le placer parmi les Canis. La méme observation doit tre faite pour le Cynodictis crassidens. Ces types sont exces- sivement interessants, car ils paraisaient peut-étre indiquer par la dégradation successive des caractcres de la carnassi¢re lorigine ancienne de nos Chiens.”’ But the characters of the tooth to which M. Filhol refers cannot be regarded as sufficient to differentiate Cynodictis from the true Canide, when we have in Otocyon (fig. 13, C, p, 260) a lower sectorial which may be described in the same terms. In fact, apart from the number of the teeth, the dentition of Otocyon departs more widely from that of the more differentiated Canidze than that of Cynodictis does, the teeth of the latter taking a place alongside of those of the lower Thooids and Alopeccids. After describing the skull of Cynodictis boriei, M. Filhol re- marks :—“ Il n’ya rien dans le groupement des diverses parties dont jai successivement indiqué la position qui permette une comparaison avec les différents groupes de nos Carnivores. La base du crane des Ursidés, des Canidés, des Viverridés, des Felidés, des Hyzenidés, des Mustdlidés, est tout-ad-fait différente; celle des Marsupiaux lest également”? (/. ¢. t. xv. p. 74). Without inspection of the specimens on which M. Filhol bases this opinion, it is hazardous to traverse it; but I confess his detailed description and excellent figures lead me to form a different conclu- sion, and to think that, in cranial characters, Cynodictis nearly approaches the South-American Thooids ; and especially Ze¢ieyon, in the proportions of the face and skull. In the actual measurements of the palate and of the teeth, Cyno- dictis comes extraordinarily near to certain living South-American forms. Thus, C. leptorhynchus is very like C. vetulus, while Cyno- dictis gryet almost as closely approaches C. azarw—the chief differ- ence, in the latter case, being the less transverse diameter of the sectorial and of the two molars of the upper jaw in C. azare. ' Loe, cit. tome xvi. p. 819. 282 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, Tasie XXI.—Cranial and Dental Measurements of Cynodictis and Canis. Ts Th IIT. Iv. V. Length of palate ......... renee ee 48 79 72 Breadth, 2h 8 ale 29 29 39 41 ihengthiof PBA Dy.ak mee, ke 8 ri 13 125 14 Breadttie < ey shriek 5 5D 9 6 10 Ménpeh or» 1). 0 6 7 93 ll Pipnehs, bac cmavenhs.cith hocks 75 8 ll 15 Tonsth of | Geen, te 4 5 6-5 6 8 Bieadh. ojala alae 65 Gb 9 7 9:5 Length of — sssssvasssnssesses 7 9-5 ma 145 135 m. yi asthe bs ep hy 4 65 75 m, 2 s eee 3 3 4 m.3 [No. I. Cynodictis leptorhynchus ; No. II. Canis vetulus; No. III. Cynodictis gryci; No. IV. Canis azare; No. V. Cynodictis boriet. The measurements are partly given by M. Filhol and partly taken from his figures. ] The skull of Cynodictis boriec is as large as that of an ordinary European Wolf, so that the microdont character is very striking, while the great thickness of the upper sectorial and the large size of the upper molar brings this form still nearer to C. vetulus than to C. azare, Taking all the facts of the case into consideration, I am disposed not only to agree with the conclusion to which M, Filhol’s remarks tend, that Cynodictis lies in the direct line of ancestry of the Canidee, but to suppose that, in skull and teeth, it represents pretty closely the stock from which the branch of the Viverride has diverged, subsequently to give rise to the Felidee and Hyznide. On the other hand, as M. Filhol points out, certain forms of Cynodic- tis closely approach Amphicyon, a genus in which ™*, usually aborted in all the existing Thooid and Alopecoid Canidee, is present, though J ; é : much smaller than “~~ and evidently in course of suppression. In m.1 other respects, as in the shortness of oath relatively to ~, the large m size of ™* relatively to “+, and of — relatively to —,, the dentition of Amphicyon repeats the general characters of that of Cynodictis. None of the varieties of Cynodictis or of Amphicyon exhibits a distinctly lobate form of mandible; nor, so far as I am aware, has any specimen of the latter genus been discovered with more than three molars above and below. Hence, if I am right in supposing that in the dentition of Ofocyon we have a representation of the 1880. | DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANID2. 283 number and the kinds of teeth which existed in the earliest ancestors of the Canide, and that the lobate mandible is similarly inherited from them, it becomes necessary to seek, for the primitive forms of the Carnivora which probably stood in the same relation to Amphi- cyon as Otocyon does to Canis and Vulpes, in still older formations, Nothing is at present known of the Mammals of the Cretaceous epoch ; and from the older Eocene the only forms which bear upon the present question are Arctocyon, Pterodon, and Hyaenodon. Of the first too little is known to warrant speculation. With respect to the two latter, M. Filhol’s observations have conclusively proved that they have as little to do with the Didelphia in dentition as in other respects; and he has described an interesting form, Cynhye- nodon, the upper dentition of which approaches that of Pterodon, while its mandibular teeth present resemblances to those of Cynodictis. I do not suppose, however, that Péerodon (and still less Hycnodon) lies in the direct line of ancestry of the Canide. On the contrary, they appear to constitute a peculiar branch of the stock of the Car. nivora, having closer relations to the Insectivora than are possessed by modern Carnivores. In fact, in Centetes, the molar teeth of both jaws increase in size from before backwards, and the patterns of their crowns are such that those of all the Carnivora may be_readily derived from them, The trihedral prism which constitutes the chief part of the first upper molar of Centetes obviously answers to the triangular elevation on the crown of the corresponding tooth of Otocyon, which termi- nates in the two outer and the two inner cusps; and the main difference between the two is that the cingulum is larger and extends much nearer to the summits of the cusps in Ofocyon than in Centetes, In the mandibular teeth, again, the first molar of Centetes pre- sents exactly the same number of cusps, disposed in the same way as in that of Otocyon, the difference between the two lying merely in the different proportions of the parts. The exact correspondence in plan of these teeth is the more interesting, since, in Centetes, it is easy to trace the progressive changes by which the simple and primi- tive character of the Mammalian cheek-tooth exhibited by the most anterior praemolar passes into the complex structure of the crowns of the posterior teeth. This is particularly obvious in the lower cheek-teeth, in which the crown of the most anterior premolar is simply tricuspidate, with the anterior and the posterior cusps very small and the apex of the principal cusp simple. In the next premolar the principal cusp appears cleft near its apex, in consequence of the development of a small secondary cusp on its inner side ; the anterior cusp is higher and the posterior both higher and thicker. In the third preemolar, and in the molars, the anterior cusp is still higher; the secondary cusp is as large as that from which it is derived, so that it answers to the anterior internal cusp, while the former principal cusp takes the place of the anterior external cusp of the typical canine tooth. The posterior cusp, become very broad, and divided by a faint median depression, represents the posterior external and posterior internal 284 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6 cusps of the lower sectorial of the Dogs. A series of changes of just the same kind is observable in Gymnura; but the posterior cusps acquire a much greater size, and the molars take on a procyo- noid character. If the cheek-teeth of Centetes, Gymnura, Olocyon, and Nasua are placed side by side, it is easy to see that the first presents the least-modified condition of the pattern of the crowns of the molars common to the whole series. The reduction, or the less development, of the addition to the inner sides of the teeth, on the other hand, would give such crowns as those of Péerodon and Hyenodon. The Insectivorous affinities of the dentition of the lower Carnivores harmonize very well with other peculiarities of the group. The presence of arudimentary clavicle and of a rudimentary hallux in the existing Canida leaves no reasonable doubt that they are descended from ancestors which possessed both in a complete state. And the suggestion is no less obvious that their digitigrade condition has resulted from the modification of a plantigrade form. Now we do not know whether any of the Eocene Canide possessed clavicles ; but there is reason to believe that Amphicyon was plantigrade and pentadactyle. M. Filhol has shown that Oynhyenodon had a brain more like that of an Insectivore than that of a Carnivore; and this fact is in accord- ance with a rule which now rests ona pretty broad basis of induction, that, in any given series of Mammals which is represented through- out the Tertiary series, the oldest forms had less highly developed brains than their modern representatives. But, if the oldest Tertiary Carnivores were pentadactyle, plantigrade, claviculate, and had brains with relatively small cerebral hemispheres and large, completely exposed, cerebella, one may ask, by what cha- racters were they distinguishable from the Insectivora? and why may not Hy@nodon and Pterodon be an extreme development of that type of the Insectivora which is at present represented by Centetes? On the other hand, if the primitive stock of the terrestrial Carni- vora was represented by a plantigrade, pentadactyle, claviculate form with the dentition and jaw-angle of Otocyon and provided with epi- pubes, we should be furnished with that which is at present wanting, namely a link between the monodelphous and the didelphous Mam- malia. According to our present system of classification, such a mammal would be grouped among the Insectivora, or as a transitional form between them and the Didelphia; and I have long entertained the conviction that the primary stock of all the groups of the mono- delphous Mammalia will be found to oceupy this position. 14. It may be desirable to state in a summary form the principal conclusions to which the facts stated in the preceding pages appear to me to point. I. The existing Canide exhibit a gradual series of modifications, in the form and size of their skulls and the number and characters of their teeth, from Otocyon, as the least-differentiated member of the 1880.] DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA. 285 group, to the Wolves, Lycaons, Cyons, and Northern Foxes, as the most modified forms. II. In the skull these modifications consist chiefly (a) in the increase of absolute size; (4) in the increase of the relative dimen- sions of the jaws, and particularly in the width of the palate; (e) in the persistence or disappearance of the sagittal area common to all young Canidee, and the correlative development or absence of a sagittal crest; (d) in the diminution of the inflexion of the angular process of the mandible; (e) in the disappearance of the subangular lobe. III. In the teeth, the most important modifications are the in- crease in the proportional size of the sectorials, accompanied by the relative diminution and, in some cases, suppression of the posterior molars. In Ofocyon, ™* has usually disappeared. In C. caneri- m4 m3 ae vorus, ——, ——, and = are most frequently suppressed ; but —— often . a5] . . . . remains, and “ persists in one known case. In the great majority . m.4 m.38 3 5 a of the Canidz, 7“, —, and ma ®re normally suppressed, while aa becomes relatively small, and, asa rule, disappears in Cyon. Finally, mie «ae . m, 2 : nee in the majority of examples of Icticyon, both ~~ and ms 8re wanting, m. 2 + s,s and when “~ is present it is very small, The gradation will be rendered more intelligible by placing the formule of the cheek-teeth under one another, Maxilla. Mandible. pm. mM. pin am Otocyon : eran sae Gh Fullest dentition observed... 1 234 19 34 1234 1234 COnginainyy cake ac dato adackens rs 12384 123% 1234 1234 C, cancrivorus: Fullest dentition observed... 1234 1 23 % (SZ 4a Oey Ordinaryn sac e toc. See ase 1234 12%% 234 193» Most Alopecoids and Thooids 1234 12% % 1234 123% COO HEA EIA RE RE 1284 12x.% 1234 12% Ictieyon : Fullest dentition observed... 1 2 3 4 12% 1284 12x% Ordinary? Sea ey, 8 1234 Lexx 12384 12%» In the individual teeth, the most important changes are the increase of the length in proportion to the breadth of the upper sectorial, and, in the lower sectorial, the change in the relative dimensions and position of the inner anterior cusp, which, from being on a level with the outer and higher than it in Otocyon, becomes smaller and shifts further and further backwards, eventually even disappearing, as in 286 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE CRANIAL AND [Apr. 6, Teticyon and Paleocyon. The heel of this tooth also diminishes in proportion to its blade. IV. All the known kinds of canine animals may be arranged in two series, starting from Otocyon as the nearest ally of the lowest member of each series. It is probable that when a sufficient number of specimens of each species at present recognized has been examined, it will be found that the forms with least-modified skulls and teeth are connected by in- sensible gradations with those with most-modified skulls and teeth, and that no absolute line of demarcation can be drawn between one species and another in cranial and dental characters. There is no evidence that any one of these species is infertile when crossed with any other. Such evidence as exists with respect to C. cancrivorus, the Jackal, Dog, and Wolf tends to the conclusion that species of approximately the same size are capable of fertile unions. V. The taxonomy of the Canidz, under these circumstances, is very much a matter of convention. Iam disposed to think that the most convenient mode of representing the facts is to regard Otocyon and the Thooid and Alopecoid series respectively as genera, retaining for the two latter the old names of Canis and Vulpes. In each of these genera a lower, a middle, and a higher section may be conveniently recognized, though they are hardly susceptible of strict definition. Thus, in the genus Vulpes, Baird has separated V. littoralis and V. cinereo-argentatus under the name of Urocyon. The Corsacine Foxes, V. zerda, V. caama, V. bengalensis, and V. velox may con- stitute another subgeneric section, and the most differentiated Foxes, such as V. lagopus, V. fulvus, and the rest, a third. In the genus Canis we have, in like manner, as a lowest section the species of the C. cancrivorus and C. vetulus type (answering pretty much to the Aguarra Dogs of Hamilton Smith), the Sacaline section (C. aureus, C. anthus, C. mesomelas, C. antarcticus, C. latrans), and the Lupine section (C. dupus and all its varieties). Icticyon, Lycaon, and Cyon may probably be usefully retained as subgeneric names for the special modifications of the Thooid type which are denoted by them. As for species, no one zoologist has ever yet agreed with the esti- mate of another as to what should be considered species and what local varieties among Wolves and Foxes; and, as there is no criterion by which the question can be decided, it is probable that such agree- ment never will be attained. The suggestion that it may be as well to give up the attempt to define species, and to content oneself with recording the varieties of pelage and stature which accompany a definable type of skeletal and dental structure in the geographical district in which the latter is indigenous, may be regarded as revo- lutionary ; but I am inclined to think that sooner or later we shall have to adopt it. VI. The most notable facts in the Distribution of the Canidz are :— (1) the occurrence of the Corsacine Alopecoids and the Sacaline 1880. | DENTAL CHARACTERS OF THE CANIDA, 287 Thooids, side by side, from South Africa, through Central Asia, to India and North and South America; (2) the limitation of Otocyon to South Africa ; (3) the limitation of Aguarine Thooids to South America and North-east Asia, including Japan; (4) the limitation of the most specialized Thooids, namely the Wolves and the ordi- nary Foxes, to the Northern hemisphere; (5) the exclusion of Foxes from South America; (6) the distribution of Cyon, which curiously resembles that of the Tiger. If provinces of distribution were marked out by the Canide, they would by no means correspond with those generally recognized. There is nothing peculiar about the Australian dog, while the American continent contains within itself all the chief types of Canine animals, except Ofocyon. The presence of this form, with its ancient type of dentition, in South Africa is not improbably due to the fact that this region contains the remains of a very old Mammalian fauna. VII. The morphological relations of the living Canidz are such as to suggest that they result from the gradual accumulation of small variations in the general direction of increase of size and of differentia- tion of the teeth, superinduced upon a primitive stock which presented the full microdont dentition of Otocyon. VII1. Though the paleontological history of the Canidee is incom- plete, the facts which are ascertained tend in the same direction. In skull and dentition, the older Tertiary Canidee either, as in the case of Cynodictis, resemble the less-differentiated Canide, or, as in 4m- phicyon, present a third upper molar, such as occasionally exists in Canis cancrivorus. But if, as 1 suppose, Cynodictis and Amphicyon were preceded by forms having four molars above and below, they have yet to be discovered, as no Eocene mammals with four molars, except Opossums, have as yet been brought to light. IX. The primitive stock of the dogs, for which we thus have to seek in older Eocene or earlier deposits, is theoretically required to have been a pentadactyle plantigrade animal provided with clavicles and possibly with bony epipubes. Such an animal, if it existed now, would probably be regarded as an Insectivore with more or less marked didelphous affinities. In conclusion I desire to express my thanks to the President, to Dr. Giinther, and to Dr. Rolleston for the ready access afforded me to the abundant materials for the study of the Canidze in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, the British Museum, and the Oxford ‘Museum, to Sir Joseph Fayrer and to Mr. Wood-Mason, of the Indian Museum at Calcutta, for the great trouble they have been good enough to take in supplying me with specimens of Indian species, and to Professor Peters, of Berlin, for the loan of a skull of V. corsac. [P.S. I ought to mention that large additions have been made to this paper since it was read before the Society ; but I have deferred the consideration of the origin and relations of the domestic dogs until the evidence which I am at present collecting is more com- plete. July 4th, 1880.] Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XIX. 19 288 DR. WATSON ON THE ORGANS OF PROBOSCIDEA. [Apr. 20, LIST OF WOODCUTS. . Dorsal views of the skulls of C. azare and C. vulpes, p. 241. . Lateral views of the same, p. 242. . Cheek-teeth of the same, p. 248. 4, Longitudinal sections of the skulls of the same, p. 246. Fig. 1 ig. : 3 4 5. Casts of the interior of the cranial cavities of the same, p. 247. 6 of 8 Cheek-teeth of C. argentatus and C. littoralis, p. 249. . Cheek-teeth of C. dawpus and C. azare, p. 250. . Dorsal views of the skull of C, azare and C. littoralis, p. 251. 9. Left ramus of the mandible of C. azare, C. littoralis, and C. fulvipes, . 252. 10. Dorsal view of the skull of C. fulvipes, p. 254. 11. Dorsal view of the skull of Ofocyon lalandii, p. 257. 12. Lateral view of the same, p. 258. 3. Upper and lower cheek-teeth of Otocyon lalandit; lower sectorial teeth of the same, of C, zerda, and C, lupus, p. 260. 14, Mandibles of Perameles, Procyon, and Otocyon, viewed from behind, p. 263. 15. Side view of the skull of Icticyon venaticus, p. 268. 16. Cheek-teeth of the same, p. 269. April 20, 1880. Professor W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during March 1880 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of March was 97, of which 10 were by birth, 30 by presentation, 34 by purchase, 16 received in exchange, and 7 received on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 97. ‘The most noticeable addition during the month was :— A pair of Spanish Ichneumons (Herpestes widdringtoni) from Andalusia, presented by J. C. Forster, Esq., F.Z.S., March 19. Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., read descriptions of various new and little-known species of Cephalopoda, amongst which was a new generic form proposed to be called Tritaxeopus. This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ Dr. M. Watson read an account of the female organs of the Pro- boscidea, as observed in a specimen of the Indian Elephant which he had lately dissected. This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ The following papers were read :— 1880.] ON THE GENUS GIRASIA. 289 1, On the Land-Molluscan Genus Girasia of Gray, with Remarks on its Anatomy and on the Form of the Capreolus of Lister (or Spermatophore) as developed in Species of this Genus of Indian Helicide. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e. ) [Received March 15, 1880.] (Plates XXIV.-XXVIL.). In certain groups of the Mollusca the many forms run s0 closely one into the other that it is not easy to find differences sufficiently well marked by which to characterize even the genera, The shells (which, as a rule, have alone been described) are often very similar ; but in the animal itself, quite if nota more important part, very great diversity may be found in colour and markings, as well as in the complicated generative organs, amongst which the capreolus presents us with another specific point of difference. This is one reason for my bringing it now more particularly to the notice of conchologists, as well as to show into what curious distinct forms it has been developed. I must state that I have not long taken up this part of the study of Malacology; and I trust that anatomists will deal leniently with any crudeness which must be inseparable from this communication. When examining a large series of Helices which I had collected on the Eastern Frontier of India, I found that the body of many of them had dried up into the shell ina very perfect state. By placing these in cold water and allowing them to soak for 8 or 10 days in winter, I found that the odontophore, and in some cases even the genital organs, came out in a wonderfully perfect state of preserva- tion. It was when examining one of these that I noticed the pre- sence of a very hard chitinous organ (which I had never seen before) bent like a spring, from which projected at the basal end a series of long spinules: it tapered towards the posterior end, and terminated in a trumpet-shaped aperture, here also set with a few short spinules. Taking up the subject, I found that Ferd, Stoliczka had also detected and published the presence of this very peculiar chitinous organ in some species of the Indian Zonitide, and in two very different genera as regards the shells, viz. Sesara infrendens and Macrochlamys honesta (J.A.S. B. 1871, p- 242); and had he been spared longer to science, it was his intention to thoroughly examine all the Indian species he could get, and among them some of the slug-like forms hitherto placed in the genus Helicarion, which I am about to describe in more detail. Stoliczka suggested that the organ was one of irritation or titillation (p. 243, l.c.), also that it might represent the seminal receptacle or the arrow- sac; but Professor Semper afterwards pointed out (with reference to Stoliczka’s paper) that it is a spermatophore, i 290 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20, Before describing or making any remarks of my own on this particular organ, it will be as well to refer to the works of other naturalists who have made the anatomy of the Mollusca their especial study, and then to compare and extend their valuable deductions to the Indian species now treated of. M. A. Moquin-Tandon' (1851) and, later, M. P. Fischer have written on this organ of the Pulmoniferous Gastropods. In the ‘An- nales des Sciences Naturelles,’ vol. vii. (1857), M. Fischer refers in terms of admiration and praise to the labours of Lister, who so far back as 1694 described and figured under the name of ‘ capreolus” a curious organ, slender, thread-like, which is to be found in the genital apparatus of H. pomatia (Exercit. Anat. p. 115, tab. il. figs. 4,5, London). I will quote his own words :—‘‘ Nous donnons textuellement en note le assage de Lister relatif au capreolus; car il démontre le zéle et la sagacité quwil apporta dans ses observa- tions, alors que la zoologie comparée était encore a eréer.”’ Since Lister’s time many naturalists have written on the subject, while some do not mention it at all when treating of the Land-Molluscea. Thus, Cuvier * says nothing of this organ in the fine monograph which he published on Helix pomatia; and various uses have been assigned toit. Draparnaud took the capreolus for the dart in Helix vermiculata. Nitzsch (1826) notices it in H. arbustorum as not united to the genital organs, and had seen it come‘out a short way from the genital orifice; he did not attempt to explain its use, and called it the ‘‘ corps énigmatique.’’ Duverney, in H. aspersa, thought it condensed sperm, Van Beneden called it ‘un stylet” in Parmacella ; Blainville, “un corps styliforme”’ in Parmacella palliorum, Dutrochet noted the spermatophore of Arion rufus, but did not interpret its meaning well ; but Siebold, according to Fischer, foresaw its use: he says that it is “a slender body, of peculiar form, which in Helix hortensis and H. arbustorum is seen sticking out near the genital cloaca after fecun- dation, and which, when drawn in, is rolled up in a spiral at both ex- tremities ”’*. Moquin-landon describes two different type forms in Helix and Arion. It has also been noticed in Limaz, Bulimus, Pel- tella; and, summing up, we find :— 1, That nearly all naturalists are of opinion that it is only deve- loped at the period of reproduction and has only a temporary exis- tence *. 2. That it is a perfectly free body, not attached to the generative organs, and formed partly in the flagellum ° and partly in the sheath of the penis. ‘I'here is only one exception given: in Parmacella valenciennii: M. Van Beneden concluded that it was a true organ and always present. 1 «Journal de Conchyliologie,’ 23rd Dec. 1851, p. 333; and Comptes Rendus, vol. xli. p. 857, (1855). 2 “Mémoire sur la Limace et le Limacgon,” Ann, Mus. vii. (1806), p. 140. 3 Baudelot, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1863, p. 136, gives a good history of the various papers on the subject of the generative apparatus of the Pulmonifera. + Pp. Fisher Para, Annales des Sciences Nat. vii. (Zool.), p. 876 (1857). 5 Moquin-Tandon, Comptes Rendus, 1855, p. 857 1880.] THE GENUS GIRASIA, 291 3- The capreolus apparently does not exist in some Helices ; but as it is not always to be detected in Helix aspersa, these require more careful examination. 4. The capreolus serves to aid in the intromission of the seminal fluid, or rather the saving of it, and renders copulation more certain and intimate. Lister considered that the spinules of the capreolus retained the body in the female organ. The more we know of the species of Indian Mollusca which have hitherto been placed in the genus Herxicarion of Férussac (Tabl. Syst. 1821), of which a form, H. cuvieri, Fér., was the type (from Australia), the more certain it is that few of the Indian forms, if any, can be retained in it. Of these, two or three are so very pad they may safely be separated and also described in more etail, Nothing is more satisfactory than to get hold of a type specimen of a genus; and acting on a note from my friend Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, and with the kind aid of Mr. Edgar Smith, I have been able to find and examine the type of Dr. J. E. Gray’s genus Grrasta, repre- sented by a single specimen in spirit, which was collected by Sir Joseph Hooker in the Khasi Hills. It proves to be my Helicarion (Hoplites?) theobaldi, described in the P. Z. §. 1872, p. 517. The subgenus Hoplites was proposed for these Khasi-Hill slugs by Mr. Theobald in the J. A. 8. B. 1864, p. 244. No description of the genus or species is given, save that it was 2 inches long, from Teria Ghat, and was probably my H. theobaldi, 1. c. p. 517. This group I now propose to start from, and take up first. Grrasta, J. E. Gray, Cat. Pulm. Brit. Mas. p- 61 (March 1855). The original description (which I give below) is imperfect; no mention is made of the mucous gland, save in the synopsis of the generic section in which it is placed :—* Body united to the back of the foot, only separated by the convex hinder edges. Shell partly exposed, ovate, expanded, with a solid apex. Back of the neck (under the collar) with three grooves, the central groove between the tentacles double-edged ; the lateral one single, bent down on each side to the sides of the head at the back of the lower tentacles'; the head is only partly retractile, so that the base of the upper tentacles, which are com- pletely retracted, are exposed on the top of the head like two perforations?; the aperture of the generative organs is rather behind the base of the right tentacle. The hinder part of the body attached to the back of the foot nearly to its hinder end, which is separated from the deep concavity on the back of the foot by a deep lunate cross groove. In all these particulars the animal exactly agrees with the Portuguese species of Drusia” 3, Type hookeri, Gray. Khasi Hills, These species are added :— Girasia? rutellum, Hutton. Kandahar, Kabul. Evidently a Parmacella. Girasia evtranea, Fér, Habitat? (Hist. Moll. ii. 96.) “Shell a thin horny pellicle, without any appearance of a spire.’’ 1 This sentence is not very clear or accurate. * This is merely the description of the state of the spirit-specimen with the eye-tentacles inverted as usual. % Then why was it separated ? 292 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20, Girasia? problematica, Fér., Hist. Moll. ii. 96. Habitat? “Shell yellow, convex externally, concave internally, like a half egeshell.”’—Deshayes, from Férussac’s figure. This is very unlike the type. In the Appendix to Adams’s Gen. Moll. p. 640, it is stated that Dr. Gray, in a communication to the author, proposed that these two last species should be placed in another new genus, Rigasia ; and on the same page G. hookeri is put into Cryptella, a Canary-Island form with which it can have no possible affinity. PAaRMARION, Fischer '. Dr. Semper, in his fine work, Reis. Arch. Phil. p. 9, places in Parmarion two specimens, pupillaris, Humbert (problematica, Fér.?) from Java, and exrtraneus, Fér., obtained through Herr Pierre, and taken by him in Calcutta. I am in great doubts as to the identifi- cation of the latter species, which Semper figures on plate i. fig. 5. Mr. Nevill thinks it is Heliw bensoni of Lower Bengal. No forms like the Khasi-Hill G. Aookeri have been taken in Calcutta. If it was found in the Botanical Gardens there, it may have been brought from up the country in baskets of plants. Several imported species have been in this way introduced there from time to time ; and some may have become established. I do not think myself it is H. ben- soni; the shell is too much covered with the mantle, especially for a spirit-specimen. In Nevill’s Hand-list of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, p. 13 (1878), in Parmarion he includes two species of typical Girasia trom the Khasi Hills, exoceus and brunneus, and creates a new sub- genus, dustenta (type Vitrina gigas of Benson, from the Khasi Hills), to include all those species with better-developed shells, which could not be placed in Helicarion, and which I had pointed out were dif- ferent from Theobald’s slug-like forms known to us then as Hoplites. He included in this group Hoplites magnificus, resplendens, peguensis, solidus, auriformis, heteroconcha, and two others unnamed from Dar- jiling. ‘ T had myself brought home from India a good many specimens in spirit; and I have lately received from Mr. Ogle, of the Topogra- phical Survey, to whom my very best thanks are due, another lot * Parmarton, Fischer, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 1855. (The paper bears date June 1855, the part 15th March, 1856; so that Mr. Gray’s title has priority. : Teche places in it the following species :— infumatus, Fér. (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286. fig 1). Hab.? (Placed in Drusia, by Gray.) extraneus, Kér, (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286. fig.2). Hab. ? rangianus, Fér, Bourbon and Madagascar. (Placed in Drusia? by Gray.) problematicus, Far, (Gray, Fig. Moll. plate 286, fig. 4). Hab. ? From the drawing of infumatus, by Férussac, one would be led to suppose that the shell is very rudimentary, and entirely concealed by the mantle-lobes. Unfortunately the habitat of this species and eatrancus is unknown. I, how- ever, should place in Fischer’s genus all those species in which the shell is so little developed, and take as our N.B.-frontier type, P. rubrum, G.-A., from the Naga Hills (J. A. S. B. 1875, p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 4), which will require hereafter a close comparison with the Jayan forms. 1880. } THE GENUS GIRASIA. 293 from Shillong, all of typical Girasia. These have furnished me with the means of more accurately describing the genus. GIRASIA SHILLONGENSIs, G.-A., J. A. S. B. January 1875, p. 4, Plin fo). 1g. The following will be an emended description of the genus :— Shell rudimentary, horny, narrow, elongate, of one simple whorl ; colour olivaceous, apex white, the central portion of the inside of. the shell covered with a milky-white callus. About | inch long. (Plate XXIV. fig. 10.) Animal slug-like, long, mantle largely developed ; shell and dorsal lobes are united all round; and the shell is entirely covered by the former, with the exception of a narrow area on the posterior left margin. From the anterior right margin of this area a well-marked cicatrical line runs forward to just above the respiratory and anal orifice, and marks the usual division of the shell-lobes in other species into a left (frontal) and right (posterior). The dorsal lobes are divided diagonally forward from the respiratory orifice into a large left dorsal lobe and (behind and adjacent to the orifices) a smaller right dorsal lobe; on the extreme posterior side a slight beading marks the junction of these lobes with the shell-lobes above. This portion of the animal is sunk into a deep V-shaped depression in the back, where the dorsal ridge of the foot terminates suddenly. Extremity of the foot truncate, with a large linear mucous gland ; the pedal line is very distinct. Genital aperture near the lower and outer base of the right tentacle. The foot is divided longitudinally into three subequal median and lateral areas, and is distinctly segmented, the major divisions on the pallial edge of the foot being continued in V-shape from one side to the other, the angle being directed backwards in the spirit-specimen ; but they are no doubt straight when the animal is alive. Generative organs of G. shillongensis.—In every way similar to G. gigas, Bs. The ovo-testis consists of five separate bunches or lobes of very minute globular follicles, each lobe having a separate duct leading to the main hermaphrodite duct ; this gradually widens, and becomes much thickened, with several sharp convolutions ; it then suddenly contracts again, leading to the junction of the albu- men-gland. Here a short pear-shaped czecum is conspicuous (only seen in one specimen), The albumen-gland was not perfect, but appeared as if formed of two lobes (from above specimen). The prostate was wide, ribbon-like; the oviduct with three or four great folds, which extend to the posterior termination of the spermatheca, which is not so long as to be infolded by it. The vas deferens is given off a very short distance below the end of sperma- theca, high up the oviduct ; and it extends backwards to near the base of the penis and amatory organ, in a loop, to join the former close behind a ceecum-like appendage rounded at the end (the cecum calciferum). The penis is bent on itself, where a long process is given off, to which the retractor muscle is attached. The ama- 294 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON ___[Apr. 20, tory organ (dart-sac) is a long cylindrical body, becoming ‘finer towards the posterior end; its retractor muscle has its attachment with that of the penis, close below the apex of the shell, in the body- cavity. The spermatheca is of the same size as the latter, and in this specimen presents a swollen sac below, terminating in a short, thin, cylindrical point, which is buried and attached where the convolu- tions of the ovo-testis commence. The spermatophore is similar to that of Austenia gigas, but rather shorter, the sac being 0°3 inch Jong. The cervieorn processes at the base are strong and numerous, much branched above (see Plate XXVII. fig. 8). The basal duct is 0:2 in length. Three of these were found in the spermatheca examined. List of species of Girasia. 1. hookeri, Gray (Plate XXVII.| 5. nagaensis, G.-A., Naga.” figs. 2, 3), = G. theobaldi, | 6. magnifica, Nev. & G-.A. G.-A., Khasi. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1, 2), . erocea, G.-A., Khasi. Upper Burmah. . shillongensis, G.-A., Khasi. 7. radha, G.-A.?, Assam. , var, brunnea,G.-A.(Plate| 8. durti, G.-A.?, Assam. XXVII. fig. 1), Khasi. > 9. peguensis, Th.?, Pegu. AUSTENIA GiGas. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8, shell.) Vitrina gigas, Benson, J. A.S. B. vol. v. (1836), p. 350. Helicarion gigas, Godwin-Austen, J. A. S. B., vol. xliv. (1875), plate iii. (animal). Vitrina gigas, Theobald & Hanley, Conch. Ind. pl. Ixvi. figs. 2, 3. Helicarion (see. B.) gigas, Theobald, Cat. L. & F.W. Shells of B. India, p. 23, 1876. Helicarion gigas, var. minor, J. A. 8. B. vol. xliv. 1875, pl. iii. (animal). Austenia gigas, G. Nevill, Hand List Indian Museum, 1878, p. 16 (no description). Shell ovate, broad, whorls about |4; apex depressed ; body-whorl large and flatly expanded, with a shining lustre; colour olivaceous, with sienna-brown, pale at apex, somewhat nacreous within. One specimen is all sienna-brown and milky-white within (Plate XXIV. fig. 9). Typical from Teria Ghat, Khasi Hills. Largest example: major diam. 1*7 inch, minor diam. 1:2 inch. Another: major diam. 1°53 (=38'5 m.), minor diam. 0°95 (=24'5 m.). Var.minor’. Naga Hills. Shell: major diam. *84 inch (21'5 m.), minor diam. *55 inch. (18 m.). Of same form as gigas, but with a fine glassy lustre and olivaceous brown. Animal spotted. Smail var. North Khasi. Shell: major diam. 1:0 inch (25°5 m.), minor diam. 0°68. Animal brown. Pale grey (dissected) var. Burmah? from G. Nevill. Shell: major diam. 0°95 inch (25°5 m.), minor diam. 0°75 (19-0 m.). 1 May be Helicarion resplendens, Nevill, J. A. 8. B. 1877, p. 23. oo bo 1880. ] THE GENUS GiRASIA. 295 Animal.—The left dorsal lobe (J.d.J. Plate XXIV. figs. 3, 4, 5) is large in front, and extends from the respiratory orifice to the left margin. The right dorsal lobe (7.d./.) extends from the same part to the posterior right margin. The shell-lobes are connected all round the periphery of the mantle-zone, but are reduced in size, and present two distinct right and left contractile lobes ; the right ex- tends to and covers the apex of the shell, while the left extends over the edge of the body-whorl for a distance of 0°3 to 0:5 inch, leaving the posterior and the greater portion of the upper surface of the shell uncovered (we have here a true approach to what is seen in the subgenus Macrochlamys). The posterior margin of the shell is not sunk in a depression of the hinder part of the foot, but the upper surface of the foot extends in an unbroken ridge to the mantle- zone. Extremity of the foot truncate, with a large linear mucous gland, the pedal line very distinct, as well as the lateral markings on the surface of the body. Genital aperture at the lower and outer base of the right tentacle. Animal reaches quite 4 inches in length. Description of Genital Organs of A. gigas. Small var., Khasi Hills (Plate XXY. fig. 1).—The ovo-testis was not seen ; the hermaphro- dite duct (A.d.) is much convoluted at the anterior end, where it divides ; the shape of the albumen-gland was also unobserved, and had apparently not been preserved in the spirit. The oviduct (ov.) was very closely convolute, and arranged in four sharp folds upon the posterior portion of the spermatheca (sp.), to which it is ap- parently held by muscular tissue. The prostate is wide, regular, and ribbon-like, much and closely convolute, giving off the vas deferens not far above the junction of the spermatheca with the oviduct ; this is very long, extending forward between the inverted eye-tentacles, forming a loop among the muscles of the buccal mass. The penis is bent on itself at the point where the retractor muscle is given off (Pe. fig. 4); and a short, blunt, rounded portion extends beyond the insertion of the vas deferens (pd.), corresponding to the flagellum in some species, or the Kalksack of Semper (the ceecum calciferum vasis deferentis). The retractor muscle of the penis has its attachment, together with the eye-tentacles, in the usual position, close below the apex of the shell, near the posterior margin of the body-cavity (Plate XXIV. fig. 3m). Detailed Anatomy of Penis of G. gigas (Plate XXVI. figs. 2, 3). On the removal of the outer muscular sheath, the anterior end is of a hollow cone-shape (a), which, on being cut away, presented within a cup-shaped depression (a!), and exposed the duct of the penis. It contracts suddenly, and continues as a smooth stout tube of equal size for about 0°25 inch, where it expands again (6) into a stouter portion of cylindrical form, which is 0°55 inch long, and continues, with gra- dually lessening thickness, up to the part where it is turned suddenly backwards, and close to where the retractor muscle is given off (c). On removing the outer layer a chitinous sheath was exposed lying 296 LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON [Apr. 20, against the thin membrane beneath (6! 6); and following this down, it was found to be the basal end of the spermatophore, with the pecu- liar cervicorn processes at the base, in situ where developed. On opening the membranous sac, it was found to consist of one con- tinuous thread coiled down on itself (fig. 3), and pressed closely together, and was in such good preservation as to be easily unravelled. I drew out and measured a portion ;/; inch in length, and found it to contain 15°1 inches; the whole length of this part being *55 inch in length, would give nearly 7 feet for the total contents of the sac. It is, in fact, a spermatic thread of hardened spermatozoa, poured out from the vas deferens’. On further examining the part near ec, this cylindrical portion was found to end in a conical cap, which again gave off a thin rod, which bending sharply back, is evidently in communication with the extension of the vas deferens towards d. Behind the junction of this last is a short gland rounded at the end (e), which contained some very microscopic transparent crystalline bodies of oval form (fig. 2,a). This is the Kalksack mentioned above, and secretes the material for the formation of the spermatophore. This spermatophore, which is an organ of a very complicated and curious form, may be thus described:—The basal or anterior end consists of a chitinous strap about 04 inch long, with the sides more or less turned over, forming a sort of trough or long spout, which, after it has passed into the spermatheca of the other individual, will be found opening into the lower part of the oviduct. At the other end the sides at last meet and form a tube; it then thickens and widens, giving off several strong cervicorn or more or less branched processes, which are directed backwards ; they serve, I think, to aid in the expulsion of the spermatophore from the penis, and, when once within the spermatheca or vagina, serve as holding-hooks to prevent its withdrawal. The part above this consists of a very long thin membranous bag 0°4 inch long, terminating in a hard conical cap, from which proceeds a thin rod, which is found to extend to the hard rounded apex of the spermatic sac, where it bends ever or ends in a few separate filaments within the tube of the vas deferens. In one specimen of this species (gigas) no less than seven perfect spermatophores were counted, closely packed together side by side within the spermatheca. (Van Beneden observed two in a Parma- cella, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1857, p. 371.) It would appear that in these creatures even one act of copulation would fertilize for a very considerable period ; for it would be some time before the contents of a spermatophore became exhausted. This organ, as situated in the penis, presents the character of a perfect spring (ede Plate XXVI. figs. 2, 3); and it can be imagined that when it enters the wider and very elastic sac of the spermatheca, and is then gradually released, it will tend to become quite straight, and that, the recurved processes holding it at one point, the longer portion will bend round to the long axis of the sac, bringing the end 1 This thread is similarly described by M. Baudelot, @.¢. p. 165, in his de- scription of the capreolus of Arion rufus. 1880.] THE GENUS GIRASIA. 297 of the shorter portion (Plate XXVI. fig. 3, @) to the aperture within the vagina and ovo-testis (Plate XXVI. fig. 4, 7. sp.). Macrochlamys decussata, of which I have a drawing, taken when the animals were in coitu, protruded a large white bladder-like sac, which expanded and contracted from time to time as if inflated with air ; this I now think may have been the spermatheca drawn out and receiving the penis and capreolus. In the two specimens I examined, the spermatheca (sp.) was elongate, smooth, lying close to and partly enveloped by the con- volutions of the oviduct &c., with its posterior end near the junction of the hermaphrodite duct and albumen-gland. This posterior termination is bent over on itself, presenting a smooth rounded end (Plate XXV. figs. 2 & 4), which, coiling round, terminated, and was covered with what was apparently muscular tissue buried in the prostate and oviduct. The form of the spermatheca is due to its contents; and the rounded end is produced by the bending-over of the flagellum-like terminations of the enclosed spermatophores. In one specimen of G. hooker which I examined, probably taken in the cold weather, all the generative organs are small and con- tracted, the spermatheca only represented by an attenuate sac. The amatorial organ or dart-sac (D)' is a long cylindrical body narrowing towards the genital aperture, and again swelling there into a large orifice; it has a very thick and muscular structure, and in these spirit-specimens is very hard and unyielding. When cut open longitudinally, the dart or spiculum amoris was tound to bea simple cylindrical rod, sharply pointed (Piate XXVI. fig. 7). This organ has a strong retractor muscle, with its attachment near that of the penis. Relative Position of the different Parts in G. gigas.—On cutting through the skin of the upper side of the back, commencing from between the eye-tentacles, the penis is seen lying in the middle line between the inverted eye-tentacles (Plate XXV. fig. 2); on the proper left of it are seen three large convolutions of the intestine (¢); and on laying it over to the right side the salivary glands of flattened form are seen spreading over these, and a distinct connexion with the central convolution was very clearly made out (fig. 5,@). Pro- ceeding from the sides of the buccal mass will be noticed two strong raneehens which have their attachment on the frontal margin of the body-cavity, at the point (Plate XXIV. fig. 3) m; these are the re- tractor muscles of the head and buccal mass. The spermatheca lies on the right side of the animal, covered partly by the oviduct ; and a large expansion of the intestine occupies the posterior portion of the cavity, narrowing suddenly to enter that of the shell above. A very large mucous gland lies next the sole of the foot along the whole length of the body -cavity ; and two large pedal nerves are con- spicuous and traverse it, throwing off nerves to the epidermis, and extend onto the caudal gland. 1 Glandula mucosa cin sagitta amatoria. 298 ON THE GENUS GIRASIA. (Apr. 20, List of species of AUSTENIA. gigas, Bs., Khasi. gigas, var. minor, Naga. gigas, small var, Khasi. solida, G.-A., Khasi. minutu, G.-A., Dafla. cinerea, G.-A., Dafla. salia, Bs., Khasi. venusta, Theob.?, Burmah. resplendens, Nevill, Upper Burmah. Still retained provisionally in Heiicarion. verrucosum, G.-A., Dafla. ovatum, Hy. Blt., Darjiling. bensoni, Pfr., Calcutta. planospira, Bs. (=succina, Reeves’), Darjiling. scutella, Bs., Kashmir. flemingianum, Pfr., Sindh. christiane, Theob., Anda- man. irradians, Pfr., Ceylon. monticola, Bs., W. Hima- cassida, Hutt. & Bs., W. Hima- laya. birmanicum, Phil., Mergui. heteroconcha, Hy. BIf., Darjiling. membranaceum, Bs., Ceylon. edgarianum, Bs., Ceylon. layardi, Bs., Ceylon. extraneum, Fér., Caleutta ? tennentti, Temp. ?, Ceylon. prestans, Gould?, Tenasserim. auriforme, W. Blf., Nilgiri Hills. laya. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XXTYV. Fig. 1 & 2. Animal of Girasia magnifica, nat. size. Specimen in Indian Museum, Caleutta. G.ap, genital aperture, showing the end of the amatorial organ projecting from it. 3. Austenia gigas, small var. View of right side, showing the respiratory and anal orifices. 7.d./., right dorsal lobe; /.d./., left dorsal lobe; 1.s.0., right shell-lobe ; /.s./., left shell-lobe. 4. The same. View of left side. 5. The same. Viewed from the back, apical portion cut off. h.d., posi- tion of the hermaphrodite duct. 6. Portion of capreolus of A. gigas, small var. @, strap-like basal portion ; b', base of sac, with ceryicorn processes; 4’, the membranous sac. 7. Jaw of A. gigas. a, cleft in which the muscles of the upper lip are in- serted ; 4, lower free edge. 8. Shell of A. gigas, Bs., nat. size. 9. A. gigas, var. minor, G.-A., nat. size. Girasta shillongensis, G.-A., nat. size. Prats XXV. Khasi Hills. Side view. Fig. 1. Genital organs of Aystenia gigas, small var. 2. The same, seen from aboye. 3. Intestine, salivary gland, &c., viewed from above. 4. Genital organs removed from the animal. 5. Basal portion of the spermatheca. Jsp., point of attachment to oviduct; @, strap-like portion of the capreolus; 4.d., hermaphrodite duct; a/.g/d., albumen-gland ; ov., oviduct ; v.d., vas deferens; D, dart-sac; P, penis; Pe., caecum cal- ciferum; Sp., spermatheca; 7.7.p., retractor muscle of penis; mu.gid., mucous gland; 7., intestine; m., retractor muscle of head and buccal mass. Puare XXVI. Fig. 1. Shell and neck-lobes of Austenia gigas, var. minor, G.-A. 2. Penis of A. gigas, Bs., showing the position of the capreolus or sperma- tophore during the period of development, x38. 2a. Concretions from calciferous gland or Kalksack. P.Z.S.1880.P1. XXl1V 7 Gen. Ay a THE LAND MOLLUSCAN. : Godwin-Austen, del i ac & Macdonald, Imp en, del et lith CENUS CIRASIA Maclure & Macdonald, Im XXV Salivary Gld meytthirinonin bajo rinceies n-Austen, del et lith THE LAND MOLLUSCAN Ma GENUS GIRASIA elure & Macdonald. Im D i XXV1 PZS. 1880. Pl THE. LAND MOLLUSCA ams Roe a Maclure & Macdonald,imp JH. Godwin-Austen, del et lith P.Z.3.1880.PL3 THE LAND MOLLUSCAN : “+H Godwin-Austen del et Lith GENUS G aR Maclure & Macdonald. -_ 1880.] ON THE DURATION OF LIFE IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 299 Fig. 3 The same, X4. Showing the sac filled with spermatic coil. 4. Spermatophores as seen lying within the spermatheca of A. gigas, x8. 5. The cervicorn processes of the capreolus of A. Jigas, var. minor, X x 20. 6. Junction of the spermatheca and oviduct in A. gigas, x4. is The amatory organ or dart-sac, cut open, exposing the dart, much en- larged. 8. Generative organs of A. gigas, yar. minor, nat. size. Prats XXVIII. Fig. 1. Animal of Girasia brunnea, Godw.-Aust., from nature, nat. size. . Spirit-specimen, G. hookeri, Gray. View of right side, nat. size, The same. View of left side, nat. size. points where muscles are attached internally. Mantle showing lobes, respiratory and anal orifices, enlarged. ' Portion of the { foot, showing segmentation, of G. shillongensis, . Generative organs of G. shillongensis, G.-A., nat. size. . The ovo-testes and hermaphrodite duct to the albumen gland in G. brunnea, x4. 7a. Oyo-testis under higher power. 8. The capreolus or spermatophore of G. shillongensis, X 4. 8a. One of its branch-like processes broken off, x 20. 86. Terminal point, x50. 9. Jaw of A. gigas, var. minor, x 8. 10. Teeth of the odontophore in same species, X340. C=central; M= median ; Z=lateral. NADU ro 2. On the Duration of Life of the Animals in the Zoological Garden at Frankfort-on-the-Main, By Director Dr. Max Scumipr. [Received March 18, 1880.] He who has occupied himself with the rearing and keeping of ani- mals, is well aware of the care and attention that are needful to succeed, and that, in spite of the greatest pains, he is not always free from failure. The director of a zoological garden has more occasion than other persons to make this experience. His wards, so manifold in shape, constitution, and disposition, require every moment his cireumspection, precaution, and perseverance. Again and again he is compelled to devise new means of relief and expedients to pre- serve the feeble health and the so-easily-destroyed life of the poor creatures that come to his hands, often heavily damaged by con- veyance. Many a time he would be happy to avail himself of the experience of others; but he misses sadly all literary resources ; for although, in the course of the last 20 years, zoological gardens of considerable account have been established in different parts of the continent, subsidiary books and periodicals, containing com- munications about particulars of importance for the keeping and management of animals, are very carce. The Zoological Society in Frankfort-on-the-Main early conceived the importance of such publications, and for this purpose founded the professional newspaper the ‘ Zoological Garden,’ which has arrived at 300 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION or [Apr. 20, its twenty-first anniversary. In this Journal I have recorded my observations, and not cnly those referring to the living animal, but at the same time those respecting the symptoms of disease previous to death, and the anatomical results of the autopsy. On the keeping of birds there exists a comparatively rich literature ; and special periodicals treat of this matter. Now it would be of great use if the age the different animals are able to arrive at could be ascertained ; and in order to contribute my share of experience, I added my own knowledge to the few notices I could find in literature, and published them two years ago. I note with satisfaction that my example has been followed by the Zoological Garden of Hamburg. For further completing these statistics I have drawn up the following two summaries. The first contains the duration of life of the dif- ferent animals in our garden, as far as it could be ascertained, while the second expresses the average amount of life-time of the indi- vidual specimens of the different classes of Mammals and Birds. In reference to the first, 1 have to add that the record has been continued up to the 31st of December, 1879, and states how long the still living animals have been in our garden. It is evident that the numbers denote the real age only of those animals that were born there, while to that of the others the time they have lived before coming to our hands must be added. This difference cannot be estimated as very great, as the animals are generally acquired in their youth. Of course it is impossible to point out the age of every single specimen we have ever possessed, but only such numbers have been chosen as are sufficient to show distinctly how long such an animal is at all able to live. No notice has been taken of exceedingly short periods of existences, as it must be presumed that adverse cireum- stances were the cause of them. Wherever it was feasible the time of life has been given strictly to a day. In other cases only the number of years is recorded; and there can be, at the utmost, a difference of but a few months, more or less. Out of a greater number of statements concerning the same class, only those have been selected that show the principal variations of length of life. The numbers relating to animals that were still living on the 31st of December 1879 are marked with asterisks (*). The time of observation has not in all cases proved long enough for definite statements—some of the animals having been in our keeping only for a short time, while others that have lived in our Garden from its beginning are still enjoying life and health, and promise to live on for some time longer. 1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 301 Names of the animals. MAMMALIA. QuUADRUMANA. Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglo- dytes). Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus) ...... Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo- viridis). Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber) .. Duration of life. Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona) . . White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris). Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus) | Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus) .. Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus) pas | Ascertained. years. oy Ea months.| days. 5 2 ao 1) 28 ] 5 | 20 3 4 a | 10 4 thors Sill 11 3 ! Fal 0 5 |e 0 | 27 | 2 1 | 20 | wee 2 | 20 es aN see yo ] ez | 1 Tiel 1 lno@ehtt Lidbdd 3 0 | 27 3 7 | 29 od 0 | 25 vd Sj t) Sh io | 2 ome Nall 2 | 10 =] 6 7 *6 Onn als P59 qoe Gal ally AG, 3 | 19 #1 7 \el2 1 Sin ik23 ] 3 | 15 13 9 | 16 12 ZV i14 \| soya 5 4 3 6 302 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF __[Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. . Approxi- | Ascertained. | : ; mative. years. | years. months.| days, | Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestri-| ...- || 1 10 | mus). | 2 5) 5 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus) 5 | 11 | 18 | 3 5 | 27 | | 4] 4 | 25 Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus). . 8 | 10 | 27 Ashy-black Macaque... A008. Q N00 SF Ro aE 3 | 29 | 1 6 | 19 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus) ...... ta |e 4 Hi) Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger)...... me 1 0 | 22 Hered 2 | 23 | 3 6 6 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hama-| .... | 13 8 | 22 dryas). Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis)| .... 13 aM al 4 18 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babuin)| .... || *9 7-36 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus sphinx) | .... |*16 7 0 Drill (Cynocephalus leucopheus) ....| .... | 14 0 | 19 | It 35) Sota a iO! es ob Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater)| .... | 1 9 | 12 | Black-fronted Spider Monkey (Zriodes| .... | 3 5 | 16 Srontatus). ord 3 2 | Capuchin (Cebus capucinus) ........ 720, 4} 11 | 22 | or 11 4 0 7 | 5 3 4 | 6] 4 | 16 1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. Names of the animals. Three-banded Douroucouli (Nyctipi- thecus trivirgatus). Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea) Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus) Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius)........ Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz) .... Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus) White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons) Red-bearded Lemur (Lemur xantho- mystar). Galago (Otolicnus senegalensis) ...... CHIROPTERA. Indian Fruit-Bat (Péeropus medius) .. CaRNIVORA. marr Melis (20) bio Sideadlarsls da Miser: (Reelin: C2gria) essen wyete ess vie. Leopard (Felis pardus) ..........0. Pore CAG: Be itso «ds name eaisin oss Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata)...... Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XX. Duration of life. 303 Approxi- mative. years. Ascertained. years.| months.) days. 3 0 2 a 3 | 23 1 1 | 21 *3 ts 6 1 3 a 3 | 10 l Sie Lhe |25 4 0 | 26 *2 226 *4 a | 21 7 2 8 1 6 5 *10 1 7 8 4 | 27 *8 0 4 11 4 | 29 4 5 | 26 5 3 | 26 8 3 9 8 7 | 23 “7 9 9 20 304 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. years.) months.| days. Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris)....\ ...+ 4.) lL? Common Paradoxure (Paradorurus, .... 4 4 3 typus). Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ich-| .... 3 5 3 neumon). Common Wolf (Canis lupus) ........ 5 Saya: Ubi de Qh ae Common Badger (Meles tarus) ...... peat 2 = EL 9 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris)......| .... || *5 2 | 10 *4 8 8 8 Do | 23 Raccoon (Procyon lotor).......++-.. . 4.) “EDs ae 5) 4 | 29 White-nosed Coati (Nasua narica).... 5 Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) ........ meres ie =. 0 1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos).......... Catal 4 | 25 *16 3 | 23 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus) ........ 7 0 | 18 7 8 7 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) ...... 2 5 2 RopENTIA. Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris) ..| .... 5 4 3 Grey Squirrel (Sciurus cinereus)......) .... || *5 9 | 10 | 3 6. |.23 Hudson’s-Bay Squirrel (Sciurus hudso- Bi || 4 3 2 nius). | 1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 505 Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. 29 years. years. | months.| days. Vulpine Squirrel (Sczurus vulpinus) a) i Cg | P| ikl 18 5 2 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciurus variegatus) 3 429 American Flying Squirrel (Sciuropterus 1 by 20 volucella). Japanese Flying Squirrel (Pteromys *4 1 8 momoga). Chipping Squirrel (Tamias striatus) .. 4 European Souslik (Spermophilus citillus) 3 0 | 21 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta) . . ri 3 @ } is 6 8 | 18 *6 O20 7 5 | 12 European Beaver (Castor fiber) ...... *6 1 | 28 Crested Porcupine (Hystriz cristata)... 6 5 8 Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti) .......... 8 MarsuPiALia. Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus ben- An eo ao held nettt). Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus murinus) | 6-7 Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles 4 0 | 22 lagotis). ‘d 2 0 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat) 15 Role EDENTATA. Two-toed Sloth (Cholopus didactylus). . 4 5 | 29 20* 306 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF _[Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. years.| months.} days. Equip. Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchellii) ..) .... || 13 | 16 0 *15 7a *9 7 | 21 *6 8 | 22 Equus caballus nanus from Iceland....) ...- |/*12 6 | 23 *10 6 5 PACHYDERMATA. Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus)....| .... ||*16 6 0 African Elephant (Elephas africanus) | .... || *5 4 4 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa) .........+-+ 9 0 | 13 4| 10 5 Masked Pig (Sus pliciceps)......++.- 5 6 s 9 | 26 RUMINANTIA. Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius)| .... || 16 5 | 12 Bactrian Camel (Camelus bactrianus)..| .... || 15 9 1.29 Llama (Lama peruana) ......++.0e: 10 4 2 5 Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) ........ 5-6 || *4 3 0 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac)....| .... 4 2 | 22 Fallow Deer (Cervus dama).........- acipinuttl ke 6 | 14 | 6 6 *11 5 | 28 *8 6 | 24 *6 5 3 14.17 10.,),18 13 0 0 1] 8 | 15 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus) .......... 12 1880.] | LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 307 Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. i years. years./months.| days. Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis)...... Fh 5 2 *5 6 | 24 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis) ....| .... || 17 1 | 25 Hog Dear (Cervus porcinus) ........ 10-11 | 7} 3 | 7 *5 8 | 12 Axis Deer (Cervus avis) ...........- Sees Teo 0 1 Alpine Chamois (Rupicapra tragus) .. 7 9 7 | 29 Bubaline Antelope (Alcelaphus bubalis)| .... || 16 8 | 29 0 *12 | 1 0 Duyker-bock (Cephalophus mergens) ..| .... Bel! ye Nhe Dal, ieee 5 Dama Gazelle (Gazella dama)........ dates 3 4 8 Gazelle (Giazella dorcas) ........6...- 5 Leucoryx (Oryx leucoryx) ........4- seis) IBDG 8 | 14 Nylghaie (Boselaphus pictus) ........ ee 8 0 |-11 12 2 | 24 Eland (Oreas canna) ...........45- ee eee 0 4 wil 2 |10 Anmttlope reduned .. 0.00 ceecevaveces pec 8 4 3 Mouflon (Ovis musimon) ...........- asia, ecienhe DS ee #9 8 | 21 = 8 1 *6 ce 13 9 | 19 vie strepsiceras 6. bate Laos. teak Iie 11 — - © _ ok OO LNs) — 308 _ DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION oF [Apr. 20, Names of the animals. i African Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries) .. American Bison (Bison americanus) .. Yak (Poephagus grunniens)........++ AVES. ACCIPITRES. Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris)... . Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus) White-headed Sea-Eagle (Haliaetus leucocephalus). Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos) ‘eg Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alauda- rius). Cinereous Vulture (Vultur monachus). . Sociable Vulture (Vultur airicularis) BE Griffon Vulture (Gyps fSulvus) . ests Black Vulture (Cathartes atratus) .... Condor Vulture (Sarcorhamphus gry- phus). Duration of life. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years, || years. ‘months, | days. 2] f° 8 | 10 #9 9 0 *Q Si 20 *6 9 | 10 13 33 2 9 6 5 8 82 |i *6 9 | 27 14 9 | 12 15 3 8 12 8 | 24 3 5 | 28 Ji 13 7 | 11 13%) “CLs 10 2 ) 6 7 4 *15 4 | 22 ally 4 4 14 9 | 28 ally 4 6 *19 3. | 2p 20 0 | 24 1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS, 309 Duration of life, Names of the animals, par MUA pai Approxi- Ascertained. mative. = ami years, || years.| months. days. STRIGEs. Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco).......... aoa» itlia 2 | 19 9 11 2 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus) .... 12 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Budo virginianus)| .... | 16 2 | J Naked-footed Owlet (Athene noctua)..| .... 6 5 of 4S Psitract. Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluc-| .... | #20 an a censis). 10 2 | 28 18 0/18 Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Ca-| .... | *9 9 6 catua cristata). Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Ca-| .... | *17 9 4 eatua galerita). PLS 2 |: 26 *9 6 | 28 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua lead-| .... |*17 9 | 23 beateri). Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenui-| .... |*17 Bia rostris). Ganga Cockatoo (Callocephalon gulea-| .... 9] 10 0 tum). 14 N Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa| ... 2 aterrima). Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis aler-| .... 13 2 0 and7i). Ring-necked. Parrakeet (Paleornis tor-| .... || 16 6 | 23 quatus). BL]. 6 | 21 310 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF __[Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. years.| months,| days. Paleornis pondicerianus .. 1.206000 zie yk 4; 10 | 15 Miiller’s Parrakeet (Tanygnathus muel- 10 leri). Pennant’s Broadtail (Platycercus pen- 4 3 1 1 nantt). Rose-Hill Broadtail (Platycercus exvi-| .... 2] 10 7 mius). 3 1 | 20 Pale-headed Broadtail (Platycercus pal-| .... 3.07 +48 lidiceps). Bauer’s Broadtail (Platycercus zonarius)| .... 3 By allt 10 5 | 13 Beautiful Parrakeet (Psephotus pul-| .... 8 5 0 cherrimus). Grey-headed Love-bird(Psittaculacana).| .... Biehl Red-and-blue Macaw (dra macao) ....| .... ||*21 ee a land 7 Red-and-yellow Macaw (Ara chloro-| .... "17 | 5 | 9 ptera). Blue-and-yellow Macaw(Araararauna)| .... |*20 | 3 | 18 Illiger’s Macaw (Ara maracana)......| .... |) 14 | 11 | 23 Carolina Conure (Conurus carolinensis)| .... ||*10 5 | 23 2) 138 hye Mexican Conure (Conurus holochlorus) 3) TO ee Golden Conure (Conurue luteus)...... Bae 9 | Akoiole Grey-breasted Parrakeet (Bolborhyn- 7 5 | A | 22 chus monachus). 1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. Names of the animals. White-fronted Amazon (CArysotis leu- cocephala). Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata) PASSERES. Song-Thrush (Turdus musicus) ...... Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris) .......... Rock-Thrush (Monticola saxatilis).... Common Bluebird (Sialia wilson) .... Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrir lu- teus). Crithagra brasiliensis .............. Red-shouldered Starling (Ageleus pheniceus). Green Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius chalybeus). Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lampro- tornis eneus). Common Mynah (Acridotheres tristis) Black Troupial (Quiscalus lugubris) .. Common Starling (Sturnus vulgaris) .. Sardinian Starling (Sturnus unicolor). . Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus) . . 311 - Duration of life. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. || years. months! days. * 5 | C Ge Nx So - © © an ~T Ono “NT Or Mo | 19 21 29 10 10 23 19 12 —_ & Or bo NO W - 312 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20, Names of the animals. Raven (Corvus coraz) ...... Common Jay (Garrulus glandarius) .. Blue-bearded Magpie (Cyanocorax cya- nopogoi). Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata) ...... Wandering Tree-Pie (Dendrocitta va- gabunda). Chinese Tree-Pie (Dendrocitta sinensis) Alpine Chough (Pyrrhocorax alpinus) White-backed Piping Crow (Gymno- rhina leuconota). Black-and-yellow Tanager (Huphonia chlorotica). Archbishop Tanager (Tanagra ornata) Brazilian Tanager (Ramphocelus bra- silius). Red Tanager (Pyranga rubra) ...... Black-headed Finch (Munia malacca) Shining Weaverbird (Hypochera nitens). Red-faced Weaverbird (Foudia ery- throps). Duration of life. Approxi- | Ascertained. mative. years. years.| months.) days. a 7 | 10 | 24 50 *4 6 | 23 Sms ial 0 a 0 4 2 + | 25 4 9 0 8 2 | 22 6 ia 2 4 OF "3 4 | 25 *6 9 8 3 6 5 *4 8 6 #2 3] 15 4 0 | 27 *2 4 7 *2 7 | 15 ty 2 | 16 *3 6 8 3 4 4 10 5 9 i 1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 313 Names of the animals, Red-beaked Weaverbird (Quelea san- guinirostris). Masked Weaverbird (Hyphantornis personata). Black-bellied Weaverbird (Zuplectes afer) Red-headed Cardinal (Paroaria domi- nicana). Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucul- lata). Black-crested Cardinal (Gubernatrix eristatella). Cardinal Grosbeak (Cardinalis virgi- nianus). Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigan- tea). Red-billed Hornbill (Toccus erythro- rhynchus). Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus) Violaceous Plaintain-cutter (Musophaga| .... violacea). Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffoni) Senegal Touracou (Corythaiwv persa) .. Ariel Toucan (Ramphastos ariel) Duration of life. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. years.| months.) days. 5) 8 0 4 8 3 14 9 0 | 10 6 ‘14 8 0 13 0 9 = 3 | 20 10 2 5 8 2 0 2 5 I *3 8 0 *4 0 13 6 2 le lee Dek LO Vs 4 8 6 i 75 6 | 24 ] 0 | 14 2 1 5 9128 *3 4 | 25 2 8 6 5 DPNTS 4 8 | 1l 314 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. gael months.) days. Green-billed Toucan (Ramphastos di-| .... || 11 colorus). 13 | 10] 21 Ramphastos piscwvorus .. 6.0.6 0000-+ ae 3 2 | 25 Banded Aracari (Pteroglossus torquatus)| .... 2.|° 10 (28 CoLuMB. White-crowned Pigeon (Columba leu- 2 cocephala). Passenger Pigeon (Ketopistes migra-| .... 3 3 | 25 torius). *6 6 | 19 Carolina Dove (Zenaidura carolinensis) 5 3 7 Barred Dove (Geopelia striata) ...... tae 4 a 4 2 | 20 Passerine Ground-Dove (Chamepelia 9 passerina). Talpacoti Ground-Dove (Chamepelia| .... 7 | See talpacoti). Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalco-| .... || 15 3 | 25 ptera). Blue-headed Pigeon (Sturncenas cyano-| .... 2 0 5 cephala). GALLINA. Pallas’s Sand-Grouse (Syrrhaptes para-| .... 2 3 | 21 doxus). 3 4 | 17 Black Grouse (Tetrao tetriz)........| ..e. |] *3 6 0 *2 3 4 Capercailzie (Tetrao urogallus) ...... 1 9 5 ¥2.4 048 9 1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 315 Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. ee ee days. Common Quail (Coturnix communis) .. Sonnerat’s Jungle-Fowl (Gallus son-| .... 4 3 | 21 neratt). Globose Curassow (Craw globicera) ..| .... || *5 8 5 Razor-billed Curassow (Mitua tube-| .... Bl Garces 7 rosa). ce eee a | Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami)....| ...- || *6 | 10 | 8 7 3 | 18 STRUTHIONES. Ostrich (Struthio camelus) ........ 7 8 6 2 9 9 Common Rhea (hea americana) .... Ag) Dae tA 7 8 5 4] 10 | 14 d 5 | 26 Common Cassowary(Casuarius galeatus) 6 6 0 Emu (Dromeus nove hollandia) ....| .... || 15 1 0 16 5 6 Ny Oe al eal *8 4 il EA GRALL&. Hyacinthine Porphyrio (Porphyrio| .... | *4 Ie g27 ceruleus). Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio| .... |) *4 1 | 24 poliocephalus). Sarus Crane (Grus antigone) ........ ee | ig 9 9 White American Crane (Grus americana)| .... || *8 8 3 Demoiselle Crane (Anthropoides virgo) | .... 13 Qe 25 a ea ee 316 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF _ [Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years, years.|months.| days. Balearic Crowned Crane (Balearica pa-| 14 vonina). Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica regu-| ...- || *5 3 | 14 lorum). Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostra- *5 5 legus). ¥5 3 | 18 Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa melanura) 5 Ruff (Machetes pugnaz) .. ees 5 European Avocet (Recurvirostra avo- 3 cetta). Little Egret (Ardea garzetta)........ voa3 il Bh seOtneas *4 2 | 13 6 ry 2g 3 9 s16 Black Stork (Ciconia nigra) ........ rey | White Stork (Ciconia alba) ........ ere AO 5 | 10 *3 8 | 20 Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeni-| .... ||*12 4 3 Serus). Saddle-billed Stork Aen hynchus se-| .... 3 4 | 10 negalensis). Common Spoonbill (Platalea leuco-| .... || *5 4 | 26 rodia). =2 6 | 13 Sacred Ibis (Idis ethiopica).......... ioe: Bos 6 | 16 Scarlet Ibis (Eudocimus ruber) Ree 3 ae ie 2} 25 |*10 5 | 14 NATATORES. Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus| .... | 8 9 | 10 gambensis). | 9 8 | 26 | 9 oT aul 1880. ] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 317 Names of the animals. ——$ ——— Egyptian Goose (Chenalopex cegyp- tiaca). Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove hol- landie). Pink-footed Goose (Anser brachyrhyn- chus). Bean-Goose (Anser segetum) ........ Little Goose (Anser erythropus)...... Bernicle Goose (Bernicla leucopsis) .. Canada Goose (Bernicla canadensis .. Brant Goose (Bernicla brenta) ...... Common Swan (Cygnus olor) ......., Black Swan (Cygnus atratus)........ Common Sheldrake (Zadorna vul- panser). Ruddy Sheldrake (Tadorna rutila).... Common Teal (Querguedula erecca) .. Garganey Teal (Querquedula circia) .. Duration of life. ST Ap PRO Ascertained. mative, years, years. | months.| days. 16 6 12 16 8 | 17 17 0 0 ll 4 0 2 9 7 Z NE Ue 2h al) 4 *3 7 4 ells 9 4 *19 0 | 16 *18 1] 6 18 12 *5 4 | 22 10 eo 1 6 cai 8 | 19 Sie Dd 16 #15 7 | 11 10 1 2 15 9 | 25 8 6 | 19 *6 % 6 | *5 3 | 15 *6 6 9 5 4/11 *6 | 10 8 | *6 yd aa *5 | 10 | 20 #5 1 5 318 DR. MAX SCHMIDT ON THE DURATION OF [Apr. 20, Duration of life. Names of the animals. Approxi- Ascertained. mative. years. years.| months.| days. Common Pintail (Dafila acuta) ...... rae tt \*16 8 | 15 Bahama Duck (Dajfila bahamensis)... . 5 Wigeon (Mareca penelope) .......+..| «+++ |*19 | 11 6 #18 Five *12 7 | 25 Summer Duck (Ai# sponsa) ........ ieee 3/ 9 | 20 #3 7 8 Tufted Duck (Fuligula cristata)...... eu ha 7 0 LZ 8 0 Red-headed Pochard (Fuligula ferina)| .... |*12 6 2 *5.|.10 -| 12 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocoraw| .... 12 6 | 14 carbo). *6 4 | 16 White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus)| .... || 16 6 6 | Crested Pelican (Pelecanus crispus) ..| .... 5 8 | 27 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus) ....| .... |*11 7 | 13 Common Gull (Larus canus) ........ oe 13 6 | 25 5 inkl ii Greater Black-backed Gull (Zarus| .... |*21 3 | 15 marinus). | Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus) | 17 The 31st of December last has been taken as latest date for the following calculation of the average lifetime of the animals in our zoological garden. As the duration of life could be determined with certainty for by far the greater part of the specimens, we simply dis- regarded such as were entirely unsuited for calculation. Referring to these latter, it should be mentioned that the difference between the entire number of Rodentia and the number of specimens of the same 1880.] LIFE OF ANIMALS IN ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. order the lifetime of which is ascertained follows fo sibility of giving definite dates for the duration of life of Rabbits, Guinea-pigs, and some other small species of the same kind. Sheep and Goats cause the differences between the numbers re- specting Ruminantia. We were also obliged to leave out of consideration several sorts of Parrots—namely, Nymphicus, Bolborhynchus, and others. 319 the impos- Of Fowls and Pigeons only the wild species have been selected for the register. The results are as follows :— 205 Mammals : total of age, 829 years 11 months 27 days; mean duration of life per head, 3 years 9 months 26 days. 784 Birds: total of age, 3549 years — months 7 days; mean duration per head, 4 years 4 months 23 days. Together, 989 animals, 4379 years — months 4 days; mean duration of life per head, 4 years 5 months 6 days. The mean duration of life of the animals which died in the year 1879 is 2 years 4 months 27 days. This, so much shorter time than that mentioned before, will be easily explained by the fact that the mortality is much greater in the first days after the arrival of animals in a zoological garden. I am certain that similar statistics would give very useful hints to persons interested in such matters ; and I wish that this branch of knowledge were cultivated more specially than it has been heretofore, Specification of Average Lifetime. |___—— —<—- MaAmMALIA, Quadrumana Chiroptera Carnivora Rodentia Marsupialia Equidee Pachydermata Ruminantia Beet eee eenee eet eetewees seateeeee eee e eee eeenee seeeee se eeweees AVEs. Accipitres Striges Psittaci Passeres Columb Gallinz Struthiones Grallee Natatores ree eee se weet een eenenees tne e eee eneeee teen ee eee eeeneel, | Number of | animals at hand |-_—_ —— | Jan. 1, 1880. | Number of animals the age of which is ascertained. Bes pa he Borie.) we) "Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1880, No. XXI. } | | Mean age of A BOs ll a ceiderideale, yrs. |mths.|days|| yrs. /mths./days 88; 0 | 22} 2 5 | 12 Oe colin O 2 | 29 154] 7 | 23]; 38 8| 8 24; 10 | 1] 38 bi 7 19} 6 |16]} 3 3] 3 88; 8 | 2]| 8] 10] 16 dl} 2 | 23) 4 5 | 18 ATS one OS: ete et 4 | 28 | 149} 1 | 26]| 4 Gillie 9 8; 4/16] J 8] 6 347 | 7 | 23|| 6 5 | 6 492} 4 |10]| 2 |) a cl ea ay | 9 | 26 49| 0 | 18] 2 2 | 23 8; 7)|14]) 8 7 | 14 328 | O} 5] 5 IT] 15 2121 | 11 | 28}/ 5] 11} 26 21 320 REY, 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, 3. On some new and little-known Spiders of the Genus Argyrodes, Sim. By the Rev. O. P. CamsrincE, M.A., C.M.Z:S., &c. {Received April 1, 1880.] (Plates XX VIII.-XXX.) The Spiders described in the present paper have been received at yarious times during the last few years from widely distant exotic regions—South America, East Indies, Ceylon, South Africa, Mada- gascar, Samoa Island, and Amboina; and I now beg leave to record my thanks to those kind friends who have either collected them for me or sent them to me, viz. Mr. Frederick Bond, Major Julian Hobson (H.M.S. Staff Corps, Bombay), Professor Traill (Univ. Aberdeen), Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites (Botanic Gardens, Ceylon), Mr. Henry Rogers (of Freshwater, Isle of Wight), the Rev. J. Whitmee (of the Samoa Islands), Mr. H. H. B. Bradley (of Sydney, N.S.W.), Capt. F. W. Hutton (of New Zealand), Mr. J. P. Mansel Weale (of South Africa), and Mr. R. H. Meade (of Bradford, York- shire). Few Spiders are equal to those of the genus Argyrodes (and none exceed them) in the brillianey of their hues. Some of them look like drops of burnished silver suspended in their snares; and one of those here recorded, Argyrodes scintillulana (p. 332), resembles a bit of jet studded with diamonds. Their structure also is of a very marked and distinctive kind. The abdomen is subject to a greater or less abnormal development of the posterior extremity, but varying in the two sexes; and the caput (in the male sex) is almost invariably developed into a form which makes some of them resemble very closely some species of the genus Walekenaéra (Bl.). The fore extremity of the caput is produced and split into two lobes or segments by a more or less deep transverse indentation or cleft. There is, however, a very marked and constant difference between these two genera in respect of the position of the eyes. In Argyrodes no eyes are ever found on the lower segment of the caput, while in Walckenaéra the eyes of the fore-central pair are always placed either in front of it or at its ex- tremity. Another very obvious characteristic of Argyrodes is the great length and slenderness of the first two pairs of legs, though in this respect, as well as in the development of the abdomen, Argyrodes is far surpassed by the Spiders of an allied and, in some respects, still more curious genus, Ariamnes, Thor. (Ariadne, Dol.). The adult females of some (perhaps all) species of Argyrodes are subject to the apparently adventitious addition to their genital pro- cess of a bright, transparent, reddish, resinous-looking accretion. This often gives an abnormal appearance to the genital aperture ; and it has been mistaken by Mr. Blackwall for part of the process itself (vide description of Lpeira cognata, Bl., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 1877, 2nd ser. vol. ili. pp. 17, 18). I feel, however, quite convinced that 1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES, 32] this accretion forms no part (properly speaking) of the genital pro- cess, though in what way it is formed it is difficult to say ; probably it is an exudation from the genital organs, which hardens on coming into contact with the air, aud so adheres to the process in its outward passage. I have noticed it in several species; but it is by no means invariably found in all the individuals of a species. This abnormal development greatly obscures its real structure, and considerably lessens the value of the genital process of Argyrodes as a criterion (so valuable in general) of specific distinctness. Little appears to be known yet of the habits of this curious group of Spiders. So far as observations have been made, they live in their own irregular snares, spun among the outskirts of the snares of large Epeirids. When travelling in Palestine some years ago, I met with the type of the genus (Argyrodes epeire, Sim.) in abundance near the Sea of Tiberias, in the outskirts of the webs of Cyrtophora opuntie, Duf.; its pretty little pear-shaped egg-cocoons were also found suspended in the same position. Out of numerous cocoons brought home, almost all were infested by a minute hymenopterous parasite, the perfect forms of which emerged at different times during the following summer. ‘There does not appear to be any great variety in the form of the egg-cocoon of the different species, those of several which I have received being very nearly alike, excepting in size. The known species of Argyrodes are now becoming rather nume- rous—about 29 species, in addition to the 21 new ones here de- scribed, having been already characterized; probably many more will be discovered when greater attention is given to them by col- lectors in exotic regions. Several of the most curious of those now described were found among débris of the snares of some large Epeirids, having evidently been bottled along with the latter but not specially noticed or recognized at the time by the collectors. Fam. THERIDIIDES. Genus ARGYRODES, Sim. ARGYRODES FLAVESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.) Adult male, length rather more than 13 line, that of the female being rather over 23 lines. The fore part of the caput of the male is produced and elevated, and is divided by a transverse cleft into two lobes, of which the upper one is the strongest. The colour of the cephalothorax, as well as of the palpi, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum, is yellow, tinged with orange ; the anterior portion of the lobes into which the caput is produced is clothed with short coarse hairs. The eyes are placed four on the summit of the upper lobe of the caput, forming nearly a square; and on each side, at a considerable distance below, a little behind the cleft which divides the two lobes, is another pair, the eyes of which are contiguous to each other. The /egs are long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, those of the first pair being much the longest. They are of a deep blackish-brown hue, with the 21* 322 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, two basal joints and the hinder extremity of the femora yellow, each one of the femora having a single annulus of the same colour. The tarsi are of a pale hue; and all the legs are furnished with short fine hairs. The palpi are moderately long; the cubital joint is strong, some- what clavate, and double the length of the radial, which is of a blunt- pointed form, and adheres closely to the base of the palpal organs ; the digital joints are large, of an oval form, with their convex sides directed towards each other; the palpal organs are compact, and not very complex. The falces are long, not very strong, but projecting forwards. The form of the mawille, labium, and sternum is normal. The abdomen has its hinder extremity considerably produced into a large somewhat cylindrical prominence, rounded at its extremity ; it is of a dull clay-yellow hue, with a black spot at the end of the prominent portion, and another stronger one just above the spinners, which are placed about halfway between the fore and hinder extre- mity of the abdomen. Near the middle of the upperside are two silvery-white spots in a transverse line, and two others behind them, wider apart, one on each side of the produced portion. The female resembles the male in general colours and markings ; but the legs are shorter, the cephalothorax wants the elevated bi- lobed anterior part of the caput, and the abdomen is of a different shape, being gradually elevated to a great height, and forming, when looked at in profile, a nearly isosceles triangle whose base is much shorter than its sides. The silvery markings also on the abdomen are larger and more numerous, varying, however, a little in their size and form, that represented in figure 1¢ showing their greatest extent. This pretty Spider is quasiparasitic, living in the webs of some Epeirid, though I do not know of what species. It appears to be an abundant species, numerous examples of both sexes having been sent to me at different times from Ceylon by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, ARGYRODES CONCINNA, sp. u. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.) Adult male, length to the spinners 12 line, and to the apex of the abdomen 2 lines. This species is allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim., but easily dis- tinguishable by the form of the caput, and also by the form and pattern of the abdomen. The inferior lobe of the fore part of the caput is almost as strong as the superior one ; its extremity is rather upturned ; and the cleft between the two is nearly obsolete, as, excepting at the base of the cleft, the two lobes are in contact with each other. The cephalothorax, legs, and palpi are yellow-brown. The legs are long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; those of the first pair exceed three times the length of the Spider itself; and the anterior part of the tibize and femora of this pair is strongly suffused with dark reddish brown ; their armature consists of fine hairs only. The palpi are very similar to those of A. epeire; but the struc- ture ef the palpal organ differs a little, 1880. } OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 328 The abdomen has its upperside drawn out or elevated into a long tapering or conica) form, and very slightly curved, the apex being subacute. It is of a yellow-brownish hue, the underside suffused with black-brown ; a dark, central, blackish stripe tapering to a line occupies the upperside, and ends in a short transverse spot or blotch close to the apex ; on each side of this central stripe is a more or less broad and tolerably even-edged, silvery longitudinal band ; and in some examples there are irregular traces of silvery markings on the sides of the abdomen. It is probable that the darker portions of the abdomen will be found in well-preserved examples to be of a deeper hue than that here mentioned, all the examples I have examined having a some- what faded appearance in the abdomen. Examples of this very distinct species were contained in Professor Traill’s Amazons collection. It is possible that this may be the male of Argyrodes lugens, Cambr., inasmuch as all the examples of that Spider were Semales, and all of the present are males, and all were mixed together in the collection. There is, however, no such similarity of form, either in the abdomen or its pattern, as would lead one to conclude without great doubt that both belong to one species. I have therefore thought it best to describe them at present as distinct from each other, leaving it to future observations to decide whether they be identical or not. ARGYRODES SAMOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.) Adult male, length 1 of an inch; female rather larger. This Spider is also nearly allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim., but is quite distinct from it, differing both in the pattern on the abdomen and in the form of the caput. In the present Spider the two lobes of the caput are equally robust, and are shorter than in A. epeire; the extremity of the anterior lobe is rather enlarged and very obtuse, clothed (as in other Species) with hairs directed backwards and meeting those directed forwards from the posterior lobe over the cleft between the two; the cleft in the present species is broader, but less deep, than in A. epeire. A com- parison, however, of fig. 3 (Plate XXVIII.) with the figure given of A. epeire (fig. 3 a, Plate XXVIII.) will show at once these structural differences between the two species. The colour of the cephalothorax and legs is yellow-brown ; and the palpi are similar, excepting that the digital joints are of a deep reddish black-brown hue. In respect of the palpi and palpal organs there isa strong simi- larity to A. epeire and others, though the structures of the palpal organs, when examined carefully, show some differences. The legs (relative length 1, 2, 4, 3)—first two pairs long and slender, but not excessively so, and clothed with fine hairs only. The falces, similar in colour to the cephalothorax, are rather shorter than those of A. epeire. The abdomen is less elevated than in that species, and the profile- line of the upperside is more strongly and regularly curved. It 324 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, may be described as of a deep rich black-brown colour, marked with four very large somewhat triangular patches of a bright silvery hue ; or, in those examples where the silvery areas preponderate, these areas may be taken as the ground-colour on which are very plainly and distinctly marked a broad, even-edged, longitudinal, deep-black- brown central band from the fore extremity of the upperside to the apex, another less broad from the apex to the spinners, and a third as nearly as possible bisects each side, running from the spinners into the band on the upperside; all these bands merge in the general black-brown hue of the underside of the abdomen. In front of the spinners (on the underside) are the two usual silvery spots in a transverse line. It is probable that a series of examples would show some slight imperfection in the continuity of these ab- dominal bands, though from the three examples examined (one male and two females) I should expect to find the abdominal pattern above described a tolerably constant and strong specific character. From the above three examples there does not appear to be very much, if any, difference in colours or pattern between the two sexes. A male and two females of this Spider were received several years ago from the Rey. J. Whitmee, by whom they were found in the Samoa Islands. ARGYRODES NEPHILH. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 4, 4a, 44, e, 4¢, 4d, 4f.) Argyrodes nephile, Tacz. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 51, Adult male, length ;4 of an inch ; female rather larger. The cephalothorax of this brilliant little Spider is of a dark blackish brown; that of the female is of ordinary form; but that of the male has the caput considerably elevated and produced forwards, where it is divided into two lobes by a deep transverse cleft or fissure ; the inferior lobe is much the smallest. The exact form of this part of the caput is represented as nearly as possible in fig. 4, Plate XX VIII. ; no lengthened description of this.charateristic portion of structure would avail to distinguish it so accurately from other species nearly allied. ¢ The eyes of the fore central pair are the largest of the eight, and are placed in a transverse line on each side, at the fore ex- tremity of the caput ; behind these and lower down, at a little distance behind the base of the cleft, are the hind-central eyes, while at about the same distance lower down again, and almost in a line with the others on each side, are the lateral pairs, the eyes of each of which are contiguous to each other. The degs are long, but not excessively so, slender, furnished with hairs only, of a dull yellowish hue; the anterior portions of the femora and tibize (of those of the female at least) suffused with dark brown. In the only adult male I have seen, the legs were uni- colorous. The abdomen is short, but elevated into a very high conical form, its height being distinctly greater than its length ; in some examples the height is greater than in others, and the apex of the cone sharper. It is of a glistening silvery metallic hue ; from the middle of the anterior 1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODEs. 825 extremity on the upperside it is bisected by a tapering black stripe, which ends at the apex of the cone; in the males this stripe is merely a short black line from which one or two vein-like branches issue obliquely on each side. The underside is black, or else black- brown deepening into black on each side; the margins of this black portion are well defined, dentated, and extend a little way up the sides. The dentation of the margins differs in the sexes, as will be seen from the figures given; in about a dozen examples of the female but very slight variation was apparent in the character of this dentation in that sex. On each side underneath, a little way in front of the spinners, are two round, shining, silvery spots in a transverse line. The palpi of the male are in general appearance very like those of A, epeire, Sim., and others ; the cubital joints are tumid and cla- vate, the radials short and spreading ; the digitals are large, with a strong prominence or lobe towards their extremity on the inner side. The palpal organs are moderately complex; and at their fore ex- tremity is a rather prominent process, whose termination is bifid or distinctly cleft. An adult male and females of this Spider were contained in a col- lection of Spiders made in the Amazons of South America by Pro- fessor Traill, to whose kindness I am indebted for them. I have but little doubt that it is the Spider described by Prof. Taczanowski, l. c. supra. In the form of the caput Argyrodes nephile is very similar to A. rostrata, Bl. (Seychelle Islands) ; the anterior lobe of this latter species, however, is stouter, and the eyes of the hind-central pair are nearer to the summit of the occiput (wide Plate XXVIII. fig. 4 a’). The abdomen also is of quite a different form—less elevated, very obtuse at the apex, and with a distinct pattern on the sides (fig. 4 6), this part in A. nephile being immaculate. ARGYRODES ARGENTATA, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 5.) Adult male, length ;4; of an inch; female considerably larger. This Spider is very closely allied to Argyrodes nephile, Tacz., resembling it in general form, colours, markings, and appearance. It is, however, considerably larger ; the form of the caput differs in the more curved shape of its anterior segment, which is also rather longer in proportion to the posterior one; the hind central pair of eyes are also placed further up on the occipital part of the posterior segment, being thus considerably removed from a straight line with the lateral pair and fore-central eye on each side. The abdomen also is less elevated, and its conical point more ob- tuse ; it is of a similar brilliant silvery hue; its upper point slightly tipped with brown, and a slender longitudinal central biack or deep- brown line on the upperside, sometimes enlarged in an angular form at one or two points, from each of which issues a short vein-like line. The central line or stripe seldom appears to reach the conical point of the abdomen, and does not differ in form or strength in the sexes. The degs are long, but uot excessively so ; and their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3; they are of a pale yellow colour, slightly tinged with 326 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, yellow-brown towards the fore extremity of the femora and tibiz, and also on the genual joints. The palpi of the male are very similar in form and structure to those of Argyrodes nephile ; but the structure of the palpal organs differs. They are similar to the legs in colour, the digital joints and palpal organs being of a dark yellow-brown hue. The form of the abdomen in the female differs a little from that of the male (vide Plate XXVIII. figs. 5 a, 5 6); the underside in both sexes is of a deep brown or black-brown, with two strong, well- marked points or denticulations on the margin on each side; a little way also in front of the spinners are two round silvery spots, widely separated in a transverse line. Adults of both sexes of this beautiful little Spider were received some years ago from the East Indies through the kindness of Mr. F. Bond. More recently I have received females from Ceylon (from Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites) and from Madagascar (through Mr. R. H. Meade, of Bradford). Three examples of the female were also con- tained in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection. The genital aperture of the female is of a deep blackish colour, and is smaller than that of A. nephile. In almost every example it had an adventitious and more or less prominent process connected with it, of a bright transparent red hue, and apparently of a resinous nature; so that the real form of the vulva was not easy to be made out. This resinous proeess appears to be found in some other species also; and in one, A. cognata, Bl. (Seychelle Islands), it was taken by Mr. Blackwall to be a portion of the sexual process itself. It is, however, I think, certainly adventitious, and formed by an exudation, of the cause and nature of which we are ignorant. ARGYRODES JUCUNDA, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6.) Adult female, length to the spinners 2 lines, and from the spinners to the apex of abdomen 25 lines. This Spider is nearly allied to Argyrodes nephile, Tacz., and others. tis, however, larger; and the apex of the abdomen is more drawn out and pointed, the abdomen itself being more elevated and perpendicular ; it is of a silvery hue, the silver spots being divided by a network of dull brown lines. On the upperside a broadish central longitudinal black-brown stripe runs from the fore extremity two thirds of the way towards the apex, ending in a broad transverse somewhat crescent-shaped black-brown band, beyond each end of which is an irregular patch of the same. The underpart is black, the black portion extending up the sides in a large somewhat circular form, with a somewhat tapering stripe running upwards on each side of the spinners. The cephalothorax is of ordinary form, and of a deep brown colour, the clypeus rounded and prominent. The Jegs are moderately long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, and clothed with fine hairs; they are of a yellow-brownish hue; the femora and fore extremities of the tibize of the first and second pairs deep brown, and all the tarsi and metatarsi pale brownish yellow. 1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 327 The palpi are short, of a blackish colour; and each terminates with a rather long, slender, slightly-curved claw. A single example of this Spider, which is nearly allied to Argyrodes antipodiana, Cambr., was received from Parana, South America, where it was found some years ago by Mr. Henry Rogers. ARGYRODES ANTIPODIANA, Sp. N. Adult female, length 4 of an inch. This Spider is very nearly allied to Argyrodes argentata, Cambr., resembling it closely in general appearance, colours, and markings. In all the examples, however, that I have seen, the longitudinal black line on the upperside of the abdomen is stronger, and runs quite through to the apex of the hinder part; and in some examples there is a tendency to form one or more lateral oblique stripes running from the angular points of the upper margin of the underside towards the upperside ; the apex of the abdomen is also more obtuse. In respect of the form of the abdomen, this species resembles Argy- rodes epeire, Sim., very closely ; and the variety of markings just now mentioned is also very like the less darkly marked varieties of that species ; there is, however, in every one of the numerous females I have examined of A. epeira, a transverse dark bar or slender stripe on the upperside of the abdomen, a little way in front of the apex : and the central longitudinal stripe is always strong, but never runs through to the apex. The genital aperture, although of the same general character, differs, though slightly, in all the three Spiders now compared ; and I feel but little doubt that, when the male of A. antipodiana is dis- covered, it will be found that the form of the cephalothorax also differs in that sex from both the others mentioned. 4, epeire is also apparently a larger Spider than the present one. I have received examples of this Spider from Sydney, N. &. W. (from Mr. H. H. B. Bradley), and from New Zealand from Capt. F. W. Hutton. ARGYRODES LUGENS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 2 a’, 3!, c’.) Adult female, length 13 line. This Spider is nearly allied to Argyrodes epeire, Sim ; the ab- domen, however, is higher and sharper at the apex, and its pattern is quite different. In one respect only there is a similar portion of the pattern—namely, in the constant presence of a transverse black bar on the upperside, a little way in front of the apex; this bar is generally broader than in A. epeire ; and in regard to the colouring of the abdomen, the dark portions are nearly or quite jet-black, whereas in A. epetre they are more of a very deep red-brown hue. The present Spider is very variable in respect of its pattern, vary- ing from an almost uniform brilliant silvery hue, marked only with a central longitudinal black stripe on the upperside, terminating in the transverse bar above noticed, and a black underside boldly den- tated on its upper margins, to a uniform jet-black ground marked on the upperside with two parallel longitudinal silver stripes or bands, 328 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, tridenticulate on their outer sides, and a lateral, elongate, somewhat triangular silvery patch near the upper part on each side, the apex of the abdomen also being of a silvery colour. This variety is the one figured (Plate XXVIII. figs. 2 a’, 6'), and is a very striking and beautiful one: in most varieties the two ordi- nary silver spots underneath, in a transverse line in front of the spinners, are visible; but none were apparent in the variety figured. In this variety also the legs are nearly black, softening to a dark brown towards their extremities, the metatarsi being pale yellow- brown. Other varieties, in which the silvery hues of the abdomen prevail, have the legs of a more or less dark yellow-brown, the fore extremities of the tibize of the first pair being black-brown, and the tarsi and metatarsi light yellowish brown. The legs are slender, furnished with fine hairs only; their length is moderate, those of the first pair, as usual, considerably the longest, and those of the third pair very short—l, 2, 4, 3. The colour of the cephalothorax appears to vary with the general colouring of the legs and abdomen, the lighter-coloured examples having a more or less dark yellow-brown cephalothorax, while that of the dark examples is a deep black-brown. Examples of this species were contained in the collection of Spiders sent to me from the Amazons by Professor Traill. ARGYRODES ABSCISSA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 7.) Adult male, length to the spinners 15 line, and to the apex of the abdomen 23. In the form of the fore part of the caput this Spider is not unlike Argyrodes epeire, Sim., with the lower prominence or lobe cut off near its base. This lobe has therefore a truncated appearance, and is much shorter and less robust than the upper one ; its extremity is furnished thickly with strong prominent hairs forming a tuft ; those of the upper lobe are less numerous, and, as usual, directed forwards; this latter lobe forms a strong subconical eminence rounded at its apex and protruding upwards from between the four central eyes, its base occupying the whole of the quadrate area comprised within them. Looked at in profile, the caput rises gradually from the thorax, and there is a slight dip or depression between the eyes of the hind central pair. The thorax is more than usually gibbous just behind the thoracic indentation. The colour of the cephalothoraz is dark yellowish brown. The degs are dull brownish yellow, the genual joints and a small portion at the fore extremity of the tibize and metatarsi of those of the third and fourth pairs being of a darker hue, giving those legs a slightly annulate appearance ; they are long and slender, but not in- ordinately so, and are furnished with short fine hairs only. The palpi are rather long and strong. The radial and cubital joints are of about equal length ; both are strong, the latter bent and clavate, the former broad and dilated at the anterior extremity. The digital joint is rather large, strongly bifid at its extremity, and 1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 329 of a dark yellow-brown colour. The palpal organs are tolerably complex, but compact, and, like those of most others of the genus, devoid of any very remarkable process, The falces, maxille, labium, and sternum are of normal form and structure, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The abdomen has its hinder extremity produced in an oblong form, the apex being a little dilated but slightly bifid, becoming somewhat of a fish-tail form; the length from the fore extremity to the spinners is a little less than that from the spinners to the apex. The colour of the abdomen is brownish black, marked, mottled, and speckled with pale yellowish-white and silvery spots and markings. The most conspicuous of the latter form two longitudinal slightly curved lines or bars along the fore part of the upperside, enclosing an oblong or somewhat coffin-shaped black-brown marking ; also on the hinder part of each side, a little above the spinners, is a some- what V-shaped marking formed in a similar Way. Two adult males of this very distinct Spider were contained in the small Madagascar collection received from Mr. R. H. Meade several years ago. ARGYRODES FISSIFRONS, (Plate XXIX. fig. 8 a'.) Argyrodes fissifrons, Cambr. Linn. Soe. Journ. Zool. x. p. 380, pl. xii. figs. 31-38; T. Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genoy. xiii. p- 145 1878). : Argyrodes inguinalis, T. Thorell, 7. c. p. 149. This Spider is nearly allied to the next Spider described, Argyrodes procrastinans (Plate XX1X. fig.9); but the latter is, I feel no doubt, a distinct species, the form and markings of the abdomen (fig. 9, a) being different from many examples of the female of 4. Jissifrons received excepting in the genital process, he can find no reliable difference between the two species (the female only of a. inguinalis being Ventitious addition of the resinous-looking accretion mentioned above (p- 320). Iam the more inclined to doubt the distinctuess of Dr, Thorell’s 4. inguinalis, inasmuch as in an example he has kindly given me of it I observe traces of this accretion ; and, excepting for this, there is no difference at all from my Ceylon examples of A. fissifrons. In one of the latter there is a similar disfigurement, which renders it quite undistinguishable from A, inguinalis. Of the identity of Dr. Thorell’s types (from Amboina) of 4, Jissi- frons, and those I have received from Ceylon there is no doubt. The figure given (Plate XXIX, fig. 8 a') is from one of several ex- amples kindly sent to me by Dr. Thorell. In the form of the apex of the abdomen the females differ considerably, some examples being drawn out into a much longer and more acute point than 330 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, others; but this part does not in any instance approach the form of that of A. procrastinans. Both in Ceylon and Amboina Argyrodes fissifrons appears to be an abundant Spider. ARGYRODES PROCRASTINANS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 9.) Adult female, length to the spinners 12 line, and to the apex of the abdomen 23 lines. The cephalothorax of this Spider is of the ordinary form; the profile line lies pretty nearly level, though the occiput is a little gibbous and the thoracic indentation strong. Its colour is dull yellow-brown. The eyes are in usual position. The four centrals form a square, round and near the base of a very slight rounded eminence. The clypeus exceeds in height half that of the facial space, and is a little prominent. The falces, maxille, labium, and sternum present no special characteristics, their colour being similar to that of the cephalo- thorax. The Jeys are long and slender, 1, 4,2, 3. They are of a pale yellowish hue, the genual joints and a small portion at the extremity of the femora and tibize of those of the three anterior pairs being of a yellow-brown colour; their armature consists of fine hairs only. The palpi are short, slender, of a darker colour than the legs, and terminate with a curved and (so far as I could determine) un- pectinated claw. The abdomen is large, and considerably produced at its posterior extremity, which is bluff and rounded. On each side, near the middle, the abdomen is somewhat enlarged, though scarcely amount- ing to a prominence; but halfway between that and the hinder ex- tremity is a rather distinct rounded prominence, giving a somewhat trituberculate appearance to the end of the abdomen, and reminding one strongly of a very similar form in some exotic species of Cyclosa. The colour of the abdomen is a somewhat pale golden with a metallic lustre. Along the middle of the upperside is a broad dark black- brown ; band, which becomes faint, interrupted at the middle, and alinost obsolete a little past the lateral enlargement at the middle of the abdomen. ‘The rounded apex of the abdomen is also black- brown; and the sides are encircled with a few spots, streaks, and patches of a similar hue. The spinners are placed on an eminence, the hinder half of which is black-brown and the fore part dull yellow-brown. The genital process is rather large, bluff, rounded and prominent, and of a bright shining red-brown colour, deepening to black in the middle; its anterior portion covers the aperture, and is of a hood-shape. A single example of this Spider was contained in a collection kindly sent to me some years ago from Bombay by Major Julian Hobson, of the Bombay Staff Corps. This species is nearly allied to Argyrodes inguinalis (Plate XXIX. fig. 9a’), Thor., a Spider found in Amboina, and included among the 1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 331 synonyms of the foregoing species ; but although the present Spider resembles 4. inguinalis very nearly in colours, markings, and the general character of the abdominal form, it may be easily distin- guished by the more obtuse and rounded form and black colour of the apex. In A. inguinalis the apex is indeed obtuse and rounded ; but its tapering form is continued throughout, and its upper part and sides are completely silvery ; the central longitudinal band also on the fore part of the upperside is paler, and tapers without in- terruption to a fine point. There is considerable similarity, but still a difference, in the form of the genital process in the two species. From A. fissifrons, Camb., 2, the present Spider may also be dis- tinguished by the same characters as those which distinguish it from A. inguinalis, Thor. ARGYRODES AMBOINENSIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 8.) Argyrodes amboinensis, Thor. Ann. Mus. Genov. xiii. p. 141 (1878). The length of the adult male is'2? lines to the spinners, and to the apex of the abdomen 31; the length of the female, to the spinners rather over 3 lines, and to the extremity of the abdomen 4 lines. This fine and beautiful species has been well described by Dr. T. Thorell (2. c. supra). I have, however, thought it worth while to include here one or two figures, and also a note upon the very dis- tinctive characters of the caput. In the absence of figures it is almost impossible to determine many of the Spiders of this group, in which the peculiar structure of the caput assumes so many forms differing from each other often in minute but important particulars. The fore part of the caput is divided into two lobes by a deep and wide cleft; the superior lobe is the smallest, and has the four central eyes on its upper side ; the inferior lobe projects considerably beyond the superior one, its extremity is subconical, and about half- way between the extremity and the base of the cleft there is, on the upperside, a strong subangular point clothed with a tuft of black hairs; three strong sinuous bristles are directed forward from the fore extremity on the upperside of the superior lobe; there are, besides these, numerous bristly hairs on and about both the lobes. As in most others of this group, the abdomen differs in form in the two sexes. That of the male is longer in proportion, and has its hinder extremity produced into a strong, somewhat cylindrical form, rounded at its apex; it is of a yellow-brown colour, ornamented with brilliant silvery markings edged in some parts with deep blackish brown, and disposed as in fig. 8. That of the female has these silvery markings of greater extent and better defined than in the male, and with many smaller silvery spots dispersed over the sides and hinder part vide (fig. 8). The legs are exceeding long, slender, of a dull yellowish hue, coloured rather lighter than the cephalothorax, and furnished with fine hairs only. The palpi of the male are long, and similar to the legs in colour ; the cubital joint is longer than the radial, curved and clavate; the 332 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, digital joint is small; the palpal organs rather complex but com- act. 4 Argyrodes amboinensis appears to be an abundant species in Amboina, and is perhaps the finest and bandsomest yet known of this group ; it is certainly one of the most distinct with respect to the form of the caput. I am indebted to Dr. Thorell for the examples from which my figures and the above notes have been made. ARGYRODES SCINTILLULANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10.) Length of the adult male ? line, and of the female 17 to 13. The cephalothoraw is of a deep brown colour ; the fore part of the lower part of the caput is produced into a strong; prominent pro- jection, which tapers gradually to a point, and, looked at in profile, has a slightly upward direction, being also furnished with prominent bristly hairs. The legs are very slender; their relative length is 1, 2, 4, 3; those of the first pair are greatly the longest, being nearly four times the length of the Spider itself; they are of a pale yellow-brown hue, and furnished with short fine hairs. The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs; the radial and cubital joints are very short; the digital joint is also small, oval; and the palpal organs are compact, not very complex, and have a short, curved, spine-like process at their extremity, with a longer, curved transverse spine just behind it. The falces are moderate in length and strength, and, with the maxille, which are of normal form, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the labium and sternum (also of normal form) being of a darker colour. , The abdomen is of a deep brownish sooty-black hue; the posterior extremity is greatly produced, ending in an obtuse and nearly round form. The profile forms an evenly ascending line from the fore to the hinder extremity ; and the spinners are placed at an angle nearer to the former than to the latter. Looked at from above and behind, : the upperside is marked with two oblique pale stripes on each side on the hinder half; each stripe is charged with a row of irregular silvery spots which sparkle like diamonds in different lights. When looked at in profile there are, besides the stripes of sparkling spots just noted, on each side, at the fore extremity, a shorter horizontal stripe of a similar kind, and a bold round sparkling silvery spot just above the spinners ; near the middle of the underside, in a transverse line, there are also two other rather larger round spots of the same kind, and another just beneath the hinder extremity of the pro- duced part. : The abdomen of the female is larger, but less long in proportion, its hinder extremity scarcely so obtuse, and sometimes of a cylindric form. The colours and markings of this sex, however, are the same as those of the male. Adults of both sexes of this beautiful little Spider were received from Mr, G. H. K, Thwaites, from Ceylon, where they occur in the 1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 333 webs of the larger Epeirids. Thisis, to my mind, the most delicately beautiful of all the hitherto known species of this pretty and curious genus. ARGYRODES NASUTA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 11.) Adult male, length 13 line. The cephalothorax of this Spider is yellow-brown, the normal grooves and indentations being of a deeper hue. The fore extremity of the lower surface of the caput is produced forwards, in a horizontal direction, into a long, strong projection, enlarged or somewhat spoon- shaped at its extremity, which is furnished with prominent hairs; the length of this projection, which is rather paler in colour than the cephalothorax, about equals the length of the caput. The eyes are in the usual position; but the ocular area, though a little projecting, is not raised above the ordinary level. The profile of the upperside of the caput and thorax, excepting a small im- pression at the thoracic junction, forms a nearly straight, though slightly ascending line. The legs are very slender, furnished only with short fine hairs ; those of the first pair are much the longest, being about, or nearly, four times the length of the Spider; those of the second pair are rather longer than the fourth ; and the third pair are the shortest. The legs are of a dull yellowish brown colour, paler than the cephalothorax. The palpi are short, similar in colour to the legs, excepting the digital joints, which are of very large size and of a shining nearly black hue. The palpal organs are not complex, but very compact. The radial and cubital joints are both short, the former being the strongest. The falces are long and moderately strong; they project a little forwards, and, with the maxille and labium, which are of normal form, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The sternum is of the usual triangular shape, and is of a deep black-brown colour. The abdomen has its hinder extremity greatly produced in a some- what cylindric form, ending in an obtuse somewhat rounded form. Its colour is blackish brown, paler on the sides ; it is marked on the upper part and sides with narrow white stripes, forming on the upperside a large, nearly diamond-shaped figure, and some oblique lines on the sides of the posterior half. The spinners occupy an angular position just halfway between the fore and hinder extremity of the abdomen. Two examples of this curious Spider were contained in a col- lection received from Ceylon, from Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, several years ago. In the form of the fore extremity of the lower surface of the caput we have the tendency to development in that part of the structure of this genus carried to the most extreme limit as yet known, : 334 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, ARGYRODES BICORNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 12.) Adult male, length to the spinners 1 line, to the apex of abdomen rather more than 14 line. ; It is perhaps questionable whether this Spider should not be included in the genus Ariamnes (Thor.) rather than in Argyrodes, the two genera being very closely united ; believing it, however, to have more in common with the latter than with the former genus, I have, for the present at least, placed it in Argyrodes. The form of the caput is very striking, and distinguishes it at a glance from all the Spiders of this singular group yet known to me. The posterior lobe (comprising the ocular area) has its centre pro- duced into a strong, horn-like, slightly curved, tapering, obtusely- pointed eminence, directed forward, surmounted with a tuft of long, strong, bristly hairs also directed forwards; immediately below the fore central pair of eyes, at the upper part of the clypeus (which slopes considerably forwards), is another horn-like prominence directed forwards in a parallel direction with the other, and of about equal length but not nearly so strong, straight, and slightly enlarged at its extremity, which is also furnished with some long bristly hairs directed rather backwards, so as to meet those directed forwards from the extremity of the posterior horn. The colour of the cephalothoraz is pale yellow, with a suffusion of reddish brown on the margins, mostly on that of the thorax. The /egs are long and slender, especially those of the first pair; their relative length is 1, 2, 4,3; and they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax ; the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi of those of the first and second pairs reddish yellow-brown. They are furnished pretty thickly with fine hairs, many of those on the tibie being erect. The palpi are similar to the legs in colour, moderately long, the radial and cubital joints short and of equal length; the digital joint is rather small, oval, and yellow-brown, with a small notch or cleft at the extremity ; the palpal organs are compact, and neither very prominent nor complex. The eyes of the fore central pair form a line at least as long as the hind centrals, if not rather longer, and each is very near to, but not contiguous with, the fore lateral eye on its side. The four centrals thus form, as nearly as possible, a square. The falces project considerably forwards, and, with the maxille, labium, and sternum, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The abdomen has its upperside prolonged into a long tapering eminence directed a little backwards in a sloping form, the apex being bifid in a somewhat fish-tail form. It is of a dull whitish yellow-brown colour, indistinctly marked on each side at its anterior extremity with a rusty-red-brown hue, and with a suffusion of the same colour on the upperside towards and round the apex; some traces of a similar hue are also visible on the hinder part ; and there is a central longitudinal line of the same on the underside. It is very possible that a series of examples would show some variations in the colour and pattern of the abdomen. 1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 335 A single adult male of this Spider in excellent condition was contained in Mr. H. Rogers’s Parana collection. This is perhaps one of the most distinct and singularly formed species, with respect to the caput, yet known. r ARGYRODES SEXTUBERCULATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 13.) Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen rather over 2 lines. Adult female slightly larger. The cephalothorax is of a deep yellowish-brown colour; the legs and palpi reddish yellow-brown. The fore part of the caput is divided by a narrow fissure into two lobes of equal prominence, the inferior one being the strongest, rounded, consisting, in fact, of the whole of the lower part of the caput. This part bears some resemblance to the corresponding portion of A. obtusa, Cambr., but is less prominent, the upper lobe, however, being much more prominent. The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind central pair are divided by an interval but little if any thing larger than that which separates those of the fore central pair. The /egs are long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3; those of the third and fourth pairs are paler than the others, and marked, or somewhat irregularly annulated, with reddish brown. The palpi are short, the radial joint stronger and a little longer than the cubital ; the digital joint is large but narrower, and not so large in proportion as that of A. obtusa; while the palpal organs are, though differing a little, very similar to those of that species. The falces are long, strong, prominent near their base in front, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. The abdomen has its hinder extremity considerably prolonged in a somewhat oblong, very slightly tapering form; on each side towards the extremity is an angular prominence, whence it tapers more rapidly, ending in a somewhat truncated form, and with four small angular tubercles or prominences in the form of a square, two above and two beneath. The colour of the abdomen is a dark yellowish brown, more or less thickly covered with pale spots, a sort of longitudinal zone along each side from the lateral prominence to the fore extremity being of a silvery hue, the hinder part of the prominence being blackish-brown. A narrow central longitudinal, tapering, obscure darkish-brown stripe runs from the anterior margin of the upperside, ending in a fine point level with the lateral prominences. The abdomen of the female is more completely covered with silvery spots than that of the male; it is shorter also, though preserving in a still more marked degree a similar form. This species is allied both to A. obtusa and A. amplifrons (posted, p. 339); but the greater size and different form of the caput, palpi, falces, and abdomen, will serve to distinguish it readily. Examples, in a very dilapidated state, were found among débris of web &c. in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXII. 22 336 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, ARGYRODES ULULANS, sp. 0. (Plate XXX. fig. 14.) Adult male, length from the fore extremity of the caput to the spinners 1+ line, and to the apex of the abdomen 23 lines; the corresponding measurements of the adult female are 2 and 4 lines. The. cephalothorax, legs, palpi, and falces are of a deep yellowish- brown colour. The legs are rather the palest, they are long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, and furnished with fine hairs. The fore part of the caput is divided into two lobes, like many others of the genus ; but the form of the lobes is very distinct from that of any other species, and very characteristic. The inferior lobe is very strong, obtuse, and, looked at in profile, projects a little beyond the upper one, which is much smaller and transversely impressed just in front of the fore central pair of eyes. These lobes are, like the corresponding ones in other species, clothed with hairs, which are directed over the intervening cleft. The abdomen is greatly produced backwards, tapering to a blunt conical point; its length from the spinners to the apex is nearly or quite double that from the spinners to the cephalothorax. It is of a dull sooty-black hue, deepening to the apex; the upper part is bordered on each side by a broad longitudinal silvery band, which does not, however, nearly reach the apex; and close behind the spinners, underneath, are two silvery spots in a transverse line. The palpi are moderately long; the radial and cubital joints are rather short, and of very nearly equal length; the digital joint is large, oval, and devoid of the strong process near the extremity characteristic of that of Argyrodes epeire, Sim., aud several others. The palpal organs are compact and moderately complex, but do not present any very conspicuously prominent processes. The female is larger, and its abdomen stouter; but in colours and markings the sexes are remarkably alike. Examples of this species were contained in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection. ARGYRODES MINAX, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. figs. 15, ¢, d, e, lia, 15 4.) Adult male, length to the spinners 1+ line, and to the apex of the abdomen 2 lines. In the form of the caput this Spider is very like the next species (Argyrodes affinis, Cambr.). In both Spiders the clypeus is prominent, and divided by a distinct transverse cleft, almost amounting to a simple perforation, so nearly do the adjacent margins of the two segments meet. The present Spider, however, may be distinguished at once by the greater and more gradual rise of the caput from the thoracic region, and by the cleft above mentioned dividing the clypeus into two equal parts, whereas in A. affnis it is placed close beneath the fore central eyes (Plate XXX. fig. 16 4). A comparison of the figures given of the two Spiders will render this apparent at a glance. 1880. | OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 337 The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falees, and other anterior parts are yellow-brown, the legs and palpi being rather the lightest in colour. The eyes of the hind central pair are further trom each other than each is from the hind lateral eye on its side; those of the anterior row are as nearly as possible equidistant from each other, The /egs are long and slender, those of the first pair (judging by the femora, which are all that remained of them) of great length. Their armature consists, as usual, of fine hairs only. The palpi are moderately long ; the digital joints are rather large, oval, and dark yellowish brown; the palpal organs are moderately complex, but compact; the cubital joint is curved and clavate, and longer than the radial. The abdomen is long, narrow, and slightly tapering to the apex, which is bluff and rounded ; and on each side a little before the apex is a small obtusely angular prominence. The general colour of the abdomen is yellowish brown, marked above and on the sides with silvery spots and suffusions; along the middle of the upperside is a long tapering deep-blackish-brown marking, whose posterior ex- tremity, narrowed to a line, reaches very nearly to the apex. The most conspicuous of the silvery markings on the sides form two somewhat irregular oblique lines, the hinder-one of which ends in a single spot a little way above and behind the spinners. The area from the spinners to the apex is dark brown ; anda little way below the apex are two silvery spots in a transyerse line. In the form of the abdomen there is, as will be observed, a striking difference between this species and A. affinis. A single example of the adult male of this very distinct Spider was contained in a small collection of Spiders from the north-east of Madagascar, kindly given me by Mr. R. H. Meade. Argyrodes minax is also nearly allied to A. ululans, Cambr. (an Amazons species) ; but in this latter the transverse cleft of the caput is much deeper, and the form of the segments into which the clypeus is divided is different; the form also of the abdomen is quite dissimilar. ARGYRODES AFFINIS, sp.n, (Plate XXX. figs. 16, 164, 16¢, 16). Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen 2+ lines, and to the spinners 1. This species is allied to Argyrodes obtusa and A. amplifrons, from both of which it may easily be distinguished by the greater eleva- tion of the hinder part of the ocular area, as well as by the much wider separation of the hind central pair of eyes, and greater width of the upperside of the caput, the prominence of the lower lobe of which is not so bold nor so extended. The abdomen is also of a different form, and its pattern different. The figures detailing these characters will show at once the differences here noted. The cephalothoraz is of a yellow-brown colour; the hinder part of the ocular area is a little raised, giving in profile a slightly angular form to the occiput. gok 338 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [Apr. 20, The legs are of normal character, long and slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, and furnished only with fine hairs. The transverse cleft dividing the two lobes of the caput is placed as nearly as possible halfway between the hind central eyes and the prominent extremity of the lower lobe. The palpi are short, and similar in colour to the legs; the cubital joint is curved, clavate, and perceptibly longer than the radial, which, like that of other species, is broad in front. The digital joint is of moderate size, oval, dark yellow-brown in colour. The palpal organs are simple, compact, and very like those of several other species. The abdomen has its posterior portion drawn out into a long tapering form; there is a small angular prominence on each side, a little more than halfway to the apex, which last is obtusely pointed and depressed, or a little bent downwards. This downward bend is probably a characteristic of the species, though very possibly not equally strongly marked in all individuals; it is very perceptible in all the examples I have examined (two adult and one young male, and one adult female). The colour of the abdomen is yellow-brown, mostly covered with brilliant and closely united silvery spots, leaving (in the male) an elongate, central tapering stripe on the upperside. The lower part of the sides, as well as the underside, are nearly free from silvery spots; two, however, are tolerably conspicuous in a transverse line on the hinder part, a little way above the spinners. In the female the abdomen is shorter, the angular prominence on each side stronger, and it is more completely covered with silvery spots; the disposition, however, of those on the upperside leaves a rather distinct pattern (represented in fig. 16,d) ; probably there would be various differences in this in different examples. The only female that has come under my notice was considerably smaller than the male. Four examples were contained in a collection of Spiders made for me on the Parana, Brazil, by Mr. H. Rogers, some years ago. ARGYRODES OBTUSA, Sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 17.) Adult male, length to the apex of the abdomen 1} line, to the spinners rather less than 1 line. In this very pretty and curious little Spider, the upper part of the caput is not elevated or drawn out beyond the normal extent, but the whole of the lower part is produced into a very large, obtuse, rounded lobe or prominence divided by a short but distinct cleft or perforation from the upper part of the caput; when looked at from in front, the middle of the upper part of this prominence is slightly notched or cleft. The colour of the cephalothoraz is pale yellow-brown, that of the legs and palpi being of a rather paler hue. The /egs in the examples examined were much damaged; but they appeared to be very like those of other species of this genus, long, 1, 2, 4, 3, slender, and clothed only with very fine hairs, 1880. ] OF THE GENUS ARGYRODES. 339 The palpi are rather short, the cubital and radial joints particu- larly so; the digital joint is large, and in form very like that of A, ululans, being devoid of the prominence so very strongly marked in A. epeire and others. The palpal organs are sinple in structure, but prominent and well developed, with a short, closely fitting, curved black spine near their anterior extremity. The eyes are in the ordinary position ; those of the hind central pair are separated by a wider interval than those of the fore central pair. The falces are neither very long nor strong ; and their direction is a little forwards. The abdomen has its upper part produced backwards into a long, somewhat tapering form, its extremity being slightly and im- perfectly trifid, 2. e. a blunt angular point on each side below, anda third, rather longer, above and directed rather downwards ; its ground- colour is of a dull brownish hue (though, the examples being in bad condition, this may be different in life), marked with a pattern of brilliant silvery spots as represented in fig. 17 ; the hinder part of this pattern meets over the upperside; there is also a single con- spicuous silvery spot almost underneath on each side near the hinder extremity, and another in the middle of the underside a little way in front of the spinners. One tolerably perfect example, and some fragments of others, were found among débris of the web of some large Epeirid, in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection. ARGYRODES AMPLIFRONS, sp. 0. (Plate XXX. figs. 17 a’, d', e’, £7 Buel, :d!,; e',. F', Gah) Adult male, length to the spinners scarcely 1 line, and to the apex of the abdomen 14; in the adult female these measurements are, respectively, + of a line and rather more than 13 line. This Spider is very nearly allied to Argyrodes obtusa, but may be distinguished by several well-marked differences. The prominence of the lower part of the caput (or inferior lobe) is much larger, still more obtuse ; and its upper part, when looked at from in front, is more considerably cleft or bifid; the space also between the cleft or perforation which divides the lobe and the fore central eyes is more prominent. The abdomen is more elongated, and more distinctly trifid at its apex; and the silvery markings are merely two small patches of spots on each side, a small spot on each side rather under- neath near the apex, another in the middle of the underside a little way in front of the spinners, and two more in a transverse line behind them. The palpi are very like those of A. obtusa; and the general colouring and appearance of the whole Spider is also very similar. The female has the anterior part of the abdomen much more tumid, more perpendicular in its direction, and its apex more con- spicuously trifid; its whole surface is silvery, excepting a longi- tudinal, not very distinctly defined, central longitudinal band on the upperside extending quite to the apex, and a pointed stripe on the 340 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS (Apr. 20, hinder part of each side, leaving a broad silvery band from the apex to the spinners. Examples, for the most part much damaged, were found in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection in company with those of A. obtusa. ARGYRODES INFELIX, sp.0. (Plate XXX. fig. 18.) Adult female, length to the spinners 14 line, and to the apex of the abdomen very nearly 2 lines. The cephalothorax is of a very flattened convex form above ; the ocular area is a little elevated, and the clypeus (which in height is no more than half that of the facial space) is rather prominent; the profile line of both the caput and thorax is very level, and forms but a very slight curve; the ordinary lateral converging indentations are obsolete, and the thoracic indentation is but very slightly marked. The surface of the whole is roughened or granulose, covered with small impressed points, and clothed with pale coarse hairs ; its colour is yellow-brown. The eyes are in the ordinary position; the four centrals form a square, those of the hind central pair are slightly closer to each other than each is to the hind lateral eye on its side, while the in- tervals between those of the anterior row appeared to be equal to each other. The falces, mavilla, labium, and sternum are of normal form, and similar to the cephalothorax in colour. The Jegs are moderately long, slender, 1, 2, 4, 3, rather paler in hue than the cephalothorax, and clothed with rather long coarse hairs. The palpi are short and slender ; they resemble the legs in colour, are similar in their armature, and terminate with a curved claw. The abdomen has its posterior extremity produced in a tapering form to an obtusely conical apex. It is of a dull luteous yellow- brown hue, with some faint traces of red-brown markings on the upper- side, and thinly clothed with coarse hairs ; the plates of the spiracles are reddish yellow-brown ; aud the genital aperture is small, incon- spicuous, and has no process connected with it. A single example of this species was contained in Prof. Traill’s Amazons collection. Although it presents some rather abnormal characters, I consider it to belong to ‘the: genus All these specimens agree in having the fur across the shoulders and loins of a rich reddish chestnut-colour, thus differing from the next species, which has the hair on the same parts annulated with ’ black and yellow. 9. Mipas niGrirrons, Geoffr. Six specimens, Copataza river. 10. HapaLe pyemma, Spix. Six specimens, Copataza river. 11. THyRopreRa TRICOLOR, Spix. One specimen, Sarayacu. 12. Moxossus aBrasus, Temm. One specimen, Sarayacu. 13. PHYLLOSTOMA HASTATUM, Pall. Two specimens, Sarayacu. 14, CAROLLIA BREVICAUDA, Wied. Three specimens, Sarayacu. 1 Archiv. Mus. iv. p. 18, 1844. * Abh, Minch, Akad. y. p. 461, 396 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4, 15. Artrseus (UropDERMA) BILOBATUS, Peters. One specimen, Sarayacu. There can be little doubt as to the correctness of this determina- tion, although the specimen has been dried, and therefore does not show the characters of the nose-leaf very well; but the dimensions agree nearly exactly with those given by Dr. Peters', and there are three molars in each jaw, as in the subgenus Uroderma. The jaws are rather more elongated than is usual in Artibeus, and in this respect resemble those of Vampyrops ; but the form and direction of the upper incisors prove that it is undoubtedly an Artibeus. 16. Frits pARDALIs, Linn. Two immature specimens, Sarayacu. 17. Fexis rreria, Erxl. Two specimens, adult and young, Andoas. These Tigercats belong to the variety which has been till lately known as F’. macroura, Wied.; but Mr. Elliot? and Mr. Alston® have now decided that it is not specifically separable from the earlier- known F. tigrina. [Musrexa putorivs, Linn. One specimen, Pallatanga. This is of course merely a Polecat which has been used for fer- retting, and has made its escape from captivity. | 18. GALICTIS BARBARA, Linn. Two specimens, Sarayacu. 19. PreroNuRA SANDBACHH, Gray. One specimen, Sarayacu. This Otter’s skin exactiy agrees with Gray’s type of the species, a half-grown specimen from Demerara. It is a very remarkable thing that this species should be found in Ecuador, 1500 miles from its only hitherto known habitat, on an entirely different river-system ; but I can find no characters by which to separate the Ecuador form. The specimen is a flat skin, without skull; but it shows clearly the three external points by which P¢. sandbachii differs from all other Otters, viz. the corded margins to the tail, the extension of the hair on the nose-pad to the absolute edge of the nostrils, and the yellowish-white irregular blotches on the throat. Prof. Remhardt* has stated his opinion that this species, or one closely allied to it, inhabits the province of Minas Geraes, South-east Brazil. If this be the case, it would show that this Otter is very widely distributed over Tropical South America, instead of being restricted to Guiana as was formerly believed. 1 MB. Ak. Berl. 1865, p. 587. 2 P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 704. 3 Biol. Centr. Am., Mamm. p. 61. *PLZ8 1 . 1869, p. 57. 1880.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. 397 20. Nasua rugA, Desm. Two specimens from the Copataza river, and one from Balzar. 21. BassaRICYON ALLENI, n. sp. (Plate XX XVIII.) One adult female from Sarayacu. This is by far the most interesting animal contained in the col- lection, as the genus has been hitherto known from a single skull only, collected by Prof. Gabb in Costa Rica, and now in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, the skin of which has been acci- dentally mislaid’. This skull Mr. J. A. Allen, in the < Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy’ for 1876, described under the name of Bassaricyon gabbi, and figured it most carefully ; so that, on com- paring the skull of our specimen with his figures, I was at once able to see that it was undoubtedly congeneric ; there were, however, so many differences in detail as, combined with the difference in locality, to necessitate its separation as a distinct species. ‘his I take the liberty of naming after the founder of the genus, to whom every student of the Mammalia owes a heavy debt of gratitude for the work he has done among the North-American representatives of that class. In its external characters our specimen presents a most extraordi- nary resemblance to the common Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvu- lus) ; in fact, if the skull had not been taken out of the skin here, so that no doubt could exist as to their belonging to one another, no one could have believed that it was any thing but a rather small spe- cimen of that animal. The body and tail are orange-grey, the hairs of the back being tipped with black ; the belly is of the same colour, but lighter. The face and crown are covered with short whitish hairs tipped with black, the black tips being longer towards the occiput. The result- ing clear grey of the face is the only distinction in colour from the Kinkajou, that animal having the face coloured like the body. The tail is long, covered with long woolly hairs, many of which show a distinct golden lustre. From the appearance of the fur it seems pro- bable that the tail is not prehensile (as it is in the Kinkajou). The fur all over the body, like that on the tail, is rather longer and more woolly than that of the Kinkajou. The mamme are two in number, situated about 24 inches from the anus. The skull is nearly exactly the same size as that of B. gabbi, and has the same general proportions; but the following differences are observable :—(1) The upper outline of the skull in B. gabdi is regu- larly convex, but in B. alleni the frontal region is flattened from the crown to the nasals ; thus the perpendicular height of the skull from the front edge of the alveolus of the last molar to the frontal profile (fig. 2, @ to 6) in B. gabbi measures 1 inch, in B. alleni only 0:9 in. (2) In the side view of the skull in B. gab: the frontal profile shows distinctly above the supraorbital process and ridge, while in B. alleni 1 By an unfortunate mistake Mr. Allen was led to figure in the Proce. Phil, Acad. for 1877 the skin of the Central-American Coati (Naswa nasica) as that of his Bassaricyon gabbi; but he has since explained the error. 398 MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4, the latter appear to be quite at the top of the skull. (3) In the same view the upper edge of the middle of the zygoma is nearly Upper jaw of Bassaricyon allent. horizontal in B. gabbi, while it is evenly convex in B. alleni. (4) Seen from above, the zygomata are nearly parallelin B. gabdi, but 1880.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 399 they slightly diverge behind in B. alleni. (5) The last upper molar, instead of being subquadrate, as long as it is broad, and nearly as large as the first, is subtriangular as in Procyon, much broader than long, and considerably smaller than the first molar, as shown in the table of measurements. (6) The top of the coronoid process of . the lower jaw (see fig. 3) is different in shape from that of B. gabéi ; and in the latter the angular process is further from the condyle than in B. alleni. When the external characters of B. gabbi are described, I feel quite sure that further points of difference will be found between these two forms from such very distant localities as Costa Rica and Ecuador. The skull of Bassaricyon is so absolutely different from that of Cercoleptes that Mr. Allen did not think of comparing the two; and I fully agree with him in thinking this animal more nearly allied to Procyon and Nasua than to any of the other Procyonidz, though in size it is more similar to Bassaris. Fig. 3, Lower jaw of pee alleni. The external resemblance of this species to Cercoleptes certainly seems to be an instance of mimicry, which, so common among in- sects, is somewhat rare among Mammalia. It is, however, very difficult to understand how being mistaken for Cercoleptes could in any way benefit Bassaricyon ; but when more of the habits of the latter are known we may hope to be able to guess at the true use of the likeness. Mr. Buckley unfortunately did not take any especial notice of the habits of this animal, as both he and the Indians thought it to be merely the common Kinkajou. It is much to be hoped that more specimens of this interesting genus will be found; and I would draw the attention of collectors and others to the only external means of distinguishing it—namely, the flatness of the head and the greyness of the face as compared with the high head and yellowish face of the Kinkajou. 400 MR, 0. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4, Measurements in inches and tenths :— in. Length, head and Pedy icelases erased 2 MEGRD Length of tail. . Hata veltrsgiusnce hud Qe Tip of nose to eye Leino SOG 2, ec ar eitnaeR 1-4 Cal pia pepaaee ct: aces 2:6 Length of skull, from occiput to end of pre rast Eb oes cw ON pas “ce : - worl treatest breadth o/s ce aceeraes ‘imaixs ose Distance between orbitS ..... 0.0.60: sees 65 Width at orbital processes................ 1:10 Front of premaxillze to tip of orbital processes 1°64 Length of upper molar series.............. “90 ‘Length, of lgwetgaw 2.025 sii/dc< wen note. 5 2°10 Size of upper molars :— Length. Breadth. Pist Jou nth sapere: te dete 0-17 0°19 Second =. +: ~/ sSiemwe we Seren 0°21 0°20 hitds.; . os Fie soe ee 0°12 0°18 22. CERCOLEPTES CAUDIVOLVULUS, Pall. One specimen from Sarayacu of the ordinary character, and two from Balzar with remarkably short tails, the tails being about 11 inches long only, while the head and body in both measure about 16 inches. The skulls of these specimens are quite of the normal type ; so that the shortness of their tails must be merely owing to in- dividual variation. 23. TAPrRUS ROULINI, Fiseh. T. ecuadorensis, Gray. Two young specimens, Sarayacu. Mr. Buckley had obtained a fine series of about fifteen or sixteen adult specimens of this Tapir; but, unfortunately, before the skins were prepared, a troop of native revolutionary soldiers put in an ap- pearance and cut off the hoofs of every specimen to make into amulets, so that the whole series of skins was perfectly useless for scientific purposes. Mr. Buckley was so vexed at this misfortune that he did not even care to, prepare the skulls, which would have formed a very interesting set. 24. Cartacus(Coassus) rurinus, Puch, Four specimens, three adults and one young, Sarayacu. 25. Cartacus (Coassus) NEMorivacus, F. Cuyv. Four specimens, two adult and two young, Sarayacu. 26. ScruRUS sTRAMINEUS, Hyd. & Soul. One male specimen, Balzar. 27. Scrurus astTuans, Linn. Two specimens from Intac, and one from Balzar. Under the heading of S. griseogenys, Gr., Mr. Alston, in his late 1880.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM BGUADOR. 401 review of the Neotropical Squirrels’, says, in reference. to the dis- tinctness of that species from S. estuans, “That connecting links may yet be found seems very probable; but I have not been able to find such in the very large series I have examined, and am conse- quently compelled to keep them provisionally distinct.”” Now these two Intac specimens seem to me to be just such intermediate-specimens as Mr. Alston refers to. SS. griseogenys is separated from S. estuans by having its belly and the tips of the tail-hairs of a rich orange or rufous, while the same parts in S. @stuans are white or pale yellow, and also by its larger size. One of the Intae specimens is very like typical S. estuans, having the belly white and the tail-hairs tipped with yellow; but it is considerably larger than the average size of that species, and on the sides of the chest and the middle of the tail there is a tendency to a reddish coloration. The specim:ns col- lected by Mr. Fraser at Gualaquiza and referred to by Mr. Tomes’, seem to have been somewhat of this character; those from Palla- tanga, on the other hand, were typical S. griseogenys*. The other specimen is far more like this latter species, as all along the sides of the belly the fur is a rich orange-rufous, and the tipsiof the tail-hairs are of the same colour ; so that this specimen only differs.from S. gri- seogenys by having the throat and centre of the belly white, as in S. estuans. The Balzar specimen is a typical S. griseogenys. It was quite to be expected that the links between these two spe- cies would be found in Ecuador, as S. e@stuans ranges over Bolivia, Eastern Peru, Brazil, and Guiana, while S. griseogenys is found in Colombia, Venezuela, and Central America. S. griseogenys may still be considered a very well marked variety, and should stand as S. estwans, var. hoffmanni, Dr. Peters having described it under this varietal name in 1863*, while Dr. Gray’s S. griseogenys dates only from 1867”. 28. Ca@Locenys paca, Linn. A single skull, Sarayacu. 29. HoLocuiLus, sp. An albino Rat from the Balzar Mountains is referable to. this genus ; but its size and proportions do not agree with those of any of the hitherto described species of Holochilus. Without seeing normally coloured individuals, however, I do not feel justified in describing it as new, as there are numerous species of South-American so-called Mus and Hesperomys which have been described merely on external characters, without reference to the skull, by which alone the correct genus of a murine animal can be determined. 1 P. ZS. 1878, p. 667. 2 P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 547. 3 P. Z.8. 1860, p. 213. 4 Monatsh. Ak. Berl. 1863, p. 654. Mr. J. A. Allen, provisionally accepting the distinction of the form in his paper (Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geogr: Surv. iy. p- 885), called it Sciwrus hoffinanni, Ptrs ° Ann, & Mag; N. Hi, sen: 3, xx, p, 419. 402 MR. O. THOMAS ON MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. [May 4, 30. CHoLa@Pus HOFFMANNI, Peters. A young skin and skeleton from Balzar, showing clearly the pre- sence of only six cervical vertebree, and six specimens from Sara- yacu. There is also a skin from the latter place which appears to be referable to C. didactylus, Linn. ; but, without seeing the skele- ton, I hesitate to state for certain that the two species are found together in the same locality. One of the Sarayacu skulls shows scarcely a trace of the usual inflation of the pterygoids ; the absence of this inflation in certain species of the Three-toed Sloths caused Dr. Gray to separate the genus Arctopithecus from Bradypus'; but this instance of its absence among the Two-toed Sloths shows that it is not a character which can be relied upon for generic distinc- tion. 31. Brapypus mnruscatus, Wagl. A series of seven specimens from Sarayacu, and one from Balzar. The specimens show well the extraordinary amount of variation that occurs among the Sloths, there being no two skulls or skins exactly alike. The Balzar specimen has the soft straight hair on the face extending on the head to a distance of 24 inches from the tip of the - nose ; no other specimen that I have seen has this hair extending more than to just above the eyes, a distance of about one inch. There is, however, nothing special about the skull of this specimen. 32. PRIODONTES MAXIMUS. Dasypus maximus, Kerr, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 112, 1792?. Dasypus giganteus, Et. Geoff. & Cuv., Cat. Mamm. Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. p. 207, 1802. Dasypus gigas, Cuv. Régne Anim. i. p. 221, 1817. Two specimens from Sarayacu. 33. TaTUSIA KAPPLERI, Krauss. Two specimens, Sarayacu. This species, like Pteronura sandbachii, was hitherto only known from the Surinam region. These two specimens, however, agree exactly with those which the British Museum received some years ago from Dr. Krauss himself, except that one of them has a fifth claw on the fore as well as on the hind feet. The genus Zatusia has normally the rudimentary bones of a fifth toe on the fore feet ; so that the occasional development of a fifth claw was quite to be expected. 34. TaTusiA NOVEMCINCTA, Linn. Tatusia peba, Desm. One specimen from Sarayacu. 35. XENURUS LUGUBRIS, Gray. One specimen from Sarayacu. 1P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 69. 2 Cf, Aun. & Mag. N. H. ser, 5, iy. p. 396, 1879. RW %Ay 4 1880. | MR. BUTLER ON CANDAHAR LEPIDOPTERA. 403 36. MyrmrcopHaca JUBATA, Linn. One specimen from Sarayacu. 37. TAMANDUA LONGICAUDATA, Wagn. One specimen, Sarayacu. 38. CycLoruurus DIvACTYLUs, Linn. Four specimens from Sarayacu, and one from Balzar. 39. DipELPHYs DERBIANA. Didelphys derbiana, Waterh. Naturalist’ s Libr, xi. p. 97, pl. 2. Didelphys ornata, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, p. 146, pl. 7. A male from Sarayacu, and a male and female from Balzar. The Balzar specimens are of a very pale reddish colour, while the Sarayacu one is of a dark reddish grey; but the Museum series shows every stage between the two. 40. DipeLpuys cinerea, Temm. A male and female from Sarayacu. 41. Dipetpuys murina, Linn, One specimen from Balzar. 7. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Candahar. By ArtHurR G. Butter, F.LS., F.Z.8., Assistant Keeper Zoological Department, British Museum, [Received April 20, 1880.] (Plate XXXIX.) The very interesting little series of Lepidoptera which forms the subject of the present paper was collected by Major Howland Roberts at Rokeran, a small village only about six miles from Candahar, on the river Urgundab (or “ Argandab ”). Major Roberts writes (date 9th January, 1880) :— “TI made no observation after the 2nd July, further than that I saw two species of Macroglossa, viz. stellatarum or one nearly allied, and one considerably larger. “ After the beginning of April no rain fell ; and when I arrived at Rokeran about the end of April the country was dried up, except where irrigation came into play and a few moist spots in the barren hills. The only plants that were green in these hills during the summer months were chiefly milky plants such as Euphorbia, and a few other stunted ones, but no trees ; conse— quently insects were comparatively rare. “Along the dry bank of the river were little nullahs running into the river; these were kept moist from a small canal running above Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1880, No. XXVII. 27 404 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4, and parallel to the bank: in these were a few living plants more or less green. In these nullahs I found no. 26 Butterfly, also nos. 8 and 23, where the food-plants of the larva were common. Not a single shower of rain fell from the beginning of April till the 20th December. The lucerne is grown in the young plantations of fruit- trees, and is watered from small canals which traverse the whole cultivated portion of the country.” In a letter (dated 15th January) he adds :— * It is not curious that I have got so few specimens, the reason being that my hunting-grounds were extremely limited. There is every reason to believe we shall go towards Ghuznee this summer, and probably start about the end of February or beginning of March; and I expect that will be a far better part of the country than this, there being no forest or even scrub jungle of any kind here, the only trees being fruit-trees, with a very few exceptions. The war appears only just to be commencing ; so I cannot form an idea when I shall get out of the country: the worst of it is, it is not safe to go even a few yards from quarters without being well armed, and to go any distance at ail, even afew miles, is very unsafe without an escort; so that there is not much pleasure in being in a country like this.” ‘* I collected very few eggs here—only those of the common and Red-backed Shrike, a small Dove which built its nest on the rocks, a crested Lark (extremely abundant), a ‘ chikor’ (a red-legged Hill-partridge), and one or two others; Iam afraid I shall have even a worse opportunity this year of finding any. I can do nothing where Iam at present: I gave up collecting Butterflies last year earlier than I should have wished to, owing to cholera breaking out here rather severely, as the sick were put in the places I was in the habit of frequenting. I visited the hills close by ; but after 1st of July they were so dried up that only a few common butterflies were to be found ; moths I caught very few of, owing to being unable to go out- side the walls after dusk, and there being no flowers of any kind near to attract them.” ‘*T don’t think I ever mentioned to you that there was a silkworm common at Jutogh on mulberry. It was very like the common silk- worm so well known in England (B. mori); but (I am sorry to say I made no description of it at the time) it was light brown, and had a good many long fleshy projections over the body (some perhaps a quarter of an inch long). ‘The silk was very like that of the common one, a beautiful golden colour, and quite as good, if not better. There was no difficulty whatever in winding off the silk; and it was extremely strong. In 1876it was common and double-brooded ; but in 1878 1 only observed one brood. In 1877 I was in Cashmir, where, in a mulberry orchard, I found one crawling up my tent.” In a subsequent letter Major Roberts forwarded careful sketches of the larvee of some of the species obtained by him, of which he had already forwarded descriptions, together with notes on habits, date of capture, and, so far as he could ascertain, the distribution of the insects obtained by him, all which information I have incorporated in the present paper. — 1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. AUS List of the Species. RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALIDS. 1. DANAIS CHRySIPPUS 2 (uo. 7). Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764). ee Common everywhere in June; less common and battered in ay. 2. DANAIS PLEXIPPUs (no. 19). Papilio plexippus?, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764). “Saw one specimen, but failed to catch it. 3. HippARCHIA PARISATIS (no. 15). Satyrus parisatis, Kollar, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. i. p. 52. no. 7 (1850). “When fresh and in the sun the white border is shot with brilliant blue. Frequents nullahs and shady places, and may be caught by dozensat atime. Abundant but local at the end of May, tt in June in shady, moist places among the low, rocky, barren ills.” 4. HippaARCHIA THELEPHASSA (no. 10). Eumenis thelephassa, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 85 (1816-24), “Very common at the beginning and middle of May in the nullahs and on the rocky slopes at the foot of the hills, resting under the shade of rocks and stones during the heat of the day, and flying about in the early morning and evening, when it is easily captured. In June scarcely a specimen was to be found.” 5. EpINEPHELE ROXANE (no. 20). Epinephele voxane, Felder, Reise der Noy. Lep, iii. p. 491. no. 849, pl. 69. figs 12, 13 (1867). «Found commonly at the end of May and in June in company with the two species of Hipparchia, but lasting longer than H. thelephassa.” This species although nearly allied to Z. davendra, differs in its paler coloration and the more deeply sinuated margin of the secondaries. 6. EpINEPHELE INTERPOSITA (no. 14). (Plate XX XIX. fig. 1.) Q. Epinephele interposita, Erschoff, Lep- Turk. p. 22. no. 68, pl. 2. fig. 16 (1874). ‘“‘ This appears to be rather rare, but is most probably common in other localities or seasons. I found one male in the middle of May, and one female at the end of May: the sexes are very much alike.” 27* 406 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4, Major Roberts forwarded the male only, for identification : it is much like a small Z. pallescens $ on the upper surface ; but below all the brown areas are replaced by whitish, and there are two minute obliquely-placed ocelli near the anal angle of the secondaries as in E. hispulla. 7. PYRAMEIS CARDUI (no. 3). Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276. no. 1054 (1761). ‘Common, but not at all abundant; larva found on different species of thistles; at Jutogh I have found it on the common artichoke and occasionally on the mallow. June and July. Might probably be very common later on in the season.” 8. MELITHA ROBERTSI, sp. n. (no. 12). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2. Allied to M. didyma ; coloration and general aspect above more like M. persea: bright fulvous; wings with the fringe white spotted with black, these spots united at their bases by a black line; a mar- ginal series of black spots alternating with the spots on the fringe: primaries with the ordinary black markings on the basal half and the usual zigzag series of prominent black spots; four minute black subapical dots: secondaries with a few scattered black scales in the cell and an angular series of seven black dots beyond the middle; no trace of the ordinary series of submarginal lunules. Under surface paler than in M. didyma, the black markings much smaller, the sub- marginal series of spots in the primaries reduced as above to four subapical dots (the last two geminate): secondaries with both black and red spots reduced in size, the series of spots placed ordinarily halfway between the two red bands closely approximated to the series which bounds the inner edge of the outer band and continued across the wing, so as to makea series of slightly interrupted annular markings ; the series usually bounding the outer edge of the same red band only represented by a few black scales. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines. “Rather common on the bare uncultivated wastes at the foot of the hills at the end of May and beginning of June. I found one chrysalis, but not the larva; the chrysalis was loose in the middle of a low plant.” LyczNID&. 9. Lamprpes R&TICA (no. 6). Papilio beticus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat.i. 2, p. 789. no. 226 (1767). uy Common everywhere in April, May, June, &c.; varies extremely in size. 10. LAMPIDES CONTRACTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.) 3. Glossy lilac above, the body dark grey, with the head and_ sides of abdomen white, antenne black annulated with white: wings with slender black marginal line, fringe white; base of wings bluish; costal border of primaries pale bluish from the base to the end of .1880.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 407 the cell; secondaries with brownish costal border ; two black spots, the inner one bifid, above the tail, sneceeded by a slender white line ; tail black tipped with white. Wings below very pale whity- brown, with a white-bordered pale brown elongated spot at the end of each cell, followed by a discal series of similar spots, interrupted in the secondaries; a marginal series of white and brown ocelloid spots ofthe usual form: secondaries with three black spots above the tail at anal angle, the two outer ones large, zoned with orange and varied with metallic golden green, the outermost spot extremely small; two subcostal black spots and a third within the cell: body below white. Expanse of wings 112 lines. 9°. Wings above pale brown, with a slender black marginal line followed by a brown line ; fringe white ; primaries washed towards base of interno-median area with silvery blue; secondaries with a series of six ocelloid spots close to outer margin—the first indistinct, the first four brown with white borders, the fifth large, black, with orange inner and white outer border, the sixth bifid, black with bluish inner and white outer border ; tail black, tipped with white ; body browner than in the male; under surface slightly browner than in the male ; otherwise the same. Expanse of wings 10 lines. “Rare in May, very common in June, not so variable in size as L. beticus, and much smaller.” Allied to LZ. enejus, but constantly smaller and of an entirely different colour, the upper surface of the male being altogether blue and the under surface whiter ; the female is also paler; the pattern of the under surface is very like that of L. galba as figured by Lederer. Mr. Moore has a series of LZ. contracta from Kutch. 11. Lycana persica (no. 5). Lycena icarus, var. persica, Bienert, Lep. Ergeb. p. 29 (1870). Allied to but distinct from Z. icarus; the fringe shorter; the secondaries more produced at apex: the male below chalky white, all the black spots extremely small, the marginal ocelloid spots scarcely visible, those of the primaries showing no trace of orange, those of the secondaries with small pale orange lunules along their inner margins; the female with greyish costal border on the upper surface of the primaries and with the greater part of the wing behind this washed with blue, the secondaries broadly washed with blue in the same manner; the orange submarginal spots well separated on both primaries and secondaries. The wings below whity-brown with all the black spots smaller, the primaries with two additional spots towards the base; the orange on the submarginal spots very pale and restricted: both sexes with very little blue or green at the base of the wings below. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 2 lines, 2 1 inch 4 lines. ** Abundant in April, May, and June.” 12, Lyca@NA BRACTEATA sp. n. (no. 18), (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.) 3. Allied to LZ. argus, with which it agrees on the upper surface : below considerably paler, with all the black spots much smaller and 408 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4, distinctly white-bordered, the orange spots wholly absent from the primaries, and the orange borders of the secondaries only represented by small ochreous lunules above the metallic spots, the latter silvery green with black centres instead of margins, extremely small towards the apex, but increasing in size towards the anal angle. Expanse of wings | inch 1 line. @. Of amore pinky lilac colour than the male; the primaries with a considerably broader, but brown instead of black, border; a well-defined black discocellular stigma; secondaries with brown costal border ; outer margin black preceded by five or six rounded blackish spots: wings below altogether paler than in the male; but the example is evidently not a fresh one, so that this character may be due to fading. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. ‘«* Found in May, and common in June.” The female is utterly unlike that sex of Z. argus on both surfaces, being in coloration almost like a male insect. 13. SCOLITANTIDES CASHMIRENSIS (no. 11). Scolitantides cashmirensis, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 272. «Very common here at the end of May and in June, but was rather local in Cashmir.” 14. CHRYSOPHANUS STYGIANUS, sp.n.(no. 4). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.) 3. Smoky brown: primaries in certain lights shot with fiery copper ; spotted with black as in C. timeus (eleus? Fabr.); two small orange spots beyond the interrupted black discal series: secondaries with a slender undulated deep-reddish-orange band on a black ground near the outer margin ; above it a series of four or five ale blue hastate spots, and above these again beyond the end of the cell two black dots; a black dash at the end of the cell; fringe greyish white : body blackish. Wings below very like C. timeus, but considerably paler, the submarginal black spots of primaries less distinctly white-bordered; the apex and outer margin of primaries and the ground-colour of the secondaries very pale grey. Expanse of wings | inch 4 lines. @. Larger than the male, the primaries with the outer third of the cell and the subapical area bright orange, the black spots larger, otherwise similar : below slightly yellower in tint all over, so that the ground-tint of the secondaries has a pale brownish rather than greyish hue. Expanse of wings | inch 5 lines. **Common in April and May, abundant in June.” This species is considerably larger than C. phloas, and has the costal margin of the primaries longer. PAPILIONID. 15. CoLiAs HELICHTHA (no. 24). Oolias helichtha, Lederer, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. ii. p. 33 (1823). “This I should have at once put down as only a variety of no. 2 1880.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 409 (C. pallida), but for the fact that I have never taken it at Jutogh or elsewhere. I caught several specimens in the lucerne gardens here, owing to their being very conspicuous ; but they are rare com- pared with the above species : April, May, and June. A few specimens have less orange and more nearly approach no. 2.” In Kirby’s Catalogue this species is regarded as a variety of C. erate; but Dr. Staudinger hazards the suggestion that it may be a hybrid between C. erate and C’. edusa ; unfortunately for the latter view, C. edusa does not exist at Candahar. 16. Contas ERATE (no. 2), Colias erate, var. 2 pallida, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 3.no. 54 (1861). “This and no. 21 (C. sareptensis) are found here throughout the year, and are both abundant in June in lucerne fields. I was unable to find the larvee of any of the Colias.” Major Roberts has sent both white and yellow females of this species. He states also that the female is “ yellow or white ;” other- wise I should have suspected it to be a local race of the European form. 17. CoLtAs SAREPTENSIS (no. 21). Colias hyale, var. sareptensis, Staudinger, Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 5. no. 48 (1871). Major Roberts says, “This is in some cases very difficult to distin- guish from no. 2, as I have caught the sexes together which appear to represent ¢ no. 2 and 9 no 21; and often I am unable to dis- tinguish the sexes in no. 21.” From this observation I should think it likely that the female form to which Dr. Staudinger has given the name of pallida is a hybrid between C. erate and C. sarep- tensis', 18. Teracous rAustus (no. 26). Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. ’Emp. Oth. Atl. pl. 33. figs. 4a, 0. (1801). “Caught seven or eight specimens, all males, along the dried-u bank of the river, between the 20th June and 2nd July. Probably the females would have appeared in July ; but I was unable to go out after them.” 19. BrLenois MESENTINA (no. 8). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6.) Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. figs. A, B (1782). * Rare in April, but abundant in June.” The examples sent were taken at the end of June. Major Roberts sends the following description of the larva and pupa :—“ Larva 118. About 1" long. Back and sides smooth and * Major Roberts has sent sexes of both Species taken im coitw; one sent as “no. 21” is certainly a yellow female of “no, 2,” and vice versd with a white female sent as “no, 2.” 410 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4, shiny, covered with minute yellow warts (dots); hairy over the feet and extreme segments; soft, short, and whitish hairs. A broad yellowish-green dorsal band with a darker green pulsating dorsal stripe. A dark brown or blackish lateral band, in which the yellow dots are conspicuous, giving it a grey appearance. Spiracular stripe green, more or less dirty-looking. Head and thirteenth segment black with yellow dots. Belly and feet green. Posterior segments slightly attenuated. Head slightly larger (when crawling) than second segment, but about the same size as third segment.” ‘“‘Rokeran, end of June; gregarious and abundant on a species of caper with shining green leaves and thorns, and fruit resembling a minute melon. “ Pupa in June. Yellowish white, speckled with yellow and black dots.” 20. SYNCHLOE DAPLIDICE (no. 9). Papilio daplidice, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 760. no. 77 (1767). ‘‘Frequents cultivated ground and gardens ; common in June.” Major Roberts doubts the identity of this species with S. daplidice, because of its agility as compared with those which he has previously taken in India. He says, “It is not a sluggish insect, quite the reverse, as it settles suddenly on a flower and is as suddenly off again, and not nearly so easy to capture as no. 1.” This, however, is precisely the habit of S. daplidice as 1 have seen it in the Rhone valley ; I found it less easy to capture than Colias hyale, so that after a morning’s hard work, I had only succeeded in boxing three specimens. 21. SyNCHLO# IRANICA (no. 23). (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.) Pieris iranica, Bienert, Lep. Ergebn. p. 27 (1870). Pieris vipasa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 565. “Frequents the rocky uncultivated slopes of the hills where the food-plant of the larva grows. This species is common in June.” «Larva 112. About 1" long. General colour pale green, with longitudinal yellow bands and black dots; thickest in the middle, slightly tapering at both ends ; has a rough appearance from being ribbed, and is covered with minute hairs. Dorsal and lateral bands dull green, the black dots giving it a blue appearance. Subdorsal band yellow. Spiracular band white, yellow at the junction of the segments. Head pale green with black dots; a yellow patch on each side, a whitish collar on second segment. Belly pale green. Feet pale green with a yellow mark above each. Spiracles indi- stinct. “*Candahar, middle of May, June; on a wild mignonette growing on the rocky hills and slopes. ‘* Pupa attached to the stem or leaf of its food-plant by the tail and also by a thread over the back. A beak-like proboscis turned upwards and rather long.” 1880. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 411 22. GanoriIs MANNII (no. 1). Pontia mannii, Mayer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1851, p. 151. ‘Found throughout the year, very common in June. I have not met with this in any part of India.” The pair sent to me were taken in coitu. HEsPERMUDS. 23. ERYNNIS MARRUBII (no. 17). Hesperia malvarum, var. marrubii, Herrich-Schiffer, Schmett. Eur. i. Hesp. figs. 14, 15 (1845). “Occurs in May, and common in June.’ The specimen sent home was taken at the beginning of July. * Larva 116. About 10! long; thickest in the middle, rather attenuated at each end; sluggish and wrapped up in a leaf. “Skin soft, but with ribbed and irregular surface and covered with very short and minute whitish hairs. General colour dull (dusty) green; dorsal line green, very fine and only visible on a few of the front segments. Head large, globular, slightly indented at the top, deep black (like charcoal), much larger than several segments which follow; second segment smaller than head or third segment and forming a black neck or collar with three large yellow spots on it. Sub- dorsal stripe of a paler green than the ground-colour, but rather dull ; spiracular, slightly raised or projecting flesh from the sides. Rokeran, Candahar, end of June; wrapped up in the leaves of the mallow, on which it feeds. “* Pupa, wrapped up in a leaf, tightly webbed in and fastened by the tail only. Colour, brown washed with white.” SPHINGID2. 24. CH#ROCAMPA CRETICA. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.) Deilephila cretica 2, Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris, 1827, p- 118. pl. 6. “The larva of this species was exceedingly common on the vine (which is largely cultivated here) end of May and June. Itis closely allied to one found at Jutogh and in Kashmir on the wild balsam, but is distinct ; the moth of this species is, I think, of a much paler colour on the front wings. Out of over 100 larvze which I examined I could not find one black variety (of course they turn brown just before changing), while in the other species the larva is as often black as green, so far as my experience goes. Every specimen of this changed in about two to three weeks after becoming a chrysalis, while with the Kashmir (balsam) one they all remained through the winter in the pupa state.” “Larva 113. About 3” long, at rest ; anterior segments attenuated and retractile. Robust, skin soft and smooth. ‘* Horn very short, slightly curved, pale mauve or purple, pink at tip. General colour green (agreeing with the underside of the vine- leaves), speckled with pale yellow. A thread-like green dorsal line ; a pale yellow subdorsal stripe, meeting the one on the opposite side 412 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [May 4, at the base of horn. A subdorsal row of eye-spots, each consisting of a green patch in a yellow oval, the first spot on the 5th segment being the largest and most distinct, those on each following segment becoming smaller, more flattened, and less distinct till lost on the 12th segment, sometimes becoming indistinct after the 7th or 8th segment: these spots are only distinct as eye-spots on the 5th and 6th segments, that on the 6th being flatter than that on the 5th, those on the remaining segments appearing like dashes while the larva is green, but more like eyes on its changing colour ' when well fed ; spiracles brown or dull pink; head, feet, belly, all green, rather darker than the back ; the yellow at the bottom of the eye-spots takes part in the subdorsal stripe. «* Pupa, end of May and June : at the surface of the ground, under dead leaves, rubbish, &c. Often in a green leaf turned over and united by a few threads of silk, or between two leaves jomed in a similar way. “ Imago, middle of June. About 2 or 3 weeks in the pupa state. All my specimens changing the same year.” 25. DEILEPHILA ROBERTSI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 9, 10.) Q. Primaries above much elongated (more than in D. tithymali); chalky-white, with a snow-white basal spot, the markings consisting of a large oblong subbasal patch, the costal border, a very large sub- costal patch beyond the cell (with a rectangular excision out of the infero-exterior portion), and a broad discal belt tapering towards the apex bright olive; the second and third median veins white externally ; external border very slightly tinted with lilacine, but scarcely per- ceptibly ; a black spot close to base of internal border: secondaries black with brown costal border, a dull rose-red discal belt com— mencing on the abdominal border in a large snow-white patch, as in D. hippophaes ; external border pale flesh-tint, fringe white: body olive, sides of head and thorax, margins and fringe of tegule, antennze and anterior margins of abdominal segments snow-white ; the three basal segments snow-white at the sides, the two basal ones with the white area interrupted by large velvety-black spots. Under surface pale sandy greyish with a paler discal belt on the wings; primaries with a blackish nebula just beyond the cell; secondaries with a few blackish scales towards the anal angle. Expanse of wings 3 inches 1 line. On the upper surface of the primaries this species most nearly resembles D. dahlii, of the secondaries D. hippophaés, of the body D. esule, and on the under surface D. lathyrus: the olive tint of the thorax and the markings on the primaries is greener than in any species with which I am acquainted. «The larva of this was found on almost every plant of a species of Euphorbia which is very common on the rocky hilis here: the larvee are very beautiful and conspicuous, and are very different in colouring according to their different stages of growth. It is quite 1 Viz. to a dark brown, 1880. | LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. 413 distinct from a common one obtained in Kashmir, which was found on a different species of Huphorbia and was abundant at Goolmurg. “About half the cocoons produced moths in about three weeks after changing ; the remainder are still alive in the pupa state (31st December, 1879). Curiously enough the first larva that changed is among the latter.’ “Larva 110. About 3” long, at rest. Anterior segments attenuated, not retractile; skin smooth and soft. “General colour black, with white dots and Spots; asubdorsal row of large white roundish spots, one on each Segment, either yellow, orange, or red: a dorsal stripe varying in colour, but generally the same as the spiracular blotches; it is, however, sometimes only partially represented, and sometimes absent ; when present it is broadest at the interstices, where it sometimes differs in colour from the portions between ; feet, head, back of head, and base of horn either yellow, orange, or red, generally the same as the spiracular blotches and dorsal stripe; horn slightly rough, curved, rather longer than the segments, black, with the rear-base either orange, red, or yellow (being the continuation of the dorsal stripe broken by the horn, and is consequently absent in those which have no dorsal stripe); spiracles white and rather narrow ovals; head globular ; belly pale yellowish green, extending up the interstices to above the spiracles. Candahar, beginning of May ; abundant, all sizes. “At the end of May most of the larve found presented a different appearance: the black disappears more or less, and with it many of the small white spots. In some cases the black only remains as a ring round the larger white spots; the ground-colour therefore becomes yellowish green or yellow, varying very considerably ; the horn becomes black at the apical half, with the basal half the same colour as the dorsal stripe. ‘The larvee are therefore exceedingly variable in colouring (the large white spots always remaining ‘the same, however); some specimens are consequently so unlike one another as, at first, to appear different species; every intermediate form, however, being found, does away with the idea. “The food-plant grows in the nullahs and on the slopes of the rocky hills, is very common but scattered; and almost every plant that now (end of May) has any leaves left on it, has several larvee feeding on it. This larva, like others of the same genus, emits a large amount of a green fluid from its mouth on being irritated in the least for the first time, not often doing it a second time. “Pupa. This species does not change colour when seeking for a suitable place for its cocoon, which is at or near the surface of the ground amongst rubbish, &c.”’ 26. EusMERINTHUS KINDERMANNI. (Plate XXXIX, figs.11,12.) Smerinthus kindermanni, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien, ii. pt. 2, p. 92 (1853); Erschoff, Lep. Turk. p. 26. no. 81, tab. ii. fig. 19 (1874). Th “The larva I found on willow, not common, in June ;. it struck 414 MR. BUTLER ON CANDAHAR LEPIDOPTERA. [May 4, me as being smaller than the English Smerinthus ocellatus ; and all emerged from the pupa state the same year, viz. in June, July, and August. The fact that some were only three weeks while others were over two months may lead to a suspicion that this was not natural, though all were under exactly the same conditions.” “Larva 114, About 22” long, at rest. Skin rough; head triangular. *“ General colour green, covered with minute white dots and seven long pale-yellow oblique lateral bands. (The ground-colour is the same as the willow-leaves on which the larva feeds, the yellow stripes the same as the leaf-stalks, and the head and true legs like the younger branches.) Spiracles red or dark orange with white line as centre ; head green, triangular; face green, with a broad stripe of yellow or pale orange on each side; horn rough, blue, greenish at tip, long, tapering and curved; front legs same colour as stripes on the face. Candahar, beginning and middle of June. Turns brown on the back when about to change. ** Pupa. Subterranean, from 3 to & weeks in this state.” LirHosupb. 27. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA. Tinea pulchella, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884. no. 349. ** Middle of June.” TOXOCAMPIDE. 28. APOPESTES PHANTASMA. Spintherops phantasma, Eversmann, Bull. Mosc. 1843, p. 546. ** About a dozen reared from the larva, which appears to be not uncommon here, though I do not remember having found it any- where else ; the moth appeared at the end of May ; the sexes appear to be alike. The larva was found on a vetch, upright with a thick stem and whitish soft downy leaves; the plant is very common about Rokeran.” «Larva 109. About 2" 6!" long, with 16 legs, but loops when crawling; skin soft and smooth, without hairs; anterior segments slightly attenuated. *‘Ground-colour pale greenish opaque white, extending to the spiracular line: spiracular band yellow, whitish at its lower margin, and bounded on its upper margin by a black line, which is broken on each segment into three or four black dots ; above this is a dis- tinct black line and, separated from it by a band of the ground- colour, a broken subdorsal line of small black dots and dashes; below the spiracular band is a broad black band divided longitudi- nally by two white lines, which latter are interrupted by the legs and form two white rings on each segment above the feet; a pale green band down the belly between the feet; on the outside of each leg near the foot isa black figure resembling the letter G; head pale whitish green, shiny, with two transverse rows of black spots, the front ones being the smaller; spiracles apparently black. Candahar, end of April, on an upright vetch, 3 feet high, with yellow flowers. P.Z. 5.1880. Pl. Xxx, Edwin Wilson, ex-parte del et lith. LEPIDOPTERA FROM CANDAHAR. Mintern Bros ,imp. ; 1880.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 415 “ Pupa, beginning of May. Forms its cocoon by uniting the leaves of its food-plant together with a white silk. “Imago, end of May.” Major Roberts sends notes on several species which, owing to their rarity, he has not forwarded to me; of one of these (a small blue butterfly) he sends a pencil sketch; but it would be impossible, either from a rough representation or the short notes which accompany the numbers, to ascertain with any certainty the correct names of the _ species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX. - Epinephele interposita 3, Ersch.., p- 405. . Metitea robertsi 3, Butl., p. 406. . Lampides contracta g , Butl., p- 406. . Lycena bracteata 3, Butl., p. 407. . Chrysophanus stygianus $ , Butl., p- 408. . Belenois mesentina, Cram , pupa, p. 409. - Synchloé tranica, Bien., pupa, p. 410. - Hind segments of larva of Cherocampa cretica, Boisd., p. 411. - Hind segments of larva of Deilephila robertsit, Butl., p. 412. . Pupa of D. robertsii. . Pupa of Husmerinthus kindermanni, Lederer, p. 413. . Front and hind segments of larva of Husmerinthus kindermanni. oq” SO WISH eM Oboe — Nore 8. Further Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Australia, with Descriptions of new Species. By Grorcr Frencu Angas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &c. [Received April 20, 1880.] (Plate XL.) Several months ago I received from Professor Ralph Tate, of the Adelaide University, a small collection of marine shells obtained by him (mostly from shell-sand) on various beaches in St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s gulfs. Amongst these the following Species occur which have not hitherto been recorded as having been met with in the Province of South Australia :— 1. Purpura Anomata, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 34. The type specimens were dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads, New South Wales. . 2. Nassa taBecuna, A. Ad. St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate). 3. Nassa LIRELLA, Beck. St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate). 4. CLATHURELLA RUFOzoNATA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 38. Port Jackson. 416 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [May 4, 5. CLATHURELLA BICOLOR, Angas, P.Z.S. 1871, p. 18. Port Jackson, 6. DAPHNELLA FRAGILIS, Reeve. Aldinga Bay (Tate). 7. Rissorna crassa, Angas, P. Z. 8.1871, p.17. Port Jackson. 8. ToORNATINA BRENCHLEYI, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p.40. Out- side Port-Jackson Heads. 9. LAMELLARIA OPHIONE, Gray. Moreton Bay and New Zealand. The species described below appear new to science. 10. CLATHURELLA CRASSINA, D. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 6.) Shell stoutly fusiformly turreted, solid, whitish, tinged with chest- nut at the base of the aperture; whorls 7, rounded and somewhat flattened above, longitudinally strongly nodulously ribbed, and sculp- tured transversely with numerous fine thread-like strie ; aperture subovate; outer lip thickened, flattened, and variced externally, dentate within; canal short, slightly recurved; posterior sinus rather broad, above which there is a small chestnut-coloured spot. Alt. 43, diam. 2 lines. Hab. Aldinga Bay, St, Vincent’s Gulf (Tae). 11. GLYPHOSTOMA PAUCIMACULATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 7.) Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, white tinged with brown above the sutures, and with three or four irregular dark-chestnut line-like spots near the periphery of the last whorl and on the columella ; whorls 6, with about eight stout somewhat nodulous longitudinal ribs, crossed by smaller transverse ridges that become larger at the back of the outer lip and towards the base ; aperture narrowly ovate ; outer lip flattened and variced externally, slightly sulcate within ; columella with six transverse elevated ribs or ridges ; canal a little produced ; posterior sinus rather broad and shallow. Alt. 4, diam. 13 lines. Hab. Aldinga and Holdfast Bays (Tate). This curious shell belongs to the late Dr. Gabb’s genus Glypho- stoma (fam. Pleurotomide.). 12. AMAUROPSIS GLOBULUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 5.) Shell rimate, globosely turbinate, rather thin, shining, orange horn-colour, much paler on the last whorl towards the aperture; whorls 4, convex, with two narrow concentric raised keels on the subapical whorl; last whorl very large, nearly smooth, with a few descending lines of growth, crossed here and there with exceed- ingly fine, delicate, close-set concentric strie, visible only under the lens ; aperture semilunar; outer lip thin, simple, arcuate; columella slightly thickened and expanded over the umbilicus. Length 25, breadth 2 lines. Hab. Holdfast Bay, in shell-sand. 1880. ] ‘MOLLUSCA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 417 13. RissoinaA ELEGANTULA, nh. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 10.) Shell elongately pyramidal, moderately solid, white; whorls 8, slightly convex, longitudinally closely and regularly finely plicate, the interstices (especially on the last whorl) crossed by fine lire’; sutures distinct; aperture subovate; outer lip thickened, and slightly sinuous at the base of the columella. Diam. 1, alt. 3 lines. Hab, Aldinga Bay, from shell-sand (Tate). 14. Rissorna LiRATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 11.) Shell elongately pyramidal, rather thin, dull milky white; whorls 7, a little convex, longitudinally sculptured with regular moderately distant ribs that become obsolete towards the centre of the last whorl, which is crossed between the periphery and the base with numerous very fine, close-set hair-like striee ; outer lip thekened and variced. Length 2, breadth ? of a line. Hab. Holdfast and Aldinga Bays, in shell-sand. 15. CoLtonia (?) RosEOPUNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 8.) Shell minute, narrowly and deeply umbilicated, globosely turbinate, solid, white, more or less dotted or flamed all over with bright rose- colour ; whorls 4, convex, closely concentrically ridged throughout ; aperture subcircular ; peritreme a little thickened and contracted. Diam. 13, alt. 14 line. Hab. Holdfast Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf; in shell-sand (Tate). Were it not for its umbilicus, this minute shell in its general aspect closely resembles a Collonia. If the operculum, when dis- covered, proves to be calcareous, then its relationship to that genus will be more nearly established. \ 16. ADEORBIS VINCENTIANA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 9.) Shell depressedly conical, ovate, broadly umbilicated, moderately thin, semipellucid, white; whorls 3, rapidly increasing, the last very large, convex, finely undulately concentrically striated, obtusely keeled below the periphery, and with a basal keel surrounding the umbilical region, which is crossed by somewhat irregular rude lines of growth that become slightly crenate upon the keel; spire small, elevated; apex papillary; aperture semilunar; outer lip arcuate, simple ; inner lip nearly straight, sinuously angled posteriorly. Long. 3, lat. 23, alt. 13 line. Hab. Aldinga Bay, St. Vincent’s Gulf (Tate). About the same size as Adeorbis angasi, A. Ad., from Port Jackson, from which it differs both in form and sculpture. 418 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. [May 4, 9. Descriptions of three Species of Marine Shells from Port Darwin, Torres Straits, discovered by Mr. W. T. Bednall; and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island, South Australia.. By Grorcr Frencu Anaas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &e. [Received April 20, 1880.] (Plate XL.) VoxvuTAa (AULICA) BEDNALLI (Brazier). (Plate XL. fig. 1.) Shell narrowly elongately ovate, solid, white, with four narrow trans- verse red or bright orange bands on the last whorl, the upper band close next the suture, the other three at equal distances down the whorl, which are crossed by about twelve similar, narrow, longitu- dinal, zigzag bands of the same colour, showing a tendency to spread into irregular spots between the second and third transverse bands ; whorls 6, flatly convex, marked with fine longitudinal strize or lines of growth, which are more prominent on the upper whorls ; the last whorl more than two thirds the length of the shell; spire elevated, - apex papillary and obtuse ; aperture somewhat narrow, white within, columella nearly straight, furnished with four plaits, the two upper ones the largest and least oblique, the two lower ones very oblique ; outer lip simple. Length 3 inches 4 lines, diam. 1 inch 4 lines. Hab. Port Darwin, Torres Straits, North Australia (W. 7. Bed- nall). This remarkable Volute differs from any other known species in its very singular style of painting, which gives it a latticed appearance, the brilliant red, narrow, zigzag descending bands crossing the straight transverse ones at right angles. Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, has already bestowed on this beautiful shell the name of its discoverer, Mr. W. T. Bednall; and I have much pleasure in retaining that name, and figuring it in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Murex (PreRONOTUS) BEDNALLI (Brazier). (Plate XL. fig. 2.) Shell fusiform, rather thin, pale cream-colour, with three very broad, flattened, fin-shaped scabrous varices ; whorls 8, sculptured with somewhat distant elevated transverse ridges that. spread out and become more developed at the back of the varices, which are striped and tinged with brown, between which are very numerous close-set, fine, hair-like concentric strize ; spire prominent, apex pointed ; aper- ture small, narrowly pyriform ; columella slightly arched, smooth, shining, with a brown hollow tooth projecting forward at the base, and another longer one curving outwards and backwards at the junc- tion of the middle varix with the canal; outer lip very broad and flat, with wide flattened grooves towards the outer edge, the interstices GB.Sowerby lith. Hanhart imp NEW SHELLS FROM PORT DARWIN & SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 1880. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS, 419 of which are stained with dark brown; canal moderate, a little re- curved and partly closed by the union of the two lips at their base. Alt. 3inches, diam. 2 inches. Hab. Port Darwin, Torres Straits (WW. T. Bednall). Another very beautiful shell, belonging to the Pteronotus group of Murices (also discovered by Mr. Bednall, and provisionally named by Mr. Brazier), which I have great pleasure in figuring in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’ CLANCULUS BICARINATUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 4.) Shell umbilicated, turbinate, solid, very dark purplish brown ; whorls 6, prominently keeled in the centre, the last whorl with two keels, one above and one below the periphery, sculptured all over with distinct separated rows of regular close-set bead-like nodules, those on the keels being double the size of those between them, the interstices crossed with fine oblique striz ; outer lip strongly den- tate within, and surrounded by a row of black spots at the margin ; columella nearly straight, with a small tooth-like projection at either end, the margin of the false umbilicus dentate, with an incurved tooth above, and crenate at the base, around the umbilical margin white ; interior pearly white. Alt. 6, diam. 8 lines. Hab. Port Darwin, North Australia (W. 7. Bednall). This shell is remarkable from its having two strong keels on the last whorl, and also on account of its uniform dark-brown colour. Hewix (RHAGADA) BORDAENSIs, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3.) Shell widely and deeply umbilicated, lenticular, moderately thin, very strongly and irregularly obliquely flexuously corrugated, the corrugations becoming larger and more elevated towards the middle of the whorls, cretaceous, white; spire depressed, apex obtuse ; sutures very strongly impressed and crenated ; whorls 5, nearly flat, the last depressed and strongly keeled above the periphery, not de- scending in front, slightly keeled around the umbilicus ; aperture oblique, semilunar; outer lip simple; columella very slightly ex- panded; margins united by a thin callus. Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 37 lines. Hab. Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, South Australia (W. T. Bednall). This remarkable shell exhibits a somewhat similar sculpture to Hf, silveri, Ang. (P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 275), and H. kooringensis, Ang. (P. Z.S. 1877, p. 33); but it differs from both those species in having the raised corrugations more numerous and elevated, displaying at the sutures and on the keel an elegant frilled appearance. It is also smaller, flatter, has a wide perspective umbilicus ; and the corrugated ridges show here and there a tendency to bifurcate. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL. Fig. 1. Voluta (Aulica) bednalli, p. 418. 2. Murex (Pteronotus) bednalli, p. 418. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXVIII. 28 420 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON SOME ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. [June 1, Fig. 8. Helix (Rhagada) bordaensis, p. 419. . Clanculus bicarinatus, p. 419, . Amauropsis globulus, p. 416. . Clathurella crassina, p. 416. . Glyphostoma paucimaculata, p. 416. . Collonia roseopunctata, p. 417. . Adeorbis vincentiana, p. 417. . Pissoina elegantula, p. 417. -— lirata, p. 417." > co BOOMIDN ee June 1, 1880. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Sclater made some remarks on the principal objects he had noticed during a recent inspection of the Zoological Gardens of Berlin, Hamburg, Amsterdam, The Hague, and Antwerp. At Berlin there was a fine adult pair of the Large Indian Rhino- ceros (R. unicornis) together, with a good prospect of their breeding in captivity. There was also, now quite adult, the young Rhinoceros imported by Mr. Jamrach in 1874, and said to have been obtained in the Munipore district, of which Mr. Sclater had spoken (in his paper onthe Rhinoceroses living in the Gardensread before the Society in 1875"), as probably an example of R. sondaicus. In this con- clusion he now thought he had been mistaken. The animal was much too large for R. sondaicus, and did not show the peculiar shoulder-fold that characterizes that species. He believed it to be merely R, wnicornis. In the Hamburg Gardens was a Chimpanzee (Zroglodytes niger) that had been seven years there, and a fine pair of the Indian Tapir (Tapirus indicus), which had bred last year, although the young animal had unfortunately died. There was also what he believed to be an adult in full breeding-dress of Pelecanus mitratus, in which the naked space round the eye was orange, the breast tinged with yellow, and the nuchal crest full and pendent. In other respects the bird resembled a small Pelecanus onocrotalus. Amongst the Deer at Hamburg were a male, two females, and three young males of a fine large Stag allied to C. elaphus, from the Amoor district, which Dr. Bolau had proposed to call Cervus luehdorfi. The question was whether it was not C. wanthopygus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. d. Sci. Nat. sér. 5, tom. vili. p. 376 (1867). One of these it was hoped to obtain for the Society’s collection. At Amsterdam Mr. Sclater had observed in the Parrot-house an example of Trichoglossus mitchelli (the third specimen recorded of this well-marked species), and two living male Paradise-birds (Paradisea papuana), which had been some ten months in the collection. There was likewise a fine pair of Otaria gillespii. In the Zoological Gardens at The Hague were likewise two Para- dise-birds of the same species. * Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ix. p. 650. 1880.] MR. HOLDSWORTH ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF ASTACUS. 421 The Secretary exhibited a Spider of the genus Teyenaria, which had been forwarded to him from Cape Town with the following letter :— Cape Town, April 9, 1880. Dear Sir,— I send per this post a registered package, containing a “Tarantula” Spider. I caught it within three miles of Cape ‘own, on the back of a horse. All here were very unwilling to touch it, owing to its deadly bite ; but I, using chloroform, secured it. The mare has since died; and the effects produced by the bite are similar to St. Vitus’s dance in a human being. Trusting to hear of its safe arrival, I remain, dear Sir, Yours very faithfully, J. H. Payne. The Secretary stated that Mr. O. P. Cambridge, to whom he had submitted the specimen, had kindly examined the Spider, and had pro- nounced it to belong to an apparently new species of Tegenaria, closely allied to 7’. guyoni, a species common in London cellars. Mr. Cambridge confessed to much incredulity as to the mare having died from the bite of this Spider, and said that, though no doubt the facts stated were correct so far as regards the Spider having been found on the back of the mare and the mare having subsequently died, he required very clear and good evidence besides to convince him that the two facts were related to each other as cause and effect. Mr. G. E. Dobson exhibited a new and remarkable species of Megaderma, proposed to be called IZ. gigas, sent from Queensland to the Gottingen Museum by Dr. Schuette. Lord Lilford exhibited and made remarks upon some specimens of hybrid Pheasants between males of Phasianus reevesi and hens of P. colchicus and allied species, remarkable for their size and beautiful plumage. The following papers were read :— 1. Note on the Distribution of the Crayfish (Astacus) in Spain. By E. W. H. Hotpsworrn, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. [Received April 20, 1880. ] In the valuable memoir by Professor Huxley on the Classification and Distribution of the Cray fishes, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1879, p. 752), the author refers to the long-standing belief that the Crayfish is not to be found in the Spanish rivers ; but he thought there was little doubt that it was to be met oe about 28 422 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l, Barcelona. It having been stated by some gentlemen who heard Professor Huxley’s paper read, that Cray fishes were certainly supplied to the Madrid market, I was led to move some of my Spanish friends to make careful inquiries as to the localities whence these Madrid Crayfishes are obtained. he result showed that they are procured in considerable numbers at only a short distance from Madrid itself. The Crayfish appears to be unknown in the rivers Douro and Tagus, on the western side of the Peninsula, and in the Ebro on the eastern ; but it is found abundantly in the Talegones and Escalote, rivulets forming part of the sources of the Douro, in the Henares, one of the sources of the Tagus, and in the upper part of the Jalon, an im- portant tributary of the Ebro. Widely separated, however, as these three rivers become in their courses to the sea, both east and west, the rivulets I have mentioned as forming their principal sources all take their rise within an area probably not more than twenty miles square, situated nearly in the centre of Spain, and about forty or fifty miles north-east of Madrid. It is from these small streams that the Madrid market is supplied by fishermen of Alhama, Siguenza, and Berlanga ; and these streams are the only ones well. within the borders of the Peninsula in which, so far as I can discover, the Cray- fish is to be found. As before mentioned, Crayfishes are said to be found about Barcelona; but it may possibly turn out that they are really caught in the small streams which, rising in the Pyrenees, afterwards unite to form the river near which Barcelona stands. My correspondents tell me that they can obtain no information of the occurrence of the Crayfish south of Madrid ; and they add that if they were known to be found there the markets of the capital would not be solely supplied from the northern streams, as is now the case. The peculiar localization of these crustaceans in the centre of Spain suggests the idea of their having been specially introduced ; but experiments in acclimatization are, I believe, unknown in the Penin- sula; and without attempting any explanation of the difficulty, I may simply record the fact that the Crayfish is abundant in the rivulets within the limited area I have mentioned. 2. Observations on the Characters of the Echinoidea.—III. On some Genera and Species of the Temnopleuride. By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. [Received April 24, 1880.] (Plate XLI) Tor the purposes of present convenience I adopt the name Tem- nopleuride for those forms which are grouped under it by Prof. Alex. Agassiz in his ‘ Revision of the Echini.’ I need not now de- 1880. ] PROF. F. J, BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID. 423 fine it in detail, but will say merely of it that it includes those forms which, with a varying arrangement of their ambulacral pores, are provided with more or less distinct sutural pores or pits at the angles of the coronal plates. There is, perhaps, no group in which variations during growth are more remarkable than they are in this; there is certainly none in which they are more instructive. Following the method I have already adopted’, I have, in the tables of measurement which form the great body of this paper, expressed the absolute diameter of the tests in millimetres, while for the height, the abactinal system, the anal area, and the actinostome, the percentage values have been cal- culated ; the poriferous zone is also occasionally added. Two re- commendations present themselves for undertaking this exceedingly laborious task: the changes which occur during growth are at once seen ; and, secondly, an aid is afforded to that not small group of naturalists who have not under their hands so large a series of forms as is fortunately to be found in our own national collection. Dif- ferences in proportion will not now form the chief ground on which new species are established ; and the value of the British-Museum series will be hereby extended to those naturalists who, for want of such, are, naturally enough, led to regard their single immature specimen as the representative of a new species’. I. Temnopievrus, Agassiz. The type of this genus is 7. goreumaticus (see Agassiz, Introd. to Valentin’s Anat. du genre Hehinus, p. vii, & Observations sur les progrés récens etc., 1841, p. 7). Prof. Alex. Agassiz recognizes in the genus three species, the forms 7’. reevesii and J. granulosus of Gray being regarded as synonymous with 7”. reynaudi, Agass. I have carefully examined Dr. Gray’s types, and have been led to the conclusion that the two are not representatives of the same species. The name Yoreumatica® is ordinarily regarded as a synonym of Temnopleurus ; but it seems tbat Dr. Gray nowhere defined it, aud it might well be allowed to fall out. . 1 P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 662. 2 It appears to me to be unnecessary to justify the seleetion, as a standard of the diameter of the test, of the regular Kchinida. Save where abnormalities, easily enough detected, come to development, it seems plain that it stands in very much the same relation as the diameter of the human thorax does in measurements of this character, and is the nearest approach to that relation between the dimensions of the head and of the thorax which has been found so useful in the ease of pro- portional measurements of the human subject (cf. Liharzik, ‘Das Gesetz des Wachsthums u. der Bau des Menschen,’ Wien, 1862, p. 38). 3 See P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 39. 424 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDS. [Junel, 1. TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS. rales Percentage value of diameter in : . milizs, Height. Abactinal | ‘4 nal area. errs Leese 9 611 33°3 155 44-4 Alvecretess 14.5 55°1 ? 13'8 31 iy obacetnas 27 50 222 ial 29°6 TE ada as 27°5 50°9 21:9 9°9 29°9 VOoornecce 44 45:45 186 9 28°6 Ullag aces: 47 40:4 19-1 85 28°7 This species is so well known that there is no need to delay over it. 2. TEMNOPLEURUS HARDWICKII. ups | Percentage value of | diameter in : : | millims. Height. Abactinal Anal area. as area. stome. Veaanenees L 57-14. | 30 1428 428 pe tle cstot ee 11 63°63 29 136 455 LI; acess | 24 50 22:08 9-6 33'3 LViseasavee 27°25. | 47-7 | 21°8 9:17 291 Misco ses! Oe | 56:2 | 21°38 9°37 29:06 Wiss decstes 43 604 20-93 9°02 26:7 With regard to the height, it would seem that it is not so much that changes occur init during growth, as that there are considerable variations in it, with a tendency to a high form (63 per cent.) and a low form (47°7 per cent.). 3. TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI. As I have already pointed out, I believe that in the latest Re- vision two distinct species have been united under this head. Mr. Percy Sladen has given expression to a doubt on the subject’ ; and he informs me that the type of Dr. Gray’s T. granulosus struck him as being ‘‘ a good species ’’ when, some time ago, he had the oppor- tunity of examining it. 7. reevesii of Gray does, however, seem to be synonymous with the 7. reynaudi of Agassiz. When the types of the two species are compared, we find that in T. granulosus the abactinal area is of moderate size and there is no specially large plate in the anal area; the connecting ridge of the auricles * is lower than in 7. reevesii; the miliary tubercles are very numerously developed and surround the primary tubercles; sutural furrows, quite distinct from the pits of 7’. reevesii, occupy the middle 1 J. L.8. xiv. p. 487. 2 J feel inclined to attach a little more importance to this character then does Prof. Agassiz, who says of it that it is high, when he is defining the genus, and yery low, when defining 7. hardwickit (p. 461). 1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDS. 425 line of the interambulacral areze ; and though not so deep nor so wide as in 7’, toreumaticus, they extend almost to the base of the primary tubercles ; on the other side of these tubercles there are narrower and shallower furrows; and in the middle line of the ambulacral are there are deep sutural pits: all these depressions are much more distinct above the ambitus than they are on the actinal surface,in which point they offer a striking point of difference from 7’. reevesii. The test is by no means thin; all the ocular plates are excluded from the anal area; the outermost, not the innermost, of the three tubercles on the interambulacral plates is the smallest. The following are the more important measurements :— Diameter. Height. me Anal area. =e Spine. Gray’s type.. 37. 18 8 10°5 [48.6]! [21-6] [28-3] 32 16°3 7‘0 3°5 10°2 10°5? . [50] [218] [10:9] [30-9] ‘In other words 7. granulosus differs from 7’. reevesii (i. e. T. rey- naudt) in the facts that :— i. The abactinal area is not large; and the anal area is much smaller. ii. All the ocular plates are excluded from the anal area *, iii. There are sutural furrows and deeper angular pits. iv. The miliaries are much more numerously developed. v. There is no specially large anal plate. vi. The actinostome is a good deal smaller. These differences appear to me to be sufficient to justify us in re- garding Gray’s Toreumatica granulosa as a distinct species; it is, however, obviously enough a member of the genus Temnopleurus. The following is a table of the dimensions of 7’. reynaudi proper, the 7. reevesii of Gray. Percentage value of Absolute diameter in : : millims. | Height. tg Anal area, sous ec 7 46:5 38 17 | 408 Als see e T5 426 40 20 40 Tee aos 10 42 31 15 33 here 10-5 36:19 19 33'3 Voscvsctes 21 47:6 30°9 16°16 33°3 WT ss ct 35 42:8 | 25°7 151 ol4 As in the case of the preceding species, we may here note some ? The numbers in brackets are the percentage results, 2 Greatest length measured. 8 Gray’s type specimen has lost the abactinal plates; but two specimens col- lected by Capt. St. John in the Corean seas are perfect. 426 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June 1, considerable variation in the height of the specimens; the actino- stome does not diminish so much in size during growth as it does in T. toreumaticus or T. hardwickii. II. Microcyruus. The specimens of this genus alter in appearance very greatly during growth, as may be gathered from the fact that Prof. A. Agassiz formed a new genus Anthechinus (roseus sp.) for some rather young examples of M. maculatus; and matters are, unfortunately, a little complicated by the fact that the young of M. zigzag (as deter- mined by Prof. Alex. Agassiz) have externally a most remarkable resemblance to the young of M. maculatus (Anthechinus roseus). The information which can be given regarding these two species is somewhat meagre; the most interesting point is, perhaps, the slight extent to which the actinostome of M. zigzag diminishes in proportional size during growth. 1. MicrocypHuUs MACULATUS. Percentag Meniatt ercentage value of diameter in : ‘ millims. | Height. Abactanal) goal area. | qe area. stome. Aecee cet 23 73:8 26 ons 26 | eee ee (3 | 666 | 16 8 24 fom | 1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. 429 The last specimen had spines of three lengths—8, 13, and 9°5 millims. long being averages. This species has been very well figured by Desor (Synopsis des Echin. fossiles, pl. xvii. figs. 11-12), , 2, SALMACIS DUSSUMIERI, Ag. S. dussumieri, Agassiz & Desor, Cat. Rais., Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) vi. p. 359. Toreumatica concava, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 39. This species is so well marked that it is unnecessary to give as full an account of it as of the preceding species. It is certainly not the most nearly allied of the genus to Temnopleurus toreumaticus ; and Prof. Alex. Agassiz seems to be completely justified in asso- ciating the Toreumatica concava of Gray with the representatives of the genus Salmacis’. Very few spines remain on the five tests in the Museum col- leetion ; what there are are quite close to the actinostome, and are of a milky-white colour; some must have been of some strength, and others more delicate ; the longest I could measure was 4 millims. long (from a test 32 millims. in diameter). The ocular plates may be shut out from the anal area; the anal orifice seems to be placed at the edge, and not in the centre, of the anal area; when there are vertical rows of tubercles on each half of the ambulacral plates, the tubercles do not form transverse rows, but are set alternately. The auricles are connected by ridges about half their height. Percentage value of Absolute diameter in . . ae as Abactinal Actino- millims. Height. tea! Anal area. Wanna. | ae eeh Aart 37 30 216 12-1 24:3 | i Ries Sein 32 29°7 18-7 12:5 26°5 3. SALMACIS RARISPINA, Ag. Salmacis rarispina, Agassiz & Desor, Catal. Rais., Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) vi. p. 359. This is, on the whole, one of the most easily recognizable of the species of this difficult genns; but its distribution appears to be somewhat unusual if the locality of ‘‘ Portugal,” attached to one of the specimens in the collection, be correct ; it will be safer, however, to wait for further examples of the occurrence of this form off the Portuguese coast. It is at once distinguished not only by the flesh-coloured lozenge- shaped patterns on its yellowish-green upper surface, but by its 1 T. concava was not the type of Gray’s genus Torewmatica ; nor is there any example of the species in coll. B. M. which is known to have come from Hong- kong. None of the Museum specimens has any locality attached; but Gray (loc. cit.) gives “ Hab, China.” 430 PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDZ. [June I, enormous abactinal system, its comparatively large anal area, and ~ its small rounded actinostome with a thin complete edge. The following measurements of the specimens from Bondy Head and ‘ Portugal’? may be compared with those given by much younger and by intermediate specimens. Maite Percentage value of diameter in 4 . millims, Height. Abactinal Anal area, Acting: area. stome. Portugal ...... 74 66 19 9°86 22°19 Bondy Head... 64 60 21:09 10-1 21:9 Station 188 ... 22-5 53°3 22-2 1p ea 31-6 Station 186 a.. 14 57-14 21-4 oH 3271 Station 186 f.. 9 ia ae 33°3 ‘It is obvious from the above figures that the most marked changes occur in the actinostome, which, almost large in the young, becomes so small in the well grown forms; and it is interesting to compare the change with what obtains in Vemnopleurus. T. toreumaticus has the actinostome even proportionally larger when young ; but its adult specimens (50 millims. in diameter) present a percentage value for their actinostome of as much as 26, the relation between the young Salmacis and the adult Temnopleurus being, even in the character of the actinostome, not obscurely indicated. The following points may also be noted in the young specimens :— The lozenge-shaped patches are not yet apparent ; the sutural pores are much more distinctly marked ; there is only one distinct series of primary tubercles in each set of coronal plates above the ambitus ; below the ambitus there are indications of a second and, still more faintly, of a third series in the interambulacral arez ; the anal covering- plates are for the most part large, and consequently few in number ; the most striking in the specimen, 22°5 millims. in diameter, are five peripherally placed plates, which are separated from one another by small triangular plates, one for each. The test is much thinner in the fully grown than in the youn specimens; the bare median spaces are more considerable in this than in any other species of the genus; and the tubercles are pro- portionally smaller ; the actinal surface becomes a little swollen, so that the actinostome becomes somewhat depressed; the ridges con- necting the not strongly developed auricles are low ; the madreporic is hardly larger than the other genital plates; the anal opening is at or close to the centre of the anal area. 4, Satmacis sutcaTa, Ag. Salmacis suleata, Agassiz & Desor, Catal. Rais., Ann. Se. Nat. (3) vi. p. 359. Test rounded, or somewhat conical, closely covered with spines of a general green coloration, but becoming almost white towards 1880. ] PROF, F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. 431 their tips; the upper ones are banded with brown, those near the ‘ambitus with purplish brown; those around the actinostome are flattened, and the bands become distinctly purple, while the green is evanescent. The denuded test, though not unlike that of S. dicolor, is distin- guished from it by its depressed actinostome, the greater height of the ridges connecting the auricles, the somewhat narrower ambulacral pore-areas, and the more distinct sutural pores. The changes during growth in the proportional size of the actinostome are some- what striking; and I regret that it is only in the lately acquired specimens that the abactinal and anal areas are complete, so that it is impossible to trace the changes which occur in this region. Prof. Agassiz’s specimens seem to be in a somewhat similar plight ; for he is only able to give the measurements of the abactinal and anal systems of one of his specimens; the percentage value of the abactinal area in the specimen measured by him is 18:5. The great changes in the proportions of the actinostome point to the necessity of carefully examining a series of forms before using the size of this orifice as a specific character. Alscaltste Percentage value of diameter in 5 : millims, | Height. Spachonl Anal area. ene hee 14 | 592 22-1 125 | 428 dlvceevecees 17 64:9 23°5 7 41:1 Hidean ct oetee 45 ‘53 (OL 365 see 25-4 dive Pinky: 59 45°7 bs. — 26°6 It may be of interest to point out that there is in the Museum col- lection a specimen which, resembling very closely the S. conica of von Martens, appears to bear out the view of Prof. Alex. Agassiz that S. conica is synonymous with S. suleata. Von Martens’s spe- cimen measured 72 millims. in diameter and 55 millims. in height, thus giving the latter a percentage value of 76°3 ; the specimen now under description had a diameter of 77 millims., and the percentage yalue of the height, abactinal and actinal areas, were respectively 65, 15°5, and 22. Some link is yet wanting to connect with these conical specimens of S. suleata a specimen from an unknown locality, the height of which is 91 per cent. of the diameter, and which hardly conforms, in some other points, to the ordinary specimens of this species. . 5. SALMACIS GLOBATOR. Two distinct species appear to have been described under this head—one by Agassiz & Desor, in the Catal. Raisonné (Ann. Se. Nat. (3) vi. p. 359), the other by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, in the * Revision of the Echini’ (iii. p. 473). One point will suffice to 432 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l, show that the same specimens can hardly have been described by both these writers—the only authors who have given us original accounts. The first description of the species contains the words ** Deux rangées de tubercles sur les aires ambulacraires et sur les aires interambulacraires ;” in the second we find :—‘ In specimens measuring 60 millims. there are as many as six vertical rows [of primary tubercles] on each side of the median line at the ambitus in the interambulacral, and three in the ambulacral space.’ This would give twelve interambulacral tubercles, and might therefore lead us to think that ‘ deux” was a misprint for ‘‘douze,” were it not that there are still only six ambulacral tubercles. Any zoologist who will take the trouble to refer to Mr. Alex. Agassiz’s description, will see that it is impossible to found any definite opinion on the subject from the data there given ; nor can [ reconcile with one another the two following statements concerning the species :—(i.) ‘‘ There are no sutural furrows on the actinal side ;” and (ii.) ‘‘ The sutural furrows of lighter colour and yellowish on the actinal surface.” There are in the Museum collection specimens which can be made to agree with the greater part of Mr. Alex. Agassiz’s deseription ; and the national collection is credited by him with specimens from the east and west coasts of Australia. I have searched in vain for spe- cimens of Salmacis from a locality so described ; but there is a spe- cimen from the east coast of Australia collected by Stutchbury (?), which is either a representative of L. Agassiz’s S. globator, or is a member of an undescribed species ; for this specimen has above the ambitus only one row of primary tubercles in each half of the inter- ambulacral areze. To attempt to resolve the difficulties which beset the determina- tion of this species, I addressed myself to the distinguished naturalist who has the care of the Echinodermata in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris, thinking that, as the type of Agassiz and Desor’s species was in the “ Collection Deshayes,” it was pos- sible it might be now under his care. Prof. Edmond Perrier re- sponded to my appeal with a courteous rapidity ; but, unfortunately, he could only say that the species is not in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. With great kindness he promised to pay a visit to the Ecole des Mines, as he fancied the species was there; as, however, I have not again heard from M. Perrier, I fear that his search has not been rewarded. Whatever course be now adopted, it is obvious that there is one which would add to the present existing confusion ; that would be to propose a new specific name. That course I will not adopt; and while it is difficult to know what to do to escape from the difficulty, I think the safest course at present is to give a short description of the two forms, and to supply accurate figures of them both. Not- withstanding the large number of plates, which form a not incon- siderable portion of the Revision of the Echini, the only parts that are figured of the rare and little known S. globator is a plate from the ambulacral tube, 1880. | PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. 433 (a) The specimens with a number of primary tubercles in a transverse row (Plate XLI. figs. 1, 7). The test is pretty thick; the poriferous zones are narrow; the actinostome is of moderate size, and sunken; the actinal cuts are very shallow and wide. The test is grey or light brown; the pori- ferous zones and the median space of the interambulacral area may be of a yellowish hue. At the ambitus there are, in the inter- ambulacral area, six or seven tubercles on either side of the middle line. In the ambulacral area there are three tubercles on each plate ; all these tubercles are of very much the same size ; they decrease in number as they pass to the actinal and abactinal poles: but they are more closely packed on the actinal surface ; for there there is no bare median space ; there, too, the plates are not quite so wide, and they are not separated from one another by any sutural furrows. The upper portion of the plate is occupied by a fairly regular row of miliaries, The auricles are exceedingly strong and high, as are, too, the con- necting ridges; the foramen is not as high as the ridge, and is triangular. I can give no information regarding the abactinal or anal areas. Two specimens measured in diameter 67 millims.; one was 30 and the other 33 millims. high ; the actinostome of either measured 18 millims. across; the smallest of the three specimens was 58 millims. in diameter, 40 in height, and had the actinostome 17 millims. broad. None of the specimens has any known history or locality. (3) Specimens with one vertical row of primary tubercles above the ambitus (Plate XLI. figs. 2, 3, 8). Test not quite so thick as in (a); the actinostome somewhat smaller, and the cuts deeper; it is not quite so sunken; the pori- ferous zone wider; the pores frequently have on their outer edge tubercles, and do not, therefore, occupy a completely marginal posi- tion on the ambulacral plates. At the ambitus there is only one large primary tubercle on either interambulacral plate; this is rather nearer the outer than the inner edge of the plate; and on either side of it there are two or three distinct secondaries. On the actinal surface there are four, three, or two tubercles, large, and of much the same size, on every interambulacral plate; below the ambitus in the ambulacral area there are two rows of primary tubercles; and from the ambitus to the actinostome two rows, gradually decreasing in size, are inter- calated between these; above the ambitus the outer rows, which are continued to the abactinal pole, decrease at first rapidly in size. The other rows are likewise continued some way up the side of the test ; but the tubercles diminish so much in size that they are with difficulty to be distinguished from the miliaries, The anus is large, the genital rings narrow, the madreporite not much larger than the other genital plates; the ocular plates are excluded from the anal area. The auricles are very well developed, but the connecting ridges are rather low; the foramen is a little larger than in the form just described, is triangular, and is just 434 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June 1, higher than the connecting ridge. The sutural furrows are barely indicated ; there are pores, not pits, in the middle line. Australia (coll. J. B. Jukes). E. coast Australia (Stutchbury ?). Percentage value of Absolute diameter in : f millims. | Height. peas Anal area. ee Lahn kh ose 72 61:1 16:6 9 25 Ase eeseh 75 61:3 wai wat 25°3 Site. fleas 102 64:7 ae Sain 21:08 IV. Mespiia. 1. MEspILia GLOBULUS. I have not the time to notice in detail the bibliography of another writer; but there are some omissa of references and misprints in the bibliography and synonymy of this genus, as given in the ‘ Revision of the Echini,’ that, to save future students a labour similar to that which has been imposed on myself, I will for a moment turn aside to point out. On p. 143 Mespilia is ascribed to Agass., on p. 193 to Des. (i. e. Desor) ; a reference to the Catal. Raisonné (p. 357°) shows that the latter authority is the correct one®. In the reference to Klein the page (p. 16) is omitted ; in that to Leske the page is again omitted (it is p. 152): pl. x. is a misprint for pl. xi., in the case of both these authorities. It is impossible to discover whether the MS. name of versicolor, first used by Agassiz in his ‘ Observations,’ &c. published in the 2% Monograph. des Echinodermes (1841), p. 7%, is to be ascribed to Valenciennes, who did name a number of Echinids, or to Valentin, who was a valuable collaborateur of Prof. Louis Agassiz. With such confusion, due to the adoption, without definition, of a MS. name, it is surprising that Mr. Agassiz should complete his synonymy with giving publication to a manuscript name by Michelin. It is not the purpose of the present communication to give fresh definitions of all the genera or species, or there would be much to say of this interesting and beautiful form. The accessions to the Museum since the time when the geographical range of the species was stated in the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ have been from three sources—(1) the Rev. 8. J. Whitmee, (2) the collection of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ and (3) the collection of the late Dr. Bleeker,—these being. (1) Samoa and Savaii, (2) Zamboanga, and (3) Celebes and New Guinea respectively ; but they do nothing to increase the extent of its area. A specimen from the island of Masbate has long been in the collection of the Museum. An examination of the Ann, de Se. Nat. (3) 1846, vi. °* Cf. also Desor, ‘Réponse 4 M, Agassiz’ (Syn. d. Echin. foss. p. xv). 3 This is ordinarily quoted by Prof. A. Agassiz as Int. Mon. Scut.; on this occasion, however, he prefers to refer to it as ‘‘ Monog. Scut.” 1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. 435 appended Table will show very clearly that the abactinal, anal, and actinal areas rather vary in individuals than grow smaller with age ; in this point the species resembles rather Amblypneustes than Temnopleurus. The specimens vary considerably in colour, being in some cases banded with bright red and altogether devoid of a greenish hue; in another the bands are not purplish, but of a darker green at the base; in others the base of the spine is not light green, but is of a dark straw-colour. The variations in height are shown by the measurements to extend within wide limits. emi = Percentage values of | diameter . : lin millims.) Height. | ee Anal area. ae igen veer 165 787 | 21-2 10-9 33:3 ierecee= 4 7 23°5 a2on al 19-1 85 34 A aoe 24. 84:5 18:7 8°75 33°7 I ised: 31 67-7 193 8:3 32:2 Mieabttc nas 36 88°8 166 86 27:7 Vil a eas icin 40 85 aa 25 Wills cetsance 42:5 66:1 18:8. | 9:8 341 V. AMBLYPNEUSTES. It will still, I fear, be some time before we shall be able com- pletely to “‘unravel this difficult genus ;” and so far as the differ- ence in size of the genital pores is concerned, a new difficulty is almost as much introduced as old difficulties explained. I have seen no specimen of A. pentagonus, A. Ag. If Codechinus, Desor, is really synonymous with Amblypneustes, the genus will differ from all its allies by passing back as far as the Lower Cretaceous for- mations ; for even Pleurechinus and Temmnechinus are, so far as we yet know, Tertiary forms’. But Codechinus is defined by Desor as having no angular pores, and it is possible that the two genera are distinct. 1. AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM. Mielito Percentage value of diameter ‘ j in millimas,| Height. Abactinal | Anal Actino- area. | area. stome. i. (?) 15 83°3 OT Pt ep 33 ii. (?) 21 88 7403 me! aaa 0) oo: ne Ws 3 35 80°5 21°4 11-4 28:'5 EVel weer. 40 102°5 20 9-7 28°72 Vay oaxend 42 100 27 83 2671 Vi 47 100 15 | vie) 21:3 Vii 58 97-4 16 | 8 21-5 _ 1 Handbuch der Palaontologie (Zittel), i. 3, pp. 507-509, and Synop. des Echinides foss. p. 111. ; ® This is almost a pentagonal variety. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1880, No. XXIX. 29 436 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURIDE. [June l, It is with some hesitation that I include in this rather unsatisfac- tory series the first and second examples, the great difficulty in the way of associating them with the larger specimens being the much greater proportional size of the tubercles on the test; other forms, however, present just the same relation, and the difference in the proportional size of the tubercles in examples iii. and vil. is itself sufficiently striking. Two of the specimens in the Museum collection are stated to have been collected at the Cape of Good Hope. The test is sometimes reddish or purplish in colour, and it is not always that all the ocular plates are shut off from the anal area. 2. AMBLYPNEUSTES GRIsEUS. (Plate XLI. figs. 4, 5, 6.) The Table just following shows that there is a considerable varia- tion in the proportions of the species; it will, however, be pointed out that these differences are associated with others which led to the possibility of their being different sex-forms. In any case, it is, without a large series of specimens, impossible to see fully how these differences run, and I am convinced that no good would be gained by attempting to affix distinct names to the two forms. Younger specimens than have yet come to hand will resolve some of the difficulties, and an examination of living specimens will do even more. es} Absolute Percentage value of diameter | de chided % Poriferous YS mie ciekk, Abactinal | Anal Actino- zone. | | S area, area. stome. bese sy ere ee ed a eee eee ae aa? iB, ep egeetis® 14 1, ete 21-4 isverhay | 30°7 -1:2 ieee. | 28 89-2 22-1 iit 311 19 Tiles ake 5 ae 28 rales: 16 738 236 2 Veh oes one 28 Hl eas 21:9 a) 35 2 Viavenaetons 33 Bh ft . a 30°3 2 Van cecicneen 35 92:9 el 85 22°8 2:2 Vilewccreaee 40 90 | 22:5 10-2 27:5 23 Ville etacees 41-5 91:5 14-4 Von 22-1 ol terres thee 4D: 75 20-2 10-6 oes 26 Koecoeeoses 45 | 86:6 144 66 | 20 3°5 Kiviscaeaee- 56 | 85°7 16 | io 21-4 41 It does not require much observation to see that these measure- ments point to two distinct series of proportions among forms which by the other characters of their test appear to be most intimately allied: one series, represented by xi., x., vill., and vi., have a small actinostome, a small abactinal area, and a rather wide pori- ferous zone; the other, as seen in ix., vii., iv., has the actinal and abactinal areas very much larger and the poriferous zone rather narrower. With these characters two others, that cannot be repre- sented in the Table, are associated; those with the small actino- stome have much larger genital pores, and the madreporic plate is much more prominent. I hesitate, however, to separate them, for 1880. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID. 437 in other points they are almost exactly alike. Is it possible that they are different sex-forms of the same species ? 3. AMBLYPNEUSTES FORMOSUS. Capt. Hutton states (Trans. New-Zealand Inst. ix. p. 352) that his Z. elevatus (Catal. N.-Z. Echinodermata, p. 1]) is synonymous with this species. There are, as is well known, a number of specimens of this species to which it is easy enough to allot their place, and the only diffi- culties which arise are those which are consequent on the close affinity of the species A. pallidus. What is of especial interest to note is that here, just as in the forms united under the head of 4. griseus, there are two very distinct sizes of the genital pores; the distinction is obvious enough when a few specimens are carefully observed; but there is no great difference in the moderately-sized madreporic plate, nor can I arrive at any definite correlation of differences in proportion, similar to those already noticed in A. griseus. It is to be hoped that natu- ralists, who are enabled to get their speciinens fresh, will be able to discover with what difference, if any, in the characters of the genital. organs this difference is connected. I have been anxious to find some means of expressing this difference :—first, for the purpose of affording a standard to those who are also working at this subject ; and, secondly, for the purpose of presenting the difference in rela- tions distinctly to the minds of those who take a less special interest in the matter. By the kindness of a colleague I was provided with four entomological pins of different sizes; the most delicate was almost exactly half the diameter of the strongest ; their numbers, for which neither he nor I are responsible, are respectively 2, 17, 14, 16. No. 2 is the most delicate, and no. 14 is thicker than no. 17 ; and no. 16 is the thickest, and is rather more delicate than an ordinary toilet-pin. i. A specimen measuring 34°5 millims. in diameter just allowed the insertion of pin 16 into one of the genital pores. _ di. A specimen measuring 35-1 millims. in diameter was injured by pin 17. iii. A specimen measuring 28 millims. would only admit the tip of pin 2. iv. A specimen measuring 20°5 millims. easily admitted pin 17, and just refused 14. v. A specimen measuring 21 millims. only admitted just the tip of pin 2. Two series are therefore quite evident. Prof. A. Agassiz has directed attention by his figures to the depressed and oviform varieties of the test; the succeeding Table illustrates this well enough, as it shows that the height may be only 84°1 or as much as 102 per cent. of the diameter of the test; the three other specimens present, however, a very striking similarity in proportion. 29* 438 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE TEMNOPLEURID&. ([Junel, | Abaolutert| Percentage value of [cen ee eee EOLUGLGne in millims. Heieht Abactinal | Anal |